Luke
Luke front
Introduction to the Gospel of Luke
Part 1: General Introduction
Outline of the book of Luke
- Dedication to Theophilus (1:1–4)
- Prologue
- The birth of John the Baptist (1:5–80)
- The birth and youth of Jesus (2:1–51)
- The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1–20)
- The baptism, genealogy, and temptation of Jesus (3:21–4:13)
- The teaching and healing ministry of Jesus in Galilee (4:14–9:50)
- Jesus teaches along his journey to Jerusalem
- Judgment by God, and people’s judgments about Jesus (9:51–13:21)
- Who will be part of the kingdom of God (13:22–17:10)
- Responding to Jesus by welcoming or rejecting him (17:11–19:27)
- Jesus in Jerusalem
- Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28–44)
- Jesus teaches in the temple: conflict over his identity and authority (19:45–21:38)
- Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1–24:53)
What is the Gospel of Luke about?
The Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his Gospel for a person named Theophilus and dedicated it to him. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life and teachings of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain that what he had been taught about Jesus was true. However, Luke expected that what he wrote would encourage all followers of Jesus.
How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel According to Luke.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Good News About Jesus that Luke Wrote.” (See: How to Translate Names)
Who wrote the book of Luke?
This book does not give the name of its author. However, the same person who wrote this book also wrote the book of Acts, which is also dedicated to Theophilus. In parts of the book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have recognized Luke as the author of both the Gospel of Luke and the book of Acts.
Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he tells Theophilus in his dedication that he talked to many people who did.
Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
The kingdom of God
“The kingdom of God” is a major concept in the Gospel of Luke. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: Abstract Nouns)
Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?
Luke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)
What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke?
Luke described women in a very positive way in his Gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: faithful, faithfulness, trustworthy)
Part 3: Important Translation Issues
What are the Synoptic Gospels?
The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they tell the story of many of the same events. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”
Passages are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.
Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?
In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to Daniel 7:13–14. In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.
Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: Son of Man, son of man)
Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.
Major issues in the text of the book of Luke
ULT follows the readings of the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. However, there may already be older versions of the Bible in the translators’ regions that follow the readings of other manuscripts. In the most significant cases, the General Notes to the chapters in which these differences occur will discuss them and recommend approaches. (See: Textual Variants)
Luke 1
Luke 1 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Dedication to Theophilus (1:1–4)
- The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5–25)
- The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26–38)
- Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39–56)
- John the Baptist is born (1:57–80)
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46–55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68–79.
Special concepts in this chapter
“He will be called John”
Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
Luke 1:1
concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us
Quote: περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us”
among us
Quote: ἐν ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in 1:4 that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word us would include him.
Luke 1:2
the ones having been … eyewitnesses
Quote: οἱ & αὐτόπται & γενόμενοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term eyewitnesses describes people who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such people by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally”
servants of the word
Quote: ὑπηρέται & τοῦ λόγου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here, word describes the things that the people who brought the message conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “servants of the message”
servants of the word
Quote: ὑπηρέται & τοῦ λόγου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The people who brought this message were actually serving God by doing that. But Luke describes them as servants of the word, as if they were serving the message from God. Alternate translation: “served God by telling people his message”
Luke 1:3
having carefully investigated everything from the beginning
Quote: παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke provides this background information to explain that he was careful to find out exactly what happened. He probably talked to different people who saw what happened to make sure that what he wrote down about these events was correct. Alternate translation: “because I have conducted careful research and interviews”
for you … most excellent Theophilus
Quote: σοι & κράτιστε Θεόφιλε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal
If your language has a formal form of you that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal you, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal you in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms.
most excellent Theophilus
Quote: κράτιστε Θεόφιλε (1)Luke is dedicating this work to Theophilus, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in 1:1 at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
most excellent
Quote: κράτιστε (1)Luke uses the term most excellent to address Theophilus in a way that shows honor and respect. This may mean that Theophilus was an important government official. In your translation, it would be appropriate to use the form of address that your culture uses for people of high status. Alternate translation: “Honorable”
Theophilus
Quote: Θεόφιλε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
The name Theophilus means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name.
Luke 1:4
the things that you have been taught
Quote: ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you”
the things that you have been taught
Quote: ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that he means what he has been taught about Jesus. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you about Jesus”
Luke 1:5
In the days of Herod, king of Judea
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “During the time when King Herod ruled over Judea”
In the days
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, Luke uses the term days to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when”
there was a certain priest
Quote: ἐγένετο & ἱερεύς τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here.
from the division of Abijah
Quote: ἐξ ἐφημερίας Ἀβιά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that his readers will know that this expression refers one of the different groups of priests who each served in the temple for a certain number of days at a time, and that the name of the group means that Abijah was the ancestor of these priests. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the group of priests who were descended from Abijah”
of Abijah
Quote: Ἀβιά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Abijah is the name of a man.
his wife {was} from the daughters of Aaron
Quote: γυνὴ αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the word daughters means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “his wife was a descendant of Aaron”
was} from the daughters of Aaron
Quote: ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This means implicitly that she, like Zechariah, was descended from the line of priests going back to Aaron, the first high priest. Alternate translation: “his wife also came from the line of priests”
Luke 1:6
in front of God
Quote: ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses this expression to mean “where God could see them.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in God’s judgment”
walking … in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord
Quote: πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term walking means “obeying.” Alternate translation: “obeying … everything that the Lord had commanded”
all the commandments and statutes of the Lord
Quote: πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The words commandments and statutes mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to make a comprehensive statement. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that the Lord had commanded”
Luke 1:7
But
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
The word But indicates a contrast, showing that what follows is the opposite of what would be expected. People expected that if they did what was right, God would allow them to have children. Although this couple did what was right, they did not have any children.
both advanced in their days
Quote: ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
To have moved forward or to have advanced means to have aged. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old”
both advanced in their days
Quote: ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, Luke uses the term days to refer to a particular time, the lifetimes of Zechariah and Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old”
Luke 1:8
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
This phrase marks a shift from the background information that Luke has been providing about the participants to the first event in their story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you could use it here in your translation.
in his performing as priest … in the order of his division
Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν, ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn, Zechariah was serving as a priest”
in his performing as priest before God
Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν & ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The expression before God, that is, “in front of God,” means that Zechariah was offering his service as a priest in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving God as a priest”
in his performing as priest
Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun his refers to Zechariah. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving as a priest”
in the order of his division
Quote: ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
This is background information that explains why Zechariah was serving as a priest at this time. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn to serve”
Luke 1:9
according to the custom of the priesthood, he came up by lot
Quote: κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke is providing background information about how the priests selected members of their group to perform specific duties. Alternate translation: “The priests chose him in their customary way, by casting a lot”
he came up by lot
Quote: ἔλαχε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A lot was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. The priests believed that God would guide the lot and show them which priest he wanted them to choose for a particular duty. If your culture has a similar object, you could use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “by casting a marked stone”
to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense
Quote: τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that”
to burn incense
Quote: τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word incense describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God”
Luke 1:10
the whole crowd of the people
Quote: πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος & τοῦ λαοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This expression, if taken literally, could mean every single one of the Jews, but it is actually a generalization that Luke is using to emphasize how big this crowd was. Alternate translation: “A large number of people”
outside
Quote: ἔξω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The word outside refers implicitly to the enclosed area or courtyard that surrounded the temple. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard outside the temple building”
at the hour of the incense offering
Quote: τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The word hour means “time.” This could mean either the morning or evening time for the incense offering. Alternate translation: “when it was time to offer the incense”
Luke 1:11
Then
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous
The word Then indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.”
appeared to him
Quote: ὤφθη & αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
When Luke says that the angel appeared, this does not mean that Zechariah simply saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Zechariah. Alternate translation: “suddenly was there with Zechariah”
Luke 1:12
Zechariah was troubled, having seen {him}, and fear fell on him
Quote: ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας ἰδών, καὶ φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
The two phrases Zechariah was troubled and fear fell on him mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “When he saw him, Zechariah became very afraid”
having seen {him
Quote: ἰδών (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Zechariah was afraid because the angel appeared glorious and powerful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (Luke has just said that Zechariah was righteous and blameless, so it would be good not to leave your readers with the impression that he had done something wrong and was afraid that the angel was going to punish him for it.) Alternate translation: “when he saw how glorious and powerful the angel was”
fear fell on him
Quote: φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke is using the expression fell upon to speak of fear as if it attacked and overcame Zechariah. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid”
fear fell on him
Quote: φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke describes Zechariah’s fear as if it were something that could actively attack and overpower him. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid”
Luke 1:13
Do not be afraid
Quote: μὴ φοβοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Zechariah something to help and encourage him. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid”
your prayer has been heard
Quote: εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer”
your prayer has been heard
Quote: εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means that God is going to give Zechariah what he has been asking for. Alternate translation: “God is going to give you what you have been asking for”
and you will call his name John
Quote: καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
The angel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Zechariah what to do. Alternate translation: “and you are to name him John”
you will call his name John
Quote: καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression call his name is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him John”
Luke 1:14
there will be joy and gladness to you
Quote: ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The words joy and gladness mean the same thing. The angel uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy”
at his birth
Quote: ἐπὶ τῇ γενέσει αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The word at introduces the reason why many people will rejoice. Alternate translation: “because he has been born”
Luke 1:15
For he will be great
Quote: ἔσται γὰρ μέγας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The word For introduces the reason why people will rejoice at John's birth. Alternate translation: “This will be because they will be able to tell that he is going to be a great man”
For he will be great before the Lord
Quote: ἔσται γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The expression before the Lord means “in front of the Lord,” that is, “where the Lord can see him.” Sight, in turn, represents attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “God will consider him to be very important”
he must never drink
Quote: οὐ μὴ πίῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
The phrase must never translates two negative words in Greek. The angel uses them together to emphasize how important it is that the child not drink wine or strong drink. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here.
he will be filled with the Holy Spirit
Quote: Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will fill him”
he will be filled with the Holy Spirit
Quote: Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The angel speaks as if John would be a container that the Holy Spirit would fill. He means that the Holy Spirit will empower and influence John. Be sure that in your translation, this does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to in taking control of a person. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will empower him”
even from his mother’s womb
Quote: ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “while he is still in his mother’s womb”
Luke 1:16
he will turn many of the sons of Israel back to the Lord
Quote: πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ Κύριον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
To turn a person back means to lead them to repent and obey the Lord once again. Alternate translation: “he will cause many of the people of Israel to repent and obey the Lord”
many of the sons of Israel
Quote: πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the word sons means “descendants.” This expression envisions all of the Israelites as if they were their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel”
Luke 1:17
he will go before him
Quote: αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
To go before is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “John will announce that the Lord is coming”
in the spirit and power of Elijah
Quote: ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
In this context, the words spirit and power mean similar things. The angel may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “with the same great power that Elijah had”
in the spirit and power of Elijah
Quote: ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Alternatively, the angel may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term power may tell what kind of spirit Elijah had. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “in the powerful spirit of Elijah”
to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children
Quote: ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
The angel speaks of hearts as if they were living things that could be turned to go in a different direction. This expression means to change someone’s attitude toward something. Alternate translation: “to make fathers care about their children once again”
to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children
Quote: ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The angel uses the relationship between fathers and children to represent all relationships. Luke relates in 3:10–14 how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships”
to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children
Quote: ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came”
the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous
Quote: ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Gabriel is using the term wisdom in the Old Testament sense as a moral term that refers to choosing the way in life that God has shown to be best. The people who make this choice are righteous, meaning that God considers them to be living in the right way. Alternate translation: “to lead people who are disobeying God to choose his ways and become people who live right”
the disobedient … of the righteous
Quote: ἀπειθεῖς & δικαίων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Gabriel is using the adjectives disobedient and righteous as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right”
a people prepared
Quote: λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message”
Luke 1:18
How will I know this
Quote: κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Zechariah is implicitly asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What sign can you show me to prove that this will happen”
For
Quote: γάρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The word For introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him.
is advanced in her days
Quote: προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Zechariah is using two idioms. As in 1:7, to be advanced means to have aged, and days refers a particular period of time, in this case the lifetime of Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “my wife has also grown old”
Luke 1:19
answering, the angel said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that the angel responded to the question that Zechariah asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded”
I am Gabriel, the one standing before God
Quote: ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
Gabriel says this in the form of a statement, but he means it as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of an angel coming directly from God should be enough proof for him. Alternate translation: “You should have believed me, Gabriel, coming to you straight from God!”
the one standing before God
Quote: ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
To stand before or “in front of” a master, that is, in the presence of that master, means to be available to serve them at all times in any capacity. Alternate translation: “I serve God personally”
I was sent to speak to you
Quote: ἀπεστάλην λαλῆσαι πρὸς σὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me to speak to you”
Luke 1:20
And behold
Quote: καὶ ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!”
you will be silent and not able to speak
Quote: ἔσῃ σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that God will make this happen, to show that Zechariah should have believed what Gabriel told him. Alternate translation: “God will make you completely unable to speak”
silent and not able to speak
Quote: σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
These two phrases mean the same thing. Gabriel uses the repetition to emphasize how complete the silence of Zechariah will be. Alternate translation: “completely unable to speak”
you did not believe my words
Quote: οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Gabriel uses the term words to describe the content of his message by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “you did not believe what I told you”
which will be fulfilled
Quote: οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will happen”
in their time
Quote: εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means “the time that pertains to them.” Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at the time that God has chosen”
Luke 1:21
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous
The word And marks a shift in the story from what happened inside the temple to what happened outside. Alternate translation: “While that was happening” or “While the angel and Zechariah were talking”
Luke 1:22
they perceived that he had seen a vision in the temple; … he was making signs to them and remained unable to speak
Quote: ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “He kept on making signs to them but said nothing. So they concluded that he must have seen a vision while he was in the temple”
they perceived that he had seen a vision in the temple
Quote: ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Gabriel was actually present with Zechariah in the temple. He explains in 1:19 that God sent him there. The people, not knowing this, assumed that Zechariah had seen a vision. While the Greek says that they “perceived” this, it means that they thought they recognized what had happened. Alternate translation: “they thought that he had seen a vision”
Luke 1:23
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
when the days of his priestly service were fulfilled
Quote: ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when Zechariah had finished his time of service at the temple”
the days of his priestly service
Quote: αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, Luke uses the term days to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “his time of service at the temple”
he went away to his home
Quote: ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This expression indicates implicitly that Zechariah did not live in Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Luke indicates in 1:39 that Zechariah and Elizabeth lived instead in a city in the hill country of Judah, the area to the south of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he traveled back to his hometown”
Luke 1:24
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
The word And indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. Alternate translation: “Then”
And after these days
Quote: μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, Luke uses the term days to refer to a particular period of time, specifically, the time when Zechariah was serving in the temple. Alternate translation: “after Zechariah had finished serving at the temple”
for five months she hid herself
Quote: περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν μῆνας πέντε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This expression means that Elizabeth did not leave her house during that time. She seems to state the reason for this in the next verse. She had felt disgraced because she was not able to have children. But if she stayed in her house for five months, the next time people saw her, her pregnancy would show, and it would be clear that she was able to have children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She did not leave her house for five months so that by the next time people saw her, it would be clear that she was going to have a baby”
Luke 1:25
Thus the Lord has done for me
Quote: οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations
This is a positive exclamation. Elizabeth is very happy with what the Lord has done for her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this by making it a separate sentence and indicating with the conventions of your language that it is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me”
Thus the Lord has done for me
Quote: οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It is implicit that Elizabeth is referring to the fact that the Lord has allowed her to become pregnant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me by allowing me to become pregnant”
he looked upon {me
Quote: ἐπεῖδεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, the expression looked upon is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly”
to take away my disgrace among men
Quote: ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
By disgrace, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children”
Luke 1:26
in the sixth month
Quote: ἐν & τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the sixth month of the year, but the sixth month of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months”
the sixth month
Quote: τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6”
the angel Gabriel was sent from God
Quote: ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel”
Luke 1:27
to a man whose name {was} Joseph
Quote: ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This introduces Joseph as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here.
of the house of David
Quote: ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In this expression, the word house describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who was a descendant of King David”
of the house of David
Quote: ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
This is background information that helps identify Joseph further. It is important for readers to know because it means that as 1:32 indicates, Jesus, as the adoptive son of Joseph, will be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who came from the royal line of David”
the name of the virgin {was} Mary
Quote: τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This introduces Mary as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here.
Luke 1:28
Rejoice
Quote: χαῖρε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The word Rejoice was used as a greeting. Alternate translation: “Greetings”
favored one
Quote: κεχαριτωμένη (1)Alternate translation: “you who have received great grace” or “you who have received special kindness”
The Lord {is} with you
Quote: ὁ Κύριος μετὰ σοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression with you is an idiom that indicates favor and acceptance. Alternate translation: “The Lord is pleased with you”
Luke 1:29
by the words
Quote: ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the term words to mean what Gabriel said by using words. Alternate translation: “by what he said” or “when he said this”
she was considering what kind of greeting this might be
Quote: διελογίζετο ποταπὸς εἴη ὁ ἀσπασμὸς οὗτος (1)Alternate translation: “she wondered why an angel would greet her in this way”
Luke 1:30
Do not be afraid, Mary, for you have found favor with God
Quote: μὴ φοβοῦ, Μαριάμ; εὗρες γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness, Mary, so you do not need to be afraid”
Do not be afraid
Quote: μὴ φοβοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Mary something that he thinks will help and encourage her. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid”
you have found favor with God
Quote: εὗρες & χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness”
Luke 1:31
And behold
Quote: καὶ ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 1:20, behold is a term that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now”
you will conceive in your womb and bear a son
Quote: συνλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo
The phrase conceive in your womb might seem to express unnecessary extra information, and so if you represent all of it in your language, that might not seem natural. However, the details are important here. The expression emphasizes that Jesus was a human son born of a human mother. So be sure to translate this expression in a way that conveys that.
you will call his name Jesus
Quote: καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
As in 1:13, Gabriel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Mary what to do. Alternate translation: “you are to name him Jesus”
you will call his name Jesus
Quote: καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 1:13, call his name is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him Jesus”
Luke 1:32
will be called the Son of the Most High
Quote: Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
To be called is an idiom that means “to be.” (This idiom occurs three times in this episode and in a few other places in the book, such as 1:76, 2:23, and 15:19.) Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High”
will be called the Son of the Most High
Quote: Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Gabriel is not saying only that Son of the Most High is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High”
will be called the Son of the Most High
Quote: Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High”
of the Most High
Quote: Ὑψίστου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “the Most High God” in 8:38 shows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God”
will give to him the throne of his father David
Quote: δώσει αὐτῷ & τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The throne represents a king’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did”
will give to him the throne of his father David
Quote: δώσει αὐτῷ & τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the term father means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David”
Luke 1:33
he will reign … to eternity, and there will be no end of his kingship
Quote: βασιλεύσει & εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue”
the house of Jacob
Quote: τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In this expression, the word house describes all the people descended from a particular person, in this case Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people descended from Jacob”
to eternity
Quote: εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. The term ages means long periods of time. Alternate translation: “forever”
there will be no end of his kingship
Quote: τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “his kingship will always continue”
there will be no end of his kingship
Quote: τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
The abstract noun kingship refers to the action of a king reigning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this word with a verb such as “reign.” Alternate translation: “he will always reign”
Luke 1:34
How will this be
Quote: πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that even though Mary did not understand how this could happen, she did not doubt that it would happen. This is clear from the way that Gabriel responds positively and encouragingly to her, by contrast to the way he rebuked Zechariah in 1:18 for his similar-sounding question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I believe you, though I do not understand how this could happen”
I have not known a man
Quote: ἄνδρα οὐ γινώσκω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
Mary uses a polite expression to say that she had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “I have never had sexual relations with a man”
Luke 1:35
answering, the angel said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that the angel responded to the question that Mary asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded”
The Holy Spirit will come upon you, and power of the Most High will overshadow you
Quote: Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean similar things. Once again Gabriel is speaking in a form much like Hebrew poetry. It would be good here as well to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a term other than and, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating and clarifying the meaning of the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will come to you, yes, the power of God will cover you like a shadow”
power of the Most High will overshadow you
Quote: δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
It was the power of God that would supernaturally cause Mary to become pregnant even while she still remained a virgin. It is not clear exactly how this happened, since Gabriel speaks as if God’s power had a shadow in order to describe it. But make sure that your translation does not imply that there was any physical or sexual union involved. This was a miracle. It might work well to retain Gabriel’s language and change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “the power of the Most High will cover you like a shadow”
of the Most High
Quote: Ὑψίστου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
See how you translated the expression the Most High in 1:32. Alternate translation: “the Most High God”
Therefore, the holy one being born will be called the Son of God
Quote: διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 1:32, to be called is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God”
Therefore, the holy one being born will be called the Son of God
Quote: διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Gabriel is not saying only that Son of God is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, this is a further statement that Jesus would be the divine Son of a divine Father. (Gabriel says Therefore, indicating that this will be the result of the process he has just described.) You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God”
the holy one being born will be called the Son of God
Quote: τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these two passive forms by stating the meaning of each with an active form. Alternate translation: “people will call this holy baby whom you will bear the Son of God”
the holy one being born will be called the Son of God
Quote: τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
Depending on how the Greek is understood, this could be another parallel statement. Alternate translation: “The one who will be born will be holy. Yes, he will be the Son of God”
Luke 1:36
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The word behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider this”
she also has conceived a son in her old age
Quote: καὶ αὐτὴ συνείληφεν υἱὸν ἐν γήρει αὐτῆς (1)Make sure that your translation does not make it does not sound as if both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived. Alternate translation: “she has also become pregnant with a son, even though she is already very old”
this is the sixth month for her
Quote: οὗτος μὴν ἕκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she is now in the sixth month of her pregnancy”
the one called barren
Quote: τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is a further use of the idiom also found in 1:32 and 1:35 in which “to be called” means “to be.” Alternate translation: “who was not able to have children”
Luke 1:37
For
Quote: ὅτι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The word For indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “This shows that”
every word will not be impossible for God
Quote: οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says”
every word will not be impossible for God
Quote: οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here, the term word could mean: (1) since Mary uses the same term in the next verse to describe the message that Gabriel has brought from God, Gabriel may be using it to mean that message as well. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (2) Gabriel may be using the term in a general sense to mean “thing.” Alternate translation: “everything is possible with God”
Luke 1:38
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, Behold means more literally “Look,” that is, “Look at me,” by which Mary means, “This is who I am.” Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “I am”
the female servant of the Lord
Quote: ἡ δούλη Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
By describing herself as a servant, Mary is responding humbly and willingly. She is not boasting about being in the Lord’s service. Choose an expression in your language that will show her humility and obedience to the Lord. Alternate translation: “someone who will gladly serve the Lord in any way he wishes”
May it happen to me
Quote: γένοιτό μοι (1)Once again Mary is expressing her willingness for the things to happen that the angel has told her about. Alternate translation: “I am willing for these things to happen to me”
according to your word
Quote: κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here, the term word describes the message that Gabriel has brought. Alternate translation: “just as you have said”
Luke 1:39
Then Mary arose in those days
Quote: ἀναστᾶσα δὲ Μαριὰμ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time, Mary arose”
in those days
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, Luke uses the term days to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “Around that same time”
arose
Quote: ἀναστᾶσα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means not just that Mary stood up, but that she took action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “started out”
the hill country
Quote: τὴν ὀρινὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The hill country was an area of high hills extending south from the Jerusalem area to the Negev desert. Alternate translation: “the hilly area south of Jerusalem”
Luke 1:40
she entered into
Quote: εἰσῆλθεν εἰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Mary finished her journey before she went into Zechariah’s house. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “Once she arrived, she went inside”
Luke 1:41
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. One method that is natural in some languages is to introduce this event without such a phrase. UST often models this approach.
in her womb
Quote: ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun her refers to Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “in Elizabeth’s womb”
leaped
Quote: ἐσκίρτησεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke says that Elizabeth’s baby leaped, but this was not literally possible. The expression refers to the baby making a sudden movement in response to the sound of Mary’s voice. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly”
Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit
Quote: ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled Elizabeth”
Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit
Quote: ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke speaks as if Elizabeth was a container that the Holy Spirit filled. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered Elizabeth”
Luke 1:42
she exclaimed in a loud voice and said
Quote: ἀνεφώνησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
The expression exclaimed … and said expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word exclaimed indicates that what was said was an exclamation. Alternate translation: “she said loudly and excitedly”
in a loud voice
Quote: φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means Elizabeth raised the volume of her voice. Alternate translation: “loudly”
among women
Quote: ἐν γυναιξίν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression among women is an idiom that means “more than any other woman.” You could express that as an alternate translation.
the fruit of your womb
Quote: ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Elizabeth speaks of Mary’s baby as if he were the fruit that a plant or tree produces. Alternate translation: “the baby you are carrying”
Luke 1:43
And from where {is} this to me, that the mother of my Lord would come to me
Quote: καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, ἵνα ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου πρὸς ἐμέ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Elizabeth is not asking for information. She is using a question form to show how surprised and happy she is that Mary has come to visit her. Alternate translation: “How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to visit me!”
from where {is} this to me
Quote: πόθεν μοι τοῦτο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression whence {is} this to me means “where did this come from to me.” It is an idiom for describing something as wonderful and unexpected. Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “how wonderful it is”
the mother of my Lord
Quote: ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Elizabeth is referring to Mary in the third person. You could make this clear by adding the word “you” in your translation, as UST does.
Luke 1:44
For behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. This phrase alerts Mary to pay attention to Elizabeth’s surprising statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now”
as soon as the sound of your greeting was in my ears
Quote: ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Elizabeth is using the term ears to mean hearing, and hearing means recognition. Alternate translation: “as soon as I heard your voice and realized that it was you”
leaped for joy
Quote: ἐσκίρτησεν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 1:41, leaped is a figurative way of referring to sudden movement. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly because he was so happy”
Luke 1:45
the one having believed … of the {things that} had been spoken to her from the Lord
Quote: ἡ πιστεύσασα & τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Elizabeth is speaking to Mary, and these phrases describe Mary, but Elizabeth nevertheless speaks of her in the third person. She does this perhaps as a sign of respect, since she has just identified Mary as “the mother of my Lord.” Alternate translation: “you who believed … the message that the Lord sent you”
there would be a fulfillment of the {things that} had been spoken to her from the Lord
Quote: ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you”
there would be a fulfillment of the {things that} had been spoken to her from the Lord
Quote: ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Here, instead of the word “by,” Elizabeth uses the word from because Mary actually heard the angel Gabriel speak (See: 1:26), but the things he spoke ultimately came from the Lord. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you”
Luke 1:46
My soul magnifies
Quote: μεγαλύνει ἡ ψυχή μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The word soul refers to the inmost part of a person. Here, Mary uses it to refer to all of herself. Mary is saying that her worship comes from deep inside her. Alternate translation: “From the depths of my being, I praise”
Luke 1:47
my spirit has rejoiced
Quote: ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The word spirit also refers to the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice”
my spirit has rejoiced
Quote: ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
This statement is parallel to the one in the previous verse. Mary is speaking in poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it might be good to show that to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice”
has rejoiced
Quote: ἠγαλλίασεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Mary is speaking as if something she is presently doing happened in the past. Alternate translation: “is celebrating”
Luke 1:48
For
Quote: ὅτι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The word For introduces the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And this is why”
he has looked upon
Quote: ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 1:25, looked upon is an idiom that means “shown regard for.” Alternate translation: “he has kindly chosen”
the low condition of his female servant
Quote: τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς δούλης αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Mary is speaking of her low condition to mean herself. Alternate translation: “me to serve him, even though I am not very important”
For behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Just think!”
all generations
Quote: πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Mary uses the term generations to mean the people who will be born in all future generations. Alternate translation: “the people of all future generations”
Luke 1:49
the Mighty One
Quote: ὁ δυνατός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here, Mary is describing God by one of his attributes. She means that “God, who is powerful,” has done great things for her.
his name {is} holy
Quote: ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Mary is using the term name to mean God’s reputation, and the reputation represents God himself. Alternate translation: “he deserves to be treated with complete respect”
Luke 1:50
is} unto generation and generation
Quote: εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεὰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “extends to every generation”
to the ones fearing him
Quote: τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
In this context, fearing does not mean to be afraid, but to show respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “those who honor him”
Luke 1:51
He has done mighty deeds with his arm
Quote: ἐποίησεν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Mary is using the term arm to represent God’s power. Alternate translation: “He has demonstrated that he is very powerful”
he has scattered
Quote: διεσκόρπισεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The word scattered describes how thoroughly God has defeated all who opposed him. The word creates a picture of God’s enemies fleeing in every direction, unable to arrange an organized retreat. Alternate translation: “he has completely defeated”
the proud in the thoughts of their hearts
Quote: ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ καρδίας αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term hearts represents the will and affections of these people. Alternate translation: “who cherish proud thoughts”
Luke 1:52
He has thrown down rulers from their thrones
Quote: καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
A “throne” is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol associated with authority. If rulers are brought down from their thrones, that means they no longer have the authority to reign. Alternate translation: “He has deposed rulers”
and
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
The word and indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “but”
he has raised up the lowly
Quote: ὕψωσεν ταπεινούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In this word picture, people who are more important are depicted as higher up than people who are less important. Alternate translation: “he has given important roles to humble people”
the lowly
Quote: ταπεινούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Mary is using this adjective as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “humble people”
Luke 1:53
but
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
The word but once again indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions as clear as possible in your translation here as well.
Luke 1:54
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeIf it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 1:54 and 1:55 into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about Israel together.
Israel
Quote: Ἰσραὴλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Mary is referring to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites”
his servant
Quote: παιδὸς αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term servant refers to the special role that God gave to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “his chosen people”
to remember his mercy
Quote: μνησθῆναι ἐλέους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
In this context, the phrase to remember his mercy refers to God thinking about a person or group and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had ever forgotten to be merciful. Alternate translation: “in order to be merciful”
Luke 1:55
as he spoke to our fathers
Quote: καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the word fathers means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “just as he promised to our ancestors”
to his seed
Quote: τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term seed means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “to his descendants”
in the ages {past
Quote: εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in 1:33. Alternate translation: “forever”
Luke 1:56
and
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word and to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “then”
Mary stayed with her about three months, and returned to her house
Quote: ἔμεινεν & Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ ὡς μῆνας τρεῖς, καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The first instance of the word her in this verse refers to Elizabeth, and the second instance refers to Mary. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Mary returned to her own home. She did not stay for three months, leave for a time, and then return to Elizabeth’s home. Alternate translation: “Mary stayed with Elizabeth for about three months, and then Mary went back to her own house”
Luke 1:57
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word And to indicate that this event took place after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then”
the time was fulfilled
Quote: ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came”
for her to deliver
Quote: τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν (1)Your language may require you to state the object of deliver. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
Luke 1:58
had magnified his mercy to her
Quote: ἐμεγάλυνεν & τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke speaks as if God had made his mercy bigger towards Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her”
had magnified his mercy to her
Quote: ἐμεγάλυνεν & τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that God’s great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby”
Luke 1:59
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
on the eighth day
Quote: ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This expression refers to the eighth day of the baby’s life, reckoning the day he was born as the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old”
on the eighth day
Quote: ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8”
they came to circumcise the child
Quote: ἦλθον περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In this culture, family and friends often came to celebrate with the family when a baby was circumcised. This ceremony showed that the baby was a member of the community that was in a special relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the family and friends of Zechariah and Elizabeth came for the baby’s circumcision ceremony, when he would be acknowledged as a member of the Israelite community”
they were going to call {him} after the name of his father, Zechariah
Quote: ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ζαχαρίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 1:13 and 1:31, to call the name of a child is an idiom meaning to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “they were going to give him the same name as his father, Zechariah”
Luke 1:60
answering, his mother said
Quote: ἀποκριθεῖσα ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that John’s mother responded to the intention of her family and friends to name the baby Zechariah. Alternate translation: “his mother responded”
he will be called
Quote: κληθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “we are going to name him John”
Luke 1:61
There is no one among your relatives who is called by this name
Quote: οὐδείς ἐστιν ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου, ὃς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The expression this name means specifically the name John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the actual name in your translation. Alternate translation: “None of your relatives is named John”
is called by this name
Quote: καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “has the name John”
Luke 1:62
they made signs to his father
Quote: ἐνένευον & τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Zechariah may have been unable both to speak and to hear, but Gabriel only told him that he would be unable to speak, so it is more likely that the people simply assumed he could not hear because he was not speaking. If you think your readers might wonder why the people made signs to Zechariah, you could offer an explanation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah was not speaking, the people thought he could not hear either, so they made signs to him”
as to what he wanted to call him
Quote: τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “to ask him what name he wanted to give the baby”
Luke 1:63
asking for
Quote: αἰτήσας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to suggest how Zechariah was asking, since he could not speak. Alternate translation: “making signs with his hands to show that he wanted”
a writing tablet
Quote: πινακίδιον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This was a wooden tablet covered with wax. A person would use a stylus (that is, something with a sharp point) to write in the wax. The wax could later be smoothed out and the tablet could be used again. If your readers might not recognize this object, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to write on”
Luke 1:64
his mouth was opened and his tongue
Quote: ἀνεῴχθη & τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean the same thing. Luke uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “he became able to speak once again”
his mouth was opened and his tongue
Quote: ἀνεῴχθη & τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Each of these phrases describes the act of speaking by referring to something associated with speech coming into action, specifically, the mouth opening and the tongue moving about freely. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again”
his mouth was opened and his tongue
Quote: ἀνεῴχθη & τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. You could also say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” or “God enabled him to speak once again” or, if you want to use the figurative language, “God opened his mouth and freed his tongue”
Luke 1:65
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The word And introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result”
fear came on all
Quote: ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
As in 1:12, Luke here describes fear as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe”
fear came on all the ones living around them
Quote: ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος, τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
In this context, fear does not mean to be afraid, but to have respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe”
fear came on all
Quote: ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to state clearly why the people responded in this way. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe of God because of what he had done in the lives of Zechariah and Elizabeth”
all the ones living around them, … throughout all the hill country
Quote: πάντας & τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς & ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Here Luke uses the word all twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area”
all these matters were being talked about
Quote: διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people talked about all these matters”
Luke 1:66
all the ones having heard stored in their hearts
Quote: ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “all who heard these things stored them in their hearts”
stored in their hearts
Quote: ἔθεντο & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke is speaking of hearts as places where thoughts and memories can be stored safely. His expression describes people thinking things over carefully in order to understand them and retain them. Alternate translation: “thought carefully about these matters”
What then will this child become
Quote: τί ἄρα τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The people who said this were likely not asking a question, expecting someone to tell them what the child would become. Rather, they were making a statement about what the events of the child’s birth had led them to believe about his destiny. So you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a great man this child will become!”
the hand of the Lord was with him
Quote: χεὶρ Κυρίου ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In this expression, the hand represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power was helping him”
Luke 1:67
Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit
Quote: Ζαχαρίας & ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Zechariah”
Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit
Quote: Ζαχαρίας & ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke speaks as if Zechariah were a container that the Holy Spirit filled. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Zechariah”
prophesied, saying
Quote: ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations
Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied, and he said”
Luke 1:68
the God of Israel
Quote: ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke is referring to the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
the God of Israel
Quote: ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the relationship between God and Israel more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God whom the people of Israel worship”
he has visited … for his people
Quote: ἐπεσκέψατο & τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, the term visited is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people”
Luke 1:69
he has raised up a horn of salvation for us
Quote: ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In this context, raised up means brought into existence or enabled to act. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a horn of salvation”
he has raised up a horn of salvation for us
Quote: ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
An animal’s horn is associated with its strength, and so Zechariah is using the term as a symbol for a ruler by association with the power and authority a ruler has. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a ruler who will have the power to save us”
in the house of his servant David
Quote: ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
David’s house represents his family and all of his descendants. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of his servant David”
in the house of his servant David
Quote: ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that as a descendant of David, this ruler will be an eligible successor to him as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of his servant David”
of his servant David
Quote: Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
David was not actually a servant, he was a king. Here the emphasis in the word servant is on how David served God faithfully in that capacity. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of David, who served him faithfully”
Luke 1:70
he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets
Quote: ἐλάλησεν διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων & προφητῶν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
God speaking by the mouth of the prophets represents God inspiring them to say what he wanted them to say. Alternate translation: “he inspired his holy prophets to say”
from eternity
Quote: ἀπ’ αἰῶνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in 1:33. Alternate translation: “a long time ago”
Luke 1:71
salvation from our enemies
Quote: σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun salvation with a verb such as “save” or “rescue.” It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will save us from our enemies” or “He will rescue us from our enemies”
from our enemies and from the hand of all the ones hating us
Quote: ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Zechariah may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies who hate us”
the hand
Quote: χειρὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The hand represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “domination”
Luke 1:72
to show mercy to our fathers and to remember his holy covenant
Quote: ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
The two phrases in this verse say basically the same thing. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including the content of both phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling the special agreement he made with them”
to show mercy to our fathers and to remember his holy covenant
Quote: ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If the connection between these phrases might be confusing, you could state explicitly how God was showing mercy to the ancestors. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling for us the special agreement he made with them, because we are their descendants”
to show mercy to our fathers
Quote: ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the term fathers means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors”
and to remember his holy covenant
Quote: καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
In this context, the term remember describes God thinking about the Israelites and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had forgotten about them. Alternate translation: “by fulfilling the special agreement he made”
Luke 1:73
Abraham our father
Quote: Ἀβραὰμ, τὸν πατέρα ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the term father means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “our ancestor Abraham”
to grant us
Quote: τοῦ δοῦναι ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Zechariah is using the term grant, meaning to “give,” in an idiomatic sense. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for us”
Luke 1:74
having been delivered out of the hand of our enemies
Quote: ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν ῥυσθέντας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “after he has rescued us from the power of our enemies”
out of the hand of our enemies
Quote: ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The hand represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies”
fearlessly
Quote: ἀφόβως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that if the Israelites were still under enemy domination, they would be afraid of what their enemies might do to them if they worshiped and obeyed the Lord. Alternate translation: “without being afraid of what our enemies might do to us”
Luke 1:75
in holiness and righteousness
Quote: ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns holiness and righteousness with adjectives. Alternate translation: “doing what is holy and righteous”
before him
Quote: ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means “in his presence,” and that suggests being in relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in relationship with him”
all our days
Quote: πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Zechariah uses the term days to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives”
Luke 1:76
And indeed, you, child
Quote: καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you could indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’”
will be called a prophet
Quote: προφήτης & κληθήσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 1:32, to be called is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet”
will be called a prophet
Quote: προφήτης & κληθήσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will be a prophet”
of the Most High
Quote: Ὑψίστου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
See how you translated the expression the Most High in 1:32. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God”
you will go before the Lord
Quote: προπορεύσῃ & ἐνώπιον Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 1:17, to go before is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “you will announce that the Lord is coming,”
to prepare his paths
Quote: ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Zechariah is using the imagery of paths to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message and believe it. Alternate translation: “to get the people ready for him”
Luke 1:77
to give the knowledge of salvation to his people through forgiveness of their sins
Quote: τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns salvation and forgiveness with the verbs “save” and “forgive.” Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them by forgiving their sins”
to give the knowledge of salvation to his people
Quote: τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The phrase to give … knowledge is a figurative description of teaching. Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them”
Luke 1:78
the sunrise from on high
Quote: ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Zechariah speaks of the coming of the Savior as if it will be a sunrise that will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “the Savior who comes from God”
from on high
Quote: ἐξ ὕψους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Zechariah uses the term on high to refer to God by association, since the abode of God if considered to be far above us in heaven. Alternate translation: “from God”
will visit us
Quote: ἐπισκέψεται ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 1:68, visit is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will come to help us”
Luke 1:79
to shine on the ones sitting
Quote: ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς & καθημένοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 1:78, light represents truth. Just as Zechariah described the Savior as like a sunrise in that verse, here he is describing the spiritual truth that the Savior will bring as if it will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “to show the truth to people who are”
on the ones sitting in darkness and a shadow of death
Quote: τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here sitting in a place is an idiom that means to be in that place. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness”
on the ones sitting in darkness and a shadow of death
Quote: τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The shadow of death is an idiom that describes deep darkness. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness”
on the ones sitting in darkness and a shadow of death
Quote: τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Since light represents truth, darkness represents the absence of spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth, who do not know it at all”
on the ones sitting in darkness and a shadow of death
Quote: τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
These two phrases work together to emphasize the deep spiritual darkness that people are in before God shows them mercy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth at all”
to guide our feet into a path of peace
Quote: κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Zechariah is using the word guide to mean “teach,” and the expression a path of peace to represent living at peace with God. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God”
to guide our feet into a path of peace
Quote: κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Zechariah is using the term feet to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God”
Luke 1:80
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
The word And introduces the next part of the story. In this verse, Luke describes a few transitional events in order to move quickly from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult. Alternate translation: “Then”
was being strengthened in spirit
Quote: ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι (1)This could refer to: (1) the inner part of a person, as in 1:47. Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” (2) how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in 1:15, that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
he was in the wilderness
Quote: ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This expression means implicitly that John went to live in the wilderness. Luke does not say at what age John did this. Alternate translation: “he went to live in the wilderness”
until the day of his public appearance
Quote: ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ (1)The term until does not indicate a stopping point. John continued to live out in the wilderness even after he started preaching publicly. In your translation, be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “through the time when he began to preach in public”
the day of his public appearance
Quote: ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, Luke uses the term day to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time when he began to preach in public”
to Israel
Quote: πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραήλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke is referring to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel”
Luke 2
Luke 2 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus is born in the city of Bethlehem (2:1–20)
- Joseph and Mary dedicate Jesus, and Simeon and Anna speak about him (2:21–40)
- Jesus goes to Jerusalem with his parents for Passover (2:41–52)
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in the song of the angels about Jesus’ birth in 2:14 and in Simeon’s song about Jesus in 2:29–32.
Important textual issues in this chapter
“his father and mother”
In 2:33, the most accurate ancient manuscripts read “his father and mother.” ULT follows that reading. Some other ancient manuscripts read “Joseph and his mother.” That reading indicates that Joseph was not the biological father of Jesus, since Mary conceived him as a virgin. However, Joseph was the adoptive father of Jesus, and so the reading “his father and mother” is not incorrect. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading in ULT. (See: Textual Variants)
Luke 2:1
in those days
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “around that same time”
in those days
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, Luke uses the term days to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “around that same time”
it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to show that this is the beginning of an account. If your language has a way of showing the start of an account, you may use that in your translation. If not, you may choose not to represent this phrase.
a decree went out from
Quote: ἐξῆλθεν δόγμα παρὰ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
The decree did not go out by itself, even though Luke speaks as if it did. Messengers likely proclaimed the emperor’s command throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “sent out messengers with a decree ordering”
Caesar Augustus
Quote: Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Caesar was the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Augustus, who ruled the Roman Empire”
Augustus
Quote: Αὐγούστου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Augustus is the name of a man.
for all the world to register
Quote: ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was for tax purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that all the people living in the Roman Empire had to list their names on the tax rolls”
the world
Quote: τὴν οἰκουμένην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term world refers specifically to the part of the world that Caesar Augustus ruled. It is actually describing the people living in that part of the world by association to where they lived. Alternate translation: “the people living in the Roman Empire”
Luke 2:2
Quirinius
Quote: Κυρηνίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Quirinius is the name of a man.
Luke 2:3
everyone was traveling
Quote: ἐπορεύοντο πάντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke describes the registration as already in progress in order to account for why Joseph and Mary had to travel at this time, late in her pregnancy. Alternate translation: “everyone was going”
to his own city
Quote: εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The phrase his own city refers to the city where a person’s family had originally lived. A person might have since moved to a different city. Alternate translation: “to the city that their families came from”
to register himself
Quote: ἀπογράφεσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Alternate translation: “to provide their names for the tax rolls”
Luke 2:4
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The word And introduces the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “And so”
went up
Quote: ἀνέβη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Luke says went up because Joseph had to go up into the mountains to travel from Nazareth to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “traveled”
to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem
Quote: εἰς πόλιν Δαυεὶδ, ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Bethlehem was known as the city of David because King David had come from there. Luke includes this detail because it indicates why Bethlehem was important, even though it was a small town. Not only had the line of David’s dynasty originated there, the prophet Micah had said that the future Messiah would be born there. Alternate translation: “to the town known as Bethlehem, where King David had come from”
which is called Bethlehem
Quote: ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name is Bethlehem”
he was of the house and family line of David
Quote: εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Luke is expressing a single idea by using two terms, house and family line, connected with and. The term family line indicates the significance of Joseph being a descendant of David. It means that any son of his, natural or adopted, would be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of these two terms with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David”
he was of the house and family line of David
Quote: εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 1:27, the word house describes all the people descended from a particular person. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David”
Luke 2:5
He registered himself with Mary, the one that had been engaged to him
Quote: ἀπογράψασθαι σὺν Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because Mary was engaged to Joseph, she had to travel with him so that he could list their names together”
Mary, the one that had been engaged to him
Quote: Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In this culture, an engaged couple was considered legally married, although there would not have been physical intimacy between them until after the wedding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that. Alternate translation: “Mary, who was engaged to him and who was therefore considered his legal wife”
the one that had been engaged to him
Quote: τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who had promised to marry him”
Luke 2:6
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
This phrase marks the beginning of the next event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you could use it in your translation.
while they were there
Quote: ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The word they refers to Joseph and Mary being in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Mary and Joseph were in Bethlehem”
the days were fulfilled for her to deliver
Quote: ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came for Mary to give birth”
the days were fulfilled
Quote: ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Luke uses the term days to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time came”
for her to deliver
Quote: τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν (1)Your language may require you to state the object of deliver. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
Luke 2:7
she wrapped him in strips of cloth and laid him in a manger, because there was no room for them in the inn
Quote: ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ, διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put the second phrase before the first one, since it gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because there was no guest room available for them, she wrapped cloths tightly around him and put him in a box that held hay for animals”
she wrapped him in strips of cloth
Quote: ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In some cultures, mothers help their babies feel secure by wrapping them tightly in cloth or in a blanket. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly Alternate translation: “wrapped cloths tightly around him to make him feel secure”
laid him in a manger
Quote: ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A manger was a box or frame in which people put hay or other food for animals to eat. It was most likely clean, and it may have had something soft and dry like hay in it that would have provided a cushion for the baby. In this culture, animals were often kept near a home to keep them safe and so that their owners could feed them easily. Mary and Joseph stayed in a space that was ordinarily used for animals for those reasons. Alternate translation: “put him in a box that held hay for animals”
because there was no room for them in the inn
Quote: διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
There was probably no room because so many people had come to Bethlehem to register. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register”
because there was no room for them in the inn
Quote: διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word inn could mean a place of lodging where travelers stayed overnight. However, Luke uses the same term in 22:11 to refer to a room in a house. So it could also mean “guest room.” Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register”
Luke 2:8
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses And to introduce background information about some new characters. You can translate it with the word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now”
there were shepherds in that area
Quote: ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This phrase introduces new characters into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “there were some shepherds living in that area”
Luke 2:9
an angel of the Lord
Quote: ἄγγελος Κυρίου (1)Alternate translation: “a heavenly messenger sent from the Lord”
stood before them
Quote: ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς (1)Alternate translation: “came to the shepherds”
the glory of the Lord shone around them
Quote: δόξα Κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that a bright light appeared at the same time as the angel, expressing the magnificent presence of God that was accompanying his messenger. The glory of God is associated with light in the Bible, for example, “Arise, shine; for your light has come, and the glory of Yahweh has risen on you,” Isaiah 60:1. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a bright light shone all around them, showing the glorious presence of God”
they feared a great fear
Quote: ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were extremely afraid” or “they were terrified”
Luke 2:10
Do not be afraid
Quote: μὴ φοβεῖσθε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
As in 1:13, while the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is really telling the shepherds something to help and encourage them. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid”
for behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this”
I bring you good news of great joy, which will be to all the people
Quote: εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ (1)Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy”
to all the people
Quote: παντὶ τῷ λαῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This could be: (1) a reference to all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people”
Luke 2:11
today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord
Quote: ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure
If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David”
today has been born for you
Quote: ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today”
in the city of David
Quote: ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to 2:4. Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem”
who is Christ the Lord
Quote: ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Christ is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord”
Luke 2:12
this {will be} the sign to you
Quote: τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign”
the sign to you
Quote: ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This could be: (1) a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true”
wrapped in strips of cloth
Quote: ἐσπαργανωμένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this expression in 2:7. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “with cloths wrapped tightly around him”
lying in a manger
Quote: κείμενον ἐν φάτνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated the term manger in 2:7. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals”
Luke 2:13
a multitude of the heavenly army
Quote: πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This phrase could refer to a literal army of angels, or it could be speaking of a large organized group of angels. Alternate translation: “a large group of angels from heaven”
praising God, and saying
Quote: αἰνούντων τὸν Θεὸν καὶ λεγόντων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Luke is expressing a single idea by using two verbs connected with and. The angels said these words in order to praise God. Alternate translation: “who praised God by saying”
Luke 2:14
Glory in the highest to God
Quote: δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ (1)This could mean: (1) the angels are describing where God should receive honor. In that case in the highest would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) the angels are describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
among men of good pleasure
Quote: ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας (1)This could refer to: (1) God’s good pleasure with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) people who show good pleasure or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
men
Quote: ἀνθρώποις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here, the term men has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people”
Luke 2:15
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
Let us … go over … let us see … to us
Quote: διέλθωμεν & ἴδωμεν & ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive us, use the inclusive form here.
Luke 2:16
they went hastening
Quote: ἦλθον σπεύσαντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
The two verbs went and hastening express a single idea. The word hastening tells how they went. Alternate translation: “they went quickly”
lying in the manger
Quote: κείμενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated the term manger in 2:7. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals”
Luke 2:17
the message that had been told to them
Quote: τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the angels had told them”
Luke 2:18
the things that were spoken to them by the shepherds
Quote: τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὸς αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the shepherds told them” Alternate translation:
Luke 2:19
pondering them in her heart
Quote: συμβάλλουσα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In this expression, the heart represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “reflecting on what they meant”
Luke 2:20
the shepherds returned
Quote: ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This means that they returned to their flock. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherds went back to take care of their sheep”
glorifying and praising God
Quote: δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The terms glorifying and praising mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “excitedly praising God”
just as it had been spoken to them
Quote: καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “just as the angel had told them”
Luke 2:21
when eight days had been fulfilled to circumcise him
Quote: ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The law that God gave to Jewish believers told them to circumcise a baby boy on the eighth day of his life. As in 1:59, the day on which the baby was born was considered to be the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old, and according to the Jewish law it was time to circumcise him”
when eight days had been fulfilled
Quote: ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
This time reference also introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old”
eight days had been fulfilled
Quote: ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old”
his name was called Jesus
Quote: ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus”
his name was called Jesus
Quote: ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 1:13, to “call a name” is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus”
which} he had been called by the angel
Quote: τὸ κληθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which was the name that the angel had told Mary to give him”
before he was conceived in the womb
Quote: πρὸ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo
In your language, it might seem that the phrase conceived in the womb expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he was conceived”
Luke 2:22
when the days of their purification had been fulfilled, according to the law of Moses
Quote: ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had waited the number of days that the law of Moses required for their purification”
the days of their purification
Quote: αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The law of Moses said that a woman would become ceremonially clean again 33 days after her newborn son had been circumcised. After that, she could enter the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “33 more days, the time that the law of Moses required for Mary to become ceremonially clean again after childbirth”
they brought him up to Jerusalem
Quote: ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Luke says that they brought him up to Jerusalem, even though Bethlehem is actually at a higher elevation, because that was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “they took him to Jerusalem”
to present {him} to the Lord
Quote: παραστῆσαι τῷ Κυρίῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke will explain more in the next two verses about why Mary and Joseph did this, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the purpose more explicit here. Alternate translation: “so that they could bring him into the temple and perform the required ceremony acknowledging God’s claim on firstborn children who were male”
Luke 2:23
just as it is written in the law of the Lord
Quote: καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the law of the Lord commands”
Every male who opens the womb will be called holy to the Lord
Quote: πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν, ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “You are to set apart for the Lord every firstborn child who is a boy”
Every male who opens the womb
Quote: πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The phrase opens the womb is an idiom that refers to being the first baby to come out of the womb. This commandment applied to both people and animals, but here a baby boy is specifically in view. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn offspring who is a male” or “Every firstborn child who is a boy”
will be called holy to the Lord
Quote: ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 1:32, be called is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “will be set apart for the Lord”
will be called holy to the Lord
Quote: ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
Here, the law of Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “is to be set apart for the Lord”
Luke 2:24
what} had been said in the law of the Lord
Quote: τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what the law of the Lord says”
Luke 2:25
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term behold to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
there was a man in Jerusalem whose name {was} Simeon
Quote: ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ᾧ ὄνομα Συμεών (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation.
was} Simeon
Quote: Συμεών (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Simeon is the name of a man.
this man {was} righteous and devout
Quote: ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβής (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The terms righteous and devout mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to emphasize what a godly man Simeon was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “he was a godly man”
waiting for
Quote: προσδεχόμενος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiomatic usage of the term waiting. It does not mean passively waiting for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. Alternate translation: “eagerly anticipating” or “looking forward to”
the consolation of Israel
Quote: παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This phrase refers by association to the one who would bring consolation, meaning “comfort,” to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the one who would come and comfort the people of Israel” or “the one who would come to help the people of Israel”
the consolation of Israel
Quote: παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that readers will know that this is a reference to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who would come to help the people of Israel”
of Israel
Quote: τοῦ Ἰσραήλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke is referring to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel”
the Holy Spirit was upon him
Quote: Πνεῦμα ἦν Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The word upon creates a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God was with Simeon in a special way. The Spirit gave him knowledge and direction for his life, as the next two verses show. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit guided him in special ways”
Luke 2:26
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
it had been revealed to him by the Holy Spirit
Quote: ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had shown him” or “the Holy Spirit had told him”
that he would not see death before
Quote: μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
To see death is an idiom that means “to die.” Alternate translation: “that he would not die before”
that he would not see death before
Quote: μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
Here, Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “he would live until”
Luke 2:27
he came in the Spirit
Quote: ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he came as the Holy Spirit directed him”
he came … into the temple
Quote: ἦλθεν & εἰς τὸ ἱερόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go
Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple”
into the temple
Quote: εἰς τὸ ἱερόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Since only priests could enter the temple building, this means the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard”
the parents
Quote: τοὺς γονεῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This means the parents of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph”
for them to do according to the custom of the law concerning him
Quote: τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The phrase to do according to the custom of the law refers to the ceremony of dedication that Luke described in 2:22–25. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to perform the ceremony of dedication that the law of God required”
Luke 2:28
and
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word and to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then”
he took him into his arms
Quote: αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could specify by name the people to whom these pronouns refer. Alternate translation: “Simeon picked up the baby Jesus and held him in his arms”
Luke 2:29
You are now dismissing your servant in peace
Quote: νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου & ἐν εἰρήνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
Simeon is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die in peace”
You are now dismissing your servant
Quote: νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Simeon refers to himself as God’s servant in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die”
You are now dismissing your servant
Quote: νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die”
your … your
Quote: σου & σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal
Here, the word your is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of your that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in 2:30 and 2:32, and the corresponding formal form for “you” in 2:31. However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use.
according to your word
Quote: κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Simeon is referring to the promise that God made that he would live to see the Messiah. Simeon describes that promise by association with the word or saying by which God made it. Alternate translation: “as you promised”
Luke 2:30
my eyes have seen
Quote: εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Simeon uses one part of himself, his eyes, to represent all of himself in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “I have personally seen” or “I, myself, have seen”
your salvation
Quote: τὸ σωτήριόν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This expression refers by association to the person who would bring salvation, that is, the infant Jesus, whom Simeon was holding. Alternate translation: “the Savior whom you have sent”
Luke 2:31
which you have prepared
Quote: ὃ ἡτοίμασας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
If you said “Savior” in the previous phrase at the end of 2:30, then here you will want to say something like “whom you have prepared” or “the one you have sent.” If you said salvation in the previous phrase, then here you could state something like “which you have brought about”
before the face of all the peoples
Quote: κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term face represents the presence of a person. Simeon is saying that God has sent the Savior or brought about salvation right where everyone is present. Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the peoples”
before the face of all the peoples
Quote: κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication of God sending the Savior or bringing about salvation into the presence of everyone is that this has been done for their benefit. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of all peoples”
Luke 2:32
A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel
Quote: φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This expression means that the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Simeon compares Jesus’ role to that of a physical light that enables people to see solid objects. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand, just as light allows people to see things clearly and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you”
A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel
Quote: φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to state explicitly what the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand what you expect of them and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you”
Luke 2:33
his father and mother
Quote: ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation or a different reading, “Joseph and his mother.”
what is being said about him
Quote: τοῖς λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Simeon said about him”
Luke 2:34
said to Mary, his mother
Quote: εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ (1)In your translation, make sure that this does not sound as if Mary is the mother of Simeon. Alternate translation: “said to Mary, the child’s mother”
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Simeon uses the word Behold to tell Mary that what he is about to say is extremely important to her. Alternate translation: “Now this is important”
this one is appointed for the downfall and rising up of many in Israel
Quote: οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The word downfall represents people turning away from God by association with the way they will be ruined as a result. The expression rising up represents people drawing closer to God, by association with they way they will prosper as a result. Alternate translation: “God will use this child to challenge many people of the people of Israel to decide definitively for or against him”
this one is appointed for
Quote: οὗτος κεῖται εἰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God intends to use this child to”
of many in Israel
Quote: πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Simeon refers to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” or “many in the nation of Israel”
a sign
Quote: σημεῖον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the life and ministry of Jesus will be an indication that God is at work to fulfill his purposes through the people of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “an indication of God’s activity”
that is spoken against
Quote: ἀντιλεγόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that many people will speak against”
that is spoken against
Quote: ἀντιλεγόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Simeon describes the opposition that Jesus will face by association with one expression of it, people speaking against him and his ministry. But this represents a wider range of hostile activities. Alternate translation: “that many people will oppose”
Luke 2:35
and a sword will also pierce your own soul
Quote: καὶ σοῦ δὲ αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύσεται ῥομφαία (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Simeon speaks of the bitter grief pangs that Mary will experience as if they were a sword stabbing all the way into her inner being. Alternate translation: “and you will experience deep pangs of grief yourself”
the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed
Quote: ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think”
the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed
Quote: ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In this expression, hearts represent people’s inner thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think”
Luke 2:36
And Anna was there, a prophetess
Quote: καὶ ἦν Ἅννα προφῆτις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke is introducing a new participant into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman named Anna there in the temple. She was a prophetess”
Anna
Quote: Ἅννα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Anna is the name of a woman.
of Phanuel
Quote: Φανουήλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Phanuel is the name of a man.
She had advanced much in days
Quote: αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 1:7, to have moved forward or to have advanced means to have aged. Alternate translation: “She was very old”
She had advanced much in days
Quote: αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Luke uses the term days to mean time in general. Alternate translation: “She was very old”
after her virginity
Quote: ἀπὸ τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “after she married him”
Luke 2:37
she {was} a widow for 84 years
Quote: αὐτὴ χήρα ἕως ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τεσσάρων (1)This could mean: (1) Anna had been a widow for 84 years. Alternate translation: “but then her husband had died and she had not remarried, and 84 years had gone by since” (2) Anna was a widow who was now 84 years old. Alternate translation: “but her husband had died and she had not remarried, and now she was 84 years old”
who never left the temple
Quote: ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple”
who never left the temple
Quote: ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This is a generalization that means that Anna spent so much time in the temple that it seemed as though she never left it. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple” or “who was continually in the temple”
serving with fastings and prayers
Quote: νηστείαις καὶ δεήσεσιν λατρεύουσα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The term serving is an idiom that means “worshiping.” Alternate translation: “worshiping God by going without food and praying”
night and day
Quote: νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Luke is using the two parts of a day to mean the entire day, that is, all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time”
Luke 2:38
coming up
Quote: ἐπιστᾶσα (1)The implication is that Anna came up to Mary and Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she approached them” or “she went over to Mary and Joseph”
at that very hour
Quote: αὐτῇ τῇ, ὥρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, Luke uses the term hour to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that same time”
to all the ones
Quote: πᾶσιν τοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The term all is a generalization that means many. Alternate translation: “to many others”
to all the ones waiting for
Quote: πᾶσιν τοῖς προσδεχομένοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
See how you translated this phrase in 2:25. Alternate translation: “all who were eagerly anticipating” or “everyone who was looking forward to”
the redemption of Jerusalem
Quote: λύτρωσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the word redemption to mean the person who would bring redemption. Alternate translation: “the one who would redeem Jerusalem” or “the person who would bring God’s blessings and favor back to Jerusalem”
of Jerusalem
Quote: Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is referring to all of the people of Israel by the name of their capital city, Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
Luke 2:39
everything {that was} according to the law of the Lord
Quote: πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον Κυρίου (1)Alternate translation: “everything that the law of the Lord required them to do”
to their own town of Nazareth
Quote: εἰς πόλιν ἑαυτῶν Ναζαρέτ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This expression means that they lived in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “the town of Nazareth, where they lived”
Luke 2:40
was strengthened
Quote: ἐκραταιοῦτο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “became stronger”
being filled with wisdom
Quote: πληρούμενον σοφίᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “learning what was wise”
the grace of God was upon him
Quote: χάρις Θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτό (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 2:25, upon is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “God blessed him in special ways”
Luke 2:41
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
his parents
Quote: οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parents”
Luke 2:42
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So”
they went up
Quote: ἀναβαινόντων αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going up to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “they traveled”
according to the custom of the feast
Quote: κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἑορτῆς (1)Alternate translation: “when it was time for the feast”
of the feast
Quote: τῆς ἑορτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Implicitly this means the Feast of Passover. It was called a feast because it involved eating a ceremonial meal. Alternate translation: “of the Feast of Passover”
Luke 2:43
the days having been completed
Quote: τελειωσάντων τὰς ἡμέρας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had celebrated the feast for the required number of days”
Luke 2:44
But thinking that
Quote: νομίσαντες δὲ (1)Alternate translation: “But since they thought”
they went a day’s journey
Quote: ἦλθον ἡμέρας ὁδὸν (1)Alternate translation: “they traveled as far as people walk in one day”
and they sought him
Quote: καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
The word translated and at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “then they looked for him”
and they sought him
Quote: καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus’ parents looked for him among their friends and relatives once the whole group that was traveling together had stopped for the night. That way they could easily go around among everyone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and once the group had stopped for the night, then they looked for him”
Luke 2:46
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
in the temple
Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Since only priests could enter the temple building, this implicitly means the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
in the midst of the teachers
Quote: ἐν μέσῳ τῶν διδασκάλων (1)Alternate translation: “among the teachers” or “surrounded by the teachers”
of the teachers
Quote: τῶν διδασκάλων (1)Alternate translation: “the religious teachers” or “the experts in the Jewish law” or “those who taught people about God”
Luke 2:47
And all the ones hearing him were amazed
Quote: ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why they marveled. Alternate translation: “all those who heard him, unable to understand how a twelve-year-old boy with no formal religious education could answer so well, were amazed”
at his understanding and his answers
Quote: ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Luke may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term understanding may tell what characterized Jesus’ answers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “at his wise answers” or “at the understanding with which he answered”
Luke 2:48
And having seen him
Quote: καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Alternate translation: “When Mary and Joseph found Jesus there”
why have you treated us thus
Quote: τί ἐποίησας ἡμῖν οὕτως? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Mary is using the question form to rebuke Jesus indirectly for not going back home with them, causing them to worry about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have done this to us!”
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Mary uses Behold to get Jesus to focus his attention on what she is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now”
your father and I have been tormented searching for you
Quote: ὁ πατήρ σου κἀγὼ, ὀδυνώμενοι ζητοῦμεν σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the passive verbal form have been tormented with an adverb. Alternate translation: “your father and I have been searching for you anxiously”
Luke 2:49
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Luke uses the word And to draw a contrast between how readers might have expected Jesus to respond in this situation and how he actually responded. He did not say he was sorry for causing his parents so much worry. Instead, he told them that they should have known where to find him. Alternate translation: “But”
Why {is it} that you were searching for me
Quote: τί ὅτι ἐζητεῖτέ με? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is making a statement, not really asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should not have had to search for me”
Did you not know that I must be in the things of my Father
Quote: οὐκ ᾔδειτε ὅτι ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου δεῖ εἶναί με? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Once again Jesus is making a statement rather than actually asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I would be involved in my Father’s business”
in the things of my Father
Quote: ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου (1)This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” (2) Jesus is referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
of my Father
Quote: τοῦ πατρός μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real Father.
Luke 2:50
the word that he spoke to them
Quote: τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term word refers to what Jesus told his parents by using words. Alternate translation: “the answer that he gave them”
Luke 2:51
Then he went down with them
Quote: καὶ κατέβη μετ’ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going down when they traveled from Jerusalem to some other place. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back home with Mary and Joseph”
was subjected to them
Quote: ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he obeyed them” or “he was obedient to them”
kept all these things in her heart
Quote: διετήρει πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 2:19, the heart here represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “carefully remembered all these things” or “reflected carefully on what all these things meant”
Luke 2:52
Jesus was increasing in wisdom and stature
Quote: Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν τῇ σοφίᾳ, καὶ ἡλικίᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns wisdom and stature with adjectives. These two terms refer to mental and physical growth. Alternate translation: “Jesus steadily became wiser and stronger”
in favor with God and men
Quote: χάριτι παρὰ Θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun favor with verbs. The phrase in favor with God and people refers to spiritual and social growth. Alternate translation: “God blessed him more and more, and people admired him more and more”
Luke 3
Luke 3 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- John the Baptist begins preaching and baptizing (3:1–22)
- The list of Jesus’ ancestors (3:23–38)
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 3:4–6, which Luke is quoting from the Old Testament about John the Baptist.
Special concepts in this chapter
Justice
John’s instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in Luke 3:12–15 are things that a person who wanted to live rightly would find reasonable and willingly do. (See: just, justice, unjust, injustice, justify, justification and Luke 3:12–15)
Genealogy
A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the king’s authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy.
Important figures of speech in this chapter
Metaphor
Prophecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy that Luke quotes in 3:4–6 from Isaiah 40:3–5 is an extended metaphor that describes the ministry of John the Baptist. See the individual notes to 3:4–6 for recommendations about how to translate this passage. (See: prophet, prophecy, prophesy, seer, prophetess and Metaphor)
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
“Herod locked up John in prison”
This statement could cause confusion because Luke says that John was imprisoned, and then he implies that John was still able to baptize Jesus. But Luke makes this statement in anticipation of Herod’s imprisonment of John. It describes something that was still in the future at the time of the other events in the narrative. See the first note to 3:19 for a further explanation.
Luke 3:1
And in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar
Quote: ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου Καίσαρος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
This verse and the beginning of the next one are an extended time reference that introduces a new event. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Everything that the angels and inspired people had said about John and Jesus began to come true during the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar”
And in the fifteenth year
Quote: ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15”
of Tiberius Caesar
Quote: Τιβερίου Καίσαρος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
As in 2:1, Caesar is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire”
of Tiberius
Quote: Τιβερίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Tiberius is the name of a man.
Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias
Quote: Ποντίου Πειλάτου & Ἡρῴδου & Φιλίππου & Λυσανίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
These are the names of men. Here, the Herod mentioned is not the same one as in 1:5. Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book.
Judea, … of Galilee, … of Ituraea and Trachonitis, … of Abilene
Quote: τῆς Ἰουδαίας & τῆς Γαλιλαίας & τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος & τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
These are names of territories. Like Galilee, the name Judea occurs many times in this book.
being tetrarch
Quote: τετραρχοῦντος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
In the Roman Empire, a tetrarch was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “ruler”
Luke 3:2
during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas
Quote: ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊάφα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this point the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and there had been some intrigue surrounding Annas. One Roman official had appointed him some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law Caiaphas high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “while Annas and Caiaphas were both serving as the high priest”
the word of God came
Quote: ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of God’s message as if it were a living thing that could come to a person at God's bidding. Alternate translation: “God gave a message”
the word of God came
Quote: ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term word describes the message that God gave John to say by using words. Alternate translation: “God gave a message”
Luke 3:3
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result”
preaching a baptism of repentance for forgiveness of sins
Quote: κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns baptism, repentance, and forgiveness with other phrases. Alternate translation: “preaching that people should let him immerse them in the river to show that they wanted to live a new life and that they wanted God to forgive their sins”
Luke 3:4
As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet
Quote: ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “As the book says that records the sayings of the prophet Isaiah”
of the words of Isaiah the prophet
Quote: λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the term words to refer to the sayings that Isaiah used words to articulate. Alternate translation: “the sayings of the prophet Isaiah”
A voice of one calling out in the wilderness
Quote: φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks
From this phrase through to the end of 3:6, Luke quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation.
A voice of one calling out in the wilderness
Quote: φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term voice refers to what this person is saying by association with the means they are using to say it. Alternate translation: “Someone is calling out in the wilderness and saying”
Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight
Quote: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
Everything from this phrase through to the end of 3:6 is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you can translate this material as an indirect quotation.
Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight
Quote: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean similar things. They are both telling people to make a good road for the Lord to travel on. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be helpful to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with another phrase that would show the relationship between them. Alternate translation: “Prepare a good road for the Lord to travel on, and do this by making sure that it follows a straight path”
Make ready the way of the Lord
Quote: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by giving up their sins. Alternate translation: “Give up your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes”
Luke 3:5
Every valley will be filled, and every mountain and hill will be made low
Quote: πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road that began in the previous verse. When people prepare the road for an important person who is coming, they make sure that the road is level by taking material from high places and using it to fill in low places. However, this is also a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. It is a statement similar to the one Mary makes in 1:52, “He has thrown down rulers from their thrones and he has raised up the lowly.” Metaphors in Scripture can have more than one reference like this. So we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a plain explanation, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meanings of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text.
Every valley will be filled
Quote: πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Since people would be doing this action in one sense of the metaphor, but God would be doing the action in another sense of the metaphor, it might be best not to be specific about who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Someone will fill in every valley”
and every mountain and hill will be made low
Quote: καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, following the same principle as for the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and someone will make every mountain and hill low”
the crooked roads will become straight, and the rough roads {will become} smooth
Quote: ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείαν, καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This too is both a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road and a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. Something that is crooked becoming straight and something that is rough becoming smooth can be seen as metaphors for repentance and a change in a person’s way of life. And so we recommend once again that you translate the words directly and not provide a plain explanation in the text of your translation.
Luke 3:6
all flesh
Quote: πᾶσα σὰρξ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is describing people by reference to something associated with them, the flesh they are made of. Alternate translation: “all people”
will see
Quote: ὄψεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term see is a figurative way of referring to recognition and understanding. Alternate translation: “will recognize” or “will understand”
will see the salvation of God
Quote: ὄψεται & τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun salvation with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “will understand how God saves people”
the salvation of God
Quote: τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
After this phrase, Isaiah ends his quotation from the person who is calling out in the wilderness. If you decided in 3:4 to mark these words as a second-level quotation, indicate the end of that quotation here with whatever convention your language uses.
the salvation of God
Quote: τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks
After this phrase, Luke also ends his quotation from the book of Isaiah. If you decided in 3:4 to mark this as a first-level quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a first-level quotation.
Luke 3:7
to be baptized by him
Quote: βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for him to baptize them”
Offspring of vipers
Quote: γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression Offspring of is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. John is using dangerous poisonous snakes to represent evil. Alternate translation: “You evil people”
Offspring of vipers
Quote: γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
If your readers would not recognize the name vipers, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “You are evil, like poisonous snakes” or “You are evil, like poisonous animals”
Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath
Quote: τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
John is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the people in the crowds to tell him who warned them. Instead, he is using the question form to challenge the people to think about what they believe baptism will do for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you could not escape from God’s wrath just by being baptized!”
from the coming wrath
Quote: ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
John is using the word wrath to refer to God’s punishment. This is by association with the way that punishment is an expression of God’s wrath or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending”
Luke 3:8
produce fruits worthy of repentance
Quote: ποιήσατε & καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
John is comparing a person’s behavior to fruits. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning”
worthy of repentance
Quote: ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun repentance with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that will show that you have stopped sinning”
do not begin to say within yourselves, ‘We have Abraham {as} father
Quote: μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
We have Abraham {as} father is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that you have Abraham as father”
We have Abraham {as} father
Quote: πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, Father means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor”
We have Abraham {as} father
Quote: πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
John is suggesting something the people might say about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “we” and “us,” use the exclusive form here.
We have Abraham {as} father
Quote: πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the word father means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor”
We have Abraham {as} father
Quote: πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be unclear to your readers why they would say this, you may also add the implied information: Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us”
God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones
Quote: δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The expression raise up is a spatial metaphor. It envisions that if God did turn the stones into people who were descendants of Abraham, then the people would be standing up in front of everyone, no longer lying in the riverbed as the stones were. Alternate translation: “God is able create descendants for Abraham out of these stones”
children for Abraham
Quote: τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the word children means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham”
from these stones
Quote: ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων (1)John was probably referring to actual stones lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
Luke 3:9
the ax is already set against the root of the trees
Quote: ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots”
the ax is already set against the root of the trees
Quote: ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready”
every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and thrown into a fire
Quote: πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree not producing good fruit and throw it into the fire”
every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and thrown into a fire
Quote: πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right”
Luke 3:10
kept asking him, saying
Quote: ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν & λέγοντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks
Luke uses the word saying to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation.
Luke 3:11
So answering, he said to them
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that John responded to the question that the crowds asked. Alternate translation: “So he responded to them”
the one having food, let him do the same
Quote: ὁ ἔχων βρώματα, ὁμοίως ποιείτω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that anyone who has extra food should share it, just as a person with an extra tunic should share that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if anyone has extra food, he should share that as well”
Luke 3:12
came to be baptized
Quote: ἦλθον & βαπτισθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “came because they wanted John to baptize them”
Teacher
Quote: Διδάσκαλε (1)This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use,
Luke 3:13
Collect nothing more
Quote: μηδὲν πλέον & πράσσετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that tax collectors had been demanding more money than they should have been collecting. John tells them to stop doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not demand extra money”
than {what} you have been ordered
Quote: παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “beyond what the Romans have authorized you to collect”
Luke 3:14
And us, what should we do
Quote: τί ποιήσωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The soliders are speaking about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive we and “us,” use the exclusive form here. You could make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “How about us soldiers? What must we do?”
and do not accuse falsely
Quote: μηδὲ συκοφαντήσητε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that soldiers were making false charges against people in order to extort money from them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not accuse anyone falsely in order to get money from them”
and be contented with your wages
Quote: καὶ ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “instead, let the amount you are paid satisfy you”
and
Quote: καὶ (4)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
The word and introduces draws a contrast between what the soldiers had been doing and what they should have been doing. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead”
Luke 3:15
And the people were expecting
Quote: προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. You can introduce his statement with a word that will indicate this. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting”
And the people were expecting
Quote: προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the people were expecting the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting the Messiah”
were all wondering in their hearts
Quote: διαλογιζομένων πάντων ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, Luke uses the term hearts to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “all wondering in their minds”
Luke 3:16
John answered, saying to them all
Quote: ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
John’s statement clearly implies that John himself is not the Messiah. It may be helpful to state this explicitly for your readers. Alternate translation: “John clarified that he was not the Messiah by saying to them all”
John answered, saying
Quote: ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων & ὁ Ἰωάννης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answered and saying mean that John responded to what the people were wondering about him. Alternate translation: “John responded”
I indeed baptize you with water
Quote: ἐγὼ μὲν ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς (1)Alternate translation: “I indeed baptize you using water” or “I indeed baptize you by means of water”
I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals
Quote: οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave”
He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire
Quote: αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you”
He will baptize you … with fire
Quote: αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει & πυρί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The word fire is intended, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush”
Luke 3:17
whose winnowing fork {is} in his hand
Quote: οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain”
whose winnowing fork {is} in his hand
Quote: οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The phrase in his hand is an idiom that means he has the tool all ready to use. Alternate translation: “He has his winnowing fork ready to use”
winnowing fork
Quote: πτύον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you could use the word for it here. Otherwise, you could use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain”
to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor
Quote: διακαθᾶραι τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The threshing floor was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. Alternate translation: “to completely thresh all of his grain”
and to gather the wheat into his storehouse
Quote: καὶ συναγαγεῖν τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor
John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn”
but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire
Quote: τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor
John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “but he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff”
Luke 3:18
also exhorting many other things
Quote: πολλὰ & καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν (1)Alternate translation: “saying many other things to warn them”
Luke 3:19
But
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses the term But to introduce some background information to the story. In this verse and the next one, he tells what later happened to John. This had not yet happened at this time. When Luke says in 3:21 that Jesus was baptized, he means that John was still there and that John baptized Jesus.
Herod the tetrarch
Quote: ὁ & Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated the term tetrarch in 3:1 Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee”
having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother
Quote: ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could make clear who did the action. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife”
having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother
Quote: ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Herod’s brother was still alive. That made this marriage a violation of the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife, while his brother was still alive. That was something which the law of Moses forbade”
Luke 3:20
He locked John up in prison
Quote: κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Herod did not do this by himself, Rather, as a ruler, he probably ordered his soldiers to lock John up. Luke is speaking of Herod, one person who was involved in this action, to mean everyone who was involved. Alternate translation: “He had his soldiers lock John up in prison”
Luke 3:21
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events
The previous verse says that Herod put John in prison. It might be helpful to make it clear that the account that starts in this verse happened before John was arrested. UST does that by starting this verse with “but before Herod did that.”
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
all the people were being baptized
Quote: βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “while John was baptizing all the people who came to him”
all the people
Quote: ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The phrase all the people is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all the people who came to him”
Jesus also was baptized
Quote: καὶ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
You could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “John also baptized Jesus”
heaven was opened
Quote: ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
You could express this with an active form. This was more than a simple clearing of the clouds, but it is not clear exactly what the expression means, so it may be best not to try to specify what happened too exactly. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up”
Luke 3:22
a voice came from heaven
Quote: φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said”
my … Son
Quote: ὁ Υἱός μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.
Luke 3:23
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now”
Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old
Quote: αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) the word beginning is a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke is saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time”
being the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph
Quote: ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph”
Luke 3:24
of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph
Quote: τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are: (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph”
Luke 3:25
of Mattathias, of Amos, of Nahum, of Esli, of Naggai
Quote: τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Ἀμὼς, τοῦ Ναοὺμ, τοῦ Ἑσλεὶ, τοῦ Ναγγαὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:26
of Maath, of Mattathias, of Semein, of Josech, of Joda
Quote: τοῦ Μάαθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Σεμεεῒν, τοῦ Ἰωσὴχ, τοῦ Ἰωδὰ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:27
of Joanan, of Rhesa, of Zerubbabel, of Salathiel, of Neri
Quote: τοῦ Ἰωανὰν, τοῦ Ῥησὰ, τοῦ Ζοροβαβὲλ, τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ, τοῦ Νηρεὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that begins in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:28
of Melchi, of Addi, of Cosam, of Elmadam, of Er
Quote: τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἀδδεὶ, τοῦ Κωσὰμ, τοῦ Ἐλμαδὰμ, τοῦ Ἢρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:29
of Joshua, of Eliezer, of Jorim, of Matthat, of Levi
Quote: τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τοῦ Ἐλιέζερ, τοῦ Ἰωρεὶμ, τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:30
of Simeon, of Judah, of Joseph, of Jonam, of Eliakim
Quote: τοῦ Συμεὼν, τοῦ Ἰούδα, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ, τοῦ Ἰωνὰμ, τοῦ Ἐλιακεὶμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:31
of Melea, of Menna, of Mattatha, of Nathan, of David
Quote: τοῦ Μελεὰ, τοῦ Μεννὰ, τοῦ Ματταθὰ, τοῦ Ναθὰμ, τοῦ Δαυεὶδ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:32
of Jesse, of Obed, of Boaz, of Salmon, of Nahshon
Quote: τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ, τοῦ Ἰωβὴλ, τοῦ Βόος, τοῦ Σαλὰ, τοῦ Ναασσὼν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:33
of Amminadab, of Admin, of Arni, of Hezron, of Perez, of Judah
Quote: τοῦ Ἀμιναδὰβ, τοῦ Ἀδμεὶν, τοῦ Ἀρνεὶ, τοῦ Ἑσρὼμ, τοῦ Φαρὲς, τοῦ Ἰούδα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:34
of Jacob, of Isaac, of Abraham, of Terah, of Nahor
Quote: τοῦ Ἰακὼβ, τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ, τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ, τοῦ Θάρα, τοῦ Ναχὼρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:35
of Serug, of Reu, of Peleg, of Eber, of Shelah
Quote: τοῦ Σεροὺχ, τοῦ Ῥαγαὺ, τοῦ Φάλεκ, τοῦ Ἔβερ, τοῦ Σαλὰ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:36
of Cainan, of Arphaxad, of Shem, of Noah, of Lamech
Quote: τοῦ Καϊνὰμ, τοῦ Ἀρφαξὰδ, τοῦ Σὴμ, τοῦ Νῶε, τοῦ Λάμεχ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:37
of Methuselah, of Enoch, of Jared, of Mahalaleel, of Cainan
Quote: τοῦ Μαθουσαλὰ, τοῦ Ἑνὼχ, τοῦ Ἰάρετ, τοῦ Μαλελεὴλ, τοῦ Καϊνὰμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
Luke 3:38
of Enos, of Seth, of Adam, of God
Quote: τοῦ Ἐνὼς, τοῦ Σὴθ, τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
of Adam, of God
Quote: τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “the son of Adam, whom God created” or “the son of Adam, who was, in a sense, the son of God”
Luke 4
Luke 4 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- The devil tempts Jesus in the wilderness (4:1–13)
- Jesus teaches in the synagogue in Nazareth (4:14–30)
- Jesus teaches, heals, and drives out demons in Capernaum (4:31–44)
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 4:10–11 and 4:18–19, which is quoted from the Old Testamentt.
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
“Jesus was tempted by the devil”
While it is true that the devil actually believed that he could persuade Jesus to disobey God and obey him instead, it is important not to imply in your translation that Jesus would ever really have wanted to obey the devil.
Luke 4:1
Then Jesus
Quote: Ἰησοῦς δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this expression to return to the story after providing background information about Jesus’ ancestors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a phrase that would provide continuity with the previous episode in the story. Alternate translation: “After John had baptized Jesus, then Jesus”
was led by the Spirit
Quote: ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him”
Luke 4:2
for 40 days being tempted by the devil
Quote: ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the 40 days. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days”
for 40 days being tempted by the devil
Quote: ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God”
And he did not eat anything
Quote: καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the word he refers to Jesus, not to the devil. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not eat anything”
Luke 4:3
the devil said
Quote: εἶπεν & ὁ διάβολος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The devil either holds a stone in his hand or points to a nearby stone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil picked up a stone and said” or “The devil pointed to a stone and said”
If you are the Son of God, speak to this stone so that it might become bread
Quote: εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τῷ λίθῳ τούτῳ, ἵνα γένηται ἄρτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical
The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the stone will only become bread if Jesus is the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding this stone to become bread”
the Son of God
Quote: Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Son of God is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance.
Luke 4:4
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
The word And introduces a contrast between the devil wanting Jesus to turn the stone into bread and Jesus refusing to do that. Alternate translation: “But”
Jesus answered to him, “It is written
Quote: ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’”
It is written, ‘Man will not live on bread alone
Quote: γέγραπται, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that man will not live on bread alone”
It is written
Quote: γέγραπται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say”
Man will not live on bread alone
Quote: οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The word bread refers to food in general. Jesus quotes this scripture to explain why he will not turn the stone into bread. It means that food by itself, without God, is not enough to sustain a person in life. Alternate translation: “It is not just having food that makes a person truly alive” or “God says there are more important things than food”
Man
Quote: ὁ ἄνθρωπος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here, Man has a generic sense that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “People”
Luke 4:5
he led him up
Quote: ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the devil brought Jesus up to a high place with a commanding view. Alternate translation: “the devil led Jesus up a mountain”
in an instant of time
Quote: ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo
In your language, it might seem that the phrase an instant of time expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “in an instant” or “in a short time”
Luke 4:6
it has been handed over to me
Quote: ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms”
it has been handed over to me
Quote: ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The word it likely refers back to the singular antecedent all this authority, that is, the authority over these kingdoms. So the word you use to translate it should agree with authority in gender and number and in any other distinctions that your language marks. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms”
Luke 4:7
if you will bow in worship before me
Quote: σὺ & ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the devil wants visible, direct worship that will be an official act of submission. Alternate translation: “If you will bow down in worship directly in front of me”
before
Quote: ἐνώπιον (1)Here, the term before means “in front of.”
it will all be yours
Quote: ἔσται σοῦ πᾶσα (1)Alternate translation: “I will give you all of these kingdoms”
Luke 4:8
answering, Jesus said to him
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the offer that the devil made. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him”
It is written, ‘You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him
Quote: γέγραπται, Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that one must worship the Lord his God and serve only him”
It is written
Quote: γέγραπται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’”
It is written
Quote: γέγραπται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say”
You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him
Quote: Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
Here, the Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must worship the Lord your God, and you must serve only him”
You will worship
Quote: προσκυνήσεις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
Here, it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of You because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular form of You, if your language marks that distinction. In general these notes will not discuss whether You is singular or plural when this should be clear from the context. But they will address ambiguous cases such as this one.
Luke 4:9
If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down from here
Quote: εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical
The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Jesus will be able to jump safely from this great height if he really is the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by jumping safely from this great height”
the Son of God
Quote: Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Son of God is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance.
throw yourself down from here
Quote: βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The exact location of the part of the temple that Luke describes is uncertain. However, the implication is that it was one of the places on the temple roof from which people would fall several hundred feet into the Kidron Valley if they jumped or slipped off. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this would ordinarily have been a deadly fall. Alternate translation: “jump from this great height”
Luke 4:10
For it is written, He will command his angels concerning you, to protect you
Quote: γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels concerning you, to protect you”
For it is written
Quote: γέγραπται γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The devil implies that his quote from the Psalms means that if Jesus really is the Son of God, he will not be hurt if he jumps from this great height. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You will not be hurt, because it is written”
it is written
Quote: γέγραπται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say”
He will command his angels concerning you, to protect you
Quote: τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
He refers to God. Alternate translation: “God will order his angels to protect you”
Luke 4:11
and, ‘They will lift you up in their hands, lest you strike your foot against a stone
Quote: καὶ, ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and that they will lift you up in their hands, so that you will not strike your foot against a stone”
lest you strike your foot against a stone
Quote: μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The Scriptures are using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “so that you will not get hurt”
Luke 4:12
answering, Jesus said to him
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the challenge that the devil posed. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him”
It is said, ‘You will not test the Lord your God
Quote: εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is said that one must not test the Lord his God”
It is said
Quote: εἴρηται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is said’”
It is said
Quote: εἴρηται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say”
You will not test the Lord your God
Quote: οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God”
Luke 4:13
having finished every temptation
Quote: συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This does not imply that the devil was successful in his temptation. Jesus resisted every attempt. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “after the devil had repeatedly failed to persuade Jesus to sin”
until an opportune time
Quote: ἄχρι καιροῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
New Testament Greek had two words for time. The first referred to chronological time, that is, the passage of time. The second word referred to the right time to do something. ULT is using the phrase an opportune time to translate that second word. If your language makes this same distinction, use the corresponding word in your own translation. Alternate translation: “until the time was right to try again”
Luke 4:14
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses the word And to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “Then”
in the power of the Spirit
Quote: ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Πνεύματος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This phrase means that God, by the Holy Spirit, was empowering Jesus in a special way, enabling him to do things that ordinary humans could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Spirit was giving him the power to do extraordinary things”
news about him went out
Quote: φήμη ἐξῆλθεν & περὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of this news as if it were something that could go out actively by itself. This expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who then told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus”
throughout the entire surrounding region
Quote: καθ’ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου (1)Alternate translation: “everywhere around Galilee”
Luke 4:15
being glorified by all
Quote: δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as everyone spoke about him in a good way”
Luke 4:16
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
where he had been raised
Quote: οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “where his parents had raised him”
according to his custom
Quote: κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς αὐτῷ (1)Alternate translation: “as was his usual practice”
Luke 4:17
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word And to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then”
the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him
Quote: ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah”
the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him
Quote: ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Since Jesus looked for a specific passage in the scroll, and since he said that it was being fulfilled right at that time, it is likely that Jesus requested this particular scroll. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at his request, someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah”
the scroll of the prophet Isaiah
Quote: βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A scroll was a long, wide roll of special paper. On this scroll someone had written the words that Isaiah had spoken many years before. If your readers would not know what a scroll is, you could describe it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the special paper roll that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” or “the book that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah”
the place where it was written
Quote: τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the scroll recorded the words”
Luke 4:18
The Spirit of the Lord {is} upon me
Quote: Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 2:25, upon is a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God is with someone in a special way. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of the Lord is with me in a special way”
he has anointed me
Quote: ἔχρισέν με (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person when they were given the authority to assume an office or do a special task. Isaiah uses anointing to indicate that God has appointed him to his work. Jesus applies these words to himself as well. Alternate translation: “he has appointed me”
to the poor. … to the blind
Quote: πτωχοῖς & τυφλοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Luke is using the adjectives poor and blind as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind”
to proclaim freedom to the captives
Quote: κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν (1)Alternate translation: “to tell people who are being held captive that they can go free”
to proclaim … recovery of sight to the blind
Quote: κηρύξαι & τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν (1)Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
to set free the oppressed
Quote: ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly”
Luke 4:19
to proclaim the favorable year of the Lord
Quote: κηρύξαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου δεκτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Luke is using the term year to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “to announce that this is the time when the Lord will show his kindness”
Luke 4:20
having rolled up the scroll
Quote: πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
A scroll was closed by rolling it like a tube to protect the writing inside it. Alternate translation: “closing the scroll by rolling it up”
to the attendant
Quote: τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The attendant refers to a synagogue worker who, with proper care and reverence, would bring out and put away the scrolls that contained the Scriptures. If there is a word in your language for a person who has a similar role in your culture, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “the sexton”
he sat down
Quote: ἐκάθισεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Since a person would stand to read the Scriptures in a synagogue but then sit down to teach, the implication is that Jesus was going to speak to the people about what he had just read. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “he sat down to teach”
all the eyes in the synagogue
Quote: πάντων οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Luke is using one part of people, their eyes, to represent people themselves in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “all the people in the synagogue”
Luke 4:21
Today
Quote: σήμερον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Today refers to the present moment. Alternate translation: “Right now”
this scripture has been fulfilled
Quote: πεπλήρωται ἡ Γραφὴ αὕτη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am fulfilling what this scripture says”
in your ears
Quote: ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
In this expression, the ears represent people in the act of listening. Alternate translation: “even as you are listening”
Luke 4:22
the gracious words
Quote: τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke uses the term words to describe what Jesus said by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “the articulate things”
the gracious words that were coming out of his mouth
Quote: τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo
In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you could express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the gracious things he was saying”
Is this not the son of Joseph
Quote: οὐχὶ υἱός ἐστιν Ἰωσὴφ οὗτος? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The people were making a statement, not asking a question. They did not expect others to verify for them who Jesus’ father was. Instead, they were using the question form to say how amazed they were. Joseph was not a religious leader, so they were surprised that his son would preach as well as he did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This is just Joseph’s son!”
Luke 4:23
Surely you will say this proverb to me, ‘Doctor, heal yourself. Whatever we heard happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown
Quote: πάντως ἐρεῖτέ μοι τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν; ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Surely you will quote the proverb to me that tells a doctor to heal himself, to ask me to do the same things here in my hometown that you heard happened in Capernaum”
Doctor, heal yourself
Quote: ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs
Jesus anticipates that the people will want to see him do miracles to prove his credibility. He uses a short popular saying of the culture to express this. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “If a doctor cannot heal himself of a certain disease, then people will not believe that he can heal them of it”
Whatever we heard happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown
Quote: ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus then explains how the short saying applies to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implications of his explanation. Alternate translation: “We will not believe the things you say unless you could do the same kind of miracles here that we heard you did in Capernaum”
Luke 4:24
Truly I say to you
Quote: ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
no prophet is accepted in his hometown
Quote: οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs
Jesus makes a short, general statement in order to rebuke the people. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “You think you know all about me because I grew up here, and so you could not accept that I am genuinely a prophet”
Luke 4:25
But in truth I say to you
Quote: ἐπ’ ἀληθείας δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
during the days of Elijah
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term days to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying”
during the days of Elijah
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The people to whom Jesus was speaking would have known that Elijah was one of God’s prophets. If your readers would not know that, you could make this implicit information explicit, as UST does. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying”
when the sky was shut up
Quote: ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when God shut up the sky”
when the sky was shut up
Quote: ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus describes the sky as if God had closed it so that no rain could fall from it. Alternate translation: “when no rain fell from the sky”
a great famine
Quote: λιμὸς μέγας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A famine is a long period of time when the people in an area cannot produce or acquire enough food to feed themselves. Alternate translation: “a serious lack of food”
Luke 4:26
Elijah was sent to none of them
Quote: πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not send Elijah to any of them except”
Elijah was sent to none of them except
Quote: πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας, εἰ μὴ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions
If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God only sent Elijah to”
to Zarephath in Sidon, to a widow woman
Quote: εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας, πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Zarephath were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “to a Gentile widow living in Zarephath in Sidon”
to Zarephath in Sidon
Quote: εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Zarephath is the name of a city, and Sidon is the name of the region where it is located.
Luke 4:27
none of them were cleansed except
Quote: οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Elisha did not heal any of them except”
none of them were cleansed except
Quote: οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions
If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Elisha only healed”
Naaman the Syrian
Quote: Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Syria were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “a Gentile, Naaman from Syria”
Luke 4:28
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word And to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then”
all in the synagogue were filled with rage, having heard these things
Quote: ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews”
all in the synagogue were filled with rage
Quote: ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the people in the synagogue became furious”
all in the synagogue were filled with rage
Quote: ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of the people’s rage as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “everyone in the synagoguel became furious”
Luke 4:29
of the hill on which their town was built
Quote: τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ’ οὗ ἡ πόλις ᾠκοδόμητο αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the hill on which people had built their town”
so as to throw him off
Quote: ὥστε κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the people of Nazareth wanted to do this in order to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to throw him off to kill him”
Luke 4:30
passing through the midst of them
Quote: διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν (1)Alternate translation: “slipping between the people who were trying to kill him”
went on his way
Quote: ἐπορεύετο (1)Alternate translation: “he left that place”
Luke 4:31
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word And to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then”
he went down to Capernaum
Quote: κατῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, Luke uses the phrase went down because Capernaum is lower in elevation than Nazareth. Alternate translation: “went to Capernaum”
Capernaum, a city in Galilee
Quote: Καφαρναοὺμ, πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Since Nazareth was also in Galilee, you might state “Capernaum, another city in Galilee”
Luke 4:32
they were astonished at his teaching
Quote: ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his teaching amazed them”
his word was with authority
Quote: ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the term word to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “he taught as one who had authority”
Luke 4:33
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
there was a man
Quote: ἦν ἄνθρωπος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to mark the introduction of a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here.
having a spirit of an unclean demon
Quote: ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (1)Alternate translation: “who was controlled by an evil spirit”
he cried out with a loud voice
Quote: ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “he shouted loudly”
Luke 4:34
What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth
Quote: τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The unclean spirit is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Jesus to explain what they have in common. Instead, he is using the question form to express his antagonism. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you, Jesus of Nazareth!” or “You have no right to bother us, Jesus of Nazareth!”
What to us and to you
Quote: τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This expression is an idiom. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you” or “You have no right to bother us”
Luke 4:35
Jesus rebuked him, saying
Quote: ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων (1)Alternate translation: “Jesus said sternly to the demon”
Be silenced
Quote: φιμώθητι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Keep quiet”
come out of him
Quote: ἔξελθε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Jesus is commanding the demon to stop controlling the man. Alternate translation: “leave him alone” or “do not live in this man any longer”
Luke 4:36
astonishment came upon everyone
Quote: ἐγένετο θάμβος ἐπὶ πάντας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of astonishment as if it were something that actively came upon the people. Alternate translation: “they were all amazed”
What {is} this word
Quote: τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke uses the term word to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “What is this teaching” or “What is this message”
What {is} this word
Quote: τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The people are making a statement, not asking a question. They do not expect anyone to explain what Jesus’ teaching is. Instead, they are using the question form to express how amazed they are that Jesus has the authority to command demons to leave a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This is a powerful message!”
he commands the unclean spirits with authority and power
Quote: ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The words authority and power mean similar things. The people use the two terms together to emphasize what great control Jesus has over unclean spirits. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms in a single phrase that would similarly express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “he has complete authority over the unclean spirits”
Luke 4:37
And a report about him went out
Quote: καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory
This is a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself.
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result”
a report about him went out
Quote: ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of this report as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in 4:14, this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the report about Jesus”
Luke 4:38
Then
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses the word Then to introduce a new event.
of Simon
Quote: Σίμωνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples”
Simon’s mother-in-law
Quote: πενθερὰ & τοῦ Σίμωνος (1)This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
was suffering with a high fever
Quote: ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was very sick with a high fever”
was suffering with a high fever
Quote: ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ (1)You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “was so sick that her skin was hot”
they asked him concerning her
Quote: ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Implicitly this means they asked Jesus to heal her from the fever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they asked Jesus to heal her” or “they asked Jesus to cure her fever”
Luke 4:39
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. He is indicating that Jesus did this because the people had pleaded with him on behalf of Simon’s mother-in-law. Alternate translation: “So”
standing over her
Quote: ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς (1)Alternate translation: “going and leaning over her”
he rebuked the fever, and it left her
Quote: ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτήν (1)You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “he commanded her skin to become cool, and it did” or “he commanded the sickness to leave her, and it did”
she began to serve them
Quote: διηκόνει αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and began to prepare food for Jesus and the other people in the house”
Luke 4:40
And {as} the sun was setting
Quote: δύνοντος δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the people waited until sunset because that marked the end of the Sabbath, and they could then do the “work” of bringing the sick to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “when the sun was setting and the Sabbath day was ending”
laying his hands
Quote: τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιτιθεὶς (1)Alternate translation: “placing his hands”
Luke 4:41
demons also were coming out
Quote: ἐξήρχετο & καὶ δαιμόνια (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus made the demons leave the people they were controlling. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus also forced demons to come out”
crying out, and saying
Quote: κραυγάζοντα καὶ λέγοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Luke is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The verb crying out tells how they were saying what follows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “screaming”
the Son of God
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Son of God is an important title for Jesus.
Luke 4:42
day having come
Quote: γενομένης & ἡμέρας (1)Alternate translation: “at sunrise” or “at dawn”
a desolate place
Quote: ἔρημον τόπον (1)Alternate translation: “a deserted place” or “a place where there were no people”
they restrained him not to go away from them
Quote: κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν (1)Alternate translation: “they tried to keep him from leaving them”
Luke 4:43
to proclaim the gospel about the kingdom of God
Quote: εὐαγγελίσασθαί & τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See the discussion of this concept in Part 2 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of Luke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “to announce the good news that God is going to rule”
to other cities
Quote: ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus actually means the people who live in these cities. He is describing them by reference to something associated with them, the cities where they live. Alternate translation: “to the people in many other cities”
for this I was sent
Quote: ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀπεστάλην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is the reason why God sent me”
Luke 4:44
in Judea
Quote: τῆς Ἰουδαίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Since Jesus is in Galilee in this part of the Gospel of Luke, the term Judea here probably refers to the entire region where the Jews lived at that time. Alternate translation: “where the Jews lived”
Luke 5
Luke 5 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus calls Peter and his fellow fishermen to be his disciples (5:1–11)
- Jesus travels to various towns teaching and healing (5:12–26)
- Jesus calls Levi to be his disciple (5:27–32)
- Jesus teaches about fasting (5:33–39)
Special concepts in this chapter
“You will catch men”
Peter, James, and John were fishermen. When Jesus told them that they would catch men, he was using a metaphor to tell them he wanted them to help people believe the good news about him. See the last note to 5:10. (See: disciple and Metaphor)
Sinners
When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses. But when Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who understand that they are sinners who have disobeyed God can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)
Fasting and feasting
People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or in order to show God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, such as during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: fast, fasting)
Important figures of speech in this chapter
Healthy and sick people
To correct the Pharisees, Jesus speaks of healthy people who do not need a doctor. This does not mean that there are people who do not need Jesus. Rather, Jesus was explaining why he spent time with people whom the Pharisees considered to be “sinners.” See the notes to 5:31–32. (See: Metaphor)
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Implicit information
In several parts of this chapter, as in other places in the book, Luke does not explain information that his original readers would already have understood. Modern readers might not know some of those things, so they might have trouble understanding all that Luke is communicating. The alternate translations in these notes and the readings in UST often illustrate how that information can be presented so that modern readers will be able to understand these passages. (See: Translate Unknowns and Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)
Past events
Parts of this chapter are sequences of events that have already happened. In a given passage, Luke sometimes writes as if the events have already happened while other events are still in progress (even though they are complete at the time he writes). This can cause difficulty in translation by creating an illogical order of events. It may be necessary to make these consistent by writing as if all the events have already happened.
Luke 5:1
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
listening to the word of God
Quote: ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here, Luke uses word to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “listening to the message Jesus was bringing from God”
the lake of Gennesaret
Quote: τὴν λίμνην Γεννησαρέτ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Lake of Gennesaret is another name for the body of water also known as the Sea of Galilee. Galilee was on the west side of this lake, and the land of Gennesaret was on the east side, so it was called by both names. Some English versions translate this as the proper name of the body of water. Alternate translation: “Lake Gennesaret” or “the Sea of Galilee”
Luke 5:2
and} were washing their nets
Quote: ἔπλυνον τὰ δίκτυα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that they were cleaning their fishing nets to maintain them so that they could keep using them to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and were washing their nets to keep them clean and in good working order”
Luke 5:3
which was Simon’s
Quote: ὃ ἦν Σίμωνος (1)Alternate translation: “the one that belonged to Simon”
and} asked him to put out a little from the land
Quote: ἠρώτησεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐπαναγαγεῖν ὀλίγον (1)Alternate translation: “and asked Simon to move the boat away from the shore”
he sat down
Quote: καθίσας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
As in 4:20, sitting was the customary position for teaching in this culture. Alternate translation: “he sat down, as teachers did”
and} was teaching the crowds from the boat
Quote: ἐδίδασκεν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου τοὺς ὄχλους (1)Jesus was in the boat a short distance from the shore and he was speaking to the people who were on the shore. Alternate translation: “and was teaching the people while he sat in the boat”
Luke 5:4
Then when he stopped speaking
Quote: ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus had been speaking in order to teach the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus had finished teaching the people”
Luke 5:5
answering, Simon said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that Simon responded to Jesus’ instructions to take the boat out and let down the nets. Alternate translation: “Simon responded”
but at your word
Quote: ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ῥήματί σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here Peter uses word to refer to what Jesus commanded him by using words. Alternate translation: “but because you have told me to do this”
Luke 5:7
they signaled to their partners
Quote: κατένευσαν τοῖς μετόχοις (1)The Greek text does not specify how they signaled, but since they were some distance from the shore, it may have been by waving their arms rather than by calling out. You can use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “they summoned their partners”
they began to sink
Quote: βυθίζεσθαι αὐτά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason for this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they began to sink because the fish were so heavy”
Luke 5:8
he fell down at the knees of Jesus
Quote: προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν Ἰησοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Peter did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect. Alternate translation: “he bowed down in front of Jesus”
a sinful man
Quote: ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here, man means “adult male,” not the more general “human being.” So Peter is not saying generally, “I am a sinful person.” He really does mean, “I personally am a sinful man.” Be sure that this is clear in your translation.
Luke 5:9
amazement had seized him and all the ones with him
Quote: θάμβος & περιέσχεν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke describes Peter’s amazement as if it were something that could actively take hold of him. Alternate translation: “he and the other fishermen were completely amazed”
the catch of fish
Quote: τῇ ἄγρᾳ τῶν ἰχθύων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that this was a very large catch. Alternate translation: “the great number of fish”
Luke 5:10
partners with Simon
Quote: κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke provides this information to introduce these new participants in the story. Alternate translation: “who were Simon’s partners in the fishing business”
you will be catching men
Quote: ἀνθρώπους ἔσῃ ζωγρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the image of catching fish to describe gathering people to follow him. Alternate translation: “you will gather people for me” or “you will persuade people to become my disciples”
Luke 5:11
the land
Quote: τὴν γῆν (1)Alternate translation: “the shore”
Luke 5:12
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses behold to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
a man full of leprosy
Quote: ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there who was covered with leprosy”
he fell on his face
Quote: πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This phrase is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “he bowed down to the ground”
if you are willing
Quote: ἐὰν θέλῃς (1)Alternate translation: “if you want to”
you are able to make me clean
Quote: δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
The man is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “please make me clean”
to make me clean
Quote: με καθαρίσαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The man talks about becoming clean ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is really asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. Alternate translation: “heal me from leprosy”
Luke 5:13
Be clean
Quote: καθαρίσθητι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you from your leprosy”
the leprosy departed from him
Quote: ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of the man’s leprosy as if it were something that could actively depart from him. Alternate translation: “the man no longer had leprosy”
Luke 5:14
he commanded him to tell no one, but, “Go
Quote: αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ, μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate all of Jesus’ instructions as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he instructed him, ‘Do not tell anyone, but go’”
to tell no one
Quote: μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation, as a direct quotation: “Do not tell anyone that you have been healed”
offer for your cleansing as Moses commanded
Quote: προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you could become ceremonially clean once again”
for a testimony to them
Quote: εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
A priest would have to examine the man and certify that he had been healed before he would be allowed to offer this sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to certify for everone that you have been healed”
to them
Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The word them could mean either “the priests,” which is the interpretation that UST follows, or “all the people.” You could express either as an alternate translation.
Luke 5:15
the word about him spread even more
Quote: διήρχετο & μᾶλλον ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of this word as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. This expression means that more and more people told others about what Jesus was doing. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus”
the word about him
Quote: ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke uses the term word to describe the news about Jesus that people spread by using words. Alternate translation: “the news about Jesus”
to be healed
Quote: θεραπεύεσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them”
Luke 5:16
he was withdrawing into the deserted places and praying
Quote: αὐτὸς & ἦν ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις καὶ προσευχόμενος (1)This expression was withdrawing indicates habitual action. Alternate translation: “he often withdrew to places where there were no other people so that he could pray”
the deserted places
Quote: ταῖς ἐρήμοις (1)Alternate translation: “places where there were no other people”
Luke 5:17
And it happened
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
from every village of Galilee and Judea
Quote: ἐκ πάσης κώμης τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Ἰουδαίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Luke generalizes by saying every in order to emphasize from how many different villages these religious leaders came. Alternate translation: “from villages throughout Galilee and Judea”
power of the Lord was upon him to heal
Quote: δύναμις Κυρίου ἦν εἰς τὸ ἰᾶσθαι αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As often in this book, upon is a spatial metaphor. In this case, it means that the power of the Lord was with Jesus in a special way, specifically, to enable him to heal people. Alternate translation: “the Lord was giving Jesus special power to heal people”
Luke 5:18
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
men carrying on a mat a man who was paralyzed
Quote: ἄνδρες φέροντες ἐπὶ κλίνης ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there were some men who were carrying a paralyzed man on a mat”
a mat
Quote: κλίνης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Alternate translation: “a stretcher”
was paralyzed
Quote: ἦν παραλελυμένος (1)Alternate translation: “was unable to move by himself”
before him
Quote: ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ (1)Here, before means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
Luke 5:19
And not finding a way to bring him in because of the crowd
Quote: καὶ μὴ εὑρόντες ποίας εἰσενέγκωσιν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸν ὄχλον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “But because the crowd of people had filled the house, they could not find a way to bring the man inside”
because of the crowd
Quote: διὰ τὸν ὄχλον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that they could not enter because the crowd was so large that there was no room for them. Alternate translation: “because the crowd of people had filled the house”
having gone up to the housetop
Quote: ἀναβάντες ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In this culture, houses had flat roofs, and many houses had a staircase outside that provided access to the housetop. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they went up the outside staircase onto the flat roof of the house”
they let him down
Quote: καθῆκαν αὐτὸν (1)Alternate translation: “and lowered the man down”
into the midst
Quote: εἰς τὸ μέσον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “into the midst of the people”
before Jesus
Quote: ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ (1)Here, the term before means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
Luke 5:20
And having seen their faith
Quote: καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him”
Man
Quote: ἄνθρωπε (1)Man was a general word that people used in this culture when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. If your language has a term that it uses for this same purpose, you could use it in your translation here. Alternate translation: “Friend”
your sins are forgiven you
Quote: ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins”
Luke 5:21
the scribes
Quote: οἱ γραμματεῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
Here and elsewhere in the book, the term the scribes does not refer to people who make copies of documents. Rather, it refers to people who were teachers of the Jewish law, which they had studied extensively. Alternate translation: “the teachers of the Jewish law”
to debate
Quote: διαλογίζεσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
These men were not debating or arguing out loud, since the next verse shows that this was rather something they were thinking. So this implicitly means that they were wondering. Alternate translation: “to wonder”
saying
Quote: λέγοντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks
Luke uses the word saying to introduce his quotation of what the religious leaders were thinking. If you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation.
Who is this who speaks blasphemies
Quote: τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασφημίας? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view, he would be speaking blasphemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man is speaking blasphemies!”
Who is able to forgive sins except God alone
Quote: τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας εἰ μὴ μόνος ὁ Θεός? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Once again the religious leaders are using a question form for emphasis, and you can translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one can forgive sins but God alone!”
Luke 5:22
knowing their thoughts
Quote: ἐπιγνοὺς & τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This phrase indicates that they were reasoning silently, so the implication is that Jesus sensed what they were thinking. Alternate translation: “sensing what they were thinking”
answering said to them
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were thinking. Alternate translation: “responded to them”
Why are you debating in your hearts
Quote: τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus does not expect the religious leaders to explain why they are thinking these things. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that they should not be thinking them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking these things!”
are you debating in your hearts
Quote: διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term hearts represents the thoughts of these people. Alternate translation: “are you thinking these things”
Luke 5:23
Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk
Quote: τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the form of a question in order to teach. He wants to make the scribes and Pharisees reflect on the situation and realize something. There are many implications. For example, these religious leaders may take the question in the sense, “Which is easier to get away with saying?” The answer would be, “Your sins are forgiven,” because people don’t expect visual proof of that, whereas if someone says, “Get up and walk,” and nothing happens, that proves the speaker doesn’t have the power to heal. Jesus likely intends the question in a different sense: “Which is the easier way to deal with a situation like this?” It appears that the man’s sickness has something to do with his sins, because Jesus forgives them. In such a situation, it would not be sufficient to say, “Get up and walk,” since that would address the effect but not the cause. To say, “Your sins are forgiven,” would deal with both the cause and the effect, so that would be the easier way to deal with the situation. There are many other implications that could also be drawn out as well—too many to include in the text of a translation. Since the question form is intrinsic to Jesus’ teaching method, you may wish simply to retain it in your translation. However, to show that he is teaching, not asking for information, you could introduce his question with a phrase that indicates its purpose. Alternate translation: “Think about this. Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk'?”
Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk
Quote: τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?”
Luke 5:24
that the Son of Man has authority
Quote: ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐξουσίαν ἔχει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “that I, the Son of Man, have authority”
that the Son of Man
Quote: ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The title Son of Man is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “that the Messiah”
get up
Quote: ἔγειρε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
As in 5:13, this was not a command that the man was able to obey. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up”
Luke 5:25
And immediately he got up
Quote: καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀναστὰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up”
before them
Quote: ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν (1)Here, the term before means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of everyone” or “where everyone could see him”
Luke 5:26
amazement seized them all
Quote: ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke describes the amazement of the crowd as if it were something that could actively take hold of the people. Alternate translation: “they were all completely amazed”
they were filled with fear, saying
Quote: ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου λέγοντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “fear filled them and they said”
they were filled with fear
Quote: ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke describes the fear of the crowd as if it were something that could actively fill the people. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid”
Luke 5:27
And after these things
Quote: καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. The expression these things refers to what the previous verses describe. Alternate translation: “After that”
he went out
Quote: ἐξῆλθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus left that house”
saw a tax collector
Quote: ἐθεάσατο τελώνην (1)The Greek word that Luke uses for saw indicates that Jesus gave careful attention to this man when he saw him. Alternate translation: “observed a tax collector” or “looked carefully at a tax collector”
Follow me
Quote: ἀκολούθει μοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
In this context, to Follow someone means to become that person’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher”
Follow me
Quote: ἀκολούθει μοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
Follow me is not a command, but an invitation. Jesus is encouraging Levi to do this if he wants. Alternate translation: “I want you to become my disciple” or “I invite you to come and follow me as your teacher”
Luke 5:28
having left everything behind
Quote: καταλιπὼν πάντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Here, everything is a generalization that refers to Levi’s position as a tax collector and the advantages that came with it. Alternate translation: “leaving his work as a tax collector”
having left everything behind, having gotten up
Quote: καταλιπὼν πάντα, ἀναστὰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “having gotten up and having left everything behind”
Luke 5:29
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word And to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then”
in his house
Quote: ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun his refers to Levi, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his own house”
reclining to eat
Quote: κατακείμενοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “lying on banqueting couches”
Luke 5:30
to his disciples
Quote: πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
In this case, the pronoun his refers to Jesus, not to Levi. Alternate translation: “to Jesus’ disciples”
Why do you eat and drink with tax collectors and sinners
Quote: διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The Pharisees and scribes are using the question form to express their disapproval. They believed that religious people should separate themselves from people whom they considered to be sinners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not eat and drink with sinful tax collectors!”
do you eat and drink
Quote: ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
The word you is plural, since the Pharisees are speaking to the disciples as a group, not to one particular disciple.
do you eat and drink
Quote: ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
The Pharisees are using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “share meals”
with tax collectors and sinners
Quote: μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
The Pharisees may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The previous verse says that there were many tax collectors at this banquet. So the term sinners may tell what the Pharisees thought these tax collectors were. Alternate translation: “with sinful tax collectors”
Luke 5:31
answering, Jesus said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were complaining about. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded”
The ones being well do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness
Quote: οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs
Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor; people who are sick do”
but the ones having sickness
Quote: ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
The proverb expresses the idea compactly, and so it leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, it is people who are sick who need a doctor”
Luke 5:32
the righteous
Quote: δικαίους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Luke is using the adjective righteous as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people”
but sinners to repentance
Quote: ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Once again Jesus expresses the idea compactly and leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, I came to call sinners to repentance”
to repentance
Quote: εἰς μετάνοιαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun repentance with a verb. Alternate translation: “to repent”
Luke 5:33
Then they said
Quote: οἱ δὲ εἶπαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they refers to the Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “Then the religious leaders said”
of John
Quote: Ἰωάννου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The Pharisees and scribes assume that Jesus will know that they are referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist”
But the ones of yours eat and drink
Quote: οἱ δὲ σοὶ ἐσθίουσιν καὶ πίνουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
There is an implied challenge and question in this observation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “But your disciples do not fast, and we want you to tell us why”
eat and drink
Quote: ἐσθίουσιν καὶ πίνουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
The Pharisees are using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “continue to have meals”
Luke 5:34
You are not able to make the sons of the bridal chamber fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are you
Quote: μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ποιῆσαι νηστεύειν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding are you? Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can you actually make the groom’s party at a wedding fast while the groom is still with them”
You are not able to make the sons of the bridal chamber fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are you
Quote: μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ποιῆσαι νηστεύειν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants the scribes and Pharisees to reflect on the actions of his disciples in light of a situation they are already familiar with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one tells the groom’s party at a wedding to fast while the groom is still with them!”
the sons of the bridal chamber
Quote: τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression sons of is a Hebrew idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “the groom’s party”
Luke 5:35
But days will indeed come
Quote: ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Jesus is using days to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “But there will certainly be a time”
the bridegroom will be taken away from them
Quote: ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is speaking of himself as the bridegroom, and of his disciples as the groom’s party. He does not explain the metaphor, so you do not need to explain it in your translation unless you think your readers will not understand it.
the bridegroom will be taken away from them
Quote: ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “someone will take the bridegroom away from them”
in those days
Quote: ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is again using the term days to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time”
Luke 5:36
Then he also spoke a parable to them
Quote: ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
Jesus gives a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better”
puts it onto an old garment
Quote: ἐπιβάλλει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν (1)Alternate translation: “uses it to patch an old garment”
But if not
Quote: εἰ δὲ μή γε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus uses this expression to introduce a hypothetical situation that explains the reason why a person would not actually mend a garment in that way. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone did do that”
Luke 5:37
wineskins
Quote: ἀσκοὺς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
These were bags made out of animal skins. They were used for holding wine. If your readers would not be familiar with wineskins, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “leather bags”
But if not
Quote: εἰ δὲ μή γε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus uses this expression once again to introduce a hypothetical situation that explains the reason why a person would not put new wine in an old wineskin. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone did do that”
the new wine will burst the wineskins
Quote: ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος ὁ νέος τοὺς ἀσκούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
When the new wine fermented and expanded, it would break the old skins because they could no longer stretch. Jesus’ audience would have understood this information about wine fermenting and expanding and about old leather losing its suppleness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the new wine would burst the old wineskins because they would no longer be able to expand when the wine fermented”
it will be spilled out
Quote: αὐτὸς ἐκχυθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the wine would spill out of the bags”
the wineskins will be destroyed
Quote: οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the leather bags would tear and become useless”
Luke 5:38
new wineskins
Quote: ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς (1)See how you translated the term wineskins in 5:37. Alternate translation: “fresh leather bags”
Luke 5:39
No one, having drunk the old, wants the new
Quote: οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words. You may want to supply these words in your translation if not having them would be confusing in your language. Alternate translation: “No one who is used to drinking old wine wants to try new wine”
No one, having drunk the old, wants the new
Quote: οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is contrasting the old teaching of the religious leaders with his own new teaching. The point is that people who are used to the old teaching are not receptive to the new things that he is bringing. Jesus does not explain the metaphor, so you do not need to explain it in your translation unless you think your readers will not understand it.
Luke 6
Luke 6 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus teaches about the Sabbath (6:1–11)
- Jesus chooses twelve apostles (6:12–16)
- Jesus teaches about being his disciple (6:17–49)
The long teaching in Luke 6:20–49 begins with blessings and woes that are similar to the beginning of the long teaching in Matthew 5–7. That part of Matthew has traditionally been called the “Sermon on the Mount.” The teaching here in Luke has many other similarities with the one in Matthew’s Gospel. (See: kingdom of God, kingdom of heaven)
Special concepts in this chapter
“Eating the grain”
When the disciples plucked and ate the grain in a field they were walking through on the Sabbath (Luke 6:1), the Pharisees said that they were breaking the law of Moses. The Pharisees said this because they thought that the disciples were doing work by picking the grain, and so they were disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees did not think the disciples were stealing. That is because the law of Moses told farmers to allow travelers to pluck and eat small amounts of grain from plants in fields that they traveled through or near. (See: law, law of Moses, law of Yahweh, law of God and INVALID bible/kt/works and Sabbath)
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
The twelve disciples
The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:
In Matthew:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.
In Mark:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.
In Luke:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.
The man whom Luke calls Judas the son of James is probably the same man whom Matthew and Mark call Thaddaeus. However, you do not need to explain that in your translation or give both names. You can translate Luke’s list as he wrote it, and allow Bible teachers to explain the reason for the difference.
Luke 6:1
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
grainfields
Quote: σπορίμων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
These were large sections of land where people had scattered wheat seed in order to grow more wheat. Wheat is a kind of grain plant, and grain is a type of large grass that has edible seeds. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “the areas where people were growing plants with edible seeds”
heads of grain
Quote: στάχυας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The heads are the topmost part of the grain plant. They hold the mature, edible seeds. Alternate translation: “parts that held the seeds”
rubbing them in their hands
Quote: ψώχοντες ταῖς χερσίν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that they did this to separate out the grain seeds. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “rubbing them in their hands to separate the seeds from the other parts of the plant”
Luke 6:2
Why are you doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths
Quote: τί ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The Pharisees are using the question form to make an accusation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are doing something that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!”
Why are you doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths
Quote: τί ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. You could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!”
Why are you doing
Quote: τί ποιεῖτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Here, you is plural. It refers to the disciples.
Luke 6:3
answering them, Jesus said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the objection that the Pharisees raised. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them”
Have you not read this, what David did when he was hungry, he and the ones being with him
Quote: οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνέγνωτε, ὃ ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ ὅτε ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς, καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures suggest otherwise, in the passage that tells what David did when he and those who were with him were hungry.”
Luke 6:4
how he went into the house of God
Quote: ὡς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)If you made the first part of the quotation in 6:3 a separate sentence, begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He went into the house of God”
the house of God
Quote: τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle”
the loaves of the presence
Quote: τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The phrase the loaves of the presence refers to loaves of bread that were placed on a table in the temple as an offering to God. They represented how the people of Israel lived in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the loaves that were offered to God” or “the bread that showed God lived among the people”
which is not lawful to eat except only for the priests
Quote: οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς (1)It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The law says that only the priests can eat that bread”
Luke 6:5
The Son of Man is
Quote: ἐστιν & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am”
The Son of Man is
Quote: ἐστιν & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am”
is Lord of the Sabbath
Quote: Κύριός ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The title Lord describes Jesus’ authority over the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “has authority over the Sabbath” or, if you translated in the first person, “have authority over the Sabbath”
Luke 6:6
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
there was a man there
Quote: ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here.
his right hand was withered
Quote: ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ξηρά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Alternate translation: “his right hand was shriveled” or “his right hand was atrophied”
Luke 6:7
were watching him closely
Quote: παρετηροῦντο & αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun him refers to Jesus, not to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “were watching Jesus carefully”
so that they might find to accuse him
Quote: ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Luke is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to find something that they could accuse him of”
Luke 6:8
stand in the midst
Quote: στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus wanted this man to stand where everyone could see him. Alternate translation: “stand here where everyone can see you”
Luke 6:9
to them
Quote: πρὸς αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun them refers to the scribes and Pharisees. Alternate translation: “to the scribes and Pharisees”
I ask you if {it is} lawful on the Sabbath to do good or to do harm, to save a life or to destroy
Quote: ἐπερωτῶ ὑμᾶς, εἰ ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀπολέσαι? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus asks this question to get the Pharisees to admit that it is legitimate to heal on the Sabbath. The intent of the question is therefore rhetorical. Jesus is not trying to obtain information; he wants someone to admit that something is true. However, Jesus says, “I ask you,” so this question is not like other rhetorical questions that might appropriately be translated as statements. This one should be translated as a question.
to do good or to do harm
Quote: ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι (1)Alternate translation: “to help someone or to harm someone”
Luke 6:10
having looked around at them all, he said to him
Quote: περιβλεψάμενος πάντας αὐτοὺς, εἶπεν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and him refers to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked around at them all and said to the man”
Stretch out your hand
Quote: ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can stretch out your hand”
his hand was restored
Quote: ἀποκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his hand became healthy again”
Luke 6:11
they were filled with rage
Quote: αὐτοὶ & ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became furious”
they were filled with rage
Quote: αὐτοὶ & ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of the rage of the scribes and Pharisees as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they became furious”
what they might do to Jesus
Quote: τί ἂν ποιήσαιεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that these religious leaders perceived Jesus as a threat and they wanted to get rid of him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does.
Luke 6:12
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
in those days
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Luke uses the term days to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time”
he went out to the mountain
Quote: ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος (1)While the term the mountain is definite here, it does not seem to refer to a specific, identifiable mountain. Rather, as many languages do, here the Greek is using a definite expression in a general sense. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain” or “Jesus climbed a high hill”
he went out to the mountain
Quote: ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus did this so that he could be alone and pray about whom to choose as his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain where he could be alone”
Luke 6:13
when day came
Quote: ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡμέρα (1)Alternate translation: “the next morning”
he chose 12 from them
Quote: ἐκλεξάμενος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun them refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “he chose 12 of those disciples”
whom he also named apostles
Quote: οὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν (1)The term apostles comes from a Greek word that originally meant “messengers” or “delegates.” It took on a specialized meaning within the community of Jesus’ followers to mean the 12 men whom Jesus chose to be his authoritative representatives. Many languages have borrowed the Greek word to use in this sense. But if your language has developed its own special term for this role, use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he appointed them to be apostles”
Luke 6:14
Simon (… Peter) … Andrew; … James … John; … Philip … Bartholomew
Quote: Σίμωνα & Πέτρον & Ἀνδρέαν & Ἰάκωβον & Ἰωάννην & Φίλιππον & Βαρθολομαῖον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
These are seven men’s names. (The second name is a nickname for the first man.)
his brother Andrew
Quote: Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun his refers to Simon. Alternate translation: “Simon’s brother, Andrew”
Luke 6:15
Matthew … Thomas; … James son of Alphaeus; … Simon
Quote: Μαθθαῖον & Θωμᾶν & Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου & Σίμωνα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
These are the names of five men.
Matthew
Quote: Μαθθαῖον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Matthew is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in 5:27. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does.
the Zealot
Quote: Ζηλωτὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
The term Zealot could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One”
Luke 6:16
Judas son of James; … Judas Iscariot
Quote: Ἰούδαν Ἰακώβου & Ἰούδαν Ἰσκαριὼθ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Judas and James are the names of men. As the UST indicates, the man named James who is mentioned in this verse is not the same man as the James mentioned in verse 14, and he is not the same man as James the son of Alphaeus, who is mentioned in verse 15. Iscariot is a surname that helped identify the second man named Judas. This man may have come from the village of Kerioth, and so Iscariot may mean "the man of Kerioth."
who became a traitor
Quote: ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to explain what traitor means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies”
Luke 6:17
with them
Quote: μετ’ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
In this context, them refers to all of the disciples whom Jesus called to himself in 6:13. Alternate translation: “with his disciples”
from all
Quote: ἀπὸ πάσης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “from throughout”
Luke 6:18
to be healed
Quote: ἰαθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them”
And the ones being troubled by unclean spirits were being healed
Quote: καὶ οἱ ἐνοχλούμενοι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων ἐθεραπεύοντο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus also drove evil spirits out of the people they were controlling”
Luke 6:19
the whole crowd … everyone
Quote: πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος & πάντας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
In this case these terms are not generalizations, and so you can translate them directly, rather than with explanatory words such as “most” or “many.”
power was coming out from him and healing everyone
Quote: δύναμις παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of this power as if it were something that could actively come out of Jesus and heal people. Alternate translation: “Jesus was using the power that God gave him to heal everyone”
Luke 6:20
he, having lifted up his eyes
Quote: αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means “he looked,” but it means that he looked carefully and considerately. Alternate translation: “he gazed”
Blessed {are
Quote: μακάριοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
the poor
Quote: οἱ πτωχοί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor”
for yours is the kingdom of God
Quote: ὅτι ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “because God is ruling your lives”
yours is the kingdom of God
Quote: ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)This could mean: (1) “the kingdom of God belongs to you.” (2) “you are privileged within the kingdom of God.”
Luke 6:21
Blessed {are} the ones being hungry now
Quote: μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 6:20, the expression Blessed indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You who are hungry now receive God’s favor” or “You who are hungry now are in a positive situation”
you will be fed
Quote: χορτασθήσεσθε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you will get enough to eat”
Blessed {are} the ones weeping now
Quote: μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Alternate translation: “You who are weeping now receive God’s favor” or “You who are weeping now are in a positive situation”
you will laugh
Quote: γελάσετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is describing people being happy by association with one thing that people do when they are happy. Alternate translation: “you will laugh with joy” or “you will become joyful again”
Luke 6:22
Blessed are you
Quote: μακάριοί ἐστε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 6:20, the expression Blessed indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You receive God’s favor” or “How good it is for you”
they exclude you
Quote: ἀφορίσωσιν ὑμᾶς (1)Alternate translation: “they reject you”
reject your name as evil
Quote: ἐκβάλωσιν τὸ ὄνομα ὑμῶν ὡς πονηρὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term name is a figurative way of referring to the reputation of a person. Alternate translation: “consider you to have a bad reputation”
because of the Son of Man
Quote: ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Alternate translation: “because you associate with the Son of Man” or “because they reject the Son of Man”
because of the Son of Man
Quote: ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person, using this title to emphasize the special role that God has given him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “because you associate with me, the Son of Man” or “because they reject me, the Son of Man”
because of the Son of Man
Quote: ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “because you associate with me, the Messiah” or “because they reject me, the Messiah”
Luke 6:23
in that day
Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Jesus uses day to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when they do those things” or “when that happens”
leap for joy
Quote: σκιρτήσατε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means to be extremely joyful. Jesus is not telling the disciples literally to jump into the air. Alternate translation: “be very happy” or “celebrate”
for behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term behold to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “because, listen carefully now”
your reward {is} great
Quote: ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς (1)Your language may require you to say who will do this action. Alternate translation: “God will reward you greatly”
their fathers
Quote: οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, fathers means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors”
Luke 6:24
woe to you
Quote: οὐαὶ ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The phrase woe to you is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “how terrible it is for you” or “trouble will come to you”
the rich
Quote: τοῖς πλουσίοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective rich as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich”
you have received your comfort
Quote: ἀπέχετε τὴν παράκλησιν ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus is drawing a series of contrasts between what the poor and the rich have now and what they will have later. So the implication is that while the rich have enjoyed ease and prosperity in this life, if they become complacent in those things, they will not enjoy it afterwards. Alternate translation: “you have already received in this life anything that will make you comfortable”
Luke 6:25
Woe to you
Quote: οὐαὶ ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
See how you translated this phrase in 6:24. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you”
the ones being filled
Quote: οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who have more than enough to eat”
to the ones laughing
Quote: οἱ γελῶντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The word laughing refers to being happy by association with something that people do when they are happy. Alternate translation: “to the ones who are happy”
you will mourn and weep
Quote: πενθήσετε καὶ κλαύσετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
The phrase mourn and weep expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word mourn tells why these people are weeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you will weep mournfully” or “you will weep because you are so sad”
Luke 6:26
Woe to you
Quote: οὐαὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
See how you translated this phrase in 6:24. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you”
when all men speak well of you
Quote: ὅταν ὑμᾶς καλῶς εἴπωσιν πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “when all people speak well of you”
when all men speak well of you
Quote: ὅταν ὑμᾶς καλῶς εἴπωσιν πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The term all is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “when most people speak well of you”
their fathers did according to the same things to the false prophets
Quote: κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ & ἐποίουν τοῖς ψευδοπροφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, fathers means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors also spoke well of the false prophets”
Luke 6:27
But I say to you, the ones listening
Quote: ἀλλὰ ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀκούουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Jesus uses this phrase to broaden his audience to the entire crowd, beyond his disciples. At the same time, the phrase also calls everyone to focus their attention on what Jesus is about to say. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now I want all of you to listen carefully to this”
love your enemies {and} do good to the ones hating you
Quote: ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies in what way followers of Jesus are to love their enemies. They are to do this in a practical way by helping them. Alternate translation: “do good things for people even if they are hostile to you” or “show love to your enemies who hate you by doing things to help them”
Luke 6:28
Bless the ones cursing you {and} pray for the ones mistreating you
Quote: εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, προσεύχεσθε περὶ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single phrase. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies one way in which followers of Jesus can Bless people who mistreat them. They can pray for them. Alternate translation: “Ask God to bless people who say and do bad things to you” or “Say good things to people who say bad things to you, and even if someone treats you badly, pray that God will help them”
Luke 6:29
To the one striking you on the cheek, offer also the other
Quote: τῷ τύπτοντί σε ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα, πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone hits you on one side of your face. Then turn your face so that he could also strike the other side”
you … your
Quote: σε & σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is now addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
on the cheek
Quote: ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα (1)Alternate translation: “on one side of your face”
offer also the other
Quote: πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to state the implicit purpose of this action. Alternate translation: “turn your face so that he could also strike the other side, to show that you do not want to fight and you are not resisting”
from the one taking away your cloak, also do not withhold your tunic
Quote: ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου τὸ ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away your cloak. Then give him your tunic as well”
also do not withhold your tunic
Quote: καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
Here Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “give him your tunic as well”
Luke 6:30
Give to everyone asking you
Quote: παντὶ αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you for something. Then give it to him”
you, … yours
Quote: σε & σὰ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so you and yours are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
from the one taking away what {is} yours, do not ask for it back
Quote: ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σὰ, μὴ ἀπαίτει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away something that is yours. Then do not demand that he give it back”
Luke 6:31
as you desire that men would do to you, do the same to them
Quote: καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως (1)In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You should treat people in the way that you would want them to treat you”
as you desire that men would do to you
Quote: καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “what you wish people would do for you”
to you
Quote: ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Jesus now returns to speaking to his disciples and the crowd about general situations, so you is plural here and in the following verses.
Luke 6:32
what credit is that to you
Quote: ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Here Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants to make a point and get his listeners to reflect on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that!”
Luke 6:33
what credit is that to you
Quote: ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Once again Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. You could translate his words as a statement here as well. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that”
Luke 6:34
what credit is that to you
Quote: ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form once again as a teaching tool. You could also translate his words as a statement here. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that!”
so that they may receive back the same things
Quote: ἵνα ἀπολάβωσιν τὰ ἴσα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Here the adjective same functions as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun things to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. The adjective is also neuter, and this is a use of the neuter plural in Greek to refer to a single thing in order to describe it in its entirety. Alternate translation: “expecting that everything they lend will be repaid”
Luke 6:35
expecting nothing in return
Quote: μηδὲν ἀπελπίζοντες (1)Alternate translation: “without expecting the person to pay you back”
and
Quote: καὶ (3)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The word and introduces the results of what has been said so far in this verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then”
your reward will be great
Quote: ἔσται ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολύς (1)Your language may require you to say who will do this action. Alternate translation: “God will reward you greatly”
sons of the Most High
Quote: υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a figurative expression. Even so, it would probably be best to translate sons with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child.
sons of the Most High
Quote: υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Jesus is using the word sons in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “children of the Most High”
sons of the Most High
Quote: υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου (1)Make sure that the word sons or “children” in your translation is plural and not capitalized, if your language uses that convention for titles, so that readers do not confuse this expression with the title for Jesus, “the Son of the Most High,” which occurs in 1:32 and 8:28.
of the Most High
Quote: Ὑψίστου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
See how you translated the expression the Most High in 1:32. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God”
the ungrateful and evil
Quote: τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Here Jesus is using the adjectives ungrateful and evil as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this pair of words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungrateful and evil” or “people who do not thank God and who do wrong things”
Luke 6:36
your Father
Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your Father”
Luke 6:37
do not judge
Quote: μὴ κρίνετε (1)Your language may require you to specify the object of judge. Alternate translation: “do not judge other people”
you will certainly not be judged
Quote: οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. This could mean: (1) “God will not judge you.” (2) “other people will not judge you.”
And do not condemn
Quote: καὶ μὴ καταδικάζετε (1)Your language may require you to specify the object of condemn. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn other people”
you will certainly not be condemned
Quote: οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not condemn. This could mean: (1) “God will not condemn you.” (2) “other people will not condemn you.”
Release
Quote: ἀπολύετε (1)Your language may require you to specify the object of Release. Alternate translation: “Forgive other people”
Release
Quote: ἀπολύετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the word Release to mean “forgive.” Alternate translation: “Forgive”
you will be released
Quote: ἀπολυθήσεσθε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
Jesus does not say exactly who would Release them. This could mean: (1) “God will forgive you.” (2) “other people will forgive you.”
Luke 6:38
it will be given to you
Quote: δοθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will give. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you.” (2) “other people will give to you.”
a good measure—pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap
Quote: μέτρον καλὸν, πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is comparing someone to a grain merchant who measures out very generously. He could mean either God or other people. The word they is indefinite, so it does not necessarily refer to people rather than to God. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, God will give you a generous amount” or “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, people will give you a generous amount”
pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap
Quote: πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
These are all passive verb forms in Greek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with active verbal phrases. See the alternate translation in the previous note.
your lap
Quote: τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This is a reference to the way people in this culture would form a pocket or carrying pouch from the folds of the front of their robes. If you readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the folds of your robe” or “a container”
with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured back to you
Quote: ᾧ & μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.”
Luke 6:39
Then he also told them a parable
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
Jesus is giving a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better”
A blind one is not able to guide a blind one, is he
Quote: μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here the word translated blind one is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?”
A blind one is not able to guide a blind one, is he
Quote: μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding is he? Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind really guide another person who is blind?”
A blind one is not able to guide a blind one, is he
Quote: μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is not expecting the people in the crowd to tell him whether one blind person can guide another. He is using the question form as a teaching tool to make a point and get his listeners to reflect on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all know that one blind person cannot guide another blind person.”
A blind one
Quote: τυφλὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The blind person represents someone who has not yet been fully trained and taught as a disciple. But since Jesus explains this figure in the next three verses, you do not need to explain it explicitly here in your own translation.
Would not both fall into a pit
Quote: οὐχὶ ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον ἐμπεσοῦνται? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using this question as well as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Both of them would certainly fall into a ditch”
Luke 6:40
A disciple is not above his teacher
Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The word above creates a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “A disciple is not better than his teacher” or “A disciple is not greater than his teacher”
A disciple is not above his teacher
Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this implicitly means. Alternate translation: “A disciple does not know more than his teacher” or “A disciple is not wiser than his teacher”
everyone having been fully trained
Quote: κατηρτισμένος & πᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him”
Luke 6:41
why do you look at the speck of wood that {is} in the eye of your brother, but you do not notice the log that {is} in your own eye
Quote: τί & βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not look at the speck in your brother’s eye while ignoring the log in your own eye!”
why do you look at the speck of wood that {is} in the eye of your brother
Quote: τί & βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you should not criticize the less important faults of a fellow believer”
do you look at … your … you do not notice … your own
Quote: βλέπεις & σου & τῷ ἰδίῳ & οὐ κατανοεῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so you and your are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
the speck of wood
Quote: τὸ κάρφος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
If your readers would not be familiar with the speck of wood, in your translation you could use a phrase that describes the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”
of your brother
Quote: τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term brother refers to a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of a fellow believer”
of … brother
Quote: τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
This fellow believer could be either a man or a woman, so be sure that this is clear in your translation, for example, by using both the masculine and feminine forms of the word for “believer.”
but you do not notice the log that {is} in your own eye
Quote: τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “while ignoring your own serious faults”
the log that {is} in your own eye
Quote: τὴν & δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults”
log
Quote: δοκὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
You could translate this with the term for the kind of long, large piece of wood that people in your culture would encounter. Or if your readers would not be familiar with wood, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object”
Luke 6:42
How can you say to your brother
Quote: πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, but he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular here. (The terms you, your, and yourself are also singular throughout the rest of this verse, because either Jesus is addressing an individual situation, or one person is addressing another in fictional dialogue.) If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
How can you say
Quote: πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool, not to ask for information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say”
to your brother, ‘Brother, let
Quote: τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἀδελφέ, ἄφες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term Brother means a fellow believer in Jesus. So in its first instance here, you could translate the term the way you did in 6:41. But since it is realistic that in dialogue one believer might address another believer as Brother or “Sister,” you could retain the figurative term in its second instance. Alternate translation: “to a fellow believer, ‘Brother,’ or ‘Sister, let’”
let me take out the speck of wood that {is} in your eye
Quote: ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “let me help you correct some of your faults”
you yourself not seeing the log in your eye
Quote: αὐτὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν οὐ βλέπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you yourself are not correcting your own serious faults”
the log in your eye
Quote: τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is continuing to exaggerate to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults”
First take out the log from your eye
Quote: ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “First recognize and correct your own serious faults”
to take out the speck of wood {that is} in the eye of your brother
Quote: τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἐκβαλεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “to help a fellow believer correct his or her faults”
Luke 6:43
For
Quote: γάρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus uses the word For to introduce the reason for what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “This is because”
For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit, nor, on the other hand, any rotten tree that produces good fruit
Quote: οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν; οὐδὲ πάλιν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
Jesus is twice using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “For a healthy tree naturally produces good fruit and, on the other hand, an unhealthy tree naturally produces bad fruit”
For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit, nor, on the other hand, any rotten tree that produces good fruit
Quote: οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν; οὐδὲ πάλιν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “For a person of good character naturally says and does helpful things but, on the other hand, a person of bad character naturally says and does harmful things”
Luke 6:44
each tree is known by {its} own fruit
Quote: ἕκαστον & δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “people recognize a tree by the fruit that it bears”
each tree is known by {its} own fruit
Quote: ἕκαστον & δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “each person’s words and actions reveal his or her character”
For they do not gather figs from a thornbush, nor do they gather grapes from a briar bush
Quote: οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ἀκανθῶν συλλέγουσιν σῦκα, οὐδὲ ἐκ βάτου σταφυλὴν τρυγῶσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single general expression. Alternate translation: “people do not collect the kind of fruit that grows on a tree or a vine from a small, thorny bush”
a thornbush
Quote: ἀκανθῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word thornbush refers to a kind of plant that has sharp protective spines on its stem. If your readers would not know what a thornbush is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit.
a briar bush
Quote: βάτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term briar bush refers to a kind of plant that has thorny stems growing in dense clusters. If your readers would not know what a briar bush is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit.
Luke 6:45
The good man
Quote: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here, the word man refers to any person, male or female. Alternate translation: “A righteous person” or “A moral person”
from the good treasure of his heart
Quote: ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is speaking of the good thoughts of a righteous person as if they were treasures stored deep inside that person. Alternate translation: “from the good things that he keeps deep inside himself” or “from the good things that he values deeply”
of his heart
Quote: τῆς καρδίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In this expression, the heart represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “that he keeps deep inside himself” or “that he values deeply”
produces {what is} good
Quote: προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Producing what is good, the way a tree would produce fruit, is a metaphor for doing what is good. Alternate translation: “does what is good”
from evil
Quote: ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
For rhetorical purposes, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning can be inferred from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “from the evil treasure of his heart”
from evil
Quote: ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Once the meaning is inferred, it is clear that Jesus is speaking of the evil thoughts of a wicked person as if they were treasures stored deep inside that person, and of the heart to represent the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “from the evil things that he keeps deep inside himself” or “from the evil things that he values deeply”
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: ἐκ & περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ (3)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In this expression as well, the heart represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling is expressed in what he says”
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: ἐκ & περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ (3)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The phrase his mouth represents the person as a whole, in the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling comes out in what he says”
Luke 6:46
And why do you call me, ‘Lord, Lord,’ but not do what I say
Quote: τί δέ με καλεῖτε Κύριε, Κύριε, καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω? (1)The repetition of these words indicates that these people regularly called Jesus Lord. Alternate translation: “And why are you always calling me ‘Lord’ when you do not do what I tell you?’”
Luke 6:47
Everyone coming to me and hearing my words, and doing them, I will show you what he is like
Quote: πᾶς ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρός με, καὶ ἀκούων μου τῶν λόγων καὶ ποιῶν αὐτούς, ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what every person is like who comes to me and hears my words and puts them into practice”
my words
Quote: μου τῶν λόγων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term words to refer to the teachings he is giving by using words. Alternate translation: “my teachings”
I will show you what he is like
Quote: ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
Jesus says this to introduce the simile in the next verse.
Luke 6:48
a man building a house
Quote: ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομοῦντι οἰκίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using man in the generic sense. Alternate translation: “a person building a house”
dug down and dug deep and laid a foundation on the rock
Quote: ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν καὶ ἔθηκεν θεμέλιον ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The foundation is the part of a house that connects it to the ground. People in Jesus’ time dug down into the ground until they reached a layer of solid rock, and then they began to build on the rock. You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with laying the foundation of a house on bedrock, you could instead describe how they would ensure that a dwelling was safe and stable. Alternate translation: “dug down deep enough to reach a layer of solid rock and set the foundation of the house on it”
dug down and dug deep
Quote: ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The expression dug deep tells what goal the person had when he or she dug down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “dug down deep enough”
the rock
Quote: τὴν πέτραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This means the layer of hard rock that lies deep under the soil. Alternate translation: “bedrock”
torrent of water
Quote: ποταμὸς (1)Alternate translation: “floodwaters”
flowed against
Quote: προσέρηξεν (1)Alternate translation: “crashed against”
it could not shake it
Quote: οὐκ ἴσχυσεν σαλεῦσαι αὐτὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is describing what the waters would do at first to represent what they would ultimately do if they could. This meaning is clear from what he says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “it could not destroy it”
because it had been built well
Quote: διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομῆσθαι αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the person had built it well”
Luke 6:49
But
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Jesus uses the word But to draw a strong contrast to the previous person who built with a foundation. Alternate translation: “However”
the one having heard and not having done
Quote: ὁ & ἀκούσας καὶ μὴ ποιήσας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from 6:47. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my teachings but does not put them into practice”
he is like
Quote: ὅμοιός ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
Jesus says this to introduce the simile that follows in the rest of the verse.
a man having built a house
Quote: ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομήσαντι οἰκίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using man in the generic sense. Alternate translation: “a person who built a house”
on the ground without a foundation
Quote: ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The phrase on the ground without a foundation refers to the same method of building as in 6:48. You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with that building method, you could use the same image for creating a stable building that you used there in your translation. Alternate translation: “without digging down first to create a foundation”
against which the torrent of water flowed
Quote: ᾗ προσέρρηξεν ὁ ποταμός (1)In this context, the word flowed indicates violent impact. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The floodwaters crashed against it”
it collapsed
Quote: συνέπεσεν (1)Alternate translation: “it fell down” or “it came apart”
the ruin of that house was great
Quote: ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς οἰκίας ἐκείνης μέγα (1)Your language may require you to say what was responsible for the ruin of the house. Alternate translation: “the floodwaters completely demolished that house”
Luke 7
Luke 7 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus does miracles in Capernaum and Nain (7:1–17)
- Jesus responds to messengers from John the Baptist and then teaches about John (7:18–35)
- A woman anoints Jesus with perfume (7:36–50)
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. ULT does this with the quoted material in 7:27.
Special concepts in this chapter
Centurion
A centurion was a Roman military commander. The centurion who asked Jesus to heal his slave (Luke 7:2) was doing some unusual things. A Roman soldier, especially an officer, would almost never go to a Jew for help, and most wealthy people did not love or care for their slaves. (See: centurion and faith)
John’s Baptism
This chapter refers again to the baptism of John (7:29). John baptized people who wanted to show that they knew they were sinners and that they were sorry for their sin. (See: repent, repentance and sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)
“Sinners”
In 7:34, Jesus describes how the Pharisees said he was a friend of “sinners.” That was the name that the Pharisees used for people whom they thought were disobeying the law of Moses. In reality, it was the Pharisees who were sinful, since they rejected Jesus, the Savior whom God had sent. This situation can be understood as irony. (See: Irony)
Washing feet
The feet of the people in the ancient Near East were very dirty because they wore sandals and the roads and trails were dusty in the dry season and muddy in the wet season. Only slaves washed other people’s feet. The woman who washed Jesus’ feet was showing him great honor.
Luke 7:1
his words
Quote: τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the term words to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “his teaching”
in the hearing of the people
Quote: εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς τοῦ λαοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “as the people were listening”
he entered into Capernaum
Quote: εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναούμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
This reference to a location, Capernaum, introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he went into the city of Capernaum”
Luke 7:2
And
Quote: δέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
who was highly regarded by him
Quote: ὃς ἦν αὐτῷ ἔντιμος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the centurion greatly valued”
Luke 7:3
asking him to come so that he might save
Quote: ἐρωτῶν αὐτὸν ὅπως ἐλθὼν διασώσῃ (1)In this context, the word save has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “asking him to come and heal”
Luke 7:4
asked him earnestly
Quote: παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν σπουδαίως (1)Alternate translation: “they pleaded with him” or “they begged him”
He is worthy
Quote: ἄξιός ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Here the pronoun He refers to the centurion, not the servant. Alternate translation: “This centurion is worthy” or “This centurion deserves”
Luke 7:5
our nation
Quote: τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Here, our nation refers to the Jewish people. Since the elders are speaking to Jesus as a fellow Jew, the word our would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “our people”
Luke 7:6
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Here, And could mean: (1) Jesus went with the elders because they pleaded with him. Alternate translation, as in UST: “So” (2) Jesus went with the elders after they pleaded with him. Alternate translation: “Then”
went
Quote: ἐπορεύετο (1)Alternate translation: “went along”
he already not being far away from the house
Quote: ἤδη & αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “when he was already near the house”
do not trouble yourself
Quote: μὴ σκύλλου (1)The centurion is speaking politely to Jesus through these friends. Alternate translation: “I do not want to make you go out of your way”
you might enter under my roof
Quote: ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην μου εἰσέλθῃς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The phrase come under my roof is an idiom that means “come into my house.” If your language has an idiom that means “come into my dwelling,” consider using it here in your translation.
Luke 7:7
speak with a word
Quote: εἰπὲ λόγῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The centurion recognized that Jesus could heal the servant just by speaking. He understood Jesus did not need to travel all the way to his home. The term word expresses the means by which Jesus would speak. Alternate translation: “just give a command”
my servant
Quote: ὁ παῖς μου (1)This is not the same word for servant that Luke and the centurion use in the rest of this passage. This word ordinarily means “boy.” This may indicate that the servant was young, or it may show the centurion’s affection for him. Alternate translation: “my young servant” or “my dear servant”
Luke 7:8
I also am a man placed under authority, having soldiers under me
Quote: καὶ & ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος, ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I also have someone in authority over me, and I have soldiers under me”
under me
Quote: ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a spatial metaphor that describes the authority relationship. Alternate translation: “under my authority”
to my servant
Quote: τῷ δούλῳ μου (1)Here the word that ULT translates as servant is the typical word for a servant, as in 7:2 and 7:3. It is not the word that usually means “boy,” as in 7:7.
Luke 7:9
marveled at him
Quote: ἐθαύμασεν αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun him refers to the centurion. Alternate translation: “he was amazed at the centurion”
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
not even in Israel have I found such faith
Quote: οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus expected Jewish people to have this kind of faith, but they did not. He did not expect Gentiles to have this kind of faith, yet this man did. It may be helpful to say this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “I have not found anyone among the Israelites who trusts me as much as this Gentile does”
not even in Israel
Quote: οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus used the name of the nation, Israel, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “not even in any Israelite”
have I found such faith
Quote: τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, found is an idiom. The word does not suggest that Jesus was searching for something he had lost. Alternate translation: “have I encountered such faith”
Luke 7:10
the ones having been sent
Quote: οἱ πεμφθέντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the friends whom the Roman officer had sent to Jesus”
Luke 7:11
And it happened … that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
on the next day
Quote: ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Luke may be using the term day to refer a particular time, as UST suggests by saying “soon after that.” However, this could also mean literally the next day.
Nain
Quote: Ναΐν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Nain is the name of a city.
Luke 7:12
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term behold to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
one that had died was being carried out
Quote: ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who had died, and he was being carried out of the city”
one that had died was being carried out, the one and only son of his mother
Quote: ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city. He was his mother's only son”
one that had died was being carried out, the one and only son of his mother
Quote: ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that his readers will know that the people were carrying the man out of the city in order to bury him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city so that they could bury his body. He was his mother's only son”
the one and only son of his mother (and she was a widow
Quote: μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
This is background information about the dead man and his mother. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to introduce it in a way that shows it is background information. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow”
the one and only son of his mother (and she was a widow
Quote: μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that in this culture, when her son died, the woman lost her only means of support, since her husband had also died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow, so he had been her only means of support”
Luke 7:13
the Lord
Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)Here Luke refers to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
felt compassion for her
Quote: ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ αὐτῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that feeling compassion led Jesus to want to do something for this woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “felt very sorry for her and wanted to help her”
Luke 7:14
the bier
Quote: τῆς σοροῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The bier was a stretcher or bed used to move the body to the burial place. It was not necessarily something in which the body was buried. Alternate translation: “the wooden frame that was holding the body”
arise
Quote: ἐγέρθητι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up”
Luke 7:15
the dead man
Quote: ὁ νεκρὸς (1)The man was not still dead. He was now alive. It may be helpful to state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he man came back to life, no longer being dead, and”
he gave him to his mother
Quote: ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and him and his refer to the young man. Alternate translation: “Jesus returned the young man to his mother”
Luke 7:16
fear seized all {of them
Quote: ἔλαβεν & φόβος πάντας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of this fear as if it were something that could actively take hold of everyone in the crowd. Alternate translation: “they all became very afraid”
A great prophet has been raised among us
Quote: προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, raised is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet”
A great prophet has been raised among us
Quote: προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet”
has visited
Quote: ἐπεσκέψατο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, visited is an idiom, as in 1:68 and 1:78. Alternate translation: “has come to help”
Luke 7:17
this word about him went out
Quote: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος οὗτος & περὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of this word (that is, those sayings) as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. His expression means that people said these things about Jesus to other people, and those people then repeated them to still more people. Alternate translation: “people spread these sayings about Jesus”
Luke 7:18
his disciples reported to John concerning all these things
Quote: ἀπήγγειλαν Ἰωάννῃ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ πάντων τούτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
This sentence introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John told him about all these things”
his disciples
Quote: οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
The term his refers to John the Baptist, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John”
to John
Quote: Ἰωάννῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist”
all these things
Quote: πάντων τούτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that all these things refers to Jesus healing the centurion’s servant and restoring the life of the widow’s son. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that Jesus had just done”
Luke 7:19
the Lord
Quote: τὸν Κύριον (1)Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
to say
Quote: λέγων (1)Alternate translation: “to ask”
you
Quote: σὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Since this question would be for Jesus alone, you is singular.
the one coming
Quote: ὁ ἐρχόμενος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This expression implicitly means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah”
Luke 7:20
the men said, “John the Baptist has sent us to you to say, ‘Are you the one coming, or should we expect another
Quote: οἱ ἄνδρες εἶπαν, Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σὲ λέγων, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the men told Jesus that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, ‘Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect someone else?’” or “the men said, ‘John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or whether we should expect someone else.’”
to say
Quote: λέγων (1)Alternate translation: “to ask”
you
Quote: σὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Since this question is for Jesus alone, you is singular.
the one coming
Quote: ὁ ἐρχόμενος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This expression means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah”
Luke 7:21
In that hour
Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Luke uses the term hour to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time”
he healed many from sicknesses and afflictions and evil spirits
Quote: ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων, καὶ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Here Luke is telling the story in a compressed way, and he does not distinguish clearly between healing of sickness and deliverance from evil spirits. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that distinction more explicitly. Alternate translation: “he healed many people of sicknesses that they were suffering from, and he drove evil spirits out of many people”
sicknesses and afflictions
Quote: νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
The phrase sicknesses and afflictions expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word afflictions describes the effect of the sicknesses on the people who had them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sicknesses that they were suffering from”
to many blind {people} he granted to see
Quote: τυφλοῖς πολλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο βλέπειν (1)Alternate translation: “he enabled many blind people to see again”
Luke 7:22
answering, he said to them
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that after healing and delivering many people, Jesus responded to the question that John’s messengers had asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to the messengers whom John had sent”
Having gone, … you have seen
Quote: πορευθέντες & εἴδετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual
Since Jesus is speaking to two men, you would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural.
lepers are cleansed … the dead are raised, the poor are being told the gospel
Quote: λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται & νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news”
lepers are cleansed
Quote: λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
As in 5:12, since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease”
the deaf … the dead … the poor
Quote: κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people”
Luke 7:23
blessed is whoever is not caused to stumble on me
Quote: μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me”
is not caused to stumble on me
Quote: μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here Jesus speaks as if he were a lump or rock that people could stumble on. He means that some people will reject and desert him because of what he does and because of what will happen to him. However, those who do not reject or desert him will be blessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not desert me because of what I do” or “does not run away from me”
Luke 7:24
he began to say
Quote: ἤρξατο λέγειν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Here the pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say”
What did you go out into the wilderness to see? A reed shaken by the wind
Quote: τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out into the wilderness just to see a reed that the wind was shaking? Of course not!” or “Surely you did not go out into the wilderness just to see a reed that the wind was shaking.”
A reed shaken by the wind
Quote: κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “A reed that the wind was shaking?”
A reed shaken by the wind
Quote: κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication seems to be that a reed swaying in the breeze by the banks of the Jordan River is a commonplace sight that no one would make a trip out into the desert just to see. Alternate translation: “An ordinary thing such as a reed that the wind was shaking?”
Luke 7:25
But what did you go out to see? A man dressed in soft clothes
Quote: ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing? Of course not!” or “You certainly did not go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing.”
A man dressed in soft clothes
Quote: ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that readers will know that John wore crude, rugged clothing. Like his residence in the desert, his clothing was a symbolic protest against the established order. As such, it would have been offensive rather than attractive. So no one would have gone out to see a person dressed that way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man wearing splendid clothing? You would not have gone to hear John if that was what you wanted to see.”
dressed in soft clothes
Quote: ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The term soft clothes refers to luxurious clothes, since normal clothing was rough. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing”
dressed in soft clothes
Quote: ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing”
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term Behold to get the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now”
kings’ palaces
Quote: τοῖς βασιλείοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The word palaces refers to large, elaborate houses where kings or queens would live. The implication is that a celebrity watcher might go to a palace to try to catch a glimpse of royalty. But certainly no one would go out into the desert to try to see someone famous.
Luke 7:26
But what did you go out to see? A prophet
Quote: ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? προφήτην? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is giving the answer to the repeated question that he has been using as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that this time the question leads to a positive answer. You could also translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a prophet? Yes, that was why!” or “You actually went out to see a prophet.”
Yes, I say to you
Quote: ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
more than a prophet
Quote: περισσότερον προφήτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This phrase is an idiom that means that John was indeed a prophet, but that he was even greater than a typical prophet. Alternate translation: “not just an ordinary prophet”
Luke 7:27
This is he concerning whom it is written
Quote: οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom one of the prophets wrote” or “John is the one about whom the prophet Malachi wrote”
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
God, speaking through the prophet Malachi, uses the term Behold to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now pay attention”
before your face
Quote: πρὸ προσώπου σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, face means the front of a person. Alternate translation, as in UST: “ahead of you”
your … your
Quote: σου & σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
The words your and you are singular in both cases because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in the quotation.
who will prepare your way before you
Quote: ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 3:4, to make a way or a road is a figurative expression that means to help people get ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come”
Luke 7:28
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowd’s attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
among those born of women
Quote: ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The phrase those born of women is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived”
among those born of women
Quote: ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne”
no one is greater than John
Quote: μείζων & Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest”
the least
Quote: ὁ & μικρότερος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective least as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person”
in the kingdom of God
Quote: ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling”
is greater than he
Quote: μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that being part of the kingdom of God is greater than any human distinctive. So anyone who is part of God’s kingdom is greater than even John, whom Jesus said was the greatest person who had ever lived before the coming of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “is greater than John is because they are part of something greater than anything that is human”
Luke 7:29
declared God to be righteous, having been baptized with the baptism of John
Quote: ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν, βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism, declared God to be righteous”
declared God to be righteous
Quote: ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the people agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins”
having been baptized with the baptism of John
Quote: βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism”
Luke 7:30
lawyers
Quote: νομικοὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
Here and elsewhere in the book, the term lawyers does not mean people who would represent clients and argue cases in court or draw up legal documents. Rather, it refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law”
rejected the purpose of God for themselves, not having been baptized by him
Quote: τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἠθέτησαν εἰς ἑαυτούς, μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had not come to John for baptism, rejected what God wanted them to do”
not having been baptized by him
Quote: μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because John had not baptized them” or “because they had not come to John for baptism”
Luke 7:31
To what, then, will I compare the men of this generation? And what are they like
Quote: τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool, to introduce a comparison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them as statements. Alternate translation: “This is what I compare the people of this time to. This is what they are like”
To what, then, will I compare the men of this generation? And what are they like
Quote: τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “What should I compare the people of this time to?” or “This is what I compare the people of this time to.”
the men of this generation
Quote: τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation”
Luke 7:32
They are like
Quote: ὅμοιοί εἰσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
These words are the beginning of Jesus’ comparison. His opponents complain about John being too austere, and they complain about him not being austere enough, just like children who complain when other children don’t dance with them, and then complain again when they don’t cry with them. Since Jesus explains this comparison in the next two verses, you do not need to explain it here in your translation.
a marketplace
Quote: ἀγορᾷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word marketplace refers to a large, open-air area where people come to sell their goods.
We played a flute for you
Quote: ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The children are referring to the flute to indicate that they played a happy, upbeat tune, for which the flute was well suited. Alternate translation: “We played a happy tune for you”
and
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
The children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. Alternate translation: “but”
and
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Once again the children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. Alternate translation: “but”
Luke 7:33
neither eating bread
Quote: μὴ ἐσθίων ἄρτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
This could mean one of two things. Either way, Jesus is using one kind of food, bread, to represent all kinds of food. (1) It could refer to the way that John lived on whatever he could find to eat in the desert. Alternate translation: “not eating regular food” (2) It could mean that John often went without eating as a devotional practice. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting”
you say, ‘He has a demon
Quote: λέγετε, δαιμόνιον ἔχει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he has a demon” or “you accuse him of having a demon”
Luke 7:34
The Son of Man
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”
The Son of Man
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this title in 5:24. In this case the title highlights Jesus’ identification with humanity in the special role that God has given him. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah”
you say, ‘Behold, a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners
Quote: λέγετε, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, φίλος τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he eats and drinks too much and that he is a friend of tax collectors and sinners” or (if you used the first person for the title “Son of Man”) “you say that I eat and drink too much and that I am a friend of tax collectors and sinners”
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now this is”
a man, a glutton
Quote: ἄνθρωπος φάγος (1)Alternate translation: “a man who is a glutton” or “a man who eats too much”
a man, … a drunkard
Quote: ἄνθρωπος & οἰνοπότης (1)Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
Luke 7:35
wisdom has been justified by all her children
Quote: ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs
This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom has been justified by all her children”
wisdom has been justified by all her children
Quote: ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or children of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom has been justified by people who are wise themselves”
wisdom has been justified by all her children
Quote: ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wise people recognize when someone else is following a wise course”
Luke 7:36
Then one of the Pharisees requested him to eat with him
Quote: ἠρώτα δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἵνα φάγῃ μετ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
This phrase introduces a new event.
one of the Pharisees
Quote: τις & τῶν Φαρισαίων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This phrase also introduces the Pharisee into the story. In 7:40, Jesus addresses him as Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give his name here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee named Simon”
he reclined to eat
Quote: κατεκλίθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated this phrase in 5:29. It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “he took his place at the table”
Luke 7:37
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
a woman who … in the city {was
Quote: γυνὴ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was woman who lived in that city”
was … a sinner
Quote: ἁμαρτωλός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke is speaking from the perspective of the Pharisee when he says that the woman was a sinner. Since the Pharisee would likely not have known her personally, this is an implicit reference to her reputation. She may have been a prostitute, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “who had a reputation for living a sinful life”
she brought
Quote: κομίσασα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In this culture, if people wanted to hear what someone’s special dinner guest had to say, they were allowed to come and stand around the walls of the banqueting hall and listen, even if they had not been invited to share in the meal. And so this woman was allowed to enter and listen to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that specifically. Alternate translation: “she came into the banquet hall as a visitor, bringing”
an alabaster jar
Quote: ἀλάβαστρον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word alabaster is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. Alternate translation: “a jar made of soft, white stone”
of perfumed oil
Quote: μύρου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This oil had fragrant additives. To make a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “that contained oil with perfume in it”
Luke 7:38
with the hair of her head
Quote: ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo
In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “with her hair”
anointing {them} with the perfumed oil
Quote: ἤλειφεν τῷ μύρῳ (1)Alternate translation: “pouring perfume on them”
Luke 7:39
he said to himself, saying
Quote: εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks
As noted in 3:10, Luke often uses the word saying to introduce a quotation. Particularly in cases like this one, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks, you do not need to represent this word in your translation.
If this {man} were a prophet, he would know who and of what type {is} the woman who is touching him, that she is a sinner
Quote: οὗτος εἰ ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν ἂν τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary
This Pharisee is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must not be a prophet, because he allowed this sinful woman to touch him, and a prophet would have known she was sinful and not allowed that. Alternate translation: “Jesus must not be a prophet, because if he were, he would know that the woman who is touching him is a sinner”
who and of what type {is} the woman who is touching him, that she is a sinner
Quote: τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Simon assumed that a prophet would never allow a sinner to touch him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state his assumption explicitly. Alternate translation: “that this woman is a sinner, and he would not allow her to touch him”
Luke 7:40
answering, Jesus said to him
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the Pharisee was thinking. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him”
Simon
Quote: Σίμων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Simon was the name of the Pharisee who invited Jesus into his home. This was not Simon Peter.
And he says, “Say it, Teacher
Quote: ὁ δέ, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ, φησίν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense
To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Say it, Teacher!’”
Say it, Teacher
Quote: Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
Simon is inviting Jesus to speak, not ordering him to speak. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate his words as more of an invitation. You could also translate them as a question, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and say it.”
Teacher
Quote: Διδάσκαλε (1)This was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
Luke 7:41
There were two debtors to a certain moneylender
Quote: δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
To help Simon the Pharisee understand what he wants to teach him, Jesus tells him a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told him this story to help him understand. ‘There were two debtors’”
There were two debtors to a certain moneylender
Quote: δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι (1)Alternate translation: “Two different people owed money to the same moneylender”
500 denarii
Quote: δηνάρια πεντακόσια (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney
The word denarii is the plural of “denarius.” A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “500 silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to a year and a half’s wages”
and the other 50
Quote: ὁ δὲ ἕτερος πεντήκοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney
Alternate translation: “the other person owed 50 silver coins” or “the other person owed an amount equal to 50 days’ wages”
Luke 7:42
When} they did not have enough to repay
Quote: μὴ ἐχόντων αὐτῶν ἀποδοῦναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He is not saying that the men no longer needed to repay these debts. Rather, he is saying that they did not have enough money to repay the lender what they owed him. Alternate translation: “When they were not able to repay their debts”
he forgave {them} both
Quote: ἀμφοτέροις ἐχαρίσατο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This does not mean literally that the lender decided he would not hold their failure to repay against them. Rather, it is an idiom that means that he told them they did not have to repay the money. Alternate translation: “he canceled both of their debts”
Luke 7:43
Simon answering said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that Simon responded to the question that Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Simon responded”
I suppose that the one to whom he forgave the most
Quote: ὑπολαμβάνω ὅτι ᾧ τὸ πλεῖον ἐχαρίσατο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Simon leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “I suppose that the one to whom he forgave the most will love him the most”
I suppose
Quote: ὑπολαμβάνω (1)Simon was cautious about his answer. Alternate translation: “Probably”
You have judged correctly
Quote: ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας (1)Alternate translation: “You are right”
Luke 7:44
turning to the woman
Quote: στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
Jesus turned to the woman in order to direct Simon’s attention to her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned to the woman so that Simon would look at her”
Do you see this woman
Quote: βλέπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus does not expect Simon to tell him whether he can see the woman. Rather, he is using the question as a teaching tool, to focus Simon’s attention on her as an example of showing love and gratitude. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to consider this woman.”
You did not give me water for my feet
Quote: ὕδωρ μοι ἐπὶ πόδας οὐκ ἔδωκας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It was a basic responsibility of a host to provide water and a towel for guests to wash and dry their feet after walking on dusty roads. Alternate translation: “You did not provide me with anything to wash my feet, as a considerate host would have done”
You did not give … but she
Quote: οὐκ ἔδωκας; αὕτη δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
In this verse and the next two verses, Jesus uses such phrases to contrast Simon’s lack of courtesy with the woman’s extreme actions of gratitude.
she has wet my feet with her tears
Quote: αὕτη & τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The woman used her tears in place of the missing water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has wet my feet with her tears in place of the water you did not provide”
and wiped them with her hair
Quote: καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The woman used her hair in place of the missing towel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and she has dried my feet with her hair in place of the towel you did not provide”
Luke 7:45
You did not give me a kiss
Quote: φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It was customary in this culture for a host to greet a guest with a kiss on the cheek. Simon did not do this for Jesus. Alternate translation: “You did not greet me with a kiss on the cheek, as a welcoming host would have done”
has not stopped kissing my feet
Quote: οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative verb stopped. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet”
has not stopped kissing my feet
Quote: οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
The woman kissed the feet of Jesus, rather than his cheek, as a sign of extreme repentance and humility. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet to show her repentance and humility”
Luke 7:46
You did not anoint … but she
Quote: οὐκ ἤλειψας; αὕτη δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Jesus continues to contrast Simon’s poor hospitality with the actions of the woman.
You did not anoint my head with oil
Quote: ἐλαίῳ τὴν κεφαλήν μου οὐκ ἤλειψας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It was the custom in this culture to welcome an honored guest by pouring refreshing olive oil on his head. Alternate translation: “You did not welcome me by pouring oil on my head”
has anointed my feet
Quote: ἤλειψεν τοὺς πόδας μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
The woman greatly honored Jesus by doing this. She demonstrated humility and expressed her own sense of unworthiness by anointing his feet instead of his head. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has anointed my feet to show her humility”
Luke 7:47
I say to you
Quote: λέγω σοι (1)This phrase emphasizes the importance of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “pay attention to this”
her sins, the many, have been forgiven
Quote: ἀφέωνται αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῆς αἱ πολλαί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven her many sins”
for she loved much
Quote: ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that her display of love was the evidence that her sins were forgiven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “We can tell this because she has shown that she greatly loves the one who forgave her”
for she loved much
Quote: ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ (1)Your language may require you to state the object of loved. Alternate translation: “because she greatly loves the one who forgave her”
But the one to whom little is forgiven loves little
Quote: ᾧ δὲ ὀλίγον ἀφίεται, ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In this sentence Jesus states a general principle. However, he is saying implicitly that Simon specifically has shown very little love for him. A further implication is that one to whom little is forgiven is actually someone who thinks he is better than others and mistakenly thinks he does not need to be forgiven for very much. Alternate translation: “a person like you who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things does not show much love”
the one to whom little is forgiven
Quote: ᾧ & ὀλίγον ἀφίεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the person who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things”
Luke 7:48
Then he said to her
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Jesus, not to Simon. The word her refers to the woman. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the woman”
Your sins are forgiven
Quote: ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins”
Luke 7:49
reclining with {him} to eat
Quote: συνανακείμενοι (1)Alternate translation: “who were eating together with him”
Who is this who even forgives sins
Quote: τίς οὗτός ἐστιν ὃς καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀφίησιν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The religious leaders knew that only God could forgive sins. They did not believe that Jesus was God. So they are using the question form to make an accusation. Alternate translation: “This man is not God, so he cannot forgive sins!”
Luke 7:50
Your faith has saved you
Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun faith with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “You have trusted in God, and God has saved you”
Your faith has saved you
Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Jesus speaks of the woman’s faith as if it had actively saved her. He means that it provided the conditions for her to receive salvation from God. Alternate translation: “You have trusted in God, and God has saved you”
Go in peace
Quote: πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This was a way of saying goodbye while giving a blessing at the same time. It also reassured the woman, despite the disapproval of the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “You may go now, and do not worry about your sins anymore”
Luke 8
Luke 8 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus teaches the crowds with parables (8:1–21)
- Jesus calms a storm on the Sea of Galilee (8:22–25)
- Jesus drives out many demons from a man (8:26–39)
- Jesus heals a woman and restores a dead girl to life (8:40–55)
Special concepts in this chapter
Miracles
In this chapter, Jesus makes a storm stop by speaking to it, he makes a dead girl alive by speaking to her, and he makes evil spirits leave a man by speaking to them. (See: miracle, wonder, sign)
Important figures of speech in this chapter
Parables
Parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message (Luke 8:4–15).
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Brothers and sisters
Most people use the terms “brother” and “sister” for those who have the same parents as they do. They think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Some people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter, Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: INVALID bible/kt/brother)
Important textual issues in this chapter
“having spent all her living on doctors”
In 8:43, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “having spent all her living on doctors,” but other manuscripts do not. ULT includes the phrase in its text, but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to whether it was an original part of the book of Luke. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the phrase if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: Textual Variants)
Luke 8:1
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
through city and village
Quote: κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κώμην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “around to different cities and villages”
the kingdom of God
Quote: τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule”
the Twelve
Quote: οἱ δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Luke is using the adjective Twelve as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles”
the Twelve
Quote: οἱ δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits.
Luke 8:2
who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases
Quote: αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases”
Mary called Magdalene
Quote: Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene”
from whom seven demons had gone out
Quote: ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The demons did not go out on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons”
Luke 8:3
Joanna, … Susanna
Quote: Ἰωάννα & Σουσάννα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Joanna and Susanna are the names of two women.
of Chuza, Herod’s
Quote: Χουζᾶ & Ἡρῴδου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Chuza and Herod are the names of two men. See how you translated the name Herod in 1:5.
Herod’s manager
Quote: ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρῴδου (1)Alternate translation: “the man who managed King Herod’s household affairs”
were ministering to them
Quote: διηκόνουν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “were personally providing what Jesus and his 12 apostles needed”
Luke 8:4
coming to him
Quote: ἐπιπορευομένων πρὸς αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Here the pronoun him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “coming to Jesus”
from each city
Quote: κατὰ πόλιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “from different towns”
he spoke in a parable
Quote: εἶπεν διὰ παραβολῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
This means that Jesus told a brief story to teach something true in an understandable and memorable way. Alternate translation: “he told them this story to help them understand God’s ways better”
Luke 8:5
The sower went out to sow his seed
Quote: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι τὸν σπόρον αὐτοῦ (1)Use either the singular or the plural to translate seed in this story, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A farmer went out to scatter some seed in a field” or “A farmer went out to scatter some seeds in a field”
some fell
Quote: ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν (1)Alternate translation: “some of the seed fell” or “some of the seeds fell”
it was trampled underfoot
Quote: κατεπατήθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people walked on it” or “people walked on them”
the birds of the sky
Quote: τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo
In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of sky. Alternate translation: “birds” or “birds flew down and”
devoured it
Quote: κατέφαγεν αὐτό (1)Alternate translation: “ate it all” or “ate them all”
Luke 8:6
it withered
Quote: ἐξηράνθη (1)Continue to use either the singular or the plural, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “each plant dried out and shriveled up” or “the plants dried out and shriveled up”
because it had no moisture
Quote: διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἰκμάδα (1)Alternate translation: “because there was no water for it in the rock” or “because there was no water for them in the rock”
Luke 8:7
choked it
Quote: ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτό (1)The thorn plants took all the nutrients, water, and sunlight, so the farmer’s plants could not grow well. Continue to use either the singular or the plural, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “crowded it out” or “crowded them out” or “kept it from growing well” or “kept them from growing well”
Luke 8:8
it produced fruit a hundred times greater
Quote: ἐποίησεν καρπὸν ἑκατονταπλασίονα (1)Here the word translated fruit has the specific sense of “a crop.” Since the farmer is sowing wheat seeds, this crop would be more seeds. Alternate translation: “it produced a hundred times as much seed as had landed in this soil” or “they produced a hundred times as many seeds as had landed in this soil”
The one having ears to hear, let him hear
Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize that what he has just said is important and that it may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase ears to hear represents the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body by which his listeners would have been taking in his teaching. Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey”
The one having ears to hear, let him hear
Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey”
The one having ears to hear, let him hear
Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
If you choose to translate this in the second person, you would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd.
Luke 8:9
What is this parable
Quote: τίς αὕτη εἴη ἡ παραβολή (1)Alternate translation: “What does this story mean?”
Luke 8:10
To you has been given to know
Quote: ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has allowed you to understand”
the mysteries of the kingdom of God
Quote: τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)These are spiritual truths that people had not previously understood. Jesus is now revealing them. Alternate translation: “the secrets of the kingdom of God”
of the kingdom of God
Quote: τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “of how God will rule”
but to the rest in parables
Quote: τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “but I speak in parables to the people who are not my disciples”
so that, ‘Seeing, they may not see; and hearing, they may not understand
Quote: ἵνα βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand”
Seeing, they may not see
Quote: βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν (1)Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “Though they see things, they will not understand them” or “Though they see things happen, they will not understand what they mean”
hearing, they may not understand
Quote: ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν (1)Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “though they hear instruction, they will not understand the truth”
Luke 8:11
And the parable is this
Quote: ἔστιν δὲ αὕτη ἡ παραβολή (1)Alternate translation: “this is what the story means”
The seed is the word of God
Quote: ὁ σπόρος ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term word to refer to the message from God that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “The seed represents the message from God”
Luke 8:12
the ones along the path are the ones having heard
Quote: οἱ & παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus begins to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “The seeds that fell along the path represent people who hear the message”
but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts
Quote: εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The parable represented this as a bird snatching away seeds. Try to use words in your language that retain that image. Alternate translation: “but then the devil comes and snatches the message away from them”
but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts
Quote: εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The word hearts represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the devil comes and keeps them from understanding and appreciating the message”
but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts
Quote: εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Based on the figurative meaning of the parable, the implication is that these people did not appreciate the message deeply, just as seeds could not go down deep into the hard-packed soil of the path. And so the devil would be able to break up their superficial awareness and concentration by distracting them with everyday concerns. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil distracts them and they forget about the message they heard”
the word
Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the term word to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message”
so they may not believe {and} be saved
Quote: ἵνα μὴ πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
This phrase explains the devil’s purpose. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “because the devil does not want them to trust in God so that God will save them”
Luke 8:13
And the ones on the rock {are} the ones
Quote: οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας, οἳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell on the rocky soil represent people”
the rock
Quote: τῆς πέτρας (1)Alternate translation: “the rocky soil” or “the shallow soil above the rocky layer”
receive the word with joy
Quote: μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term word to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “who … gladly believe the message”
in a time of testing
Quote: ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “when they experience hardship”
they go away
Quote: ἀφίστανται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the way such people go away from the community of believers to mean that they stop believing. Alternate translation: “they stop believing” or “they stop being disciples”
Luke 8:14
And the ones having fallen among the thorns, these are the ones
Quote: τὸ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell among the thorns represent people”
they are choked by worries and riches and pleasures of this life
Quote: ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου & συνπνίγονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the worries and riches and pleasures of this life choke them”
worries
Quote: μεριμνῶν (1)Alternate translation: “things that people worry about”
pleasures of this life
Quote: ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου (1)Alternate translation: “the things in this life that people enjoy”
they do not produce mature fruit
Quote: οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The phrase mature fruit means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “they do not mature into people of godly character who act out of love”
Luke 8:15
But the ones on the good soil, these are the ones who
Quote: τὸ δὲ ἐν τῇ καλῇ γῇ, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἵτινες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell on the good soil represent people”
having heard the word
Quote: ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term word to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “when they hear the message”
with an honest and good heart
Quote: ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The terms honest and good mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “with genuine intentions”
with an honest and good heart
Quote: ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In this expression, the heart represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “with genuine intentions”
bear fruit with endurance
Quote: καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν ὑπομονῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, fruit means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “because they persevere, they mature into people of godly character who act out of love”
Luke 8:16
And no one, having lit a lamp
Quote: οὐδεὶς δὲ λύχνον ἅψας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
After Jesus finished explaining the story about the seeds, he gave his disciples another example to illustrate that God wants them to understand spiritual truths. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them another example. ‘No one lights a lamp’”
those who enter
Quote: οἱ εἰσπορευόμενοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “those who enter the room”
Luke 8:17
nothing is hidden that will not become visible
Quote: οὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ φανερὸν γενήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is hidden will become visible”
nor secret that will certainly not be known and come into visibility
Quote: οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could also translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is secret will be known and become visible”
nor secret that will certainly not be known and come into visibility
Quote: οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will reveal every secret and make it visible”
nor secret that will certainly not be known and come into visibility
Quote: οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The phrases be known and come into visibility mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “and God will clearly reveal every secret”
Luke 8:18
So be careful how you listen
Quote: βλέπετε οὖν πῶς ἀκούετε (1)The phrase be careful does not mean that listening is dangerous. Rather, it means that people should listen carefully, because, as Jesus has just said, God wants to reveal spiritual secrets. Alternate translation: “so make sure that you listen well” or “so listen carefully and reflect on what you hear”
whoever has, it will be given to him
Quote: ὃς ἂν & ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication in context is that the phrase whoever has, it will be given to him refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will be given more understanding”
whoever has, it will be given to him
Quote: ὃς ἂν & ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will understand better” or “God will give greater understanding to anyone who seeks sincerely to understand”
but whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him
Quote: καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication once again is that the phrase whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But whoever does not have understanding, even what understanding he thinks he has will be taken away from him”
but whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him
Quote: καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever presumes that he already understands will understand less and less” or “God will not give greater understanding to anyone who presumes that he already understands”
Luke 8:19
Then
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses Then to introduce a new event and to indicate that it came after the event he has just described.
brothers
Quote: οἱ ἀδελφοὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship
These were Jesus' younger brothers. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you can use it here.
Luke 8:20
it was reported to him
Quote: ἀπηγγέλη & αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. The subject should be plural, since in the next verse Jesus responds to “them.” Alternate translation: “people told him”
Your … your … you
Quote: σου & σου & σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Since the person who said this was speaking to Jesus alone, your and you are singular.
wanting to see you
Quote: ἰδεῖν θέλοντές σε (1)Alternate translation: “and they would like to see you”
Luke 8:21
But answering, he said to them
Quote: ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the information that people gave him. Alternate translation: “But Jesus responded to them”
My mother and my brothers are those hearing and doing the word of God
Quote: μήτηρ μου καὶ ἀδελφοί μου, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀκούοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus means that people who believe and obey the message from God become like a family to one another. Alternate translation: “Those who hear the word of God and obey it are like a mother and brothers to me”
the word of God
Quote: τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term word to refer to the message from God that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God”
Luke 8:22
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
on one of those days
Quote: ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Luke uses the term days to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “around that time”
both he and his disciples got into a boat, and he said to them, “Let us go over to the other side of the lake
Quote: καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνέβη εἰς πλοῖον καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς λίμνης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
It seems unlikely that Jesus and his disciples would have gotten into a boat before they were planning to sail somewhere. So here Luke is probably describing the result before the reason. If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples, ‘Let us go over to the other side of the lake.’ So they all got into a boat together”
of the lake
Quote: τῆς λίμνης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This means the Lake of Genneseret, which is also called the Sea of Galilee. But since Jesus would have referred to it simply as the lake while he and his disciples were on it, you do not need to use the proper name in your translation.
they put out
Quote: ἀνήχθησαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This expression means that they began to travel across the lake in their boat. Alternate translation: “they headed out across the lake”
Luke 8:23
as they voyaged
Quote: πλεόντων & αὐτῶν (1)The term voyaged means that Jesus and the disciples traveled by water. Alternate translation: “as they traveled across the lake”
he fell asleep
Quote: ἀφύπνωσεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to sleep”
a windstorm came down on the lake
Quote: κατέβη λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου εἰς τὴν λίμνην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Luke says came down because these winds blew down from the hills surrounding the lake. Alternate translation: “very strong winds suddenly began to blow on the lake”
they were being filled
Quote: συνεπληροῦντο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke says they, meaning the disciples, to refer by association to the boat they were in. Alternate translation: “the boat was being filled”
they were being filled
Quote: συνεπληροῦντο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what was doing the action. Alternate translation: “water started to fill up their boat”
they were being filled
Quote: συνεπληροῦντο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat, and that this water was filling the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of their boat, so that the water began to fill it up”
Luke 8:24
Master
Quote: Ἐπιστάτα (1)Master is the title by which disciples addressed their teacher in this culture. If your language and culture have a similar term, you could use it here in your translation.
saying, “Master! Master! We are perishing
Quote: λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα, Ἐπιστάτα, ἀπολλύμεθα! (1)The repetition indicates that the disciples called to Jesus urgently and continually. Alternate translation: “crying out continually, ‘Master! We’re going to die!’”
We are perishing
Quote: ἀπολλύμεθα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Since the disciples want Jesus to understand that he is in danger too, the word We would include him. Alternate translation: “We’re all going to die”
rebuked
Quote: ἐπετίμησεν (1)Alternate translation: “spoke sharply to”
the waves of the water
Quote: τῷ κλύδωνι, τοῦ ὕδατος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo
In your language, it might seem that the wording here expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also translate this as expressing emphasis. Alternate translation: “the waves” or “the violent waves”
they ceased, and there was a calm
Quote: ἐπαύσαντο καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean similar things. Luke uses the repetition to emphasize what great power Jesus demonstrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. However, you could also translate both phrases and show how the second expresses the results of the first. Alternate translation: “the storm ended” or “the storm ended, so that the lake became calm again”
Luke 8:25
Where {is} your faith
Quote: ποῦ ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him where their faith is. Rather, he is using the question form to correct them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have trusted God!”
Who then is this, that he commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him
Quote: τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἐπιτάσσει καὶ τῷ ὕδατι, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ? (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this into two sentences, one asking the question, and the other giving the reason for the question. Alternate translation: “Who then is this? He commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him!”
Who then is this
Quote: τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν (1)This is a genuine question, not a statement in question form. The disciples are looking for information about what kind of person Jesus could be if he can do this. Alternate translation: “What kind of man is this”
the water
Quote: τῷ ὕδατι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The disciples are describing the violent waves that had threatened the boat by reference to the water that these waves arose from. Alternate translation: “the waves”
Luke 8:26
the region of the Gerasenes
Quote: τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
The name Gerasenes refers to people from the city of Gerasa.
opposite Galilee
Quote: ἀντιπέρα τῆς Γαλιλαίας (1)Alternate translation: “on the other side of the lake from Galilee”
Luke 8:27
when} he came out
Quote: ἐξελθόντι & αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Here Luke is writing in a compact way. He means that Jesus came out of the boat. Alternate translation: “when Jesus got out of the boat”
a certain man from the city
Quote: ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “a man who was from the city of Gerasa”
having demons
Quote: ἔχων δαιμόνια (1)Alternate translation: “who was controlled by demons” or “whom demons controlled”
And for a long time
Quote: καὶ χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information about the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “Now for a long time”
the tombs
Quote: τοῖς μνήμασιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term the tombs refers to places in which people laid to rest the bodies of loved ones who have died. In this context it may possibly mean caves cut into the rock or small buildings that the man could use for shelter.
Luke 8:28
having seen Jesus
Quote: ἰδὼν & τὸν Ἰησοῦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The verb having seen refers to the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “when the man whom the demons controlled saw Jesus”
he cried out
Quote: ἀνακράξας (1)Alternate translation: “he screamed” or “he shrieked”
fell down before him
Quote: προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus”
said in a loud voice
Quote: φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “shouted out”
What to me and to you
Quote: τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What do you and I have in common” or “What reason do you have to get involved with me”
What to me and to you
Quote: τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The man is using the question form to insist on something urgently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You and I have nothing in common” or “You have no reason to get involved with me”
Son of the Most High God
Quote: Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Son of the Most High God is an important title for Jesus. See how you translated the expression the Most High in 1:32.
Luke 8:29
For
Quote: γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke is giving the reason for the result he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The man said this because”
For he had commanded the unclean spirit to come out from the man
Quote: παρήγγειλεν γὰρ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ ἐξελθεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge
If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge and put this sentence in 8:28, after the man bows down to Jesus but before he speaks, changing the tense of the verb to fit the context. You could also put the next sentence in this verse at the end of 8:27.
For many times
Quote: πολλοῖς γὰρ χρόνοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses this phrase to introduce further background information about what the demon had done to the man before Jesus met him. Alternate translation: “Many times in the past”
For many times it had seized him, and he was bound with chains and shackles {and} kept under guard
Quote: πολλοῖς γὰρ χρόνοις συνηρπάκει αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδεσμεύετο ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις, φυλασσόμενος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Luke appears to be describing how the demon would seize the man after he was bound and while he was being guarded. Alternate translation: “For though he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, many times it had seized him”
he was bound with chains and shackles {and} kept under guard, and breaking his bonds
Quote: ἐδεσμεύετο ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις, φυλασσόμενος, καὶ διαρήσσων τὰ δεσμὰ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation (no comma following): “though the people in the area had bound him with chains and shackles and kept him under guard, he would break his bonds and”
he would be driven by the demon
Quote: ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demon would make him go”
Luke 8:30
your
Quote: σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Since Luke indicates in the previous verse that Jesus is speaking to the unclean spirit here, your is singular, even though the demon responds that he is speaking for “many,” and even though in the following verses Luke says they and them for the multiple demons.
Legion
Quote: λεγεών (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Translate the word Legion with a word in your language that refers to a large number of soldiers. Show that this was the name of the demon by using the convention in your language for proper names. Alternate translation: “Army” or “Battalion” or “Brigade”
Luke 8:31
they were begging him
Quote: παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν (1)Alternate translation: “the demons kept begging Jesus”
the abyss
Quote: τὴν Ἄβυσσον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term abyss literally means a bottomless pit, and here it describes a place of punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the term with an explanatory phrase, as UST does, saying “the deep pit where God punishes demons.”
Luke 8:32
And a large herd of pigs was there feeding on the hillside
Quote: ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke supplies this background information to help readers understand what happens next.
was there feeding on the hillside
Quote: ἦν & ἐκεῖ & βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει (1)Alternate translation: “was nearby eating grass on the side of a hill”
they begged him to permit them to go into them
Quote: παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιτρέψῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς ἐκείνους εἰσελθεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify who and what these pronouns refer to. Alternate translation: “the demons begged Jesus to let them go into the pigs”
And he permitted them
Quote: καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς (1)Luke does not say specifically why Jesus allowed the demons to go into the pigs. But Jesus did not necessarily do so because the demons begged him. He may have had other reasons of his own. So it would probably be best to translate this in a neutral way, as ULT and UST both do, rather than beginning with a word such as “So,” which would imply that Jesus agreed to this because the demons begged him.
Luke 8:33
Then the demons, having come out
Quote: ἐξελθόντα δὲ τὰ δαιμόνια (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The term translated as Ehen could mean that the demons came of out the man because Jesus told them they could go into the pigs. You could begin this sentence with the word So, as UST does, to show that.
rushed
Quote: ὥρμησεν (1)Alternate translation: “ran very fast”
and was drowned
Quote: καὶ ἀπεπνίγη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. You do not need to specify someone who did this action to the pigs, because no one caused them to drown once they were in the water. Alternate translation: “and drowned”
Luke 8:34
in the city and in the countryside
Quote: εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Here Luke uses a figure of speech to refer to that whole region by naming the two constituent parts of it. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole area”
in the city and in the countryside
Quote: εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
You could also translate this more literally. The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in 8:29 that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. Alternate translation: “in the city of Gerasa and in the surrounding countryside”
Luke 8:35
they went out
Quote: ἐξῆλθον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Here, as well as in the other two instances in this verse, they refers to the people of that region, as in 8:37. The term went out indicates the remote area where the man had been living. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “people from all over that region went out to that remote area”
found the man from whom the demons had gone out
Quote: εὗραν & τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐξῆλθεν (1)Alternate translation: “saw the man whom the demons had left”
clothed
Quote: ἱματισμένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing clothes”
being sound-minded
Quote: σωφρονοῦντα (1)Alternate translation: “behaving normally”
sitting at the feet of Jesus
Quote: καθήμενον & παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sitting on the ground in front of Jesus”
they were afraid
Quote: ἐφοβήθησαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that they were afraid of what else such a powerful person as Jesus might do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what else Jesus might do, since they recognized what great power he had”
Luke 8:36
the ones having seen
Quote: οἱ ἰδόντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Alternate translation: “those who had seen what had happened”
the one having been possessed by demons had been saved
Quote: ἐσώθη ὁ δαιμονισθείς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express both of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “Jesus had delivered the man from the demons who had controlled him”
Luke 8:37
all the multitude of the region
Quote: ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῆς περιχώρου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This phrase means “everyone who lived in that area.” It is a generalization for emphasis, since every single resident of that region did not make this request. Rather, this was the general request of the crowd that came out to see what had happened. Alternate translation: “the crowd that had gathered from the region”
of the region of the Gerasenes
Quote: τῆς περιχώρου τῶν Γερασηνῶν (1)Alternate translation: “the area where the Gerasene people lived”
for they were seized by great fear
Quote: ὅτι φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this phrase first in the sentence, since it gives the reason for the result that the rest of the sentence describes.
they were seized by great fear
Quote: φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid”
they were seized by great fear
Quote: φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of this fear as if it were something that could actively take hold of these people. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid”
Then he got into the boat
Quote: αὐτὸς δὲ ἐμβὰς, εἰς πλοῖον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Luke says he, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples got into the boat”
to return
Quote: ὑπέστρεψεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus and his disciples were going to return to Galilee. Alternate translation: “to go back across the lake”
Luke 8:38
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events
The events in this verse and the next verse happened before Jesus left in the boat. It may be helpful to state that clearly at the beginning here. Alternate translation (followed by comma): “Before Jesus and his disciples left,”
begged him to be with him
Quote: ἐδεῖτο & αὐτοῦ & εἶναι σὺν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation, as UST does, breaking the sentence here. Alternate translation: “pleaded with Jesus, ‘Let me go with you!’”
but he sent him away
Quote: ἀπέλυσεν δὲ αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronounhe refers to Jesus, and the word him refers to the man. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent the man away”
Luke 8:39
your house
Quote: τὸν οἶκόν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the word house to mean the people who live in the man’s house. Alternate translation: “your household” or “your family”
describe all that God has done for you
Quote: διηγοῦ ὅσα σοι ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός (1)Alternate translation: “tell them everything about what God has done for you”
throughout the whole city
Quote: καθ’ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in 8:29 that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole city of Gerasa”
Luke 8:40
Then when Jesus returned
Quote: ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑποστρέφειν τὸν Ἰησοῦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Luke only refers to Jesus returning, but his disciples were also with him. Alternate translation: “Now when Jesus returned with his disciples”
the crowd welcomed him, for they were all expecting him
Quote: ἀπεδέξατο αὐτὸν ὁ ὄχλος; ἦσαν γὰρ πάντες προσδοκῶντες αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the crowd had been expecting him, and so they greeted him joyfully”
Luke 8:41
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
a man came whose name {was} Jairus
Quote: ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰάειρος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was man whose name was Jairus, and he came”
was} Jairus
Quote: Ἰάειρος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Jairus is the name of a man.
a ruler of the synagogue
Quote: ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς (1)Alternate translation: “one of the leaders at the local synagogue” or “a leader of the people who met at the synagogue in that city”
falling at the feet of Jesus
Quote: πεσὼν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Ἰησοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Jairus did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus”
Luke 8:42
was dying
Quote: ἀπέθνῃσκεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jairus wanted Jesus to heal her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was about to die, and he wanted Jesus to heal her”
And as he was going
Quote: ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
You may need to say first in your language that Jesus had agreed to go with Jairus. You could put that information in a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “So Jesus agreed to go with him. Now as he was on his way”
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
the crowds were crowding around him
Quote: οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν (1)Alternate translation: “the people were crowding tightly around Jesus”
Luke 8:43
a woman, being
Quote: γυνὴ οὖσα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here.
with a flow of blood
Quote: ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
Luke uses the phrase a flow of blood refers to her condition discreetly by using a mild expression. She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you could use that expression here.
having spent all her living on doctors
Quote: ἰατροῖς προσαναλώσασα ὅλον τὸν βίον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this phrase in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this phrase for those who decide to include it.
all her living
Quote: ὅλον τὸν βίον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This phrase uses the term living to mean the money that was needed for living. Alternate translation: “all of her money” or “all the money she had to live on”
was not able to be healed by anyone
Quote: οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom no one had been able to heal” or, if you include the phrase from the textual variant, “who had spent all of her money on doctors, but none of them had been able to heal her”
Luke 8:44
touched the edge of his cloak
Quote: ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
Jewish men wore tassels on the edges of their robes, as commanded in God’s Law. The woman likely touched one of those tassles. Alternate translation: “touched a tassel on his robe”
Luke 8:45
the crowds are crowding around and pressing against you
Quote: οἱ ὄχλοι συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
By saying this, Peter was implying that anyone could have touched Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are many people crowding around you and pressing in against you, so any one of them might have touched you”
are crowding around and pressing against you
Quote: συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
These two expressions mean similar things. Peter is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “pressing against you from every side”
Luke 8:46
Someone touched me
Quote: ἥψατό μού τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus means someone reached out and touched him intentionally. He is not referring to the accidental jostling of the crowd. Alternate translation: “Someone deliberately touched me”
I know power has gone out from me
Quote: ἐγὼ & ἔγνων δύναμιν ἐξεληλυθυῖαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus did not lose power or become weak. Rather, he recognized that power had gone out from him and healed someone. Alternate translation: “I felt power go out from me and heal someone”
Luke 8:47
that she could not hide
Quote: ὅτι οὐκ ἔλαθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that she could not hide the fact that she had touched Jesus deliberately. Alternate translation: “that she could not keep it a secret that she was the one who had touched Jesus”
came trembling
Quote: τρέμουσα ἦλθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the implicit reason why she was trembling. Alternate translation: “she came trembling with fear”
having fallen down before him
Quote: προσπεσοῦσα αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the woman did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down in front of Jesus” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus”
she had been healed
Quote: ἰάθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she had become healthy”
Luke 8:48
Daughter
Quote: θύγατερ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This was a kind way of speaking to a woman. Your language may have another way of expressing the same kindness. Alternate translation: “My dear”
your faith has saved you
Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun faith with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well”
your faith has saved you
Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Jesus speaks of the woman’s faith as if it had actively healed her. He means that it provided the conditions for the healing that she received from God. Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well”
your faith has saved you
Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)In this context, the word saved has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well”
Go in peace
Quote: πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is a way of saying goodbye and giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “As you go, do not worry anymore”
Luke 8:49
He still speaking
Quote: ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This refers implicitly to what Jesus was saying in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was still saying these things to the woman”
someone comes
Quote: ἔρχεταί τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense
To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “someone came”
someone comes from the synagogue leader
Quote: ἔρχεταί τις παρὰ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This does not mean someone whom Jairus sent, since Jairus was with Jesus. Rather, this means someone who had been at his house watching over his daughter with the others. Alternate translation: “someone who had been at the home of Jairus came”
Do not trouble the Teacher any longer
Quote: μηκέτι σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This statement implies that Jesus will not be able to do anything to help, since the girl is dead. Alternate translation: “There is nothing more that Jesus can do for you, so do not make him come to your house”
the Teacher
Quote: τὸν διδάσκαλον (1)Teacher is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
Luke 8:50
answered him
Quote: ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun him refers to Jairus, not the messenger. Jesus did not respond directly to the messenger. Rather, he reassured Jairus, despite the news. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Jairus”
she will be saved
Quote: σωθήσεται (1)In this context, the word saved has a specific meaning, comparable in this context to the meaning “healed.” Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
she will be saved
Quote: σωθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
Luke 8:51
And having come to the house
Quote: ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Luke says he, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group that was coming with Jesus, which included his disciples and Jairus and likely others. Alternate translation: “When they arrived at the house”
he did not allow anyone to enter with him, except
Quote: οὐκ ἀφῆκεν εἰσελθεῖν τινα σὺν αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions
If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed to enter with him”
the father of the child
Quote: τὸν πατέρα τῆς παιδὸς (1)The phrase the father of the child refers to Jairus. Alternate translation: “Jairus, the girl’s father”
Luke 8:52
they were all mourning and beating their breasts for her
Quote: ἔκλαιον & πάντες καὶ ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
This was the customary way of showing grief in that culture. The term that ULT translates as mourning could mean that the people were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, although Luke uses a much more specific expression to say that directly in 18:13. If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “they were all loudly expressing their grief” or “all the people there were wailing and pounding on their chests to show how sad they were that the girl had died”
she has not died, but sleeps
Quote: οὐ & ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει (1)Alternate translation: “she is not dead, she is only sleeping”
Luke 8:53
they were laughing at him, knowing that she had died
Quote: κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέθανεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Alternate translation: “they were laughing at Jesus because they knew that Jairus’s daughter had died”
Luke 8:54
he, having taken her hand
Quote: αὐτὸς & κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the girl’s hand and”
arise
Quote: ἔγειρε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This was not a command that the girl was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused her to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up”
Luke 8:55
her spirit returned
Quote: ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The people of this time considered life to be the result of the spirit coming into a person. You could express this in the way that would be most meaningful in your culture. Alternate translation: “she started breathing again”
Luke 8:56
to tell no one
Quote: μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “not to tell anyone”
Luke 9
Luke 9 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus sends his 12 apostles to teach and heal (9:1–9)
- Jesus miraculously feeds 5,000 people (9:10–17)
- Jesus speaks with his disciples about who he is (9:18–27)
- The glory of Jesus is revealed on a mountaintop (9:28–36)
- Jesus drives a demon out of a boy (9:37–43)
- Jesus speaks about being his disciple (9:44–50)
- Jesus begins to travel to Jerusalem (9:51–62)
Special concepts in this chapter
Elijah
God had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came. So some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah (9:9, 9:19). He was not. However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus (9:30). (See: prophet, prophecy, prophesy, seer, prophetess and Christ, Messiah and Elijah)
Glory
Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: glory, glorious, glorify and fear, afraid, frighten)
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Paradox
A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it” (9:24).
“Receiving”
This word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, “If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me” (9:48), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, “the people there did not receive him” (9:53), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: believe, believer, belief, unbeliever, unbelief)
Luke 9:1
having called the Twelve together
Quote: συνκαλεσάμενος & τοὺς δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
See how you translated this phrase in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective the Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “when he had called together his 12 apostles” or “when he had called together the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles”
the Twelve
Quote: τοὺς δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here.
power and authority
Quote: δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The words power and authority mean similar things. Luke uses them together to show that Jesus gave his 12 disciples both the ability and the right to heal people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this phrase with a combination of words that includes both of these ideas. Alternate translation: “the right to use power”
all the demons
Quote: πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια (1)This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “every demon” or “every kind of demon”
to cure diseases
Quote: νόσους θεραπεύειν (1)Alternate translation: “to heal people of their sicknesses”
Luke 9:2
he sent them out
Quote: ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς (1)Your language may require you to say where Jesus sent the disciples. Alternate translation: “sent them to various places” or “told them to go to various places”
the kingdom of God
Quote: τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule”
Luke 9:3
And he said to them
Quote: καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς (1)It may be helpful to state that Jesus said these things to the disciples before they went out. Alternate translation: “Before the 12 disciples left, Jesus said to them”
Take nothing
Quote: μηδὲν αἴρετε (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “Do not bring anything”
for the road
Quote: εἰς τὴν ὁδόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term road to refer to the journey that his disciples will make by traveling along roads. Alternate translation: “for your journey”
staff
Quote: ῥάβδον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term staff means a large stick that people used for balance when climbing or when walking on uneven ground, and also for defense against animals and people. Alternate translation: “walking stick”
bag
Quote: πήραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The team bag means something a traveler would use to carry things that were needed on a journey. Alternate translation: “knapsack”
bread
Quote: ἄρτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus uses one kind of food, bread, to represent food in general. Alternate translation: “food”
silver
Quote: ἀργύριον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses a means by which value is stored and exchanged, silver, to represent money by association. Alternate translation: “money”
nor have two tunics
Quote: μήτε δύο χιτῶνας ἔχειν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. When he says that these men should not each have two tunics, he means that they each should only have one tunic. Alternate translation: “and do not bring an extra tunic”
Luke 9:4
whatever house you enter into
Quote: εἰς ἣν ἂν οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the disciples can enter a house because the people living there have welcomed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any house where you are welcomed”
stay there
Quote: ἐκεῖ μένετε (1)Alternate translation: “stay in that same house”
and go out from there
Quote: καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξέρχεσθε (1)Alternate translation: “until you leave that place”
Luke 9:5
And wherever they do not receive you, going out
Quote: καὶ ὅσοι ἂν μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, ἐξερχόμενοι (1)It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “Here is what you should do in any town where people do not receive you. When you leave”
shake off the dust from your feet
Quote: τὸν κονιορτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν ἀποτινάσσετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
This action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation.
for a testimony against them
Quote: εἰς μαρτύριον ἐπ’ αὐτούς (1)Alternate translation: “as a warning to them”
Luke 9:6
they went out
Quote: ἐξερχόμενοι (1)Alternate translation: “they left the place were Jesus was”
healing everywhere
Quote: θεραπεύοντες πανταχοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Luke says everywhere as a figurative generalization. Alternate translation: “healing wherever they went”
Luke 9:7
And Herod
Quote: δὲ Ἡρῴδης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
This phrase marks a break in the main story line. Luke is giving background information about Herod. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile, Herod”
Herod the tetrarch
Quote: Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated the term tetrarch in 3:1 Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee”
he was perplexed
Quote: διηπόρει (1)Alternate translation: “he was confused” or “he could not understand”
because it was said by some
Quote: διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because some people were saying”
that John had risen from the dead
Quote: ὅτι Ἰωάννης ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke reports in 3:20 that Herod put John in prison. When John sends messengers to Jesus in 7:18–19, he does this from prison. But by this point in the story, John is dead, because Herod has executed him. Luke assumes that his readers will know that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could tell them explicitly. Alternate translation: “that John the Baptist, whom Herod had executed, had risen from the dead”
John
Quote: Ἰωάννης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist”
Luke 9:8
and by some that Elijah had appeared
Quote: ὑπό τινων δὲ, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐφάνη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
The expression “it was said” carries forward from the previous verse and applies to this phrase. Alternate translation: “and it was said by some that Elijah had appeared”
but by others that one of the ancient prophets had risen
Quote: ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and some people were saying that Elijah had appeared”
but by others that one of the ancient prophets had risen
Quote: ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
The expression “it was said” also applies to this phrase. Alternate translation: “but it was said by others that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life”
but by others that one of the ancient prophets had risen
Quote: ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form as well. Alternate translation: “but others were saying that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life”
Luke 9:9
I beheaded John, but who is this
Quote: Ἰωάννην ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα, τίς δέ ἐστιν οὗτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Herod is assuming that it is impossible for John to have risen from the dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It cannot be John, because I had his head cut off, so who is this”
I beheaded John
Quote: Ἰωάννην ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Herod speaks of himself as the person who did this action, representing the entire group of people who were responsible for it. Herod’s soldiers would actually have carried out the execution, on his orders. Alternate translation: “I commanded my soldiers to cut off John’s head”
Luke 9:10
the apostles, having returned
Quote: ὑποστρέψαντες, οἱ ἀπόστολοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the apostles returned to where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “when the apostles came back to where Jesus was”
as much as they had done
Quote: ὅσα ἐποίησαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The phrase as much as they had done refers to what they did when they went to the cities where Jesus sent them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “what had happened as they proclaimed the good news and healed the sick in the cities where Jesus had sent them”
a city called Bethsaida
Quote: πόλιν καλουμένην Βηθσαϊδά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a city whose name was Bethsaida”
Bethsaida
Quote: Βηθσαϊδά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Bethsaida is the name of a city.
Luke 9:11
the kingdom of God
Quote: τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule”
Luke 9:12
And the day began to end
Quote: ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now it was getting towards the end of the day” or “Now the end of the day was approaching”
the Twelve
Quote: οἱ δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
See how you translated this term in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles”
the Twelve
Quote: οἱ δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, the Twelve, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here.
Luke 9:13
There are not more than
Quote: οὐκ εἰσὶν & πλεῖον ἢ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
The disciples are expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “There are only”
five loaves
Quote: ἄρτοι πέντε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This means loaves of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of bread”
unless we go {and} buy food for all these people
Quote: εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony
The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly cannot go and buy food for all these people”
Luke 9:14
about 5,000 men
Quote: ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that readers will know that this number does not include the women and children who were likely also present. (This is not a case where a masculine term includes women.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 5,000 men, not counting the women and children”
Have them recline to eat
Quote: κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς (1)Alternate translation: “Tell them to sit down to eat”
Luke 9:15
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So”
thus they did
Quote: ἐποίησαν οὕτως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases the same thing. Luke is using repetition for clarity and perhaps, by drawing things out, to create some suspense about what will happen next. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the disciples had all the people sit down as Jesus had instructed”
Luke 9:16
Then having taken the five loaves
Quote: λαβὼν δὲ τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους (1)Alternate translation: “Then Jesus took the five loaves of bread”
having looked up to heaven
Quote: ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This describes Jesus looking toward the sky. The Jews believed that heaven, the abode of God, was located above the sky. Alternate translation: “having looked up beyond the sky towards God in heaven”
he blessed them
Quote: εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς (1)The word them refers to the loaves of bread and the fish, not to the people who had sat down to eat. Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for the food”
Luke 9:17
they all ate and were satisfied
Quote: ἔφαγον καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν πάντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all ate until they had had enough”
baskets
Quote: κόφινοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
Here, baskets refers to containers made of woven material. In biblical times, baskets were often made from strong plant materials, such as peels of wood or reeds that grew near the water. If your readers would not be familiar with baskets, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “containers”
Luke 9:18
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
praying alone
Quote: προσευχόμενον κατὰ μόνας (1)The disciples were with Jesus, but he was praying personally and privately by himself. Alternate translation: “praying by himself”
Luke 9:19
answering, they said
Quote: οἱ & ἀποκριθέντες εἶπαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answering and said mean that the disciples responded to the question that Jesus asked them. Alternate translation: “they responded”
John the Baptist, but others Elijah, and others
Quote: Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν, ἄλλοι δὲ, Ἠλείαν, ἄλλοι δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
The disciples are answering Jesus in a compressed way, leaving out words that a sentence would ordinarily need to be complete. Alternate translation: “Some say that you are John the Baptist, but others say that you are Elijah, and others say”
that one of the ancient prophets has risen
Quote: ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to clarify how this answer relates to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “that you are one of the prophets from long ago who has come back to life”
has risen
Quote: ἀνέστη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This means risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “has come back to life”
Luke 9:20
Then he said to them
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς (1)Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples”
Then Peter answering said
Quote: Πέτρος δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answering and said mean that Peter responded to the follow-up question that Jesus asked his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then Peter responded”
The Christ of God
Quote: τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Christ is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “You are the Messiah whom God promised to send”
Luke 9:21
commanded {them} to tell this to no one
Quote: παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ λέγειν τοῦτο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations
If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb rather than the object negative. You could also express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “commanded them not to tell this to anyone” or “commanded them, ‘Do not tell this to anyone’”
Luke 9:22
It is necessary for the Son of Man to suffer many things
Quote: δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am going to have to suffer many things”
It is necessary for the Son of Man to suffer many things
Quote: δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am going to have to suffer many things”
and to be rejected by the elders and chief priests and scribes
Quote: καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and the elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and the elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject me”
and to be killed
Quote: καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they will kill him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and they will kill me”
and to be raised on the third day
Quote: καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
The word and at the beginning of this phrase indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrases described. Alternate translation: “but he will be raised on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will be raised on the third day”
and to be raised on the third day
Quote: καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on the third day”
and to be raised on the third day
Quote: καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three”
and to be raised on the third day
Quote: καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was thethird day. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day” or “day three,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” or “day two” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” or (if you translated in the first person) “and I will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, I will come back to life”
Luke 9:23
to {them} all
Quote: πρὸς πάντας (1)Alternate translation: “to all of his disciples who were with him”
to come after me
Quote: ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
To follow or to come after Jesus represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple”
let him deny himself
Quote: ἀρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν (1)Alternate translation: “he must forsake his own desires”
take up his cross daily
Quote: ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The image is of a condemned prisoner being forced to carry the cross on which he would be crucified to the place where he would be executed. Luke assumes that his readers will recognize this image from their own culture. But if it would not be familiar to your readers, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake”
take up his cross daily
Quote: ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
To take up a cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake”
and follow me
Quote: καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, to follow Jesus means to obey him. Alternate translation: “and obey me in that way”
Luke 9:24
but whoever loses his life for my sake
Quote: ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This phrase is an idiom. Jesus is not encouraging his disciples to do self-destructive things. Alternate translation: “but whoever is willing to give up everything for me”
Luke 9:25
For what does a man benefit, having gained the whole world, but losing or forfeiting himself
Quote: τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him what benefit this would be. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would not benefit a person to get everything he wanted in this world and yet be lost eternally.”
For what does a man benefit, having gained the whole world, but losing or forfeiting himself
Quote: τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The terms losing and forfeiting mean the same thing. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what does a person benefit to get everything he wanted in this world but to completely destroy himself”
a man
Quote: ἄνθρωπος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Jesus is using the term man in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person”
For what does a man benefit, having gained the whole world, but losing or forfeiting himself
Quote: τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Jesus says the whole world as an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what does a person benefit to get everything he wanted in this world but to lose or forfeit himself”
Luke 9:26
my words
Quote: τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the term words to describe the things he teaches by using words. Alternate translation: “my teaching”
the Son of Man
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”
the Son of Man
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah”
of the Father
Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Father is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father”
Luke 9:27
But I say to you truly
Quote: λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ἀληθῶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen very carefully”
there are some of the ones standing here who will certainly not taste death until they see the kingdom of God
Quote: εἰσίν τινες τῶν αὐτοῦ ἑστηκότων, οἳ οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is using the third person to talk about the people he is talking to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “some of you who are standing here will not die before you see the kingdom of God”
will certainly not taste death until they see the kingdom of God
Quote: οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
Jesus is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “will see the kingdom of God before they die” or (if you are translating in the second person) “will see the kingdom of God before you die”
will certainly not taste death
Quote: οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die”
the kingdom of God
Quote: τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God ruling as king”
Luke 9:28
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
after these words
Quote: μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The phrase these words refers to what Jesus said to his disciples in the preceding verses. Luke uses the term words to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said these things to his disciples”
Luke 9:29
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
Luke 9:30
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, Luke uses the word behold to alert readers to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “suddenly”
Luke 9:31
who were seen in glory
Quote: οἳ ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
This phrase gives information about how Moses and Elijah looked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who appeared in glorious splendor” or “who were shining brightly”
his departure
Quote: τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
Luke is using a polite way of referring to Jesus’ death. Alternate translation: “how Jesus would leave this world” or “how Jesus would die”
which he was about to fulfill in Jerusalem
Quote: ἣν ἤμελλεν πληροῦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Alternate translation: “which was soon going to happen in Jerusalem”
Luke 9:32
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information about what Peter, James, and John were doing while Jesus was speaking with Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Now”
Peter and the ones with him were weighted with sleep
Quote: ὁ & Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “sleep was weighing heavily upon Peter and James and John”
Peter and the ones with him were weighted with sleep
Quote: ὁ & Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of sleep as if it were something that could be like a weight pressing down on a person. Alternate translation: “Peter and James and John all felt very sleepy”
they saw his glory
Quote: εἶδον τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
As in 2:9, the implication is that this glory manifested visibly as a bright light. Alternate translation: “they saw brilliant light shining around Jesus” or “they saw a very bright light coming from Jesus”
and the two men standing with him
Quote: καὶ τοὺς δύο ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ (1)The phrase the two men refers to Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “and they also saw Moses and Elijah”
Luke 9:33
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
as they were going away from him
Quote: ἐν τῷ διαχωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they refers to Moses and Elijah, not to the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Moses and Elijah were about to leave Jesus”
for us … let us make
Quote: ἡμᾶς & ποιήσωμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Since Peter wants to make it possible for Moses and Elijah to stay, when he says for us, he likely means “all six of us.” So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” use the inclusive form in that case. However, when Peter says let us, he is likely referring to himself and to James and John, so use the exclusive form of “us” in that case.
tents
Quote: σκηνὰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term tents means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he and the other two disciples would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. Alternate translation: “shelters”
not knowing what he says
Quote: μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense
To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “he did not know what he was saying”
Luke 9:34
But as he was saying these things
Quote: ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Alternate translation: “While Peter was saying these things”
they were afraid
Quote: ἐφοβήθησαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
These adult disciples were not afraid of clouds. Rather, given all the unusual things that had already taken place on this mountain, they were afraid of what might happen to them once the cloud came completely over them. Alternate translation: “they were very apprehensive”
they entered into the cloud
Quote: εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν νεφέλην (1)This can be expressed in terms of what the cloud did. Alternate translation: “the cloud surrounded them”
Luke 9:35
there was a voice from the cloud
Quote: φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke expects readers to understand that this voice could only have belonged to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from the cloud”
my Son
Quote: ὁ Υἱός μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.
the chosen one
Quote: ὁ ἐκλελεγμένος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could indicate who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the one I have chosen”
Luke 9:36
when the voice had happened
Quote: ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν (1)Alternate translation: “after the voice had spoken”
Jesus was found alone
Quote: εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The term found is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there”
Jesus was found alone
Quote: εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could state Jesus was found alone with an active form. Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there”
they were silent and told no one
Quote: αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, καὶ οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
These two phrases mean the same thing. (The Greek verb in the first phrase does not always mean to make no sound. It can also mean to keep a secret.) Luke uses the two phrases together for emphasis. In your translation, you could also use repetition for emphasis, or, If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “they kept it a secret and did not tell anyone” or “they said nothing about it to anyone”
told no one … anything
Quote: οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν & οὐδὲν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, “told no one … nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “told someone … something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here.
in those days
Quote: ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Luke uses the term days to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time”
Luke 9:37
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
Luke 9:38
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
a man from the crowd
Quote: ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man in the crowd who”
Teacher
Quote: Διδάσκαλε (1)Teacher is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
to look upon
Quote: ἐπιβλέψαι ἐπὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “help”
Luke 9:39
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The man uses the term behold to calls Jesus’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
a spirit
Quote: πνεῦμα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
The man uses this phrase to introduce the spirit into his story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there is an evil spirit that”
with foam
Quote: μετὰ ἀφροῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
When a person is having convulsions, they can have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to form around their mouths. Alternate translation: “and foam comes out of his mouth”
it departs from him with difficulty
Quote: μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
The man is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “it attacks him very often”
crushing him
Quote: συντρῖβον αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The man speaks of the spirit as if it were a heavy weight whose attacks crush the boy. This is a reference to the injuries that the spirit causes. Alternate translation: “injuring him badly”
Luke 9:41
But answering, Jesus said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the man’s request. Alternate translation: “But Jesus responded”
O unbelieving and perverted generation, until when will I be with you and bear with you
Quote: ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe
Jesus is speaking to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire generation of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about this generation. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the crowd that has gathered there. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the crowd, since they are included in the generation that Jesus is addressing. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!”
O unbelieving and perverted generation, until when will I be with you and bear with you
Quote: ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!”
O unbelieving and perverted generation
Quote: ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The terms unbelieving and perverted mean similar things. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe”
until when will I be with you and bear with you
Quote: ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
In both cases here, you is plural in Greek because Jesus is addressing a generation that is made up of many people. However, generation is a collective noun, and if your language would treat a collective noun as singular in a context like this, you could use the singular form of you.
Bring your son here
Quote: προσάγαγε ὧδε τὸν υἱόν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Jesus is now speaking to the father of the boy, and so your is singular here.
Luke 9:42
while he was coming
Quote: ἔτι & προσερχομένου αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to the boy, not to the father. Alternate translation: “while the boy was coming”
Luke 9:43
Then they were all amazed at the majesty of God
Quote: ἐξεπλήσσοντο δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus performed the miracle, but the crowd recognized that God was the power behind the healing. Alternate translation: “Then they were all amazed that God would work so powerfully through Jesus in this way”
everything that he was doing
Quote: πᾶσιν οἷς ἐποίει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The word he refers to Jesus, not to God the Father. Alternate translation: “everything Jesus was doing”
Luke 9:44
You put these words in your ears
Quote: θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using an idiom to tell his disciples to pay careful attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully to this and remember it”
For the Son of Man is about to be handed over
Quote: ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to betray the Son of Man”
For the Son of Man is about to be handed over
Quote: ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to betray me, the Son of Man”
For the Son of Man is about to be handed over
Quote: ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “someone is about to betray me, the Messiah”
into the hands of men
Quote: εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term hands represent power and control. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me”
into the hands of men
Quote: εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to make explicit who these men are. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me”
Luke 9:45
this word, … about this word
Quote: τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο & περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke uses the term word to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement”
it was hidden from them
Quote: ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hid its meaning from them”
Luke 9:46
among them
Quote: ἐν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the pronoun them does not include Jesus. He was not arguing, along with the disciples, about who was the greatest. Alternate translation: “among the disciples”
which of them might be the greatest
Quote: τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν (1)Alternate translation: “which one of them was the greatest”
Luke 9:47
knowing the reasoning in their hearts
Quote: εἰδὼς τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here Luke uses hearts to represent the disciples’ thoughts and evaluations. Alternate translation: “knowing what they were thinking”
Luke 9:48
this child
Quote: τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Jesus is using the child as an extreme example. He is illustrating that since he will be present in even the most humble of his followers, the disciples do not need to argue among themselves about which of them is the greatest. Everyone who is working on behalf of Jesus possesses his full honor and dignity. Alternate translation: “even someone as seemingly insignificant as this child”
in my name
Quote: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here, name is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Alternate translation: “as someone who is working on my behalf”
receives me
Quote: ἐμὲ δέχεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a metaphor, but If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a simile. Alternate translation: “it is as if he is welcoming me”
the one having sent me
Quote: τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me”
he is great
Quote: οὗτός ἐστιν μέγας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus uses the pronoun he in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that is the person whom God considers to be great”
Luke 9:49
Then answering, John said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰωάννης εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together answering and said mean that John responded to what Jesus had just said. Alternate translation: “Then John responded”
we saw … with us
Quote: εἴδομέν & μεθ’ ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
When John says we, he is speaking of himself and some other disciples who spoke to this man, so we would be exclusive, if your language uses that form. However, when John says us, he seems to be referring to the disciples and Jesus traveling together, and since he is speaking to Jesus, us would be inclusive.
in your name
Quote: ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term name is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with them. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative”
he does not follow with us
Quote: οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ’ ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In this case, to follow Jesus does not seem to mean to be one of his disciples, as in 5:27, since this man was acting in Jesus’ name. Rather, in this context it seems to refer to traveling together in this group with Jesus. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group”
Luke 9:50
Do not prevent {him
Quote: μὴ κωλύετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
Jesus is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue”
Luke 9:51
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
when the days of his being taken up were being fulfilled
Quote: ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of these two passive forms, and in the second case you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time for God to take him up”
when the days … were being fulfilled
Quote: ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Luke uses days to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time”
of his being taken up
Quote: τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that God would take Jesus back up to heaven, and the further implication is that this would be after Jesus died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express one or both of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God to take him up to heaven” or “for him to die and for God to take him back up to heaven”
set his face
Quote: τὸ πρόσωπον ἐστήρισεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The phrase set his face is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he firmly decided”
Luke 9:52
before his face
Quote: πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term face means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him”
a Samaritan village
Quote: κώμην Σαμαρειτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Samaritan is a name that refers to a place that is in the region of Samaria or to a person who is from that region. Samaria was between Galilee and Judea, and the people who lived there were not Jewish and they were hostile to the Jews. The terms Samaritan and Samaria occur several times in this book.
so as to prepare for him
Quote: ὡς ἑτοιμάσαι αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This phrase means to make arrangements in anticipation of his arrival there, such as for food to eat, a place to stay, and possibly also a place to speak. Alternate translation: “to arrange his accommodations”
Luke 9:53
they did not welcome him
Quote: οὐκ ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν (1)Alternate translation: “the Samaritans did not want him to stay with them”
his face was going to Jerusalem
Quote: τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Luke is using one part of Jesus to represent all of him. Luke may use the face because Jesus was facing in the direction he was traveling. Or this may echo the expression “he set his face” in 9:52. Alternate translation: “he was traveling toward Jerusalem”
because his face was going to Jerusalem
Quote: ὅτι τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The Samaritans and the Jews hated each other. Therefore the Samaritans did not want to help Jesus travel to Jerusalem, which was the Jewish capital and the place where the Jews held their major religious observances. Alternate translation: “because they did not want to help any Jew make a journey to Jerusalem”
Luke 9:54
having seen this
Quote: ἰδόντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The verb having seen represents notice and attention. Alternate translation: “having recognized that the Samaritans were not going to accommodate Jesus”
do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven and consume them
Quote: θέλεις εἴπωμεν πῦρ καταβῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
James and John suggested this method of judgment because they knew that this was how the prophets such as Elijah had called down judgment upon people who rejected God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven to consume them, as Elijah did?”
do you want us to tell
Quote: θέλεις εἴπωμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
By us, James and John mean themselves, but not Jesus, so us is exclusive.
Luke 9:55
having turned, he rebuked them
Quote: στραφεὶς & ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun them refers to James and John. Jesus did not condemn the Samaritans, as the disciples expected. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned around and rebuked James and John”
Luke 9:57
someone
Quote: τις (1)This was not one of the disciples. Alternate translation: “a certain person”
Luke 9:58
The foxes have dens, and the birds of the sky, nests
Quote: αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Jesus is using a figure of speech. By naming a creature that lives on land and a creature that flies in the air, Jesus is referring to all creatures. Alternate translation: “Every creature has a place to live”
The foxes have dens
Quote: αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word foxes describes land animals that are similar to small dogs. The word dens refers to holes that these animals dig in the ground as shelters. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal and its habits, you could describe them in general terms. Alternate translation: “Little animals live in holes in the ground”
the birds of the sky, nests
Quote: τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo
In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of sky, to complement the idea of “ground” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “birds live in nests” or “birds that fly in the air live in nests”
the birds of the sky, nests
Quote: τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “birds live in nests” or “birds that fly in the air live in nests”
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (2)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (2)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah”
does not have {a place} where he might lay his head
Quote: οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus implies that if this person were to follow him, he too might not have a home. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere, so if you become his disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere, so if you become my disciple, expect that you will not have a home either”
does not have {a place} where he might lay his head
Quote: οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This expression means “does not have anywhere to sleep,” by association with something that a person does in order to sleep, lay down his head. And a place to sleep, by association, means a home, since that is where people sleep. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere”
does not have {a place} where he might lay his head
Quote: οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Jesus actually did find places to sleep wherever he went to teach and heal, but he says that he has no such place at all to emphasize that he has no permanent home. Alternate translation: “does not have a permanent home” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a permanent home”
Luke 9:59
Follow me
Quote: ἀκολούθει μοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 5:27, to Follow Jesus means to become one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to be one of my disciples”
permit me to go first to bury my father
Quote: ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου (1)It is unclear whether the man’s father had died and that he would bury him immediately, or whether the man wanted to wait for a longer amount of time until his father died so that he could bury him then. The main point is that the man wanted to do something else first before going with Jesus. Alternate translation: “before I do that, let me go and bury my father”
permit me to go first to bury my father
Quote: ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
One possible meaning of this expression is that the man wanted to wait until he had received his inheritance from his father so that he could live on that money while traveling with Jesus. If so, then he would be referring to the inheritance by association with his father’s death, and he would be referring to his father’s death by association with his burial. Alternate translation: “let me wait until I receive my inheritance”
Luke 9:60
Let the dead bury their own dead
Quote: ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Instead, the expression the dead likely refers to those who do not follow Jesus and so are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “Let people who are not concerned about spiritual things take care of everyday matters”
the dead
Quote: τοὺς νεκροὺς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are dead” or “people who are not concerned about spiritual things”
the kingdom of God
Quote: τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule”
Luke 9:61
I will follow you
Quote: ἀκολουθήσω σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 5:27, to follow Jesus means to become one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want to be one of your disciples”
but first permit me
Quote: πρῶτον δὲ ἐπίτρεψόν μοι (1)Alternate translation: “but before I do that, please let me”
to the ones in my home
Quote: τοῖς εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This person is referring to his family by association with where they live. Alternate translation: “to my family”
Luke 9:62
No one, having put his hand on a plow, yet looking to the things behind, is fit for the kingdom of God
Quote: οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus responds with an illustration that is designed to teach this person about what is required to be his disciple. He means that a person is not suitable for the kingdom to God if his past loyalties are more important to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this illustration. Alternate translation, add: “No one can plow straight if he is looking backwards, and in the same way, no one will be useful in the kingdom of God if his past loyalties are more important to him”
No one, having put his hand on a plow
Quote: οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus refers to a person using a plow by describing one part of that activity, guiding the plow with the hand. Alternate translation: “No one who is using a plow”
No one, having put his hand on a plow
Quote: οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A plow is a tool that farmers use to break up soil to prepare a field for planting. Plows have sharp, pointed prongs that dig into the soil. They usually have handles that the farmer uses to guide the plow. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of tool, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “No one who needs to go straight forward”
looking to the things behind
Quote: βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that anyone who is looking backwards while plowing cannot guide the plow where it needs to go. That person must focus on looking forward in order to plow well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “looking backwards, and so not going in the right direction”
is fit for the kingdom of God
Quote: εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “can really let God rule his life”
Luke 10
Luke 10 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus sends seventy-two disciples to teach and heal (10:1–24)
- Jesus tells the Parable of the Good Samaritan (10:25–37)
- Jesus visits Mary and Martha (10:38–43)
Special concepts in this chapter
Harvest
Harvest refers to the time when people gather in the food they have planted so they can eat some of it right away and store the rest for future use. Jesus uses this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so that those people can become part of God’s kingdom. (See: faith)
Neighbor
The Jews helped their Jewish neighbors who needed help, and they expected their Jewish neighbors to help them. Jesus wanted them to understand that people who were not Jews were also their neighbors, so he told them a story about this (10:29–37). (See: Parables)
Important textual issues in this chapter
“72”
In 10:1 and 10:17, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible read “72,” but others read “70.” ULT reads “72,” but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to which number was originally in the book of Luke.
“Jesus”
In 10:39, many of the best ancient manuscripts read “Jesus,” but some read “the Lord.” ULT reads “Jesus.”
In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: Textual Variants)
Luke 10:1
And after these things
Quote: μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to mark a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you could use that here.
the Lord
Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)Here Luke refers to Jesus by the title the Lord to show his authority. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
72
Quote: ἑβδομήκοντα δύο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say 72 or “70” in your translation.
sent them out by twos
Quote: ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ δύο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sent them out two by two” or “sent them out in groups of two”
before his face
Quote: πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, face means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him” or “to prepare the way for him”
Luke 10:2
And he said to them
Quote: ἔλεγεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events
Jesus said these things to the 72 disciples before they actually went out. Alternate translation: “He had said to them” or “Before they went out, he told them”
Indeed the harvest {is} plentiful, but the laborers {are} few
Quote: ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This statement means, “There is a big crop, but there are not enough workers to bring it in.” Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “There are many people who are ready to enter God’s kingdom, but there are not enough disciples to help them understand how to do that”
the Lord of the harvest
Quote: τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor
Jesus continues to speak and extends his metaphor by describing God as the Lord of the harvest. Alternate translation: “God, who leads people to believe”
so that he would send out laborers into his harvest
Quote: ὅπως ἐργάτας ἐκβάλῃ εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor
Jesus extends his metaphor even further by describing disciples who help others to trust in him as laborers in the harvest. Alternate translation: “to send more disciples to go and help people trust in me”
Luke 10:3
Go
Quote: ὑπάγετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly where Jesus wants these disciples to go. Alternate translation: “Go to the cities and places where I am sending you”
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term Behold to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now”
I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves
Quote: ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
Wolves attack and kill sheep. This simile is a warning to the disciples whom Jesus is sending out that there will be people who will want to harm them. You could explain the meaning of this figurative expression in your translation. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “when I send you out, there are going to be some people who will want to harm you”
I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves
Quote: ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
Jesus’ disciples would have known that lambs are gentle animals that have been domesticated for their wool, milk, meat, and leather, and that wolves are predatory land animals, similar to large dogs, that hunt and kill in packs. If you would like to reproduce the simile, but your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use general terms. Alternate translation: “I am sending you out like harmless animals that will encounter a group of predators”
you
Quote: ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Since Jesus is speaking to these 72 disciples as a group, you is plural here and through 10:12.
Luke 10:4
Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals
Quote: μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Jesus is using the word carry in an idiomatic sense to mean “bring along.” He is not envisioning that these disciples might carry their sandals in their hands. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you”
Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals
Quote: μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
While Jesus probably means what he says literally about not bringing these specific items, he is also using them with larger meanings. The money bag represents the money it would contain. The sack represents the provisions someone would carry in it for a journey. The sandals represent, in this culture, more clothing and equipment than is strictly needed. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you”
Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals
Quote: μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why Jesus does not want his disciples to bring these things with them. As he will explain in 10:7, he wants the people who receive his message to provide for those who bring the message. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you, because the people who receive my message will provide for you”
greet no one on the road
Quote: μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησθε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Jesus is generalizing to indicate that these disciples should go quickly to the places where he is sending them to prepare the way for him. He is not telling them to be rude. Alternate translation: “make your journey as quickly as possible”
Luke 10:5
say, ‘Peace {be} to this house
Quote: λέγετε, εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you want there to be peace in that house”
Peace {be} to this house
Quote: εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term house refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “May the people in this household have peace”
Peace {be} to this house
Quote: εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you in this household and I wish for God to bless you”
Luke 10:6
a son of peace
Quote: υἱὸς εἰρήνης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression son of refers to a person who shares the qualities of something. Alternate translation: “a person who wants peace with God and with people”
your peace will rest upon him
Quote: ἐπαναπαήσεται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, upon creates a spatial metaphor. It means that this person will experience the peace that God gives in a special and lasting way. Alternate translation: “he will deeply experience the peace that you wish him”
if not
Quote: εἰ & μή γε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
It may be helpful to restate the entire phrase. Alternate translation: “if there is no one there who wants peace with God and with people”
it will return to you
Quote: ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀνακάμψει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Jesus describes peace as a living thing that could choose to leave one person and go to another person. Alternate translation: “you will experience that peace yourselves instead”
Luke 10:7
And remain in that house
Quote: ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ οἰκίᾳ μένετε (1)Jesus was not saying that they should stay in the house all the time and never leave it, but that they should make it their base of operations for as long as they were in that place. Alternate translation: “stay at that house”
what is} from them
Quote: τὰ παρ’ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the food and drink that they provide”
for the laborer {is} worthy of his wages
Quote: ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs
Jesus is quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life, to explain the reason for these arrangements. You could translate the proverb directly into your language, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “for since you will be teaching and healing the people, they should provide you with a place to stay and food to eat”
Do not move around from house to house
Quote: μὴ μεταβαίνετε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν (1)This expression describes staying in different houses rather than making one house the base of operations the whole time. Jesus is repeating his earlier instruction, remain in that house, for emphasis. Jesus is not saying that these disciples cannot go to meet with people in other homes. Alternate translation: “As I said, stay at that house”
Luke 10:8
and they receive you
Quote: καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there welcome you”
eat {what} is served to you
Quote: ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “eat whatever food the people of that city serve you”
Luke 10:9
the sick
Quote: τοὺς & ἀσθενεῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective sick as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick”
in it
Quote: ἐν αὐτῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Alternate translation: “who live in that city”
say to them, ‘The kingdom of God has come close to you
Quote: λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them”
The kingdom of God has come close to you
Quote: ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
The idea behind the abstract noun kingdom can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God is close in location, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king”
Luke 10:10
and they do not receive you
Quote: καὶ μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
This is a direct contrast to the similar expression in 10:8. Once again the pronoun they refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there do not welcome you”
Luke 10:11
Even the dust that clings to us from your city on our feet we wipe off against you! But know this, that the kingdom of God has come near
Quote: καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν; πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε, ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing from the end of the previous verse): “that you are going to wipe even the dust from their city off your feet as a warning to them, but that you still want them to know that the kingdom of God came close to them”
Even the dust that clings to us from your city on our feet we wipe off against you
Quote: καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
This is a symbolic action by which these disciples are to show that they do not want to have the slightest connection with the people of any city who reject Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “Because you have rejected Jesus, we want to have nothing to do with you. We do not even want to have the dust from your town on our feet”
we wipe off
Quote: ἀπομασσόμεθα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual
Since Jesus was sending these people out in groups of two, two people would be saying this. So languages that have a dual form of “we” should use that form.
But know this
Quote: πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The phrase introduces a warning. Alternate translation: “But we must warn you”
the kingdom of God has come near
Quote: ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you translated the similar sentence in 10:9.
Luke 10:12
I say to you that
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι (1)Jesus says this to emphasize that what he is about to tell these disciples is very important. Alternate translation: “Take special note that”
on that day
Quote: ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term day to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done”
on that day
Quote: ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus expected his disciples to understand that he was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done”
it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city
Quote: Σοδόμοις & ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the name of the city, Sodom, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom”
it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city
Quote: Σοδόμοις & ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the city of Sodom because the people in it were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely serious offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom, even though he destroyed their city because they were so wicked”
Luke 10:13
Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida
Quote: οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe
Jesus is speaking to two cities that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about those cities. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Chorazin and Bethsaida are two of the cities whose people God will judge severely for rejecting my message”
Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida
Quote: οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
See how you translated this phrase in 6:24. Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for you, Chorazin and Bethsaida!”
Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida
Quote: οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the names of these cities to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida!”
Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida
Quote: οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so you is singular in both cases. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida,” then you would be plural.
Chorazin! … Bethsaida
Quote: Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδά! (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Chorazin and Bethsaida are the names of two cities.
For if the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you, they would have repented long ago
Quote: ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν & μετενόησαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago”
For if the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you, they would have repented long ago
Quote: ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν & μετενόησαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well”
Tyre and Sidon
Quote: Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon”
in you
Quote: ἐν ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual
Since Jesus is addressing two cities, you would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
they would have repented … sitting in sackcloth and ashes
Quote: ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads”
Luke 10:14
it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you
Quote: Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται & ἢ ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the names of these cities, Tyre and Sidon, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon”
it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon at the judgment than for you
Quote: Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked”
it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon at the judgment than for you
Quote: Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Chorazin and Bethsaida. Alternate translation: “because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon”
at the judgment
Quote: ἐν τῇ κρίσει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done”
for you
Quote: ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual
Since Jesus is addressing two cities, you would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida”
Luke 10:15
you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you
Quote: σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe
Jesus is speaking to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly”
you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you
Quote: σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, will you? Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?”
you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you
Quote: σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.”
you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you
Quote: σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
To be exalted or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up to heaven (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.”
you, Capernaum
Quote: σύ, Καφαρναούμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the name of this city to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum”
you, Capernaum
Quote: σύ, Καφαρναούμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Jesus is addressing an individual city, so you is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then you would be plural.
you will not be exalted to heaven, will you
Quote: μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is not going to honor you greatly, is he”
you will not be exalted to heaven, will you
Quote: μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is not going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous, is he”
You will be brought down as far as Hades
Quote: ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
To be brought down is another spatial metaphor. It indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely”
You will be brought down as far as Hades
Quote: ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely”
You will be brought down as far as Hades
Quote: ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Capernaum. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles”
Luke 10:16
The one listening to you listens to me
Quote: ὁ ἀκούων ὑμῶν, ἐμοῦ ἀκούει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “When someone listens to you, it is as if they were listening to me”
the one rejecting you rejects me
Quote: ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς, ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects you, it is as if they were rejecting me”
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: ὁ & ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν, ἀθετεῖ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με (3)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me”
the one having sent me
Quote: τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This refers implictly to God, who appointed Jesus for this special task. Alternate translation: “God who sent me”
Luke 10:17
Then the 72 returned
Quote: ὑπέστρεψαν δὲ οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα δύο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Some languages will need to say that the 72 actually went out first, as UST does. Alternate translation: “So the 72 disciples went out and did as Jesus had told them to do, and then they returned”
72
Quote: ἑβδομήκοντα δύο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
As in 10:1, see the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say 72 or “70” in your translation.
the demons are subjected to us
Quote: τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons obey us”
in your name
Quote: ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term name refers to Jesus’ power and authority. Alternate translation: “when we command them using the authority that you gave us”
Luke 10:18
I was watching Satan fall from heaven like lightning
Quote: ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
Jesus uses a simile to express that while his 72 disciples were out proclaiming the kingdom of God, he discerned that this was a quick and decisive defeat for Satan. If your readers would be familiar with lightning, you could use the same simile in your translation. Otherwise, you could use another comparison to something that happens rapidly and evidently.
fall from heaven
Quote: ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
While Jesus actually did see this in his vision, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this image, as UST does.
Luke 10:19
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses Behold to focus his disciples’ attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now”
authority to tread on snakes and scorpions
Quote: τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to actual snakes and scorpions and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) the phrase snakes and scorpions is a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits”
snakes
Quote: ὄφεων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
In context, this clearly means poisonous snakes. If your readers would not be familiar with snakes, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous biting animals”
scorpions
Quote: σκορπίων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term scorpions describes small animals that are related to spiders. They have two claws and a poisonous stinger in their tail. If your readers would not be familiar with scorpions, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous stinging animals”
and over all the power of the enemy
Quote: καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This phrase continues the meaning from earlier in the sentence. The enemy is Satan, as described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I have also given you authority to overcome the resistance of Satan”
nothing will harm you at all
Quote: οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ μὴ ἀδικήσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
Here Jesus uses a double negative for emphasis, “nothing in no way will hurt you.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “something in some way might hurt you.” If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here.
Luke 10:20
do not rejoice in this, that the spirits are subjected to you, but rejoice that your names are written in the heavens
Quote: ἐν τούτῳ μὴ χαίρετε, ὅτι τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσσεται, χαίρετε δὲ ὅτι τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Jesus is not actually telling the disciples not to rejoice over the way God has allowed them to deliver people who were oppressed by demons. Rather, he is exaggerating to emphasize that the disciples should rejoice even more that their names are written in heaven. Alternate translation: “rejoice that your names are written in heaven even more than you rejoice that the spirits submit to you”
the spirits are subjected to you
Quote: τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons must obey you”
your names are written in the heavens
Quote: τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has written down your names in heaven”
your names are written in the heavens
Quote: τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
While it may be literally true that there is a written record of names in heaven, you may wish to express the meaning and significance of this in your translation. Alternate translation: “God in heaven knows that you belong to him”
Luke 10:21
At that hour
Quote: ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Luke uses the term hour to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “At that same time”
I praise you, Father
Quote: ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, Πάτερ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal
Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal form of you would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship.
Father
Quote: Πάτερ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Father is an important title for God.
Lord of heaven and earth
Quote: Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Jesus is using a figure of speech to describe something by naming its two components. Together heaven and earth represent everything that exists. Alternate translation: “you who rule over everything that exists”
these things
Quote: ταῦτα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo
Jesus is likely using this expression to refer to his identity as God’s Son and God’s identity as his Father. He describes these things in the next verse and says that only people to whom he reveals these identities can understand them, just as he says here that they are revealed only to certain people. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here.
the wise and intelligent
Quote: σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjectives wise and intelligent as nouns in order to indicate people who have those qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are wise and intelligent”
the wise and intelligent
Quote: σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony
Because God had concealed the truth from these people, they actually were not wise and intelligent, even though they thought they were. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent”
the wise and intelligent
Quote: σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The terms wise and intelligent mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything”
to little children
Quote: νηπίοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The phrase little children refers to people who may not have much education, but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. You could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, or you could translate it as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “people who trust my teachings implicitly”
before you
Quote: ἔμπροσθέν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus says before you to mean “where you could see” or “in your sight.” Sight, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment”
Luke 10:22
All things have been handed over to me by my Father
Quote: πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me”
no one knows who the Son is except the Father
Quote: οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions
If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is”
knows who the Son is
Quote: γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς (1)Here, the Greek word translated knows means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
knows who the Son is
Quote: γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am”
the Son … the Father
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς & ὁ Πατήρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Son and Father are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus.
no one knows … who the Father is except the Son
Quote: οὐδεὶς γινώσκει & τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions
If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows … who the Father is” or “only I know … who the Father is”
knows
Quote: γινώσκει (1)Here the Greek word translated knows means to know from personal experience. Jesus knows God his Father in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with”
to whomever the Son desires to reveal him
Quote: ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι (1)Alternate translation: “whoever the Son wants to introduce the Father to” or (if you translated in the first person) “whoever I want to introduce the Father to”
Luke 10:23
And having turned around to the disciples, he said privately
Quote: καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς κατ’ ἰδίαν, εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that a crowd was present when the 72 disciples returned to report to Jesus what they had done, and that this crowd heard what Jesus told them and what he prayed to God. But now Jesus is speaking only to the disciples in a way that the crowd will not be able to hear him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, in the direction of his disciples so that only they could hear him”
Blessed {are} the eyes that see what you see
Quote: μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus is using the term eyes to describe these disciples by reference to one part of them, the part they are using to witness the great works that reveal who he is. Alternate translation: “How good it is for you to see what you see”
Blessed {are} the eyes that see what you see
Quote: μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The phrase what you see probably refers to the great works of healing and miracles that Jesus is doing, which reveal who he is. Alternate translation: “How good it is for you to see the things that I am doing”
Luke 10:24
and did not see
Quote: καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not see these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before this time”
what you hear
Quote: ἃ ἀκούετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The phrase what you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me say”
and did not hear
Quote: καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time”
Luke 10:25
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
a certain lawyer
Quote: νομικός τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who”
a certain lawyer
Quote: νομικός τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated lawyer in 7:30. Alternate translation: “a certain expert in the Jewish law”
stood up
Quote: ἀνέστη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
By standing up, this lawyer was indicating that he had a question to ask Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this was the reason for his action. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that he wanted to ask a question”
testing him
Quote: ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν (1)Alternate translation: “seeing how well he would answer”
Teacher
Quote: Διδάσκαλε (1)Teacher was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
doing what, will I inherit eternal life
Quote: τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The lawyer is using the term inherit in a figurative sense to mean “come to possess” or “have.” Alternate translation: “what must I do in order to have everlasting life”
doing what, will I inherit eternal life
Quote: τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
This lawyer may be asking about a single deed that would be worthy of eternal life, because he uses a verb form that does not indicate continuing action. Alternate translation: “What one thing do I need to do so that God will give me eternal life?”
doing what, will I inherit eternal life
Quote: τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The lawyer means implicitly that he would inherit or “come to possess” this everlasting life from God. Alternate translation: “what must I do so that God will give me everlasting life”
Luke 10:26
What is written in the law? How do you read {it
Quote: ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using these questions to get this man to reflect on the Jewish law and apply it to his own question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement that incorporates both of Jesus’ questions. Alternate translation: “Tell me what Moses wrote about that in the law and how you understand it.”
What is written in the law? How do you read {it
Quote: ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis and clarity. Both phrases have to do with what the law says. The first phrase views this objectively in terms of what is written there, and the second phrase views this subjectively from the perspective of a person reading it. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if your readers might wonder why Jesus was saying basically the same thing twice. Alternate translation: “Tell me what answer a person would find to your question in the law of Moses.”
What is written in the law
Quote: ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “What did Moses write in the law?”
How do you read {it
Quote: πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What do you understand it to be saying?”
Luke 10:27
And answering, he said
Quote: ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together answering and said mean that the lawyer responded to the question that Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “The lawyer responded”
You will love
Quote: ἀγαπήσεις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
Here it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of You because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular forms of You your, and yourself in this verse, if your language marks that distinction.
You will love
Quote: ἀγαπήσεις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must love”
from your whole heart and with your whole soul and with your whole strength and with your whole mind
Quote: ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύϊ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Moses is using a figure of speech that describes something by listing its parts. Alternate translation: “with your entire being”
from your whole heart and with your whole soul
Quote: ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The words heart and soul represent a person’s inner being. If you do not translate all four of the terms here with a single phrase, you could represent these two together. Alternate translation: “with all of your inner self”
and your neighbor as yourself
Quote: καὶ, τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
The lawyer is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation (filling in ellipsis): “and you must also love your neighbor as much as you love yourself”
Luke 10:28
Do this, and you will live
Quote: τοῦτο ποίει, καὶ ζήσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical
Jesus is describing a conditional situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “If you do this, then God will give you eternal life”
you will live
Quote: ζήσῃ (1)Alternate translation: “God will give you eternal life”
Luke 10:29
But he, desiring to justify himself, said
Quote: ὁ δὲ θέλων δικαιῶσαι ἑαυτὸν, εἶπεν (1)Alternate translation: “But the lawyer wanted to prove that he had done what he needed to do, so he said”
who is my neighbor
Quote: τίς ἐστίν μου πλησίον? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the reason why the lawyer asked this specific question. Alternate translation: “whom should I consider to be my neighbor, that is, someone I need to love as I love myself?”
Luke 10:30
Then answering, Jesus said
Quote: ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the question that the lawyer asked him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus responded”
Then answering, Jesus said
Quote: ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
Jesus answers the man’s question by telling a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “As an answer to the man’s question, Jesus told him this story”
A certain man
Quote: ἄνθρωπός τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who”
was going down from Jerusalem to Jericho
Quote: κατέβαινεν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Ἰερειχὼ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus says going down because this man would have had to travel from a mountain height down into a valley to go from Jerusalem to Jericho. Alternate translation: “was traveling from Jerusalem to Jericho”
fell among robbers
Quote: λῃσταῖς περιέπεσεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Be sure that it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “some robbers attacked him”
having stripped him
Quote: ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Alternate translation: “after they had taken everything he had” or “after they had stolen of all his things”
and having laid on blows
Quote: καὶ πληγὰς ἐπιθέντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This expression means that the robbers also beat this man. Alternate translation: “and beaten him”
half dead
Quote: ἡμιθανῆ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “almost dead.”
Luke 10:31
by coincidence
Quote: κατὰ συνκυρίαν (1)This expression means that this event was not anything that anyone had planned. Alternate translation: “it just so happened that”
a certain priest
Quote: ἱερεύς τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was a priest who”
a certain priest
Quote: ἱερεύς τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a priest is a religious leader. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was a priest, a religious leader, who”
and having seen him
Quote: καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Since a priest is a religious leader, the audience would assume that he would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “but when the priest saw the injured man”
he passed by on the other side
Quote: ἀντιπαρῆλθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the priest did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help him, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road”
Luke 10:32
a Levite also
Quote: καὶ Λευείτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite”
a Levite also
Quote: καὶ Λευείτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some words, but they can be inferred from the rest of the story. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite traveling on that road who”
a Levite also
Quote: καὶ Λευείτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a Levite was someone who served in the temple. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite, someone who served in the temple, who”
likewise a Levite also, having come to the place and having seen {him}, passed by on the other side
Quote: ὁμοίως & καὶ Λευείτης κατὰ τὸν τόπον, ἐλθὼν καὶ ἰδὼν ἀντιπαρῆλθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Since Levites served in the temple, the audience would assume that this Levite would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “likewise a Levite also came to the place, but when he saw him, he walked past him on the other side of the road”
passed by on the other side
Quote: ἀντιπαρῆλθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the Levite did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help the injured man, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road”
Luke 10:33
But a certain Samaritan
Quote: Σαμαρείτης δέ τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “But there was also a Samartian who”
But a certain Samaritan
Quote: Σαμαρείτης δέ τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that Jews and Samaritans were bitter enemies. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But there was a Samaritan, whose people were enemies of the Jews, who”
But a certain Samaritan
Quote: Σαμαρείτης δέ τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Since Jews and Samaritans were enemies, the listeners would have assumed that this Samaritan would not help an injured Jewish man. Since he did help him, Jesus introduces this character with a contrasting word that calls attention to this unexpected result. you could do the same in your translation.
he felt compassion
Quote: ἐσπλαγχνίσθη (1)Alternate translation: “he felt sorry for him and wanted to help him”
Luke 10:34
he bound up his wounds, pouring on oil and wine
Quote: κατέδησεν τὰ τραύματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events
The Samaritan would have put the oil and wine on the wounds first, and then bound up the wounds. Alternate translation: “he put oil and wine on the wounds and then wrapped them with cloth”
pouring on oil and wine
Quote: ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The wine was used to clean the wounds, and the oil was used to prevent infection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pouring oil and wine on them to help heal them”
his own animal
Quote: τὸ ἴδιον κτῆνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The Greek term translated as animal refers to an animal that carried heavy loads. In this culture, it was probably a donkey. You could state that, but if your readers might not know what a donkey is, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “his own pack animal”
Luke 10:35
two denarii
Quote: δύο δηνάρια (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney
See how you translated the term denarii in 7:41. Alternate translation: “two silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to two days’ wages”
to the innkeeper
Quote: τῷ πανδοχεῖ (1)Alternate translation: “the person who was in charge of the inn”
whatever more you spend, when I return, I will repay you
Quote: ὅ τι ἂν προσδαπανήσῃς, ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ ἐπανέρχεσθαί με ἀποδώσω σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
The Samaritan is describing a hypothetical situation and saying what he would do if the condition were true. Alternate translation: “if you need to spend more than this, then I will repay you when I return”
Luke 10:36
Which of these three do you think became a neighbor to the one having fallen among the robbers
Quote: τίς τούτων τῶν τριῶν πλησίον δοκεῖ σοι γεγονέναι, τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς? (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as two questions. Alternate translation: “What do you think? Which of these three men acted like a neighbor to the man whom the robbers attacked?”
became a neighbor
Quote: πλησίον & γεγονέναι (1)Alternate translation: “acted like a neighbor”
to the one having fallen among the robbers
Quote: τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 10:30, be sure it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to the man whom the robbers attacked”
Luke 10:37
You go and do likewise
Quote: πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the lawyer has given the correct answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, and you could also indicate what do likewise means. Alternate translation: “You are right. In the same way, you should also be a neighbor to people who need your help”
Luke 10:38
And as they were traveling along
Quote: ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. Alternate translation: “The next thing that happened on their journey was that”
he entered … welcomed him
Quote: αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν & ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Luke says he and him, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them”
and a certain woman named Martha
Quote: γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This introduces Martha as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there”
Luke 10:39
And she had a sister called Mary
Quote: καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This introduces Mary as a new character. Alternate translation: “Now Martha had a sister whose name was Mary”
called Mary
Quote: καλουμένη Μαριάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name was Mary”
she was sitting at the feet of Jesus
Quote: παρακαθεσθεῖσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This was the customary and respectful position for a learner at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she sat respectfully on the floor near Jesus to learn from him”
of Jesus
Quote: τοῦ Ἰησοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation, or another reading, “the Lord.” The note below discusses a translation issue in that reading, for those who decide to include it.
of Jesus
Quote: τοῦ Ἰησοῦ (1)If you use the variant reading “the Lord” at this place in your translation, you may wish to indicate that this is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
listening to his word
Quote: ἤκουεν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke uses the term word to describe what Jesus said while he was at Martha’s house. Alternate translation: “and listened to what he said” or “and listened to him teaching”
Luke 10:40
But Martha was distracted with much service
Quote: ἡ δὲ Μάρθα περιεσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “But all Martha could think about was the big meal she was preparing”
are you not concerned that my sister has left me alone to serve
Quote: οὐ μέλει σοι, ὅτι ἡ ἀδελφή μου μόνην με κατέλιπεν διακονεῖν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Martha is complaining that Jesus is allowing Mary to sit listening to him when there is so much work to do. Martha respects the Lord, so she uses a rhetorical question to make her complaint more polite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate her words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it seems as if you do not care that my sister has left me alone to serve.”
Luke 10:41
But answering, the Lord said to her
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ Κύριος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together answering and said mean that Jesus responded to Martha’s request. Alternate translation: “But the Lord replied to her”
the Lord
Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
Martha, Martha
Quote: Μάρθα, Μάρθα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication
Jesus repeats Martha’s name for emphasis. Alternate translation: “My dear Martha”
you are anxious and troubled about many things
Quote: μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The terms anxious and troubled mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you are worrying too much about things”
you are anxious and troubled about many things
Quote: μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If you do not combine the term for troubled with the word anxious into a single phrase, you could state you are anxious and troubled with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are anxious and letting too many things bother you”
Luke 10:42
but one thing is necessary
Quote: ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Jesus says one thing as an overstatement for emphasis. Other things actually are necessary for life, but this is the most important one. Alternate translation: “but one thing is more important than all the others”
but one thing is necessary
Quote: ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that this most important thing is what Jesus is teaching about God, and that Martha should have been concentrating on that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one thing, what I am teaching about God, is more important than all the others, and you should have been concentrating on that”
Mary has chosen the good part
Quote: Μαριὰμ & τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο (1)While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one thing” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, the good part with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
which will not be taken away from her
Quote: ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. This could mean: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her.” (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me.”
Luke 11
Luke 11 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus teaches about prayer (11:1–13)
- Jesus teaches about driving out demons and other subjects (11:14–36)
- Jesus criticizes the Pharisees and experts in the law (11:37–54)
ULT sets the lines in 11:2–4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer.
Special concepts in this chapter
The Lord’s Prayer
When Jesus’ followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about.
Jonah
Jonah was an Old Testament prophet whom God sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell the people there to repent. When he went and preached to them, they did repent. (See: prophet, prophecy, prophesy, seer, prophetess and sin, sinful, sinner, sinning and repent, repentance)
Light and darkness
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, that is, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. The Bible speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, that is, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: righteous, righteousness, unrighteous, unrighteousness, upright, uprightness)
Washing
The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash those things, but they would wash them anyway. They did that because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that their ancestors had added, God would think that they were better people. (See: law, law of Moses, law of Yahweh, law of God and clean, wash)
Important textual issues in this chapter
Bread and stone, fish and snake
In 11:11, some ancient manuscripts have a longer reading, which also is found in Matthew 7:9. It says, “Which father among you, if your son asks for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? Or a fish, will give him a snake?” ULT uses the shorter reading, which mentions just the fish and snake. This shorter reading is well attested to in many other ancient manuscripts. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: Textual Variants)
Luke 11:1
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
John
Quote: Ἰωάννης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This disciple is referring to John the Baptist. you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist”
Luke 11:2
Father
Quote: Πάτερ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Jesus is commanding the disciples to honor the name of God the Father by addressing him as Father when praying to him. This is an important title for God.
let your name be made holy
Quote: ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus is not saying that God’s name is not already holy in itself. Rather, he is referring to how people consider God’s name. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy”
let your name be made holy
Quote: ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy”
let your name be made holy
Quote: ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term name is a figurative way of referring to an entire person by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “may all people honor you”
Let your kingdom come
Quote: ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase “the kingdom of God” in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” As the General Introduction to Luke explains, in one sense, the kingdom of God is already present on earth, while in another sense, it is still a future reality. Try to translate this in a way that acknowledges both aspects. Alternate translation: “Come and rule more and more throughout the earth”
your
Quote: σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal
Here, your is singular because Jesus is teaching his disciples how to pray to God. If your language has a formal form of “you” that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form for your in its two instances here and for you in 11:4. Alternatively, it might be more appropriate in your culture to address God using a familiar form, such as friends would use with one another. Use your best judgment about what form to use.
Luke 11:3
Give us
Quote: δίδου ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us”
Give us
Quote: δίδου ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Jesus teaches his disciples to speak to God in the plural because he wants them to pray together in community about the matters he describes. Since the word us would refer to the people praying, but not to God, it would be exclusive, if your language marks that form.
our daily bread
Quote: τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus refers to bread, one common food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day”
Luke 11:4
forgive us … do not bring us
Quote: ἄφες ἡμῖν & μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive us … please do not bring us”
everyone owing us
Quote: παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the image of being in debt to describe having sinned against a person. Alternate translation: “everyone who has sinned against us”
do not bring us into temptation
Quote: μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν (1)You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “please lead us away from temptation”
Luke 11:5
Which of you will have a friend and will go to him at midnight
Quote: τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you went to the house of a friend in the middle of the night”
and say to him, ‘Friend, lend three loaves to me
Quote: καὶ εἴπῃ αὐτῷ, φίλε, χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asked his friend to let him borrow three loaves of bread”
lend three loaves to me
Quote: χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους (1)Alternate translation: “let me borrow three loaves of bread” or “give me three loaves of bread, and I will pay you back later”
Luke 11:6
since my friend has come to me from the road, and I do not have anything to serve to him
Quote: ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με, καὶ οὐκ ἔχω ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “explaining that another friend has just arrived on a journey and that he does not have enough food to feed him”
since my friend
Quote: ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The speaker uses the word since to introduce the reason why he is making this request at this time. If you translate this as a direct quotation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you why I am asking. My friend” or “I am asking because my friend”
has come to me from the road
Quote: παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The speaker uses the term road to describe being on a journey. Alternate translation: “another friend of mine is on a journey and has just arrived at my house”
anything to serve to him
Quote: ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
It is unlikely that the speaker has no food at all in his house that he could serve his friend. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “enough food to feed him”
anything to serve to him
Quote: ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This could mean: (1) as UST implies, while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him”
Luke 11:7
answering from inside, he may say
Quote: ἔσωθεν ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
The word answering indicates that what this friend may say would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply from inside”
he may say, ‘Do not cause me trouble. The door has already been shut, and my children are in the bed with me. I am not able to get up to give to you
Quote: εἴπῃ, μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε; ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μου μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν; οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he may tell you not to bother him, because he has already locked the door for the night and his children are in bed with him, so he cannot get up and give you anything”
The door has already been shut
Quote: ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “We have already closed and locked the door”
I am not able to get up
Quote: οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The friend inside is not literally incapable of getting up. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “It would be very difficult for me to get up”
Luke 11:8
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Even though Jesus began this hypothetical situation by asking “which of you,” that is, “which one of you,” here he is addressing all of the disciples together, not the hypothetical single disciple who might go to a friend’s house at midnight. So here, the word you is plural.
yet because of his persistence
Quote: διά γε τὴν ἀναίδειαν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun persistence with a verb such as “continue.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to ask him urgently”
rising up
Quote: ἐγερθεὶς (1)Alternate translation: “getting out of bed”
Luke 11:9
say to you, … to you; … you will find; … to you
Quote: ὑμῖν λέγω & ὑμῖν & εὑρήσετε & ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
In the first instance in this verse, you is plural because Jesus is speaking to the disciples. In the next three instances, even though Jesus is describing what could be an individual situation of a person praying to God, you is also plural because Jesus is still speaking to the disciples as a group.
ask, … seek
Quote: αἰτεῖτε & ζητεῖτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It might be customary in your language to say what a person would be asking for and seeking, and from whom. Alternate translation: “keep asking God for what you need … keep seeking what you need from God”
it will be given to you
Quote: δοθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” or “you will receive it”
knock
Quote: κρούετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
To knock at a door means to hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.”
knock
Quote: κρούετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the expression knock to mean getting someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “seek God’s attention in prayer” or “let God know you are depending on him”
it will be opened to you
Quote: ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door for you” or “God will welcome you inside”
it will be opened to you
Quote: ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This phrase continues the metaphor of prayer as knocking on a door. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” or “God will enable you to do what you are praying about”
Luke 11:10
to the one knocking
Quote: τῷ κρούοντι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated the word “knock” in 11:9. Alternate translation: “to the one who calls out” or “to the one who coughs” or “to the one who claps”
it will be opened
Quote: ἀνοιγήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door” or “God will welcome you inside”
it will be opened
Quote: ἀνοιγήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This phrase continues the metaphor of prayer as knocking on a door. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” or “God will enable you to do what you are praying about”
Luke 11:11
And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish, he will give him a snake
Quote: τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading or a longer one that is found in some ancient manuscripts.
And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish, he will give him a snake
Quote: τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει (1)Alternate translation: “Which of you fathers, if his son asked for a fish, would give him a snake instead of a fish”
And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish, he will give him a snake
Quote: τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “None of you fathers would give your son a snake if he asked for a fish!”
And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish, he will give him a snake
Quote: τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is also using a hypothetical situation to teach, and you could translate his words that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a son who asked for a fish to eat. None of you fathers would give him a snake instead.”
a snake
Quote: ὄφιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In this culture, people did not eat snakes. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat snakes in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat”
Luke 11:12
Or also he will ask for an egg, he will give him a scorpion
Quote: ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is speaking in an abbreviated way. Alternate translation: “Or if a son asked for an egg, would his father give him a scorpion”
Or also he will ask for an egg, he will give him a scorpion
Quote: ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “And no father would give his son a scorpion if he asked for an egg!”
Or also he will ask for an egg, he will give him a scorpion
Quote: ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is also using a hypothetical situation to teach. You could translate his words that way. Alternate translation: “Or suppose a son asked for an egg to eat. His father would not give him a scorpion instead.”
a scorpion
Quote: σκορπίον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A scorpion is a small animal related to the spider. It has two claws and a poisonous stinger in its tail. If your readers would not be familiar with scorpions, you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a poisonous stinging animal”
a scorpion
Quote: σκορπίον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In this culture, people did not eat scorpions. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat scorpions in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat”
Luke 11:13
if you being evil know
Quote: εἰ & ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες, οἴδατε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact
Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you who are evil know”
how much more will the Father from heaven give the Holy Spirit to the ones asking him
Quote: πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, δώσει Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Heavenly Father will even more certainly give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him!”
Luke 11:14
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now”
he was casting out a mute demon
Quote: ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον κωφόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The demon itself was not unable to speak. Rather, it was preventing the man whom it was controlling from speaking. Alternate translation: “Jesus was driving out a demon that was causing a man to be unable to speak”
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to mark where the action begins that this episode centers around. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
the demon having gone out
Quote: τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Luke is relating this episode briefly, and he does not say from whom the demon had gone out. Your language may require you to say that. Alternate translation: “when the demon had gone out of the man” or “once the demon had left the man”
the mute {man} spoke
Quote: ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός (1)Alternate translation: “the man who had been unable to speak then spoke”
Luke 11:15
By Beelzebul
Quote: ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
These people are using the name of this chief demon to refer by association to his power, which they are accusing Jesus of using. Alternate translation: “By the power of Beelzebul”
Luke 11:16
And others tested {him
Quote: ἕτεροι δὲ πειράζοντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun {him} refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Other people challenged Jesus”
seeking from him a sign from heaven
Quote: σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke uses the term heaven to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “demanding that he ask God to do a miracle”
seeking from him a sign from heaven
Quote: σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the people who were challenging Jesus wanted him to ask God for a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. Alternate translation: “by demanding that he ask God to do a miracle to show that God had given him his authority”
Luke 11:17
Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate
Quote: πᾶσα βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν διαμερισθεῖσα ἐρημοῦται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbs to express the ideas behind the two passive verb forms divided and is made desolate. Alternate translation: “If the people of a kingdom fight among themselves, they will destroy their own kingdom”
kingdom
Quote: βασιλεία (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term kingdom to refer to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people of a kingdom”
house against house falls
Quote: οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. The sense of divided can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “any house that is divided against itself will collapse”
house against house falls
Quote: οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term house refers to the people of a family who live in the same house. Alternate translation: “if family members fight against each other, they will ruin their family”
falls
Quote: πίπτει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This image of a house collapsing depicts the destruction of a family when the members fight against each other. Alternate translation: “will ruin the family”
Luke 11:18
But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand
Quote: εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But if Satan is divided against himself, then his kingdom cannot last.”
But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand
Quote: εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary
Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose Satan and all the other members of his kingdom are fighting among themselves. In that case, his kingdom cannot last.”
if Satan is also divided against himself
Quote: εἰ & καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Here Jesus uses the person of Satan to refer to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves”
if Satan is also divided against himself
Quote: εἰ & καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves”
how will his kingdom stand
Quote: πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus asks how a kingdom could stand as if it were a building or a person. Alternate translation: “how can his kingdom last?” or “then his kingdom cannot last.”
For you say I cast out the demons by Beelzebul
Quote: ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satan’s kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered Beelzebul to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself”
Luke 11:19
But if I cast out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons cast them out
Quote: εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power.”
But if I cast out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons cast them out
Quote: εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary
Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul. In that case, your followers must be using that same power themselves.”
But if I cast out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons cast them out
Quote: εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of Beelzebul, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either.”
your sons
Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, Jesus uses the word sons to mean “followers.” Alternate translation: “your followers”
they will be your judges
Quote: αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves”
Luke 11:20
if I cast out the demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you
Quote: εἰ & ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact
Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come upon you”
by the finger of God
Quote: ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This phrase refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “by the power of God”
the kingdom of God has come upon you
Quote: ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king”
Luke 11:21
When the strong man {who} has been fully armed
Quote: ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand. ‘When a strong man who has all his weapons’”
the strong man {who} has been fully armed
Quote: ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a strong man who has all his weapons”
is guarding his own courtyard
Quote: φυλάσσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ αὐλήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus speaks of one part of a house, its courtyard or entrance area, to refer to the entire house. Alternate translation: “is guarding his own house”
his possessions are at peace
Quote: ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This expression means that no one will disturb the man’s possessions, that is, they are safe from being stolen. Alternate translation: “no one can steal his possessions”
Luke 11:22
a stronger than he
Quote: ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective stronger as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is stronger than he is”
divide his spoils
Quote: τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of the first man’s possessions as if they were the spoils of war. He also says that the stronger man will divide these possessions, as if he were a soldier who needed to share them with other soldiers. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions”
divide his spoils
Quote: τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication of this parable is that Jesus must be stronger than Satan, because he has been overpowering him and rescuing the people whom Satan formerly controlled. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions. So I must be stronger than Satan and overpowering Satan, because I am taking away from him the people he formerly controlled”
Luke 11:23
The one not being with me is against me, and the one not gathering with me scatters
Quote: ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ, κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει (1)Jesus is not referring to a specific individual. Rather, he is making a general statement that applies to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters” or “Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter”
The one not being with me
Quote: ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not working with me”
is against me
Quote: κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν (1)Alternate translation: “is working against me”
the one not gathering with me scatters
Quote: ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus is referring implicitly to the work of gathering disciples to follow him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who is not working to help people come and follow me is keeping them away from me”
Luke 11:24
When the unclean spirit has gone out from the man, it passes through waterless places seeking rest
Quote: ὅταν τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δι’ ἀνύδρων τόπων ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose a demon goes out of a person. And suppose it then wanders through the desert looking for another place to live”
the unclean spirit
Quote: τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a demon”
the man
Quote: τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using the term man in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person”
waterless places
Quote: ἀνύδρων τόπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. Alternate translation: “the desert”
seeking rest
Quote: ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “looking for another place to live”
and not finding any, it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came out
Quote: καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus continues to use a hypothetical situation to teach. If you show that directly in your translation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose the demon does not find another place to live. Then it would say, ‘I will return to my house from which I came out’”
it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came out
Quote: λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to the house from which it came out”
my house from which I came out
Quote: τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The demon is referring to the person it formerly controlled as its house. Alternate translation: “the person I used to control”
Luke 11:25
it finds {it} having been swept out and put in order
Quote: εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “it finds that someone has swept the house and put it in order”
it finds {it} having been swept out and put in order
Quote: εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor
Jesus speaks about the person whom the demon left by continuing the metaphor of a house. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs”
it finds {it} having been swept out and put in order
Quote: εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the house is still empty. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs, but which is still empty”
Luke 11:26
the last things of that man become worse than the first things
Quote: γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου, χείρονα τῶν πρώτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Here the adjectives last and first function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun things in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition of that person is worse than his original condition”
of that man
Quote: τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using the term man in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that person”
Luke 11:27
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
lifting up her voice, said
Quote: ἐπάρασά & φωνὴν & εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The idiom lifting up her voice means that the woman spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “said in a loud voice”
lifting up her voice, said
Quote: ἐπάρασά & φωνὴν & εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
The phrase lifting up her voice tells how the woman said what she did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two terms. Alternate translation: “shouted out”
Blessed {is} the womb that bore you and the breasts that you nursed at
Quote: μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The woman who is shouting out to Jesus is using some of a woman’s body to refer to the whole woman. Alternate translation: “How good it is for the woman who gave birth to you and nursed you” or “How happy the woman must be who gave birth to you and nursed you”
Blessed {is} the womb that bore you and the breasts that you nursed at
Quote: μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας (1)While this woman is speaking about the mother of Jesus, she is actually pronouncing a blessing on him. Alternate translation: “I bless you, because this world is a better place because your mother brought you into it”
Luke 11:28
Rather, blessed {are
Quote: μενοῦν, μακάριοι (1)Jesus is not saying that his mother is not blessed. He is saying that the people he is about to describe are even more blessed. Alternate translation: “It is even better for”
the ones hearing the word of God and keeping {it
Quote: οἱ ἀκούοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ φυλάσσοντες (1)Alternate translation: “those who listen carefully to the message God has spoken and obey it”
the word of God
Quote: τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term word to describe the message that has come from God in the form of words. Alternate translation: “the message God has spoken”
Luke 11:29
And as the crowds were increasing
Quote: τῶν δὲ ὄχλων ἐπαθροιζομένων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what these crowds were. Alternate translation: “as the crowds around Jesus were growing larger” or “as more people kept joining the crowds around Jesus”
This generation is an evil generation. It seeks a sign
Quote: ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη γενεὰ πονηρά ἐστιν; σημεῖον ζητεῖ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term generation to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “The people living at this time are evil people. They seek”
It seeks a sign
Quote: σημεῖον ζητεῖ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the purpose of the sign that the people were seeking. Alternate translation: “They want me to perform a miracle to prove that I have come from God”
a sign will not be given to it except the sign of Jonah
Quote: σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions
If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God will only give it the sign of Jonah”
a sign will not be given to it
Quote: σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not give it a sign”
the sign of Jonah
Quote: τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ (1)Alternate translation: “a miracle like the one that God did for Jonah”
Luke 11:30
as Jonah became a sign to the Ninevites, so also will the Son of Man be to this generation
Quote: καθὼς & ἐγένετο Ἰωνᾶς τοῖς Νινευείταις σημεῖον, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly in what way Jesus will be a sign to this generation the way Jonah was a sign to the Ninevites. Alternate translation: “God did a miracle to show the people who lived long ago in the city of Nineveh that Jonah was his prophet. He brought Jonah out alive after he had been inside the great fish for three days. In the same way, God will do a miracle to show the people living at this time that I have come from him. He will bring me out alive after I have been in the grave for three days”
to the Ninevites
Quote: τοῖς Νινευείταις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Ninevites describes the people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh.
the Son of Man
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”
the Son of Man
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah”
to this generation
Quote: τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term generation to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “to the people living at this time”
Luke 11:31
The Queen of the South
Quote: βασίλισσα νότου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This means the Queen of Sheba. Sheba was a kingdom south of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba”
will stand up … with the men of this generation
Quote: ἐγερθήσεται & μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
In this culture, a person would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for her action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time”
in the judgment
Quote: ἐν τῇ κρίσει (1)Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
the men of this generation
Quote: τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
she came from the ends of the earth
Quote: ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means she came from very far away. Alternate translation: “she traveled a great distance” or “she came from a faraway place”
the wisdom of Solomon
Quote: τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun wisdom with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise things that Solomon said”
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term behold to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully”
something greater than Solomon {is} here
Quote: πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus is using the phrase something greater to refer to a specific person, the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “someone greater than Solomon is here”
something greater than Solomon {is} here
Quote: πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Solomon, am here”
something greater than Solomon {is} here
Quote: πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not listened to Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Solomon, am here, the people of this time have not listened to me”
Luke 11:32
The men of Nineveh
Quote: ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to state explicitly that Nineveh refers to the ancient city of Nineveh. Alternate translation: “The people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh”
The men
Quote: ἄνδρες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here, men is generic and includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people”
will rise up … with this generation
Quote: ἀναστήσονται & μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
Here, rise up means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time”
in the judgment
Quote: ἐν τῇ κρίσει (1)Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
this generation
Quote: τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term behold to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed”
something greater than Jonah {is} here
Quote: πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus is using the phrase something greater to refer to a specific person, the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “someone greater than Jonah is here”
something greater than Jonah {is} here
Quote: πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Jonah, am here”
something greater than Jonah {is} here
Quote: πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not repented after hearing the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Jonah, am here, you still have not repented after hearing my message”
Luke 11:33
No one, having lit a lamp
Quote: οὐδεὶς λύχνον ἅψας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus offers a brief illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘No one who lights a lamp’”
a hidden place
Quote: κρύπτην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This expression means a place in a house that would not ordinarily be seen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use the name of any part of a dwelling in your culture that would not ordinarily be seen. Alternate translation: “a closet”
the measure
Quote: τὸν μόδιον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term the measure refers to a container for dry material that had a capacity of about eight liters or about two gallons. You can represent the term in your translation with the name of a corresponding container in your culture. Alternate translation: “a basket” or “a bowl”
but on the lampstand
Quote: ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the understood subject and verb in this clause. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead, a person places a lighted lamp on a lampstand”
Luke 11:34
The lamp of the body is your eye
Quote: ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The eye is a lamp in a figurative sense. It is not a source of light, but a channel of light. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body”
your
Quote: σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so your and you are singular in 11:34–36. But if the singular form of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
When your eye is healthy, your whole body is also illuminated
Quote: ὅταν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς ᾖ, καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινόν ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor
Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life”
But when it is evil, your body {is} also dark
Quote: ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ, καὶ τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor
Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life”
But when it is evil
Quote: ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ (1)In this context, Jesus is using the term evil to contrast with healthy, so it means “unhealthy.” Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy”
Luke 11:35
beware that the light {that is} in you is not darkness
Quote: σκόπει & μὴ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor
Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “it would be dangerous for you to think that you could see clearly if you actually could not. In the same way, be careful not to think that you understand and live by God’s message if you really do not”
Luke 11:36
it will all be illuminated, as when the lamp with {its} brightness illuminates you
Quote: ἔσται φωτεινὸν ὅλον, ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος τῇ ἀστραπῇ φωτίζῃ σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
Jesus now uses a simile to connect the illustration of the lamp with the extended metaphor of the eye. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of the simile. Alternate translation: “light will come into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will be able to understand his message and live by it completely, just as a lamp shines a bright light that allows you to see yourself and everything around you clearly”
Luke 11:37
And when he had spoken
Quote: ἐν δὲ τῷ λαλῆσαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “And when Jesus had finished saying these things”
a Pharisee asks him
Quote: ἐρωτᾷ αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense
To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee asked him”
a Pharisee
Quote: Φαρισαῖος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee who was there”
he reclined to eat
Quote: ἀνέπεσεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “he sat down at the table”
Luke 11:38
he did not first wash
Quote: οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The Pharisees had a rule that people had to wash their hands before eating in order to be ceremonially clean before God. Alternate translation: “he wash his hands in order to be ceremonially clean”
Luke 11:39
the Lord
Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
you Pharisees clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl, but the inside of you is full of greed and evil
Quote: ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
It becomes clear from the second part of this sentence that Jesus is using the cup and the bowl in the first part to represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “you Pharisees are careful to maintain good appearances on the outside, but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people”
you Pharisees clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl
Quote: ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Washing the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you Pharisees always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from”
but the inside of you is full of greed and evil
Quote: τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns greed and evil with adjectives, as UST does. Alternate translation: “but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people”
Luke 11:40
You foolish ones
Quote: ἄφρονες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using an adjective as a noun. ULT adds the term ones to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish people”
Did not the one having made the outside also make the inside
Quote: οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν, καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to challenge and correct the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The one who made the outside also made the inside!”
Luke 11:41
give as charity {what} is inside
Quote: τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is now referring literally to the cups and bowls because he wants to speak about what they contain. So in this saying, they no longer represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “give to the poor what is in your cups and bowls”
give as charity {what} is inside
Quote: τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is referring to food by association with the cups and bowls that the food is inside. Alternate translation: “share your food with the poor”
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term behold to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed”
all things are clean to you
Quote: πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that if the Pharisees devote themselves to what is most important, helping people in need, then they will recognize that ceremonial cleansing is less important and less worthy of their attention. Alternate translation: “you will not have to be so concerned about ritually washing cups and bowls”
Luke 11:42
you tithe the mint and the rue and every garden herb
Quote: ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον, καὶ πᾶν λάχανον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the Pharisees are counting the leaves on their garden herbs and giving a tenth of those to God, and that by doing that, they are going to almost absurd extremes in pursuing that devotional practice. Alternate translation: “you are so extreme that you give every tenth leaf from your mint and rue and other garden plants to God”
the mint and the rue
Quote: τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
These are the names of herbs. People put just a little bit of their leaves into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what mint and rue are, you could use the name of herbs that they would know.
every garden herb
Quote: πᾶν λάχανον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This does not mean every herb that exists, but every herb that the Pharisees were growing in their gardens. Alternate translation: “every other herb in your gardens”
the love of God
Quote: τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “to make sure that people are treated fairly and compassionately, as God would want”
these and those
Quote: ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα (1)By these, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By those, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter and the former”
and those not to neglect
Quote: κἀκεῖνα μὴ παρεῖναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “while making sure to express your devotion to God as well”
Luke 11:43
the first seats
Quote: τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the best seats”
the greetings
Quote: τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that people would greet the Pharisees in public by addressing them with honorary titles. Alternate translation: “for people to greet you with special titles”
Luke 11:44
you are like the unseen graves, and the men walking over them do not know it
Quote: ἐστὲ ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα, καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περιπατοῦντες ἐπάνω οὐκ οἴδασιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
Jesus is saying that the Pharisees are like unmarked graves because they appear to be ceremonially clean, and so people do not realize that they should avoid them and their teaching. Alternate translation: “you are like burial places that people should not go near, but people do not realize that because the places are unmarked”
you are like the unseen graves
Quote: ἐστὲ ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that these graves are unseen, that is, people do not know that they are there, because they do not have markers such as the stones or plaques that are customarily used to identify graves and to memorialize the people who are buried in them. Alternate translation: “you are like unmarked graves”
graves
Quote: μνημεῖα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term graves refers to holes dug in the ground where dead bodies are buried. If your readers would not be familiar with graves, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “burial places”
and the men walking over them
Quote: καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περιπατοῦντες ἐπάνω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that people walk over”
do not know it
Quote: οὐκ οἴδασιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that if the Jews walked over a grave, they would become ceremonially unclean because they had come close to a dead body. Unmarked graves would cause them to do that accidentally. Alternate translation: “do not realize that and so become ceremonially unclean”
do not know it
Quote: οὐκ οἴδασιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the implied ceremonial uncleanness to represent not doing what pleases God. He has just said in 11:42 that this is really a matter of showing love and justice to others. Alternate translation: “without realizing it and so, because they follow your teaching, they do not do the things that God wants them to do most”
Luke 11:45
Then answering, one of the lawyers says to him
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς δέ τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense
To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there said to him”
answering, one of the lawyers says
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς & τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two verbs answering and says mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “one of the lawyers responded”
one of the lawyers
Quote: τις τῶν νομικῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This phrase introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there”
one of the lawyers
Quote: τις τῶν νομικῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated “lawyer” in 7:30. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there”
Teacher
Quote: Διδάσκαλε (1)Teacher is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
saying these things, you insult us too
Quote: ταῦτα λέγων, καὶ ἡμᾶς ὑβρίζεις (1)Alternate translation: “those are not very nice things to say, and they apply to us too”
Luke 11:46
Woe also to you lawyers
Quote: καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς οὐαί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus did intend to condemn the actions of the experts in the law along with the actions of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “God is just as displeased with you experts in the law”
lawyers
Quote: τοῖς νομικοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated lawyers in 11:45. Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law”
you burden men with burdens difficult to carry
Quote: φορτίζετε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους φορτία δυσβάστακτα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is describing the many rules that these experts give people as burdens that are too heavy to carry. Alternate translation: “you give people more rules than they can possibly follow”
men
Quote: τοὺς ἀνθρώπους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people”
you yourselves do not touch the burdens with one of your fingers
Quote: αὐτοὶ ἑνὶ τῶν δακτύλων ὑμῶν οὐ προσψαύετε τοῖς φορτίοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Jesus uses the least possible thing someone could do to help someone else carry a burden, lifting part of it with a single finger, to emphasize how little these experts are actually doing to help people follow the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “you are not doing anything at all to help people truly obey the law”
Luke 11:47
fathers
Quote: πατέρες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Jesus is using the term fathers in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “ancestors”
Luke 11:48
you testify and consent to the works of your fathers
Quote: μαρτυρεῖτε καὶ συνευδοκεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the Pharisees and experts in the law are not really honoring the prophets whom their ancestors killed when they build elaborate tombs for them. Rather, their ancestors began the job by actually killing them, and now they are finishing the job by burying them. Alternate translation: “you show that you approve of and agree with what your ancestors did when you bury the prophets to finish the job of killing them”
of your fathers
Quote: τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Jesus is using the term fathers in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your ancestors”
you are building
Quote: ὑμεῖς & οἰκοδομεῖτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the Pharisees and law experts are building tombs for the prophets, as 11:47 says explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are building tombs for them”
Luke 11:49
Because of this
Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)The expression Because of this refers to the way that the current generation was effectively continuing the actions of its ancestors, who had killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “Because you are just as hostile to the prophets as your ancestors were”
the wisdom of God also said
Quote: καὶ ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Jesus speaks of God’s wisdom as if it were able to speak by itself. Alternate translation: “God in his wisdom also said” or “God also wisely said”
I will send to them prophets and apostles, and some of them they will kill and persecute
Quote: ἀποστελῶ εἰς αὐτοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus is saying that God was not so foolish or naïve as to think that the Israelites would welcome the message of the prophets and apostles. God in his wisdom knew that they would oppose his messengers. But he sent them anyway, because their message was necessary and important. Alternate translation: “I am going to send prophets and apostles to them with my message, even though I know they will persecute and kill some of them”
they will kill and persecute
Quote: ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Here, Jesus may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word persecute may be telling why and how the people would kill the prophets. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “persecute even to the point of killing”
Luke 11:50
that the blood of all the prophets having been shed from the foundation of the world may be required from this generation
Quote: ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication seems to be that God will also send prophets to the people living at this time because the people’s violent persecution of the prophets will constitute a conscious, deliberate rejection of God’s message that will provide grounds for definitive judgment. That is because the people of this time should know better than to persecute the prophets, based on the prominent bad example of their own ancestors. Alternate translation: “so that the people living at this time, who should have known better, can be held accountable for the blood that people have shed of all the prophets since the beginning of the world”
that the blood of all the prophets having been shed from the foundation of the world may be required from this generation
Quote: ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for the blood of all the prophets that people shed from the foundation of the world”
the blood … having been shed
Quote: τὸ αἷμα & τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed”
the blood of all the prophets having been shed
Quote: τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term the blood … that has been shed to refer to the deaths of the prophets by association with their blood. Alternate translation: “the deaths of all the prophets”
from the foundation of the world
Quote: ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου (1)Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God made the world”
this generation
Quote: τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term generation to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time”
Luke 11:51
the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah
Quote: αἵματος Ἂβελ & αἵματος Ζαχαρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the terms the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah to refer to the deaths of these men by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah”
of Zechariah
Quote: Ζαχαρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Zechariah is the name of a man. It is not the same man as father of John the Baptist, whose story Luke tells at the beginning of this book. Rather, Jesus means the priest whom King Joash ordered the officials of Judah to stone to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols. See 2 Chronicles 24:21.
the house
Quote: τοῦ οἴκου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus calls the temple the house, meaning the “house of God,” since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple”
it will be required from this generation
Quote: ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will hold the people living at this time accountable for all these deaths”
this generation
Quote: τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term generation to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time”
Luke 11:52
lawyers
Quote: τοῖς νομικοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated lawyers in 11:45. Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law”
you have taken away the key of knowledge
Quote: ἤρατε τὴν κλεῖδα τῆς γνώσεως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks about the knowledge of God’s truth as if it were in a building whose door was locked, and about proper teaching as if it were a key that could unlock that door. Alternate translation: “you prevent people from knowing God’s truth”
the key
Quote: τὴν κλεῖδα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A key is a small metal device that opens a lock that is used to keep things like a door, a box, or a drawer closed. If your readers would not know what a key is, you could use the name of a comparable device in your culture.
you have not entered yourselves, and you have hindered the ones entering
Quote: αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσήλθατε, καὶ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἐκωλύσατε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus continues the metaphor by saying that these experts in the law have not gone into the building where they could learn God’s truth, and they have not given others the key that would allow them to unlock the door and go inside to learn. Alternate translation: “you do not know God’s truth yourselves, and you are preventing others from knowing it as well”
Luke 11:53
After} he went out from there
Quote: κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory
In this verse and the next verse, Luke comments on what happened as a result of the episode he has just related. Alternate translation: “After Jesus left the Pharisee’s house”
Luke 11:54
lying in wait for him to trap something from his mouth
Quote: ἐνεδρεύοντες αὐτὸν θηρεῦσαί τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke speaks of the scribes and Pharisees trying to find grounds to accuse Jesus as if they were hunters hiding behind cover in order to catch an animal. Luke then speaks of what Jesus was saying as if it were the animal that these hunters were trying to catch. Alternate translation: “listening carefully to Jesus to see if they could use something he said to accuse him of teaching the wrong things”
something from his mouth
Quote: τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke describes what Jesus was saying by association with his mouth, by which he spoke these things. Alternate translation: “something he said”
Luke 12
Luke 12 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus teaches about trusting and honoring God (12:1–12)
- Jesus tells a parable about a man who trusted in money (12:13–21)
- Jesus teaches not to trust in money (12:22–34)
- Jesus teaches about being ready for his return (12:35–59)
Special concepts in this chapter
“Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit”
Jesus says in 12:10 that anyone who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven. This is a descriptive statement, not a prescriptive one. Jesus is not saying that if people happen to speak certain words, then God will refuse to forgive them, no matter how sorry they are afterwards. Rather, it is the Holy Spirit who brings conviction of sin and of the need to repent. “Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit” means attributing the influence of the Holy Spirit to evil powers, as the Pharisees did when they said in 11:15 that Jesus drove out demons by the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of demons. By definition, then, if a person thinks that the influence of the Holy Spirit is an evil influence, they will not respond to it, and so they will not experience conviction of sin, repent, and be forgiven. That is why people who “blaspheme against the Holy Spirit” will not be forgiven. (See: blasphemy, blaspheme, blasphemous and Holy Spirit, Spirit of God, Spirit of the Lord, Spirit)
Servants
God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not. Jesus teaches about this in 12:34–40.
Division
Jesus knew that those who did not choose to follow him would hate those who did choose to follow him. He also knew that most people love their families more than they love anyone else. So he wanted his followers to understand that following and pleasing him had to be more important to them than having their family love them. Jesus teaches about this in 12:49–53.
Luke 12:1
When
Quote: ἐν οἷς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses the word When to mark the beginning of a new event. This phrase seems to refer back to 11:54. Alternate translation: “While the scribes and Pharisees were still looking for a way to trap him”
myriads of the crowd were gathered together so that they trampled on each other
Quote: ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke provides this background information to give the setting for the events he is about to describe. Alternate translation: “while tens of thousands of the common people were gathering”
myriads
Quote: μυριάδων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word myriads is the plural of the Greek word “myriad,” which means ten thousand (10,000). You can express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands”
of the crowd
Quote: τοῦ ὄχλου (1)In this context, the word crowd refers to ordinary people. Alternate translation: “of the common people”
were gathered together
Quote: ἐπισυναχθεισῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “were coming together” or “were crowding around”
so that they trampled on each other
Quote: ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This could be an exaggeration to emphasize how tightly packed together the crowd as. Alternate translation: “so that they were all tightly packed together”
he began to say to his disciples first
Quote: ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον (1)This could mean: (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) this was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
Guard yourselves from the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy
Quote: προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is describing the influence of the Pharisees by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough”
yeast
Quote: ζύμης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word yeast refers to a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. If your readers would not be familiar with yeast, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “leaven”
Luke 12:2
But
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases
But connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you could use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language.
nothing is concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be known
Quote: οὐδὲν & συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus uses them together to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if including both phrases might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “people will learn about everything that others try to hide”
nothing is concealed that will not be revealed
Quote: οὐδὲν & συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is now concealed will be revealed”
nothing is concealed that will not be revealed
Quote: οὐδὲν & συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that people are now concealing”
and hidden, that will not be known
Quote: καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and nothing is hidden that will not be known”
and hidden, that will not be known
Quote: καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
Supplying nothing from earlier in the sentence shows that this is a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is now hidden will be known”
and hidden, that will not be known
Quote: καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will let everyone know about everything that people are now hiding”
Luke 12:3
whatever you have said in the darkness
Quote: ὅσα ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the image of darkness to represent the idea of concealment. Alternate translation: “whatever you have said secretly”
will be heard in the light
Quote: ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the image of light to represent the idea of no concealment. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly”
will be heard in the light
Quote: ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly”
you have spoken in the ear
Quote: πρὸς τὸ οὖς ἐλαλήσατε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Alternate translation: “whispered to another person”
in the inner rooms
Quote: ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the image of this location to represent the idea of privacy. Alternate translation: “privately”
will be proclaimed
Quote: κηρυχθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will proclaim”
upon the housetops
Quote: ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
Houses in Israel had flat roofs that were reached by stairs or ladders, so people could easily go up and stand on top of them. If houses are different in your culture and you think your readers might wonder how people would get up onto housetops and stand there, you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “from a high place from which everyone will be able to hear”
Luke 12:4
But I say to you, my friends
Quote: λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, τοῖς φίλοις μου (1)Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, about not being afraid. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you, friends”
the body
Quote: τὸ σῶμα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus speaks about a person by association with the body, which is mortal. Alternate translation: “a person”
not having anything more to do
Quote: μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι (1)Alternate translation: “cannot cause any more harm”
Luke 12:5
Fear the one, … having authority
Quote: φοβήθητε τὸν & ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The expression the one refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority”
after he has killed, having authority
Quote: μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι, ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν (1)Jesus is not suggesting that God actively kills each person. Alternate translation: “who, after a person dies, has authority”
Gehenna
Quote: Γέενναν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Gehenna is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem.
Gehenna
Quote: Γέενναν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell.
Luke 12:6
Are not five sparrows sold for two assaria
Quote: οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell five sparrows for only two small copper coins”
Are not five sparrows sold for two assaria
Quote: οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using this question to teach the disciples. He is not asking them to verify the market price for sparrows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that five sparrows are sold for only two small copper coins.”
sparrows
Quote: στρουθία (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word sparrows refers to small, seed-eating birds. If your readers would not know what sparrows are, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “small birds”
for two assaria
Quote: ἀσσαρίων δύο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney
The word assaria is the plural of “assarion.” An assarion was a small copper coin equivalent to about half an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two small copper coins” or “half an hour’s wages”
not one of them is forgotten before God
Quote: ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God never forgets a single one of them”
not one of them is forgotten before God
Quote: ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them”
not one of them is forgotten before God
Quote: ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The expression before God means “in front of God,” that is, “where God can see.” Sight, in turn, represents attention. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them”
Luke 12:7
even the hairs of your head have all been numbered
Quote: καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has even counted all the hairs on your head”
even the hairs of your head have all been numbered
Quote: καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus is using one small part of a person, the hairs on the head, to indicate the entire person. Alternate translation: “God is aware of everything about you, right down to the smallest detail”
of your head
Quote: τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Although head is singular because Jesus is describing an individual situation, your is plural because he is speaking to his disciples as a group.
have all been numbered
Quote: πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται (1)The word numbered can also mean “counted.” Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “have all been counted”
Do not fear: you are more valuable than many sparrows
Quote: μὴ φοβεῖσθε, πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that if God is aware of and concerned for sparrows, which are of less value, then God is certainly aware of and concerned for people, who are of greater value. And so followers of Jesus do not need to be afraid, since God is watching over them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than many sparrows, so God is certainly even more aware of you and concerned for you, and so you do not need to be afraid”
Luke 12:8
But I say to you
Quote: λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν (1)Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, confession. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you”
everyone who confesses about me before men
Quote: πᾶς ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what someone would confess or acknowledge. Alternate translation: “whoever tells other people that he believes in me”
before men
Quote: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, before means “in front of” or “in the presence of” other people. Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear”
men
Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people”
the Son of Man will also confess about him
Quote: καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει, ἐν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will also say that he belongs to me”
the Son of Man
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah”
before the angels
Quote: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels”
Luke 12:9
but the one having denied me before men
Quote: ὁ δὲ ἀρνησάμενός με ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what someone having denied might have said. Alternate translation: “but whoever denies to others that he is my disciple”
before men
Quote: ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear”
men
Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people”
will be denied
Quote: ἀπαρνηθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will would do the action. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will deny that he belongs to him” or (if you translated with the first person) “I will deny that he belongs to me”
before the angels
Quote: ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels”
Luke 12:10
And everyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man
Quote: καὶ πᾶς ὃς ἐρεῖ λόγον εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses word to describe something someone might say by using words. Alternate translation: “And everyone who says something bad about the Son of Man”
the Son of Man
Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man”
the Son of Man
Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah”
it will be forgiven him
Quote: ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive”
it will not be forgiven
Quote: οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not extend forgiveness”
Luke 12:11
when they bring you
Quote: ὅταν & εἰσφέρωσιν ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the opponents of Jesus would do this to his disciples. Alternate translation: “when my opponents bring you”
to the synagogues
Quote: ἐπὶ τὰς συναγωγὰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is referring to local Jewish tribunals by reference to the place where they met, in synagogues. Alternate translation: “to be tried by local Jewish tribunals”
the rulers and the authorities
Quote: τὰς ἀρχὰς, καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis. He is referring to officials of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the terms into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the officials whom the Romans have appointed”
Luke 12:12
the Holy Spirit will teach you … what is necessary to say
Quote: τὸ & Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς & ἃ δεῖ εἰπεῖν (1)Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell you … what to say” or “the Holy Spirit will give you … the words to say”
in that hour
Quote: ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term hour to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “in that moment”
Luke 12:13
Then someone from the crowd said to him
Quote: εἶπεν δέ τις ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a man who was there in the crowd said to Jesus”
Teacher
Quote: Διδάσκαλε (1)Teacher is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
to divide the inheritance with me
Quote: μερίσασθαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν κληρονομίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In this culture, inheritances came from the father, usually after the father had died. You may need to make explicit that the speaker’s father had probably died. Alternate translation: “to divide the family property with me now that our father is dead”
Luke 12:14
Man
Quote: ἄνθρωπε (1)Here Jesus is using the impersonal term Man to put some social distance between himself and the questioner, by contrast with the way he called his disciples “friends” in 12:4. He is effectively rebuking the man for asking such a question. Your language might have a way of addressing people in a similar situation. Alternate translation: “Mister”
who appointed me a judge or a mediator over you
Quote: τίς με κατέστησεν κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one appointed me to be a judge or mediator over you.”
a judge or a mediator
Quote: κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis as he rebukes this man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single word that would carry the meaning of both terms. Alternate translation: “an arbitrator”
a judge or a mediator
Quote: κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Jesus could also be using these two words to express a single idea. The term mediator may explain for what purpose a person was appointed as a judge, specifically, to settle disputes. Alternate translation: “a judge who settles disputes”
you
Quote: ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual
The term you refers to the man and his brother. It would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
Luke 12:15
he said to them
Quote: εἶπεν & πρὸς αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus said what follows to the whole crowd, which included the man who asked about the inheritance. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the crowd”
See
Quote: ὁρᾶτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate a need for caution. Alternate translation: “Watch out” or “Be careful”
all covetousness
Quote: πάσης πλεονεξίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun covetousness with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the urge to have more things”
the abounding to him of his possessions
Quote: τῷ περισσεύειν τινὶ & ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ (1)Alternate translation: “the number of things he has”
Luke 12:16
Then he spoke to them a parable
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand this teaching”
them
Quote: αὐτοὺς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun them refers to the whole crowd, to which Jesus is continuing to speak. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd”
yielded abundantly
Quote: εὐφόρησεν (1)Alternate translation: “produced a very good harvest”
Luke 12:17
he reasoned with himself, saying, ‘What should I do, since I do not have anywhere to gather my crops
Quote: διελογίζετο ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων, τί ποιήσω, ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς καρπούς μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked himself what he should do, since he did not have anywhere to store his crops”
anywhere
Quote: ποῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This is a generalization for emphasis. As the man says in the next verse, he already does have some barns. He means that those barns do not have the capacity to store this new large harvest. Alternate translation: “anywhere large enough” or “enough room in my barns”
Luke 12:18
he said, ‘I will do this: I will take down my barns and build bigger ones, and there I will gather all of my grain and good things
Quote: εἶπεν, τοῦτο ποιήσω: καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω, καὶ συνάξω ἐκεῖ πάντα τὸν σῖτον καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he finally decided that he should tear down the barns he had and build bigger barns so that he could store all of his grain and other possessions in them”
barns
Quote: τὰς ἀποθήκας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term barns describes buildings in which farmers store crops they have harvested. If your readers would not be familiar with barns, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “storage buildings”
my … good things
Quote: τὰ ἀγαθά μου (1)Alternate translation: “my other possessions”
Luke 12:19
I will say to my soul, “Soul, you have many good things lying in store for many years. Relax, eat, drink, be merry
Quote: ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά; ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “he told himself that he had many goods stored up for many years, and so he could relax, eat, drink, be merry”
to my soul
Quote: τῇ ψυχῇ μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The man addresses one part of himself, his soul or inner being, in order to speak to all of himself. Alternate translation: “to myself”
Luke 12:20
But God said to him, ‘Foolish one, this night they are demanding your soul from you, and what you have prepared, whose will it be
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεός, ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ; ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “But God told him that he was very foolish, because he was going to die that night, and the things he had stored up would belong to someone else”
Foolish one
Quote: ἄφρων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
God is using the adjective foolish as a noun in order to indicate what kind of person this man is. ULT adds the term one to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish person”
this night they are demanding your soul from you
Quote: ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ (1)This is an indefinite construction, such as many languages use, but God is the actual subject. Alternate translation: “I am demanding your soul from you this very night”
this night they are demanding your soul from you
Quote: ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The term soul means the life of a person. God is using the same term as the man did, but with a different meaning, to show that he was foolish to have such confidence in his possessions. Alternate translation: “you are going to lose your life this very night”
they are demanding your soul from you
Quote: τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
This expression speaks about death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “you are going to die”
and what you have prepared, whose will it be
Quote: ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
God does not expect the man to tell him who will inherit his things. Rather, God is using the question as a teaching tool, to make the man realize that he could not count on possessing those things, and so he was wrong to put his confidence in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the things you have stored up will belong to someone else!”
Luke 12:21
the one storing up treasure
Quote: ὁ θησαυρίζων (1)Alternate translation: “a person who saves up valuable things”
not being rich toward God
Quote: μὴ εἰς Θεὸν πλουτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term rich to mean using one’s time and possessions for the things that are important to God. Alternate translation: “has not invested in the things that matter to God”
Luke 12:22
he said to his disciples
Quote: εἶπεν & πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Since Peter asks in 12:41 whether Jesus has been speaking only to the disciples, or also to the crowd as well, the implication is that Jesus did not say these things to his disciples privately, as in 12:1–12, but rather to them publicly so that the crowd could also hear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples, as the crowd was listening”
Because of this
Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
By this Jesus means the lesson of the story, that it is foolish to be overly concerned about having a lot of food and possessions. Alternate translation: “In light of what this story teaches”
I say to you, do not worry
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry”
about your body, what you might wear
Quote: τῷ σώματι τί ἐνδύσησθε (1)Alternate translation: “about having clothes to put on your body”
Luke 12:23
For life is more than food, and the body {than} clothing
Quote: ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body is more than clothing”
For life is more than food, and the body {than} clothing
Quote: ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος (1)This is a general statement of value. Alternate translation: “There is more to life than the food you eat, and there is more to the body than the clothing that you wear”
Luke 12:24
the ravens
Quote: τοὺς κόρακας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word ravens refers to large black birds, and it can apply either to crows or to actual ravens. If your readers would not be familiar with either of those birds, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the birds”
neither storeroom nor barn
Quote: οὐκ & ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
These two words mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together to express a general meaning. Alternate translation: “no place to store food”
neither storeroom nor barn
Quote: οὐκ & ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
These are places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with either term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “no place to store food”
How much more valuable you are than the birds
Quote: πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν! (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations
This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus uses the exclamation to emphasize the point he wants his listeners to realize. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You need to realize how much more valuable people are to God than birds.”
Luke 12:25
which of you, being anxious, is able to add a cubit to his lifespan
Quote: τίς & ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν, δύναται ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “no one can make his life any longer by being anxious!”
to add a cubit to his lifespan
Quote: ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is speaking of the lifespan as if it were measured in length rather than in time. Alternate translation: “make his life any longer”
a cubit
Quote: πῆχυν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A cubit is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary your culture.
a cubit
Quote: πῆχυν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication may be that since a cubit is a relatively short distance, it represents only a short time. Alternate translation: “even a little bit” or “even a short time”
Luke 12:26
If then you are not able to do the least, why do you worry about the rest
Quote: εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since you could not do even this small thing, you should not worry about the other things!”
the least
Quote: ἐλάχιστον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective least as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing”
the rest
Quote: τῶν λοιπῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing”
Luke 12:27
Consider the lilies—how they grow
Quote: κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει (1)Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
the lilies
Quote: τὰ κρίνα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word lilies describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you can use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers”
neither do they spin
Quote: οὐδὲ νήθει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
In this context, to spin means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth”
But I say to you, not even Solomon
Quote: λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
Solomon in all his glory
Quote: Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
The abstract noun glory could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.”
Luke 12:28
if God thus clothes the grass in the field, existing today and tomorrow being thrown into an oven
Quote: εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into an oven tomorrow”
if God thus clothes the grass in the field, existing today and tomorrow being thrown into an oven
Quote: εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact
Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into an oven tomorrow”
the grass in the field, existing today and tomorrow being thrown into an oven
Quote: ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
While Jesus uses a term that typically means grass, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into an oven”
the grass in the field, existing today and tomorrow being thrown into an oven
Quote: ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
It would be particularly appropriate to use a general term in your translation if your readers would not know what grass is. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into an oven”
the grass in the field, existing today and tomorrow being thrown into an oven
Quote: ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow someone throws it into an oven” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow someone throws them into an oven”
the grass in the field, existing today and tomorrow being thrown into an oven
Quote: ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that dried plant matter would be used for fuel, for heating and cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could describe it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow people use it for fuel” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow people use them for fuel”
how much more you
Quote: πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “how much more will God clothe you”
how much more you
Quote: πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations
This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus is emphasizing that God will certainly take care of people even better than he takes care of grass. Alternate translation: “God will certainly clothe you even better”
Luke 12:29
you, do not seek what you might eat and what you might drink
Quote: ὑμεῖς μὴ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε, καὶ τί πίητε (1)The word seek has a specific meaning here. It does not mean to look for these things because they have been lost. Alternate translation: “do not concentrate on what you will eat and drink”
Luke 12:30
all the nations of the world
Quote: πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The term nations means non-Jewish people groups. The term all is not a generalization for emphasis. Jesus is saying that this is the way of life for any group that does not know God. Alternate translation: “all the people groups who do not know God”
your Father
Quote: ὑμῶν & ὁ Πατὴρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Father is an important title for God.
Luke 12:31
seek his kingdom
Quote: ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ (1)As in 12:29, the word seek has a specific meaning here. Alternate translation: “concentrate on God’s kingdom”
these things will be added to you
Quote: ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also give you these things”
these things will be added to you
Quote: ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In context, the expression these things refers to food and clothing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will also give you the food and clothing that you need”
Luke 12:32
little flock
Quote: τὸ μικρὸν ποίμνιον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks to his disciples as if they were a small group of sheep or goats. The image means that as a shepherd cares for his flock, God will care for the disciples. Alternate translation: “my dear disciples”
Father
Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Father is an important title for God.
Luke 12:33
Sell your possessions and give alms
Quote: πωλήσατε τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This culture referred to charitable donations or gifts to the poor as alms. Alternate translation: “Sell your possessions and give the proceeds to the poor”
Make for yourselves
Quote: ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that this will be the result of selling one’s possessions and giving the proceeds to the poor. Alternate translation: “In this way you will make for yourselves”
purses that do not wear out—unfailing treasure in the heavens
Quote: βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα, θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always be safe in heaven”
purses that do not wear out
Quote: βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
If you would like to reproduce the figure of speech that Jesus uses, but you think your readers might not know what purses are, you could explain that term, or you could use the name of a different container that people in your culture use to keep valuable things safe. Alternate translation: “moneybags that will not get holes in them” or “a jar that will never break”
purses that do not wear out
Quote: βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is describing valuable things that will last by reference to purses or moneybags that will keep these things safe because they will never wear out. He makes this clear by speaking literally of unfailing treasure right afterwards. Alternate translation: “wealth that will always be safe”
unfailing treasure
Quote: θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον (1)You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always last”
where thief does not come near
Quote: ὅπου κλέπτης οὐκ ἐγγίζει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus speaks of a thief coming near to wealth to mean stealing it. Alternate translation: “where no thief ever steals anything”
nor moth destroy
Quote: οὐδὲ σὴς διαφθείρει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and where no moth ever destroys anything”
moth
Quote: σὴς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A moth is a small insect that eats holes in fabric. If your readers would not know what a moth is, you could use the name of a different insect they would recognize that destroys materials, such as an ant or termite.
Luke 12:34
where your treasure is, there your heart will be also
Quote: ὅπου & ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of a person’s heart and treasure being in the same location. Alternate translation: “the things you value are the things you will think about and try to obtain”
where your treasure is
Quote: ὅπου & ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the word treasure to mean what a person values. Alternate translation: “the things you value”
your heart will be also
Quote: καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the heart represents the thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “are the things you will think about and want to have”
your … your
Quote: ὑμῶν & ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Jesus is speaking of each individual person’s values and desires, but your is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of your in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this.
Luke 12:35
Let your loins be girded
Quote: ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand. ‘Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips’”
Let your loins be girded
Quote: ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
People in this culture wore long flowing robes. They would wrap the lower part of the robe around their hips to keep it out of the way while they engaged in physical activity. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips”
Let your loins be girded
Quote: ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips”
Let your loins be girded
Quote: ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this in order to be ready to do any physical activity that was needed as soon as the master returned. Alternate translation: “Be dressed and ready to serve”
Let your loins be girded
Quote: ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Jesus is speaking of what an individual should do, but your is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of your in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this.
and the lamps be kept burning
Quote: καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and keep the lamps burning”
and the lamps be kept burning
Quote: καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this so that the house would be well lit when the master returned. Alternate translation: “and make sure that the house is well lit”
Luke 12:36
you {be} like men waiting for
Quote: ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
This is a simile. Alternate translation: “you should be like people who are waiting”
you {be} like men waiting for
Quote: ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus’ disciples should be like this as they wait for his return. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you wait for my return, you should be like people who are waiting for”
men
Quote: ἀνθρώποις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Since household servants would probably include women as well as men, Jesus is likely using the term men here in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people”
when he returns from the wedding feast
Quote: πότε ἀναλύσῃ ἐκ τῶν γάμων (1)Alternate translation: “to come home after a wedding celebration”
knocks
Quote: κρούσαντος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated the word “knock” in 11:9. Alternate translation: “calls out” or “coughs” or “claps”
they may immediately open for him
Quote: εὐθέως ἀνοίξωσιν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The phrase open for him refers to the door of the master’s house. It was the responsibility of his servants to open it for him. Alternate translation: “they can open the door for him right away”
Luke 12:37
Blessed {are
Quote: μακάριοι (1)Alternate translation: “How good it will be for”
whom the master will find watching {when} he comes
Quote: οὓς ἐλθὼν, ὁ Κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγοροῦντας (1)Alternate translation: “whose master finds them waiting for him when he returns” or “who are ready when the master returns”
Truly I say to you
Quote: ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
he will come {and} serve them
Quote: παρελθὼν, διακονήσει αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that, because the servants were faithful in their tasks and they were ready to serve their master when he arrived, the master will now reward them by serving them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will come and serve them as a reward”
Luke 12:38
Even if he comes in the second, or even in the third watch
Quote: κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ (1)Alternate translation: “Even if he comes in the second or third watch of the night”
in the second, … watch
Quote: ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ & φυλακῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The second watch of the night was from 9:00 PM until midnight. Alternate translation: “late at night”
or even in the third watch
Quote: κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The third watch was from midnight until 3:00 AM. Alternate translation: “or even after midnight”
and finds them thus, blessed are those
Quote: καὶ εὕρῃ οὕτως, μακάριοί εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι (1)Alternate translation: “how good it will be for servants whom he finds waiting for him” or “how good it will be for servants who are ready when he returns”
Luke 12:39
But know this
Quote: τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε (1)Jesus says this to encourage his disciples to think carefully about what he is going to tell them. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to think carefully about this”
But know this, that if the master of the house had known
Quote: τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this further illustration to help them understand. ‘If the owner of the house had known’”
But know this, that if the master of the house had known at which hour the thief comes
Quote: τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
The illustration that Jesus chooses involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a thief were going to rob a house, and suppose the owner of the house knew when the thief was coming”
at which hour
Quote: ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus uses the term hour to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when” or “at what time”
he would not have let his house be broken into
Quote: οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he would not have let the thief break into his house”
he would not have let his house be broken into
Quote: οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
If you translated the earlier part of this verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this part as the result. You may want to make this part a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he would not let the thief break into his house”
Luke 12:40
in that hour you do not think
Quote: ᾗ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term hour to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at a time when you are not expecting him”
the Son of Man comes
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will return” (and for the previous phrase, “at a time when you are not expecting me”)
the Son of Man comes
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, will return”
Luke 12:41
Then Peter said
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke says this to reintroduce Peter as a participant in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could remind them who Peter was. Alternate translation: “Then Peter, one of his disciples, asked”
us
Quote: ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
By us, Peter means “me and the rest of your disciples” but not Jesus himself. So us would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction.
everyone
Quote: πάντας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Peter is generalizing to mean “everyone who can hear you.” Alternate translation: “everyone here” or “the crowd”
Luke 12:42
the Lord
Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)Here, Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
Who then is the faithful, wise manager
Quote: τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus uses a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly. He means that he expected that those who recognized that they should be like faithful managers would understand that the parable had been about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager”
Who then is the faithful, wise manager
Quote: τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
In the course of using a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus gave Peter this further illustration to answer his question. ‘I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager’”
whom the master will appoint over his care
Quote: ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus refers to the other servants as the master’s care by association with the way they care for him. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants”
whom the master will appoint over his care
Quote: ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication, as the rest of the parable makes clear, is that the master is making this arrangement temporarily and provisionally because he is going to be absent for a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants while he goes away for a while”
Luke 12:43
Blessed {is} that slave
Quote: μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος (1)Alternate translation: “How good it will be for that slave”
whom his master, having come, will find doing thus
Quote: ὃν ἐλθὼν, ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως (1)Alternate translation: “if his master finds him doing that work when he comes back”
Luke 12:44
Truly I say to you
Quote: ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
he will appoint him over all his possessions
Quote: ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν (1)Alternate translation: “he will put him in charge of all of his property”
Luke 12:45
But if that slave says in his heart, ‘My master delays to come
Quote: ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that slave thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said”
But if that slave says in his heart, ‘… and he begins
Quote: ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἄρξηται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that slave thinks to himself … and suppose he begins”
says in his heart
Quote: εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the heart represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself”
My master delays to come
Quote: χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι (1)Alternate translation: “My master is going to come back later than he said”
the male servants and the female servants
Quote: τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Jesus is using the two types of servants to mean all of the master’s servants. Alternate translation: “all the other servants”
Luke 12:46
the master of that slave will come
Quote: ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that slave will arrive”
on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know
Quote: ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using the repetition to emphasize that the return of the master will be completely unexpected by the servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “at a time that is a complete surprise to the servant”
on a day that he does not expect
Quote: ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, Jesus uses the term day to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him”
at an hour that he does not know
Quote: ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, Jesus uses the term hour to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come”
he will cut him in two
Quote: διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The expression cut him in two could mean one of two things, depending on how the word unfaithful is understood (See: next note): (1) if unfaithful means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he cut him in two. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) if unfaithful means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body”
appoint his place with the unfaithful
Quote: τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει (1)The term that ULT translates as unfaithful could mean: (1) “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
the unfaithful
Quote: τῶν ἀπίστων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective unfaithful as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate unfaithful (See: previous note). Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers”
Luke 12:47
Now that slave, the one having known the will of his master and not having gotten ready or having done according to his will, will be beaten much
Quote: ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a slave knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely”
the will of his master
Quote: τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
will be beaten much
Quote: δαρήσεται πολλάς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely”
Luke 12:48
But the one not having known and having done things worthy of blows will be beaten little
Quote: ὁ δὲ μὴ γνοὺς, ποιήσας δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “But suppose a servant did not know what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did things that deserved punishment. Then his master would punish him lightly”
will be beaten little
Quote: δαρήσεται ὀλίγας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master would punish him lightly”
everyone to whom much has been given, much will be required from him, and to whom much has been provided, even more will be asked of him
Quote: παντὶ & ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ; καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two clauses mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if someone entrusts many resources to a person, he will expect that person to produce much from those resources”
everyone to whom much has been given, much will be required from him
Quote: παντὶ & ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will require more of everyone to whom he has given much”
to whom much has been provided, even more will be asked of him
Quote: ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will ask even more of the one to whom he has given much property to care for”
Luke 12:49
I came to throw fire upon the earth
Quote: πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is speaking of the effects of his ministry and teaching. In context, since he says contrastingly in 12:51 that he did not come to bring peace to the earth, fire likely represents the passionate responses to him, both favorable and unfavorable, that would lead to the divisions he describes in 12:52–53. Alternate translation: “My coming will lead to conflict among people”
the earth
Quote: τὴν γῆν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus says the earth to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “people”
how I wish that it were already kindled
Quote: τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations
This exclamation emphasizes how much Jesus wants this to happen. Alternate translation: “I wish very much that this fire were already lit”
how I wish that it were already kindled
Quote: τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This exclamation continues the metaphor of fire as conflict. Alternate translation: “how I wish that people were already taking sides”
it were already kindled
Quote: ἤδη ἀνήφθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire were already burning” or “people were already taking sides”
Luke 12:50
But
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Jesus uses the word But to indicate that he cannot do what the previous sentence describes until after he does what this sentence describes. Alternate translation: “But first”
I have a baptism to be baptized with
Quote: βάπτισμα & ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of baptism to describe how he must suffer. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “I must be overwhelmed by suffering”
I have a baptism to be baptized with
Quote: βάπτισμα & ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “suffering must overwhelm me”
how I am distressed until it is completed
Quote: πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations
This exclamation emphasizes how distressed Jesus is. Alternate translation: “I am terribly distressed and will continue to be distressed until my suffering is completed”
how I am distressed
Quote: πῶς συνέχομαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “this suffering will continue to distress me terribly”
until it is completed
Quote: ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “until I have endured all of it”
Luke 12:51
Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth
Quote: δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is not asking the people in the crowd to tell him what they think. He is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I came to bring peace on the earth.”
Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth
Quote: δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus says the earth to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I came to make peace between people”
to give peace on the earth
Quote: εἰρήνην & δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun peace with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another”
No, … but rather division
Quote: οὐχί & ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “No … I came to bring division instead”
No, … but rather division
Quote: οὐχί & ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun division with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “No … my coming will cause people to oppose each other”
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. Alternate translation: “I want you to understand”
Luke 12:52
five in one house
Quote: πέντε ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term house to refer to people who live together in a house, that is, to a family. Alternate translation: “five members of the same family”
divided
Quote: διαμεμερισμένοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who will take sides against one another”
three against two and two against three
Quote: τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side”
three against two and two against three
Quote: τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side”
Luke 12:53
They will be divided
Quote: διαμερισθήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Family members will oppose one another”
father against son and son against father
Quote: πατὴρ ἐπὶ υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Fathers and sons will oppose one another”
mother against her daughter and daughter against her mother
Quote: μήτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν μητέρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Mothers and daughters will oppose one another”
mother-in-law against her daughter-in-law and daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law
Quote: πενθερὰ ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν πενθεράν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Mothers-in-law and daughters-in-law will oppose one another”
Luke 12:54
a cloud rising
Quote: νεφέλην ἀνατέλλουσαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
A cloud rising in the west would indicate that rain was coming in Israel, because the sea was to the west. If rainstorms tend to come from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “clouds forming in a certain direction”
you say, ‘A shower is coming
Quote: λέγετε, ὅτι ὄμβρος ἔρχεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to rain”
and it happens thus
Quote: καὶ γίνεται οὕτως (1)Alternate translation: “and it does rain”
Luke 12:55
a south wind is blowing
Quote: νότον πνέοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Wind coming from this direction would indicate that hot weather was coming in Israel, because the desert was to the south. If hot winds blow from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the wind is blowing from a certain direction”
you say, ‘There will be scorching heat
Quote: λέγετε, ὅτι καύσων ἔσται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to be very hot”
and it happens
Quote: καὶ γίνεται (1)Alternate translation: “and it does get hot”
Luke 12:56
Hypocrites
Quote: ὑποκριταί! (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication, which Jesus draws out in the rest of this verse, is that people who could understand the weather from signs such as wind and clouds also ought to be able to understand what God was doing through Jesus from the signs surrounding his ministry. So if they did not welcome him, it was not because they did not see or understand these signs. Rather, it was because they were pretending not to see or understand them. Alternate translation: “You are pretending not to understand!”
the face
Quote: τὸ πρόσωπον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term face to mean “appearance.” Alternate translation: “the appearance”
but how do you not know how to interpret this time
Quote: τὸν καιρὸν δὲ τοῦτον, πῶς οὐκ οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “so you ought to be able to understand what is happening right now.”
Luke 12:57
And why do you not even judge for yourselves {what is} righteous
Quote: τί δὲ καὶ ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν, οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You ought to discern on your own what is right.”
Luke 12:58
For as you are going with your adversary to a magistrate
Quote: ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: “Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose they were taking you to court to collect it”
For as you are going with your adversary to a magistrate
Quote: ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
This hypothetical situation is also an illustration designed to help the people understand that they should be welcoming Jesus. Just as the debtor is going to be judged imminently, God is going to judge them imminently based on their responses to Jesus, and so they should make a positive response now, before it is too late. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose he was taking you to court to collect it’”
you are going … your … you
Quote: ὑπάγεις & σου & σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.
your adversary
Quote: τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
In the context of this story, the term adversary means specifically an opponent in a legal proceeding. You could translate it with the equivalent term in your language. Alternatively, since the next verse indicates that the adversary is trying to collect a debt, you could describe him in a way that indicates that. Alternate translation: “your opponent” or “your creditor”
a magistrate
Quote: ἄρχοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A magistrate is a general term for a person in legal authority. You can translate it with the equivalent general term in your language. Alternate translation: “the official”
to be released from him
Quote: ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to settle the matter out of court” or “to have him forgive your debt”
the judge
Quote: τὸν κριτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term the judge refers to the same person as the magistrate, but the term here is more specific and threatening. In your translation you can use the specific term in your language that describes someone with the power to deliver a verdict and pass sentence on a defendant.
to the officer
Quote: τῷ πράκτορι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
In the context of the story, the term the officer refers to a court official who was empowered to collect debts that a judge had ruled were owed and to put the debtor in prison if he did not pay. Your language may have a similar term that you can use. Alternate translation: “the bailiff”
Luke 12:59
I say to you
Quote: λέγω σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this expression as an introduction to the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “If that happens, then”
I say to you
Quote: λέγω σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
Even though Jesus is speaking directly to the crowd, he is still addressing an individual situation, so you is singular here and in the rest of this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation.
the very last lepton
Quote: καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney
A lepton was the smallest and least valuable coin in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about a tenth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the very last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands”
Luke 13
Luke 13 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus teaches with parables (13:1–30)
- Jesus speaks about Herod and Jerusalem (13:31–35)
Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Unknown events
The people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about, but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written. These events are Pilate executing some Galileans in the temple, 13:1–2, and 18 people being killed when a tower collapsed in Jerusalem, 13:4. In your translation, you should tell your readers no more than what Luke tells about what happened. Your translation should tell only what Luke tells.
Paradox
A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last” (Luke 13:30)
Luke 13:1
And
Quote: δέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now”
some were present at that time reporting to him
Quote: παρῆσαν & τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἀπαγγέλλοντες αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “there were some people present at that time who were telling him”
some were present at that time
Quote: παρῆσαν & τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in 11:54. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds, some of them were”
whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices
Quote: ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke is speaking about this event to indicate that the blood of the Galileans was shed at the same time as the blood of their animal sacrifices. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple”
whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices
Quote: ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke uses the term blood to refer to the death of these Galileans. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple”
whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices
Quote: ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Pilate likely did not kill these Galileans personally. Rather, he ordered his soldiers to kill them. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers had killed as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” or “whom Pilate had ordered his soldiers to kill as they were offering sacrifices at the temple”
Luke 13:2
answering, he said to them
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the people in the crowd told him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them”
Do you think that these Galileans were more sinful than all the Galileans because they suffered this
Quote: δοκεῖτε ὅτι οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι οὗτοι, ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους ἐγένοντο, ὅτι ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to teach these people and the whole crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that these Galileans were more sinful than all the Galileans because they suffered this!”
more sinful than all the Galileans
Quote: ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους (1)Alternate translation: “more sinful than all the other Galileans” or “the most sinful of all Galileans”
they suffered this
Quote: ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν (1)Alternate translation: “this happened to them”
Luke 13:3
No, I say to you
Quote: οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
you will all perish in the same way
Quote: πάντες ὁμοίως ἀπολεῖσθε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This statement seems to be similar to the one that Jesus makes in 19:41–44, in which he says that if the Jewish people reject him and instead follow violent false messiahs, this will bring them into conflict with the Romans and they will be destroyed. That seems to be the implicit meaning here as well, and you could express that in your translation. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed by the Romans”
Luke 13:4
Or those
Quote: ἢ ἐκεῖνοι (1)Jesus is giving a second example of people who suffered. Alternate translation: “Also consider those”
those 18
Quote: ἐκεῖνοι οἱ δεκαοκτὼ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective 18 (eighteen) as a noun in order to indicate a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “those 18 people”
Siloam
Quote: Σιλωὰμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Siloam is the name of an area in Jerusalem.
Do you think that they were worse debtors than all the men residing in Jerusalem
Quote: δοκεῖτε ὅτι αὐτοὶ ὀφειλέται ἐγένοντο παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Ἰερουσαλήμ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to teach these the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that they were worse debtors than all the men residing in Jerusalem!”
debtors
Quote: ὀφειλέται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a figurative way of describing someone as a sinner. Alternate translation: “sinners”
men
Quote: ἀνθρώπους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people”
Luke 13:5
No, I say to you
Quote: οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
you will all likewise perish
Quote: πάντες ὡσαύτως ἀπολεῖσθε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the similar statement in 13:3. In this case, the people whom Jesus is using as an example were not destroyed by the Romans, so the comparison does not include that detail. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed”
Luke 13:6
Then he spoke this parable
Quote: ἔλεγεν δὲ ταύτην τὴν παραβολήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
Jesus now gives a brief illustration to help the crowd understand what he has been saying. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand what he had been saying”
Someone had a fig tree planted in his vineyard
Quote: συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who owned a vineyard in which a fig tree had been planted”
Someone had a fig tree planted
Quote: συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Someone had planted a fig tree”
a fig tree
Quote: συκῆν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A fig tree is a type of fruit tree that is common in the land of Israel. If your readers would not know what a fig tree is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fruit tree”
he came seeking fruit on it, but did not find any
Quote: ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ οὐχ εὗρεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
This is background information that helps listeners understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree, but there were none”
he came seeking fruit on it
Quote: ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go
Here your language might use a form of “go” rather than a form of “come.” Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree”
Luke 13:7
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: εἶπεν & πρὸς τὸν ἀμπελουργόν, ἰδοὺ, τρία ἔτη ἀφ’ οὗ ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ συκῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκω. ἔκκοψον αὐτήν, ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told the gardener to pay attention, that he had been coming for three years to look for fruit on the fig tree, but he had not found any, and so the gardener should cut the tree down because it was keeping the ground from being productive.”
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The man uses the term behold to get the gardener to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention”
For what {reason} is it even idling the ground
Quote: ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The man uses the question form to emphasize that the tree is useless and that the gardener should cut it down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let it keep the ground from being productive any longer.”
is it even idling the ground
Quote: καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The man speaks of the tree as if it were keeping the ground from working, since the ground would be productive if a different tree that actually was bearing fruit were in its place. Alternate translation: “is it even keeping the ground from being productive”
Luke 13:8
But answering, he says to him
Quote: ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense
To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But he responded”
answering, he says
Quote: ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the terms answering and says mean that the gardener responded to what his master told him to do. Alternate translation: “he responded”
leave it this year also
Quote: ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος (1)Alternate translation: “wait one more year before cutting down the tree”
put on manure
Quote: βάλω κόπρια (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word manure means animal dung. In some places people mix it into the ground to make the soil more fertile for plants and trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could explain it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “mix animal dung into the soil to enrich it” or “fertilize it”
Luke 13:9
If it indeed bears fruit in the coming one
Quote: κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ καρπὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
The gardener does not specify what he thinks the master should do with the tree if it does bear fruit, but you can supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “If the tree has figs on it next year, then you can allow it to keep growing”
you will cut it down
Quote: ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
The servant is using a statement to make a suggestion. He is not giving a command in the form of a future statement, as some languages allow speakers to do. Alternate translation: “you can have me cut it down for you”
Luke 13:10
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
on the Sabbaths
Quote: ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν (1)Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since Luke does not specify which particular Sabbath day this was. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
Luke 13:11
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
a woman
Quote: γυνὴ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there”
having a spirit of weakness
Quote: πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας (1)Alternate translation: “whom an evil spirit had been making weak”
to the complete
Quote: εἰς τὸ παντελές (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Luke is using the adjective complete as a noun in order to indicate the woman’s full height. Alternate translation: “to her complete height” or “completely”
Luke 13:12
Woman
Quote: γύναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Unlike the term man in 12:14, in this context Jesus uses the term Woman gently and compassionately. Alternate translation: “My dear woman”
you are released from your weakness
Quote: ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
By saying this, Jesus healed the woman. You could express this in your translation with a statement that shows that Jesus was causing this to happen. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness”
Woman, you are released from your weakness
Quote: γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness”
Luke 13:13
she was straightened up
Quote: ἀνωρθώθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she stood up straight”
Luke 13:14
But answering, the synagogue ruler, being indignant because Jesus had healed on the Sabbath, said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς & δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος, ἀγανακτῶν ὅτι τῷ Σαββάτῳ ἐθεράπευσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔλεγεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answering and said mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “the synagogue ruler, being indignant because Jesus had healed on the Sabbath, responded”
There are six days on which it is necessary to work
Quote: ἓξ ἡμέραι εἰσὶν ἐν αἷς δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι (1)Alternate translation: “You must only do work on the first six days of the week”
come {and} be healed on them
Quote: ἐν αὐταῖς & ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “come and have Jesus heal you on those days”
on the day of the Sabbath
Quote: τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου (1)Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
Luke 13:15
the Lord
Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
answered him and said
Quote: ἀπεκρίθη & αὐτῷ & καὶ εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answered and said mean that Jesus responded to the synagogue ruler. Alternate translation: “responded to the synagogue ruler”
Hypocrites
Quote: ὑποκριταί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus is speaking directly to the synagogue ruler, but the plural form indicates that he is including other religious leaders as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow religious leaders are hypocrites”
Does not each of you on the Sabbath untie his ox or donkey from the stall and lead it away to drink
Quote: ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ Σαββάτῳ οὐ λύει τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης, καὶ ἀπαγαγὼν ποτίζει? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking his listeners to tell him whether they would do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “On the Sabbath, each one of you unties his ox or donkey from the stall and leads it away to drink.”
his ox or donkey
Quote: τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
These are domesticated animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what an ox or a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his farm animals”
on the Sabbath
Quote: τῷ Σαββάτῳ (1)Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “even on a Sabbath day”
Luke 13:16
a daughter of Abraham
Quote: θυγατέρα Ἀβραὰμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the word daughter to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Abraham”
whom Satan bound
Quote: ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ Σατανᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of the evil spirit causing the crippling disease as if Satan had tied the woman up. Alternate translation: “whom Satan kept crippled by this illness”
Satan
Quote: ὁ Σατανᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus calls the evil spirit Satan by association with the leader of the evil spirits. Alternate translation: “this evil spirit”
behold, for 18 years
Quote: ἰδοὺ, δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term behold to emphasize the fact that eighteen years was a very long time for the woman to suffer. Your language may have its own way of emphasizing this. Alternate translation: “for eighteen long years”
ought she not to have been released from this bond on the day of the Sabbath
Quote: οὐκ ἔδει λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to challenge the synagogue ruler’s assertion that people should not come for healing on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it is right to free her from this bond on the day of the Sabbath!”
from this bond
Quote: ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks again about the woman’s disease as if it had kept her tied up. Alternate translation: “from this crippling illness”
on the day of the Sabbath
Quote: τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου (1)Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
Luke 13:17
were put to shame
Quote: κατῃσχύνοντο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “felt ashamed”
the glorious things being done by him
Quote: τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τοῖς γινομένοις ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the glorious things Jesus was doing”
Luke 13:18
What is the kingdom of God like, and to what will I compare it
Quote: τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two questions mean basically the same thing. Jesus uses the repetition to catch the attention of his audience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the questions, especially if it might be confusing for your readers if you put both of them in. Alternate translation: “What example can I use to show you what the kingdom of God is like”
What is the kingdom of God like, and to what will I compare it
Quote: τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form as teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “I want to tell you what the kingdom of God is like. I am going to compare it with something.”
What is the kingdom of God like
Quote: τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “What is it like when God rules”
Luke 13:19
It is like a mustard seed
Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed”
It is like a mustard seed
Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the people understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the people in the synagogue this illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed’”
a mustard seed
Quote: κόκκῳ σινάπεως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with it, in your translation you could use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed”
a man
Quote: ἄνθρωπος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
This could: (1) be a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (2) refers to a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God, since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a woman doing something. In that case, it would be appropriate to say a man here.
and} threw into his garden
Quote: ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In this culture, people planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in a garden. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know this. Alternate translation: “and planted in his garden”
the birds of the sky nested in its branches
Quote: τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo
In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “birds built their nests in its branches” or “birds flew down and made nests in its branches”
Luke 13:20
To what will I compare the kingdom of God
Quote: τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus once again uses a question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am going to compare the kingdom of God to something else.”
To what will I compare the kingdom of God
Quote: τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “I am going to use another comparison to show you what is it like when God rules.”
Luke 13:21
It is like yeast
Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like yeast”
It is like yeast
Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the crowds understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them this further illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like yeast’”
yeast
Quote: ζύμῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated yeast in 12:1. Alternate translation: “leaven”
yeast
Quote: ζύμῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that only a little bit of yeast is needed to make a lot of dough rise. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a little bit of yeast”
three seahs of flour
Quote: ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term seahs is the plural of “seah,” a dry measure equivalent to nearly eight liters or two gallons. You can express this quantity in terms of a measure that your culture uses, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large amount of flour”
was all leavened
Quote: ἐζυμώθη ὅλον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the yeast caused all of it to rise”
Luke 13:22
And he was traveling through cities and villages
Quote: καὶ διεπορεύετο κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was traveling through cities and villages”
Luke 13:23
someone said to him
Quote: εἶπεν & τις αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “someone in one of those places asked him”
if the ones being saved {are} few
Quote: εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This was an idiomatic way of asking a question. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?”
if the ones being saved {are} few
Quote: εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?”
he said to them
Quote: ὁ & εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that a crowd had gathered to meet Jesus as he went through this place on his journey, and that the questioner was one person in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied to this person and to the whole crowd that was there”
Luke 13:24
Struggle to enter through the narrow door
Quote: ἀγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς θύρας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is speaking about God’s kingdom as if people had to go through a small doorway with great difficulty to enter it. Alternate translation: “Work hard to overcome every difficulty that would keep you from entering God’s kingdom”
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the crowd. Alternate translation: “you must understand”
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word you is plural. The implied you in the command to struggle earlier in this verse is also plural.
many, … will seek to enter, but will not be able
Quote: πολλοί & ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult”
Luke 13:25
After the master of the house gets up and closes the door
Quote: ἀφ’ οὗ ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης καὶ ἀποκλείσῃ τὴν θύραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor
Jesus extends the metaphor of the door by speaking of God at the time of final judgment as if God were the owner of a house and the people he is addressing were outside the house trying to get in. Alternate translation: “After God has admitted everyone who is going to enter his kingdom and is not letting anyone else in”
you will begin … to you, ‘… you
Quote: ἄρξησθε & ὑμῖν & ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word you is plural in all of these cases.
to knock on the door, saying, ‘Lord, open for us
Quote: κρούειν τὴν θύραν λέγοντες, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “knock on the door and ask the Lord to open it for you”
to knock on the door
Quote: κρούειν τὴν θύραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated the word “knock” in 11:9. Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap”
for us
Quote: ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The people knocking on the door mean themselves but not the owner of the house, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive us, use the exclusive form here.
he will answer {and} say
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answer and say mean that the owner of the house will respond to the people who are knocking on the door. Alternate translation: “he will respond”
he will answer {and} say to you, ‘I do not know you, where you are from
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will respond that he does not know you or where you are from”
I do not know you, where you are from
Quote: οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
The owner is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could draw on the first phrase to supply the words that are missing from the second phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I do not know you, and I do not know where you are from”
I do not know you, where you are from
Quote: οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
The owner is also using repetition for emphasis. If this would not be clear in your language and your readers might wonder why he was saying the same thing twice, you could translate this with a single phrase that expresses the basic meaning. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are”
Luke 13:26
you will begin to say, ‘We ate and drank before you, and you taught in our streets
Quote: ἄρξεσθε λέγειν, ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you will begin to tell him that you shared meals with him and he taught in the streets of your town”
We ate and drank before you
Quote: ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, before means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “You were with us when we ate and drank” or “We ate and drank together with you”
We ate and drank
Quote: ἐφάγομεν & καὶ ἐπίομεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
The people are using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “We shared meals”
you
Quote: σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Since the people are addressing the owner alone, the pronoun you would be singular here, and also in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, you taught.
in our streets
Quote: ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Within the extended metaphor, the people are addressing Jesus, who was not from their town, but who taught them as he traveled through. So the people would consider the streets to be theirs but not his, and our would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction.
Luke 13:27
he will speak, saying to you, ‘I do not know where you are from. Get away from me, all you workers of unrighteousness
Quote: ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ; ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, πάντες ἐργάται ἀδικίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will reply that he does not know where you are from, and he will tell you to go away because you are evildoers”
he will speak, saying to you
Quote: ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo
In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “he will tell you”
to you, ‘… all
Quote: ὑμῖν & πάντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Since the owner of the house is speaking to the people outside, you would be plural in these instances. The implied “you” in the command to get away would also be plural.
I do not know where you are from
Quote: οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This is a shorter version of what the house owner says at first. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the implicit meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are”
Get away from me
Quote: ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “Go away from here”
you workers of unrighteousness
Quote: ἐργάται ἀδικίας (1)Alternate translation: “you evildoers”
Luke 13:28
wailing and the grinding of teeth
Quote: ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
These are actions that indicate deep regret and sadness. If people in your culture would not express themselves in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “actions that express great mourning”
Abraham and Isaac and Jacob
Quote: Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Ἰακὼβ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
These are the names of three men. See how you translated them in 3:34.
in the kingdom of God
Quote: ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules”
but you are thrown outside
Quote: ὑμᾶς δὲ ἐκβαλλομένους ἔξω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will have done the action. Alternate translation: “when God will have thrown you outside”
Luke 13:29
from east and west and from north and south
Quote: ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν καὶ ἀπὸ βορρᾶ καὶ νότου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Jesus speaks of all directions in order to include everything in between. Alternate translation: “from all over the world”
will recline to eat in the kingdom of God
Quote: ἀνακλιθήσονται ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all having a feast. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God”
will recline to eat
Quote: ἀνακλιθήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
If you decide to translate this phrase literally, see how you did that in 5:29. Alternate translation: “will take their places at the table”
in the kingdom of God
Quote: ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate this phrase in 13:28. Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules”
Luke 13:30
And behold
Quote: καὶ ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses this expression to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
there are last ones who will be first
Quote: εἰσὶν ἔσχατοι οἳ ἔσονται πρῶτοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Being last represents having few privileges, being first represents having many privileges. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged now will come to have great privileges”
last ones
Quote: ἔσχατοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective last as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word ones to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged”
there are first ones who will be last
Quote: εἰσὶν πρῶτοι οἳ ἔσονται ἔσχατοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Being first represents having many privileges, and being last represents having few privileges. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged now will lose those privileges”
first
Quote: πρῶτοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word ones to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged”
Luke 13:31
At that hour
Quote: ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Luke uses the term hour to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that same time”
At that hour
Quote: ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke also uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the phrase in a way that shows how this next event follows the previous event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus finished speaking”
certain Pharisees approached, saying to him
Quote: προσῆλθάν τινες Φαρισαῖοι λέγοντες αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees who were there came and told him”
Leave and go away from here
Quote: ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
These two expressions mean the same thing. The Pharisees are using repetition to emphasize how urgent they believe it is for Jesus to flee for his life. Alternate translation: “You need to get away from here right now”
Herod wants to kill you
Quote: Ἡρῴδης θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Herod would not kill Jesus personally. Rather, he would order people to do it. Alternate translation: “Herod plans to send his soldiers to kill you”
Luke 13:32
Go {and} tell that fox, ‘Behold, I am casting out demons and performing healings
Quote: πορευθέντες εἴπατε τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ, ἰδοὺ, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Go and tell that fox that I will certainly continue to drive out demons and perform healings”
that fox
Quote: τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A fox is a small wild dog. If your readers would not be familiar with what a fox is, you could use the name of a similar animal in your region, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “that little dog”
that fox
Quote: τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is referring to Herod as a fox. This could mean: (1) since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus may be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) since a fox is a small animal, Jesus may be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person”
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term Behold to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
I am casting out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow
Quote: ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression today and tomorrow is an idiom that means “at the present time” or “for now.” Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to drive out demons and perform healings”
I am casting out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow
Quote: ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus speaks of two parts of his ministry, driving out demons and performing healings, to mean all of his ministry, which also included teaching and other things. Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to carry on my ministry”
I am casting out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow
Quote: ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus is saying he knows he does not need to be afraid of Herod’s deadly intentions, even though he is in territory that Herod rules, because God will keep him safe while he carries out his ministry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that for now, with God’s protection, I can safely carry on my ministry even in Herod’s territory”
on the third {day
Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
In this culture, the third day meant “the day after tomorrow.” Jesus is using the expression as an idiom. Alternate translation: “at a short time in the future” or “soon”
I will be finished
Quote: τελειοῦμαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) this expression refers to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus is referring to a goal or destination, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) the expression describes someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love”
Luke 13:33
Nevertheless, it is necessary for me to journey
Quote: πλὴν δεῖ με & πορεύεσθαι (1)Alternate translation: “But I must keep traveling”
today, and tomorrow, and the following {day
Quote: σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead”
it is not possible for a prophet to perish outside of Jerusalem
Quote: οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony
This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers”
Luke 13:34
Jerusalem, Jerusalem
Quote: Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe
Jesus is addressing something he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” or, if you decide to use the second person (See: later note), “I am very upset with you, Jerusalem”
the one killing the prophets and stoning the ones having been sent to her
Quote: ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “the one killing the prophets God sends her by stoning them”
the one killing the prophets and stoning the ones having been sent to her
Quote: ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Jesus speaks of the city as if it were female. Your language may customarily use neuter pronouns for cities. Alternate translation: “the one killing the prophets and stoning the ones having been sent to it”
the one killing the prophets and stoning the ones having been sent to her
Quote: ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
If your readers would find it strange that Jesus is addressing the city, you could make it clear that he is really speaking about the people who live in the city: “whose people kill the prophets and stone those sent to them”
the one killing the prophets and stoning the ones having been sent to her
Quote: ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus speaks of the city in the third person, even though he is addressing it directly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “you who kill the prophets and stone those who are sent to you”
the ones having been sent to her
Quote: τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “those God has sent to her” or “those God has sent to it” or “those God has sent to you”
How often I desired
Quote: ποσάκις ἠθέλησα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations
This is an exclamation and not a question. Alternate translation: “I have desired so often”
to gather your children
Quote: ἐπισυνάξαι τὰ τέκνα σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is describing the people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the children of the city. Alternate translation: “to gather your people”
the way a hen her own brood under her wings
Quote: ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out the word gathers that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply this word from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her own brood under her wings”
your
Quote: σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Even though Jesus is speaking of the people who live in Jerusalem, he is addressing the city, so your would be singular. The pronoun you would also be a singular pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you were not willing,” and in the phrase “sent to you,” if you decide to use the second person.
the way a hen her own brood under her wings
Quote: ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
Jesus uses this comparison to describe how he wishes he could care for the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “just as if I were a hen gathering her chicks under her wings”
her own brood
Quote: τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term brood refers collectively to all of the young offspring of a bird. Alternate translation: “her chicks”
under her wings
Quote: ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that a hen would put her baby chicks there to protect them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under her wings to protect them”
Luke 13:35
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term Behold to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
your house is left to you
Quote: ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense
Jesus is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you alone”
your house is left to you
Quote: ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a house in which its people lived. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you alone”
your house is left to you
Quote: ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to leave your city to you alone”
your house is left to you
Quote: ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implications of this statement are that God will no longer consider that Jerusalem belongs to him, as a holy city where he dwells in his temple, and that God will therefore not protect the people of Jerusalem from their enemies. Alternate translation: “God will not protect you from your enemies”
your … to you. … to you
Quote: ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν & ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so your and you would be plural. The pronoun you would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.”
And I say to you
Quote: λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
you will certainly not see me until it comes when you say
Quote: οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the next time you see me, you will say”
until it comes when you say
Quote: ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression it comes means “the time comes.” You could express that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say”
when you say, ‘Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord
Quote: ὅτε εἴπητε, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “when you say that the one who comes in the name of the Lord is blessed”
in the name of the Lord
Quote: ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
God’s name represents his power and authority. Alternate translation: “as God’s representative”
Luke 14
Luke 14 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus attends a banquet and tells a parable about a banquet (14:1–24)
- Jesus teaches more about being his disciple (14:25–35)
Important figures of speech in this chapter
Parable
Jesus told the parable in Luke 14:15–24 to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy, but many people will refuse to be part of it. (See: Metaphor and kingdom of God, kingdom of heaven)
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Paradox
A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” (14:11).
Luke 14:1
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
he
Quote: αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
to eat bread
Quote: φαγεῖν ἄρτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Luke refers to bread, one kind of food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “to have a meal”
they were also watching him closely
Quote: καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that other Pharisees were also present, as 14:3 indicates explicitly, and that they all wanted to find a way to accuse Jesus of saying or doing something wrong. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Many other Pharisees were present, and they were all watching Jesus closely to try to catch him saying or doing something wrong”
Luke 14:2
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
a certain man
Quote: ἄνθρωπός τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there”
who was edematous
Quote: ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This means that the man had edema. That is a condition that causes swelling when water builds up in parts of the body. Your language may have a specific name for this condition. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water”
who was edematous
Quote: ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Jesus was facing the issue of whether to heal this man on the Sabbath, which the Pharisees thought was wrong. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water”
was} before him
Quote: ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the word before means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “was in the presence of Jesus”
Luke 14:3
answering, Jesus spoke
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The term answering indicates that Jesus spoke in response to the situation that he observed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he saw the man, Jesus spoke”
the lawyers
Quote: τοὺς νομικοὺς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated lawyers in 7:45. In this context, the term lawyers refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “the experts in the Jewish law”
Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not
Quote: ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ θεραπεῦσαι ἢ οὔ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is not asking this question for information or to get guidance about what he should do. Rather, he is using the question to challenge the Pharisees and lawyers to think about the meaning and purpose of the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “If you think the law does not permit healing on the Sabbath, explain why.”
Luke 14:4
But they kept silent
Quote: οἱ δὲ ἡσύχασαν (1)Alternate translation: “But the religious leaders would not answer Jesus’ question”
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the religious leaders made no objection to healing on the Sabbath, as a result, Jesus healed the man. Alternate translation: “So”
taking hold of him
Quote: ἐπιλαβόμενος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the man who was suffering from edema and”
Luke 14:5
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So”
Of which of you will a son or an ox fall into a well, and he will not immediately pull him out on the Sabbath day
Quote: τίνος ὑμῶν υἱὸς ἢ βοῦς εἰς φρέαρ πεσεῖται, καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus does not expect these religious leaders to tell him whether they would do this. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants these religious leaders to recognize that on the Sabbath day, they themselves would do something to address a situation of suffering and need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “If one of you had a son who fell into a well on the Sabbath, surely you would pull him out immediately. You would even do the same thing for your ox.”
Luke 14:6
And they were not able to give an answer to these things
Quote: καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα (1)Alternate translation: “And there was nothing they could say in response”
Luke 14:7
he was speaking a parable to the ones that had been invited, noticing how they were choosing the first places, {and} saying
Quote: ἔλεγεν & πρὸς τοὺς κεκλημένους παραβολήν, ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο, λέγων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration, saying”
he was speaking a parable
Quote: ἔλεγεν & παραβολήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
In this instance, Luke is not using the term parable to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Jesus used a hypothetical situation as an illustration to get the guests at this meal to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave an illustration”
the ones that had been invited
Quote: τοὺς κεκλημένους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisee had invited to the meal”
the first places
Quote: τὰς πρωτοκλισίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term first represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you could use that in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests”
Luke 14:8
When you are invited by someone to a wedding feast, do not recline to eat
Quote: ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ κατακλιθῇς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the guests at this meal. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone invites you to a wedding celebration. Then you should not take your place at the table”
When you are invited by someone
Quote: ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “When someone invites you”
do not recline to eat
Quote: μὴ κατακλιθῇς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated this phrase in 5:29. Alternate translation: “do not take your place at the table”
the first place
Quote: τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
See how you translated this phrase in 14:7. Alternate translation: “in a seat for an honored guest”
a more honorable than you may have been invited by him
Quote: ἐντιμότερός σου ᾖ κεκλημένος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the host may also have invited a person who is more important than you”
a more honorable than
Quote: ἐντιμότερός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the comparative adjective more honorable as a noun. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who is more important”
you
Quote: σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular in 14:8–10. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
Luke 14:9
when} the one having invited you and him arrives
Quote: ἐλθὼν, ὁ σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν καλέσας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
In this culture, the host would come into the banquet hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you could use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited both of you sees the seating arrangements”
you will begin with shame to take the last place
Quote: ἄρξῃ μετὰ αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus uses the term begin to suggest slowly unfolding, reluctant action. Alternate translation: “you will be ashamed and reluctantly have to take the last place”
the last place
Quote: τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term last represents being unimportant and not honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you could use that in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a seat far from the host” or “a seat for the least important person”
the last place
Quote: τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that this guest must go to the least important section of seats because all the other places have been taken in the meantime. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a seat for the least important person, since all the other seats will be taken”
Luke 14:10
when you are invited
Quote: ὅταν κληθῇς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “when someone invites you to a feast”
and} recline to eat
Quote: ἀνάπεσε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated this phrase in 14:8. Alternate translation: “take your place at the table”
in the last place
Quote: εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
See how you translated this phrase in 14:9. Alternate translation: “among the least important people”
when the one that had invited you comes
Quote: ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
In this culture, the host would come into the banqueting hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you could use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited you sees where you are sitting”
come up higher
Quote: προσανάβηθι ἀνώτερον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The host speaks of the more important places at the feast being higher than the less important ones. Alternate translation: “move to a seat for a more important person”
there will be glory to you
Quote: ἔσται σοι δόξα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “your host will honor you”
before
Quote: ἐνώπιον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the word before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the other guests” or “as all the other guests are watching”
Luke 14:11
everyone exalting himself
Quote: ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν (1)Alternate translation: “the one who tries to look important” or “everyone who takes an important position”
will be humbled
Quote: ταπεινωθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will have to act humbly”
the one humbling himself
Quote: ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν (1)Alternate translation: “the one who chooses to look unimportant” or “everyone who takes an unimportant position”
will be exalted
Quote: ὑψωθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will receive honor”
Luke 14:12
to the one that had invited him
Quote: τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν (1)Alternate translation: “to the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal”
When you make
Quote: ὅταν ποιῇς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Even though this is general advice for everyone listening, the word you is singular here, and you and your are singular in all of 14:12–14, because Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisee who invited him.
do not invite
Quote: μὴ φώνει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Jesus is probably not telling his host never to invite such people. Rather, this is likely a generalization that means he should invite others as well. Alternate translation: “do not invite only”
your brothers, … your relatives
Quote: τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου & τοὺς συγγενεῖς σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term brothers probably refers to close family members, while the term relatives likely indicates more distant members of an extended family. Alternate translation: “your close family members … other relatives”
your brothers
Quote: τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
If brothers is a figurative term, then Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your close family members”
lest they also invite you in return
Quote: μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε (1)Alternate translation: “because they might feel an obligation to invite you to a banquet of their own”
repayment happen to you
Quote: γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι (1)Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “they would repay you”
Luke 14:13
invite
Quote: κάλει (1)It may be helpful to add “also” in your translation, since, as in 14:12, Jesus probably does not mean to invite only these people. Alternate translation: “also invite”
the poor, the crippled, the lame, {and the} blind
Quote: πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are handicapped, and people who are blind”
Luke 14:14
you will be blessed
Quote: μακάριος ἔσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will bless you”
they do not have to repay you
Quote: οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
This expression does not mean that these people would not have a social obligation to return hospitality, the way others would. Rather, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they do not have the means to repay you” or “they cannot invite you to a banquet in return”
it will be repaid to you
Quote: ἀνταποδοθήσεται & σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you”
in the resurrection of the righteous
Quote: ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων (1)Alternate translation: “when God brings righteous people back to life”
Luke 14:15
And
Quote: δέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
one of the ones reclining to eat
Quote: τις τῶν συνανακειμένων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal”
one of the ones reclining to eat
Quote: τις τῶν συνανακειμένων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated the expression “recline to eat” in 14:8. Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal”
whoever will eat bread in the kingdom of God
Quote: ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
This man is using the word bread to refer to an entire meal. Alternate translation: “anyone who is invited to the feast in the kingdom of God”
whoever will eat bread in the kingdom of God
Quote: ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This man is using the image of a feast to depict the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “anyone who will rejoice with others in the kingdom of God”
in the kingdom of God
Quote: ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate this phrase in 13:28. Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules”
Luke 14:16
But he said to him, “A certain man made a large supper
Quote: ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἄνθρωπός τις ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
To help this guest understand better what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “In response, Jesus told this guest a story to help him understand. ‘There was a man who prepared a large banquet’”
A certain man
Quote: ἄνθρωπός τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who”
made a large supper and invited many
Quote: ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that this man had his servants prepare the meal and invite the guests. Alternate translation: “told his servants to prepare a large banquet and to invite many guests”
Luke 14:17
at the hour of the supper
Quote: τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term hour to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time for the dinner” or “when the dinner was about to begin”
to the ones that had been invited
Quote: τοῖς κεκλημένοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “to those he had invited”
Come, because it is now ready
Quote: ἔρχεσθε, ὅτι ἤδη ἕτοιμά ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that they should come because everything was now ready”
Luke 14:18
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
The word And introduces a contrast between what was expected, that all the invited guests would come to the dinner, and what happened, that they all declined to do that. Alternate translation: “But”
all from one
Quote: ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out a word that this sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This could mean a number of things, depending on what word is supplied, but the general sense is the same in every case: (1) “all from one mind” or “all from one voice,” that is, unanimously. Alternate translation: “all alike” (2) “all from one manner.” Alternate translation: “all in the same way” (3) “all from one time” Alternate translation: “all, as soon as the servant came to them”
to excuse themselves
Quote: παραιτεῖσθαι (1)Alternate translation: “to give polite reasons why they could not come to the dinner”
The first said to him
Quote: ὁ πρῶτος εἶπεν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
While him refers to the servant, the implication is that this first guest was giving the servant a message for his master, since it would be the master, not the servant, who would excuse him from attending the banquet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached told him to give this message to his master”
The first
Quote: ὁ πρῶτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached”
I have bought a field, and I have need to go out to see it. I ask you, have me excused
Quote: ἀγρὸν ἠγόρασα καὶ ἔχω ἀνάγκην ἐξελθὼν ἰδεῖν αὐτόν; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought a field and that he needed to go out and look at it, so he wanted to be excused”
I ask you, have me excused
Quote: ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
In this culture, this was a polite formula for declining a social invitation. If your language has a similar formula, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend”
have me excused
Quote: ἔχε με παρῃτημένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending”
Luke 14:19
another said
Quote: ἕτερος εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this phrase in 14:18. Alternate translation: “another guest told the servant to give this message to his master”
I have bought five pairs of oxen, and I am going to try them out. I ask you, have me excused
Quote: ζεύγη βοῶν ἠγόρασα πέντε καὶ πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought five pairs of oxen and that he was going to try them out, so he wanted to be excused”
five pairs of oxen
Quote: ζεύγη βοῶν & πέντε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
Oxen are large cattle. In this culture, they were used in pairs to pull farming tools such as plows. Alternate translation: “five pairs of oxen to work in my fields”
I ask you, have me excused
Quote: ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
See how you translated this phrase in 14:18. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend”
have me excused
Quote: ἔχε με παρῃτημένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending”
Luke 14:20
another said
Quote: ἕτερος εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this phrase in 14:18. Alternate translation: “Another guest told the servant to give this message to his master”
I have married a wife, and because of this I am not able to come
Quote: γυναῖκα ἔγημα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just gotten married and so he could not come”
I have married a wife
Quote: γυναῖκα ἔγημα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo
In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Use the expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have just gotten married”
I am not able to come
Quote: οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν (1)This is not the same polite formula that the previous two people used. This man feels he has solid grounds to decline the invitation, and he says so directly. Reflect this difference in the way your language naturally would. Alternate translation: “I will not be coming”
Luke 14:21
becoming angry
Quote: ὀργισθεὶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the host became angry with the people who had turned down his invitation, not with his servant. Alternate translation: “becoming angry with the people he had invited”
bring in here
Quote: εἰσάγαγε ὧδε (1)Alternate translation: “invite to my house”
the poor and crippled and blind and lame
Quote: τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ ἀναπείρους, καὶ τυφλοὺς, καὶ χωλοὺς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are blind, and people who are handicapped”
Luke 14:22
And the servant said
Quote: καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the servant did what the master commanded him and then came back with this report. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After the servant went out and did that, he came back and reported”
Master, what you commanded has happened, and there is still room
Quote: Κύριε, γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had done what the master had commanded but there was still room”
what you commanded has happened
Quote: γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας (1)Alternate translation: “I have done what you commanded”
Luke 14:23
the master said to the servant, ‘Go out into the roads and hedges and compel {them} to come in, so that my house may be filled
Quote: εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμοὺς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the master told the servant to go out into the roads and hedges and compel people to come in so that his house would be filled”
hedges
Quote: φραγμοὺς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The word hedges describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. This could mean: (1) actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” (2) since the term is paired with roads, it may mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths”
so that my house may be filled
Quote: ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that guests may fill my house”
Luke 14:24
For I say to you that none of those men that had been invited will taste of my supper
Quote: λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
The master is using a future statement to express the result he desires from the instructions he has just given his servants. Alternate translation: “For I say to you that I do not want any of those men who were invited to taste of my supper”
For I say to you that none of those men that had been invited will taste of my supper
Quote: λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
While the word you is singular in 14:21–23 because the master and the servant are addressing one another individually, here the word you is plural. It is not clear why. Possibly it may be assumed that other servants have been helping and that the master is now addressing all of the servants at once. In that case, it would make sense to translate you using the plural form, if your language marks that distinction.
I say to you
Quote: λέγω & ὑμῖν (1)The master says this to emphasize what he is telling his servants. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
For I say to you that none of those men that had been invited will taste of my supper
Quote: λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The master told all of his servants that he did not want any of the men he had invited to taste his supper”
of those men
Quote: τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here, the word for men means “male adults,” not people in general. So it would be appropriate to use a specifically masculine term in your translation.
that had been invited
Quote: τῶν κεκλημένων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom I invited”
will taste of my supper
Quote: γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The master may be using the word taste to mean eating the meal. Alternate translation: “will enjoy the dinner that I have prepared”
will taste of my supper
Quote: γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Alternatively, the master may be making an extreme statement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “will get even a taste of the dinner that I have prepared”
of my supper
Quote: μου τοῦ δείπνου (1)By this expression, the master does not mean his own meal, but the dinner that he has prepared for others. Alternate translation: “the dinner that I have prepared”
Luke 14:25
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
large crowds were journeying with him
Quote: συνεπορεύοντο & αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Jesus is no longer at the dinner at the home of the Pharisee. He has resumed his journey to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce this new situation more fully. Alternate translation: “Jesus then continued on his way to Jerusalem, and large crowds were traveling with him”
Luke 14:26
If anyone comes to me
Quote: εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με, (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be my disciple”
If anyone … does not hate … he is not able to be my disciple
Quote: εἴ τις & οὐ μισεῖ & οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone who … loves me more than … is able to be my disciple”
and
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Jesus uses the word and to introduce a contrast. Alternate translation: “but”
does not hate
Quote: οὐ μισεῖ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Jesus is using the word hate as an exaggeration to say that his disciples are not to love other people and themselves more than they love Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not love me more than”
Luke 14:27
Whoever does not carry his cross and come after me is not able to be my disciple
Quote: ὅστις οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Whoever wants to be my disciple must carry his cross and follow me”
does not carry his cross
Quote: οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that the crowds will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus assumes that the crowds will also know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. Alternate translation: “does not carry the wooden cross on which he will be executed”
does not carry his cross
Quote: οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the phrase carry his cross, referring to this practice of execution, to say that his disciples must be people who have given up their lives to God and who are willing to suffer. Alternate translation: “does not surrender his life to God and be willing to suffer”
come after me
Quote: ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “follow my example” or “obey me”
Luke 14:28
For which of you, desiring to build a tower, does not first sit down {and} calculate the cost—whether he has for completion
Quote: τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. Alternate translation: “If one of you wanted to build a tower, he would certainly sit down first and determine whether he had enough money to complete it.”
For which of you, desiring to build a tower, does not first sit down {and} calculate the cost—whether he has for completion
Quote: τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you wanted to build a tower. Then you would certainly sit down first and determine whether you had enough money to complete it.”
a tower
Quote: πύργον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This may mean a watchtower. In one of his parables, recorded in Matthew 21:33, Jesus uses this same word to describe a watchtower that a man built for a vineyard he was planting. Alternate translation: “a high lookout platform”
whether he has for completion
Quote: εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “whether he has enough money to complete the project”
Luke 14:29
Otherwise
Quote: ἵνα μήποτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he does not first calculate the cost”
he having laid a foundation
Quote: θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated the word foundation in 6:48. Alternate translation: “once he has built a base” or “once he has completed the lower part of the building”
and not being able to finish
Quote: καὶ μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that this person was not able to finish the building because he did not have enough money. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not have enough money to finish the whole building”
all who see it
Quote: πάντες οἱ θεωροῦντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This is a generalization that describes what the common reaction would be. Alternate translation: “those who see it”
Luke 14:30
This man
Quote: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Since Jesus addresses his question in 14:28 to the whole crowd, his illustration envisions all of them, so the term man here may be generic. Alternate translation: “This person”
and
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
The word and introduces a contrast between what the man planned to do and what he failed to do in the end. Alternate translation: “but”
Luke 14:31
Or what king, going to fight with another king in war, will not sit down {and} first determine whether he is able with 10,000 to meet the one coming against him with 20,000
Quote: ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται, εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι τῷ μετὰ εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτόν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly a king who was going to war against another king would sit down first and determine whether with 10,000 troops he would be able to defeat a king who was attacking him with 20,000 troops.”
Or what king, going to fight with another king in war, will not sit down {and} first determine
Quote: ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Or suppose one king were going to fight a war against another king. Then he would certainly sit down first and determine”
and} … determine
Quote: βουλεύσεται (1)This could mean: (1) he would think carefully about it. (2) he would consult with his advisors to decide.
Luke 14:32
But if not
Quote: εἰ δὲ μή γε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he realizes that he will not be able to defeat the other king”
while he is still far away, sending a delegation, he asks the things for peace
Quote: ἔτι αὐτοῦ πόρρω ὄντος, πρεσβείαν ἀποστείλας ἐρωτᾷ τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην (1)Alternate translation: “while the other king is still far away, the first king sends a delegation and asks for terms of peace”
the things for peace
Quote: τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην (1)Alternate translation: “for terms to end the war” or “what the other king wants him to do so that he will not attack”
Luke 14:33
every one of you who does not renounce all the {things that} he himself possesses is not able to be my disciple
Quote: πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those of you who give up all that you have are able be my disciples”
who does not renounce all the {things that} he himself possesses
Quote: ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν (1)Alternate translation: “who is not willing to give up everything he owns”
Luke 14:34
Salt then {is} good
Quote: καλὸν οὖν τὸ ἅλας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Salt is certainly useful’”
if the salt indeed is made tasteless
Quote: ἐὰν & καὶ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something indeed causes salt to lose its flavor”
with what will it be seasoned
Quote: ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what can make it salty again”
with what will it be seasoned
Quote: ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. He does not expect the crowd to tell him how the flavor of salt can be restored. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “nothing can make it salty again.”
Luke 14:35
for the manure pile
Quote: εἰς κοπρίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated this phrase in 13:8. Alternate translation: “to use as fertilizer” or “to add to the compost heap”
They throw it outside
Quote: ἔξω βάλλουσιν αὐτό (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
They does not refer to any individuals in particular. This is an indefinite usage. Alternate translation: “People throw it outside”
The one having ears to hear, let him hear
Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize that what he has just said is important and that it may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase ears to hear represents the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body by which his listeners have been taking in his teaching. Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey”
The one having ears to hear, let him hear
Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey”
The one having ears to hear, let him hear
Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
If you choose to translate this in the second person, you would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd.
Luke 15
Luke 15 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus tells parables about a lost sheep, a lost coin, and a lost son (15:1–32)
Special concepts in this chapter
The parable of the prodigal son
The story that Jesus tells in Luke 15:11–32 is known as The Parable of the Prodigal Son, although he does not give the story that title himself. Most interpreters understand the father in the story to represent God (the Father), the sinful younger son to represent those who repent and come to faith in Jesus, and the self-righteous older son to represent the Pharisees. In the story, the older son becomes angry at the father for forgiving the younger son’s sins. He will not even go in to the party that the father is giving to welcome the younger son home. Jesus knew that the Pharisees wanted God to think that only they were good and not forgive other people’s sins. Jesus was teaching them that they would never become part of God’s kingdom if they continued to think that way. (See: sin, sinful, sinner, sinning and forgive, forgiven, forgiveness, pardon, pardoned and Parables)
Sinners
When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins such as stealing or sexual sins. But Jesus told three parables (15:4–7, 15:8–10, and 15:11–32) to teach that the people who acknowledge that they are sinners and who repent are the people who truly please God. (See: sin, sinful, sinner, sinning and repent, repentance and Parables)
Luke 15:1
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
all the tax collectors and the sinners were coming to him to listen to him
Quote: ἦσαν & αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. These people were part of the crowd that Luke described generally in 14:25. Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners”
all the tax collectors and the sinners were coming to him to listen to him
Quote: ἦσαν & αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The word all is an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners”
Luke 15:2
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result”
both the Pharisees and the scribes were grumbling
Quote: διεγόγγυζον οἵ τε Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. While these may not be exactly the same individuals whom Jesus encountered in places such as 5:17–30, the members of this group in general function as the same character throughout the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees and scribes were there, and they were grumbling”
This one receives sinners
Quote: οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς προσδέχεται (1)Alternate translation: “This man lets sinners into his presence” or “This man associates with sinners”
This one
Quote: οὗτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This expression implicitly means Jesus. Alternate translation: “This man” or “Jesus”
Luke 15:3
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Then”
he spoke this parable to them
Quote: εἶπεν & πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
Alternate translation: “Jesus told this story to the Pharisees and scribes to help them understand”
Luke 15:4
Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, does not leave the 99 in the wilderness and go after the lost one until he finds it
Quote: τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.”
Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, does not leave
Quote: τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then would you not certainly leave”
Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it
Quote: τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα & ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it”
Which man among you
Quote: τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
This could mean: (1) while all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term man here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term man here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men”
Luke 15:5
And having found {it}, he lays {it} on his shoulders, rejoicing
Quote: καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders”
he lays {it} on his shoulders
Quote: ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home”
Luke 15:6
And coming to the house, he calls together his friends and his neighbors
Quote: καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν οἶκον, συνκαλεῖ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
If you decided that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “And when you got back to your house, you would call together your friends and neighbors”
saying to them, ‘Rejoice together with me, for I have found my lost sheep
Quote: λέγων αὐτοῖς, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸ πρόβατόν μου τὸ ἀπολωλός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with him because he has found his sheep that was lost” or, if you decided to use the second person, “and you would tell them to rejoice with you because you had found your sheep that was lost”
Luke 15:7
I say to you that
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that”
in the same way
Quote: οὕτως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “just as the shepherd and his friends and neighbors would rejoice”
there will be joy in heaven
Quote: χαρὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the word heaven to mean the inhabitants of heaven. Alternate translation: “everyone in heaven will rejoice”
righteous
Quote: δικαίοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous”
Luke 15:8
what woman, having ten drachmas, if she loses one drachma, would not light a lamp and sweep the house and seek diligently until she has found {it
Quote: τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “if a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them, she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.”
what woman, having ten drachmas, if she loses one drachma, would not light a lamp and sweep the house and seek diligently until she has found {it
Quote: τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is offering an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them. Then she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.”
drachmas
Quote: δραχμὰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney
A drachma was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “valuable silver coins” or “coins each worth a day’s wages”
sweep the house
Quote: σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus speaks of the whole house to refer to one part of it, the floor. Alternate translation: “sweep the floor”
Luke 15:9
saying, ‘Rejoice together with me, for I have found the drachma that I lost
Quote: λέγουσα, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὴν δραχμὴν ἣν ἀπώλεσα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with her because she has found the drachma that she lost”
Luke 15:10
In the same way
Quote: οὕτως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “Just as the woman and her friends and neighbors would rejoice”
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “indeed”
before the angels of God
Quote: ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term before means “in the presence” of someone. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God’s angels” or “among the angels of God”
Luke 15:11
Then he said
Quote: εἶπεν δέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
To help the Pharisees and scribes understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the Pharisees and scribes this story to help them understand”
A certain man had two sons
Quote: ἄνθρωπός τις εἶχεν δύο υἱούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who had two sons”
Luke 15:12
said to his father, ‘Father, give me the portion of the wealth that falls to {me
Quote: εἶπεν & τῷ πατρί, Πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told his father that he wanted the share of the estate that he would inherit”
give me
Quote: δός μοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
The son wanted his father to give him his inheritance immediately. If your language has a command form that indicates that the speaker wants something done immediately, it would be appropriate to use that form here.
the portion of the wealth that falls to {me
Quote: τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the part of your wealth that you intend to leave to me when you die” or “the share of the estate that I would inherit”
And
Quote: καὶ (2)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So”
he distributed his livelihood to them
Quote: διεῖλεν αὐτοῖς τὸν βίον (1)Alternate translation: “he divided his wealth between his two sons”
Luke 15:13
not many days
Quote: οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes
This is a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “only a few days”
having gathered everything together
Quote: συναγαγὼν πάντα (1)Alternate translation: “having packed all of his things”
recklessly
Quote: ἀσώτως (1)Alternate translation: “without thinking about the consequences of his actions”
Luke 15:14
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Jesus uses the word Andto introduce background information that will help his listeners understand what happens next in the parable. Alternate translation: “Now”
a severe famine happened throughout that country
Quote: ἐγένετο λιμὸς ἰσχυρὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην (1)Alternate translation: “something happened so that the entire country did not have enough food”
to be in need
Quote: ὑστερεῖσθαι (1)Alternate translation: “to lack what he needed” or “not to have enough to live on”
Luke 15:15
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So”
he went {and} attached himself to one
Quote: πορευθεὶς, ἐκολλήθη ἑνὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he began to work for one”
to one of the citizens of that country
Quote: ἑνὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης (1)Alternate translation: “to someone who lived in that country”
to feed pigs
Quote: βόσκειν χοίρους (1)Alternate translation: “to feed the pigs that the man owned”
Luke 15:16
he was longing to be satisfied
Quote: ἐπεθύμει χορτασθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he wished he could satisfy his hunger”
carob pods
Quote: κερατίων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
These are the husks of the beans that grow on the carob tree. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bean husks”
and no one gave to him
Quote: καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ (1)This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “because no one was giving him anything else to eat” or “but his master would not allow him to eat even those”
Luke 15:17
coming to himself
Quote: εἰς ἑαυτὸν & ἐλθὼν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This idiom means that he became able to understand his situation clearly and realized that he had made a terrible mistake. Alternate translation: “realizing the situation he was in”
he said, ‘How many hired servants of my father have more than enough loaves, but I am perishing from hunger here
Quote: ἔφη, πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told himself that all of his father’s hired servants had more than enough loaves to eat, but he was perishing from hunger where he was”
How many hired servants of my father have more than enough loaves, but I am perishing from hunger here
Quote: πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations
This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “All of my father’s hired servants have more than enough loaves to eat, but I am perishing from hunger here”
loaves
Quote: ἄρτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The young man is using one kind of food, loaves, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “food”
am perishing from hunger
Quote: λιμῷ & ἀπόλλυμαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This could mean: (1) it is a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) the young man has literally been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation”
Luke 15:18
I will get up {and} go to my father, and I will say to him, “Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you
Quote: ἀναστὰς, πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ἐρῶ αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He decided that he would leave that place and go to his father and tell him that he had sinned against God and directly against him”
I will get up
Quote: ἀναστὰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will leave this place”
heaven
Quote: τὸν οὐρανὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word heaven instead. Alternate translation: “God”
before
Quote: ἐνώπιόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term before means “in the presence” of another person. In the speech he is planning, the younger son makes a distinction between the way he has sinned against heaven, by committing many sins, and before his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against”
Luke 15:19
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He decided he would tell his father that he did not deserve to be his son any more, but that he hoped his father would hire him as one of his servants”
I am no longer worthy to be called your son
Quote: οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son”
to be called
Quote: κληθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated this phrase in 1:32, 1:76, and 2:23. Alternate translation: “to be”
make me as one of your hired servants
Quote: ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is a request, not a command. To show that, it may be helpful to add “please,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “please hire me as one of your servants”
Luke 15:20
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So”
having gotten up
Quote: ἀναστὰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “leaving that place”
But he being still far away
Quote: ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος (1)This does not mean that the younger son was still in the other country. Alternate translation: “while he was still at a great distance from his father’s house”
felt compassion
Quote: ἐσπλαγχνίσθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “had pity on him” or “loved him deeply from his heart”
fell upon his neck, and kissed him
Quote: ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
The father did these things to show his son that he loved him and that he was glad he was coming home. If men in your culture would not show affection to their sons in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “welcomed him affectionately”
fell upon his neck
Quote: ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “gave him a hug” or “hugged him tightly”
Luke 15:21
Then the son said to him, ‘Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you. I am no longer worthy to be called your son
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου; οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the son told his father that he had sinned against God and directly against him, and that he did not deserve to be called his son anymore”
heaven
Quote: τὸν οὐρανὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word heaven instead. Alternate translation: “God”
before
Quote: ἐνώπιόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term before means “in the presence” of another person. The young man is making a distinction between the way he has sinned against heaven, by committing many sins, and before his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against”
I am no longer worthy to be called your son
Quote: οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son”
to be called
Quote: κληθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated this phrase in 1:32, 1:76, and 2:23. Alternate translation: “to be”
Luke 15:22
But the father said to his servants, ‘Quickly, bring the first robe and clothe him, and put a ring on his hand, and sandals on his feet
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, ταχὺ ἐξενέγκατε στολὴν τὴν πρώτην, καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the father told his servants quickly to bring the best robe they had and put it on his son, and to put a ring on his hand and sandals on his feet”
bring … clothe … put
Quote: ἐξενέγκατε & ἐνδύσατε & δότε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied “you” in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly.
the first robe … a ring … sandals
Quote: στολὴν τὴν πρώτην & δακτύλιον & ὑποδήματα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
By having his servants put these things on his son, the father was showing that he was welcoming his son back as a member of the family in good standing. These were all signs of status, authority, and privilege. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation.
the first robe
Quote: στολὴν τὴν πρώτην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 14:7, here the word first means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best robe we have” or “the festive garment we save for special occasions”
put a ring on his hand
Quote: δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The father says hand to mean one part of the hand, a finger. Alternate translation: “put a ring on his finger”
sandals
Quote: ὑποδήματα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
In this culture, poorer people went barefoot, while more affluent people wore sandals. They are a type of open footwear, typically made of leather, consisting of a sole that is held onto the foot with straps. The modern equivalent in many cultures where the poor go barefoot and the more affluent have footwear would be shoes. Alternate translation: “shoes”
Luke 15:23
And bring the fattened calf, kill {it}, and let us eat {and} celebrate
Quote: καὶ φέρετε τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, θύσατε, καὶ φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his servants to bring the calf they had been fattening and butcher it so that they could have a celebration feast”
bring … kill {it
Quote: φέρετε & θύσατε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied “you” in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly.
fattened calf
Quote: μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A calf is a young cow. People would give one of their calves special food so that it would grow well, and then, when they wanted to have a special feast, they would butcher and eat that calf. If your readers would not know what a calf or a cow is, or if a description of eating a cow would be offensive to them, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the young animal we have been making fat”
kill {it
Quote: θύσατε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In this context, the term kill means to slaughter an animal and prepare its meat to be eaten. The implication is that the servants were also to cook the meat for the feast that the father wanted to have. Alternate translation: “butcher and cook”
let us eat {and} celebrate
Quote: φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
The phrase eat and celebrate expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word eat indicates how the father wants to celebrate his son’s homecoming. Alternate translation: “celebrate by having a feast”
let us eat {and} celebrate
Quote: φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The word us includes the addressees, since the father means the whole household, including the servants to whom he is speaking. So use the inclusive form of us in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Other languages might say “all of us.”
Luke 15:24
For this son of mine was dead, and has come back to life; he was lost, and he has been found
Quote: ὅτι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν, ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The father said that it was as if his son had died and come back to life, as if he had lost him and found him again”
son of mine was dead, and has come back to life
Quote: ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The father says that when his son was in the faraway country, it was as if he was dead. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had died. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son had died, but now I see he is very much alive”
he was lost, and he has been found
Quote: ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The father says that when his son was in faraway country, it was as if he was lost and no one knew where to find him. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had been missing. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son was missing, but now I have found him again”
he has been found
Quote: εὑρέθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have found him again”
Then they began to celebrate
Quote: καὶ ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Then introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. The servants carried out the father’s orders and prepared a feast, and the people in the household then began to enjoy it.
Luke 15:25
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Jesus uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
was in the field
Quote: ἦν & ἐν ἀγρῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication was that he was out in the field because he was working there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was out working in the field”
as} he came
Quote: ὡς ἐρχόμενος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Alternate translation: “as he came back home from the field”
he heard music and dancing
Quote: ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The older son could not literally hear dancing, so Jesus is using the term heard in that case. Alternate translation: “he heard music and the sound of people dancing” or “he heard music and could tell that people were dancing”
Luke 15:26
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the older son heard these sounds, he wondered what was going on, so he called for a servant and asked him. Alternate translation: “So”
one of the servants
Quote: ἕνα τῶν παίδων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Here the word that is translated as servant ordinarily means “boy.” So here it may indicate that the servant was young. Alternate translation: “a young servant”
what these things might be
Quote: τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα (1)Alternate translation: “what was happening”
Luke 15:27
And he said to him, ‘Your brother has come and your father has killed the fattened calf because he has received him back in good health
Quote: ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἥκει, καὶ ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The servant told him that his brother had come home and that his father had killed the fattened calf because he had received him back in good health”
your father has killed the fattened calf
Quote: ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf”
your father has killed the fattened calf
Quote: ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The implication, as the father says explicitly in 15:23, was that this was in order to have a celebration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf so we could have a celebration”
the fattened calf
Quote: τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated this term in 15:23. Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat”
because he has received him back in good health
Quote: ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν (1)Alternate translation: “because his son has come home safely”
Luke 15:28
and his father came out {and} entreated him
Quote: ὁ δὲ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐξελθὼν, παρεκάλει αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Here Jesus uses the term and to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “so his father came outside and pleaded with him”
Luke 15:29
But answering, he said to his father, ‘Behold, for so many years I am slaving for you, and I have never disregarded your command, and you never gave a young goat to me so that I might celebrate with my friends
Quote: ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, ἰδοὺ, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον, ἵνα μετὰ τῶν φίλων μου εὐφρανθῶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he responded to his father that even though he had been slaving for him for so many years and had never disobeyed one of his commands, his father had never given him a young goat so that he could celebrate with his friends”
answering, he said
Quote: ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that the older son said what follows in response to his father’s pleadings. Alternate translation: “he responded”
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The older son uses Behold to get his father to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen”
I am slaving for you
Quote: δουλεύω σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
To emphasize how hard he believes he has worked for his father, the older son describes himself as a slave. You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “I have been working like a slave for you”
I have never disregarded your command
Quote: οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I have always done what you told me to do”
I have never disregarded your command
Quote: οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
To emphasize how carefully he believes he has obeyed his father, the older son makes a figurative generalization and says never. Alternate translation: “I have not disobeyed your commands” or “I have done what you told me to do”
a young goat
Quote: ἔριφον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
A young goat was smaller and much less expensive than a fatted calf. The son’s implication is that his father has not done even a small thing to show appreciation for him. You could express that more explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “even a young goat”
Luke 15:30
but when this son of yours came, the one having devoured your livelihood with prostitutes, you killed for him the fattened calf
Quote: ὅτε δὲ ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος, ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον μετὰ πορνῶν ἦλθεν, ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse, if you translated it as an indirect quotation): “but that when this son of his came home, who had wasted his money on prostitutes, he killed the fattened calf for him”
this son of yours
Quote: ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος (1)The older son refers to his brother as this son of yours because he does not want to be associated with him. He does not want to call him “my brother.” Alternate translation: “that other son of yours”
the one having devoured your livelihood
Quote: ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The older son describes his brother as having eaten up the wealth his father gave him, to the point where there is nothing left. Alternate translation: “who squandered your wealth”
with prostitutes
Quote: μετὰ πορνῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
In order to depict how the younger son wasted his father’s money on reckless living, the older son speaks of one thing he assumes the younger son spent money on. Alternate translation: “living recklessly”
you killed for him the fattened calf
Quote: ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “you told the servants to butcher and cook the fattened calf”
you killed for him the fattened calf
Quote: ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly the implicit purpose for this action. Alternate translation: “you told the servants to butcher and cook the fattened calf so you could hold a celebration for him”
the fattened calf
Quote: τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated this term in 15:23. Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat”
Luke 15:31
But he said to him, ‘Child, you are always with me, and all {that is} mine is yours
Quote: ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τέκνον, σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But his father called him his dear son and acknowledged his loyal service and reminded him that now he was heir to the entire remaining estate”
Child
Quote: τέκνον (1)The father is using the word Child as a term of affection. Alternate translation: “My dear son”
you are always with me
Quote: σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ (1)Alternate translation: “I appreciate the way you have stayed here and helped me”
Luke 15:32
But it was proper to celebrate and to rejoice, for this brother of yours was dead, and lived, and he had been lost, and was found
Quote: εὐφρανθῆναι δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν, καὶ ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he insisted that it was right to have a celebration for his brother, since it was as if he had died and come back to life, and as if he had been lost and had been found”
to celebrate and to rejoice
Quote: εὐφρανθῆναι & καὶ χαρῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
The phrase celebrate and rejoice expresses a single idea emphatically by using two similar words connected with and. Alternate translation: “celebrate joyfully”
this brother of yours
Quote: ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος (1)The older son had referred to “this son of yours,” but the father wants him to recognize him as his brother. Alternate translation: “your very own brother”
this brother of yours was dead, and lived
Quote: ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
See how you translated this figurative expression in 15:24. Alternate translation: “it is as if your very own brother had died and come back to life”
he had been lost, and was found
Quote: ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
See how you translated this figurative expression in 15:24. Alternate translation: “it is as if he had been missing and we found him again”
and was found
Quote: καὶ εὑρέθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “we found him again”
Luke 16
Luke 16 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus tells a parable about a household manager (16:1–15)
- Jesus gives further teachings (16:16–18)
- Jesus tells a parable about a rich man who died (16:19–31)
Luke 16:1
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now”
he also said to the disciples
Quote: ἔλεγεν & καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. Jesus directed the previous three parables to the Pharisees and scribes, although the disciplesmay have been part of the crowd that was listening. He directs this next parable to the disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to his disciples, who were there”
And he also said to the disciples
Quote: ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
One theme of the story of the two sons was the use of possessions. To help his disciples understand something further about that, Jesus tells them a brief story that provides an illustration. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Jesus then told his disciples an illustrative story”
There was a certain rich man who had a manager
Quote: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This introduces the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man who employed a manager”
he was reported to him as
Quote: οὗτος διεβλήθη αὐτῷ ὡς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people reported to the rich man that his manager was”
wasting his possessions
Quote: διασκορπίζων τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “managing his wealth badly”
Luke 16:2
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So”
having called him
Quote: φωνήσας αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to the rich man, and him refers to the manager. Alternate translation: “the rich man called the manager”
he said to him, ‘What {is} this I hear about you? Give a report of your management, for you are no longer able to manage
Quote: εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ? ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου; οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told him that he had been hearing bad things about him and that he needed to turn over his financial records, since he would not be the manager any more”
What {is} this I hear about you
Quote: τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The rich man is not looking for information. He is using the question form to scold the manager. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I have heard what you are doing!”
Give a report of your management
Quote: ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου (1)Alternate translation: “Turn over your financial records” or “Set your records in order to pass on to someone else”
for you are no longer able to manage
Quote: οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν (1)Alternate translation: “since you cannot be my financial manager any longer”
Luke 16:3
said to himself, ‘What should I do, since my master is taking away the management from me? I am not strong to dig. I am ashamed to beg
Quote: εἶπεν & ἐν ἑαυτῷ & τί ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ κύριός μου ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ? σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω; ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do, since his master was taking the management job away from him. He realized that he was not strong enough to dig ditches, and that he would be ashamed to beg for money”
my master
Quote: ὁ κύριός μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The expression my master refers to the rich man. The manager was not a slave, although he was financially dependent on the rich man for his housing, food, etc. Alternate translation: “my employer”
I am not strong to dig
Quote: σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The manager is saying that he is not strong enough to work all day digging ditches in the ground. He is likely using this one kind of manual work to represent all work that would require sustained physical exertion. Alternate translation: “I am not strong enough to do manual labor”
Luke 16:4
I know what I will do, so that when I am removed from the management, they will welcome me into their houses
Quote: ἔγνων τί ποιήσω, ἵνα ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας, δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He realized that there was something he could do so that when his master took away his management job, his master’s debtors would welcome him into their houses”
when I am removed from the management
Quote: ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when my master takes away my management job”
they will welcome me into their houses
Quote: δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
By they, the manager means his master’s debtors, as the next verse indicates explicitly. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will welcome me into their houses”
they will welcome me into their houses
Quote: δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The expression welcome me into their houses likely refers to providing food and lodging, and perhaps other necessities, for some period of time in acknowledgment of a previous favor. The manager speaks of this by reference to where it would happen. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will provide for my needs”
Luke 16:5
of the debtors of his master
Quote: τῶν χρεοφιλετῶν τοῦ κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “of the people who were in debt to his master” or “of the people who owed things to his master”
to the first one
Quote: τῷ πρώτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to the first of the debtors”
he said to the first one, ‘How much do you owe to my master
Quote: ἔλεγεν τῷ πρώτῳ, πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ κυρίῳ μου? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked the first of the debtors how much he owed his master”
Luke 16:6
And he said, ‘100 baths of olive oil
Quote: ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This first debtor told the manager that he owed 100 baths of olive oil”
100 baths
Quote: ἑκατὸν βάτους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume
The word baths is the plural of “bath,” an ancient measurement equal to about 30 liters or about 8 gallons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “3,000 liters” or “800 gallons”
Then he said to him, ‘Take your bill and, sitting down, quickly write 50
Quote: ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ καθίσας ταχέως γράψον πεντήκοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the manager told him to take his bill and sit down and quickly change that to 50 baths”
your bill
Quote: σου τὰ γράμματα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A bill is a piece of paper that tells how much someone owes. Your language may have a specific term for this. Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note”
50
Quote: πεντήκοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “1,500 liters” or “400 gallons”
Luke 16:7
Then to another he said, ‘And you, how much do you owe
Quote: ἔπειτα ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν, σὺ δὲ πόσον ὀφείλεις? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the manager asked another debtor how much he owed”
100 cors
Quote: ἑκατὸν κόρους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume
The word cors is the plural of “cor,” an ancient measurement equal to about one fifth of a metric ton or about ten bushels. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. You could also use a general term, as UST does. Alternate translation: “20 tons” (metric tons) or “1,000 bushels”
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου. λέγει αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ γράψον ὀγδοήκοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He told the manager that he owed 100 cors of wheat. The manager told him to take his bill and change that to 80 cors”
He says to him
Quote: λέγει αὐτῷ (1)To convey vividness and immediacy, the parable uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to him”
your bill
Quote: σου τὰ γράμματα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated your bill in 16:6. Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note”
80
Quote: ὀγδοήκοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “16 tons” or “800 bushels”
Luke 16:8
he had acted shrewdly
Quote: φρονίμως ἐποίησεν (1)Alternate translation: “he had looked out for himself” or “he had planned for the future”
the sons of this age
Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression sons of is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the values and outlook of the present world. Alternate translation: “the people of this present world”
of this age
Quote: τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term age means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world and, by association, the world itself. Alternate translation: “of this present world”
the sons of the light
Quote: τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The expression sons of is once again an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something, in this case the influence of God. Alternate translation: “the people of God” or “godly people”
the sons of the light
Quote: τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term light is a metaphor for the presence and influence of God in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of God” or “godly people”
in their own generation
Quote: εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν ἑαυτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of the sons of this age as if they had all been born in the same generation. Alternate translation: “in relation to their own kind”
Luke 16:9
And I say to you
Quote: καὶ ἐγὼ ὑμῖν λέγω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory
Jesus uses the phrase I say to you to mark the end of the story and to introduce a teaching about how his disciples can apply the story to their lives. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And you should do something similar”
make friends for yourselves by means of unrighteous wealth, so that when it fails, they may welcome you into the eternal dwellings
Quote: ἑαυτοῖς ποιήσατε φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας, ἵνα ὅταν ἐκλίπῃ, δέξωνται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς αἰωνίους σκηνάς (1)The identity of these friends is unclear. Interpreters understand them in a variety of ways. It is also unclear whether it is these friends who would welcome someone into the eternal dwellings or whether the expression is indefinite, equivalent to “you will be welcomed into the eternal dwellings.” Because the meaning is unclear and it is interpreted in such a variety of ways, it might be best if your translation did not say any more about this than ULT does.
unrighteous wealth
Quote: τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here, the term unrighteous is an echo of the previous verse, in which Jesus described the manager by the same term. It likely refers to the various shrewd means by which the people of this world make money. Jesus is applying it by association to money itself. Alternate translation: “the money you have in this world”
when it fails
Quote: ὅταν ἐκλίπῃ (1)Alternate translation: “when it is gone” or “when it no longer has any value”
Luke 16:10
The one {who is} faithful in very little
Quote: ὁ πιστὸς ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ (1)Be sure that this does not sound as if it is describing a person who is not very faithful. Alternate translation: “Someone who is trustworthy even in very small matters”
the one {who is} unrighteous in very little
Quote: ὁ ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ ἄδικος (1)Be sure that this does not sound as if it is describing a person who is only infrequently unrighteous. Alternate translation: “someone who is not trustworthy even in very small matters”
Luke 16:11
unrighteous wealth
Quote: τῷ ἀδίκῳ μαμωνᾷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
See how you translated this term in 16:9. Alternate translation: “with the money that you have in this world”
who will entrust the true to you
Quote: τὸ ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one will trust you with genuine wealth.”
the true
Quote: τὸ ἀληθινὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective true as a noun to mean wealth that is more genuine, real, or lasting than money. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “genuine wealth”
Luke 16:12
who will give to you {what is} your own
Quote: τὸ ὑμέτερον τίς ὑμῖν δώσει? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one will give you property of your own.”
Luke 16:13
No servant is able to serve two masters
Quote: οὐδεὶς οἰκέτης δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the subject positive and the verb negative in this expression. Alternate translation: “A servant cannot serve two masters”
two masters
Quote: δυσὶ κυρίοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that a servant could not meet the competing demands of two different masters at the same time with equal loyalty. Alternate translation: “two different masters equally well at the same time”
for either he will hate the one and will love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and will despise the other
Quote: ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει; ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
Jesus is basically saying the same thing in two different ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these statements. Alternate translation: “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other”
he will be devoted to one
Quote: ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται (1)Alternate translation: “he will love the first master very strongly”
will despise the other
Quote: τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει (1)Alternate translation: “will hold the second master in contempt” or “will hate the second master”
You are not able to serve
Quote: οὐ δύνασθε & δουλεύειν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Even though Jesus has been describing the situation of an individual servant, as he draws this application, he is addressing his disciples as a group, so you is plural.
Luke 16:14
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
the Pharisees
Quote: οἱ Φαρισαῖοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Here Luke reintroduces the Pharisees as participants in the story, but they have been present all along. Jesus told them the three parables in 15:3–32, and they have since been listening to what Jesus has been teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees who were present”
being lovers of money
Quote: φιλάργυροι ὑπάρχοντες (1)Alternate translation: “who loved having money” or “who were very greedy for money”
Luke 16:15
You are the ones justifying yourselves
Quote: ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ δικαιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς (1)Alternate translation: “You are people who try to make yourselves look good”
before men
Quote: ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using this expression to mean “where people can see,” and it refers to perception and judgment. Alternate translation: “from the perspective of others”
men
Quote: ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “others”
but God knows your hearts
Quote: ὁ δὲ Θεὸς γινώσκει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, hearts represent people’s motivations and desires. Alternate translation: “God understands your true desires” or “God knows your real motives”
what is} exalted among men
Quote: τὸ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὑψηλὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe things that are valued or honored as if they were high up. Alternate translation: “what people value” or “what people respect”
men
Quote: ἀνθρώποις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people”
is} an abomination
Quote: βδέλυγμα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term abomination comes from the regulations for religious life in the Jewish law. It refers to something that provokes feelings of horror and revulsion and must be avoided. Alternate translation: “is detestable”
before God
Quote: ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using this expression to mean “where God can see,” and it refers to perception and judgment. Alternate translation: “from God’s perspective”
Luke 16:16
The Law and the Prophets
Quote: ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Jesus is referring to all of God’s word that had been written up to that time. He is using the names of two of its major components to do so. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures”
were} until
Quote: μέχρι (1)Alternate translation: “led up to the time of”
John
Quote: Ἰωάννου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is referring to John the Baptist. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist”
the kingdom of God is proclaimed as good news
Quote: ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has been doing the action. Alternate translation: “I have been teaching people the good news about the kingdom of God”
the kingdom of God
Quote: ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule”
everyone is forcing their way into it
Quote: πᾶς εἰς αὐτὴν βιάζεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Jesus says that people have been forcing their way into the kingdom to mean that they have been doing everything they can to enter it. Alternate translation: “people have been doing everything they can to enter it”
everyone
Quote: πᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The term everyone is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people”
Luke 16:17
But it is easier for heaven and earth to pass away than for one stroke of the law to fall
Quote: εὐκοπώτερον δέ ἐστιν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν παρελθεῖν, ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κερέαν πεσεῖν (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this contrast in the reverse order. Alternate translation: “Even the smallest detail of the law will remain valid for longer than the whole creation exists”
heaven and earth
Quote: τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Jesus is describing all of creation by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “all of creation”
to pass away
Quote: παρελθεῖν (1)Alternate translation: “to go out of existence”
than for one stroke of the law
Quote: ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κερέαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
A stroke is the smallest part of a letter. Jesus is referring to the teachings of the law by association with the way they have been recorded in written letters. Alternate translation: “than for any of the law”
to fall
Quote: πεσεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term fall to mean to be of no further use, such as a building would be if it collapsed. Alternate translation: “to become invalid”
Luke 16:18
Everyone divorcing his wife
Quote: πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Here Jesus is implicitly giving an example of something in the law that is still valid. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the Pharisees allowed divorce, and he is teaching that they should not do that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example, you Pharisees allow divorce. But that is not what God wants. Anyone who divorces his wife”
Everyone divorcing his wife
Quote: πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “Anyone who divorces his wife” or “Any man who divorces his wife”
commits adultery
Quote: μοιχεύει (1)Alternate translation: “is guilty of adultery”
the one marrying
Quote: ὁ & γαμῶν (2)Alternate translation: “any man who marries”
the one marrying one that has been divorced from a husband
Quote: ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς γαμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband has divorced her”
Luke 16:19
Now
Quote: δέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
Jesus uses the term Now to introduce a story that will help people understand better what he has been teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration to help you understand:”
Now there was a certain rich man
Quote: ἄνθρωπος δέ τις ἦν πλούσιος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This introduces one of the characters in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person, or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. You may need to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man”
and he was putting on purple and fine linen
Quote: καὶ ἐνεδιδύσκετο πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus is using two specific types of expensive clothing to mean expensive clothing in general. These were likely not the only types of clothes that the man owned and wore. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He wore very expensive clothes”
purple
Quote: πορφύραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term purple to mean clothing colored with purple dye, which was very expensive. Alternate translation: “clothing colored with purple dye”
fine linen
Quote: βύσσον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term fine linen refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have linen in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “garments made of fine cloth” or “garments made of good cloth”
feasting sumptuously every day
Quote: εὐφραινόμενος καθ’ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς (1)Alternate translation: “and he enjoyed eating expensive food every day”
Luke 16:20
But a certain poor man named Lazarus
Quote: πτωχὸς δέ τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This introduces another character in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor man named Lazarus”
was laid at his gate
Quote: ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom people laid at his gate”
at his gate
Quote: πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that people brought Lazarus there so that he could beg for money and food from those who went in and out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the gate to the rich man’s house so that he could beg there” or “at the entrance to the rich man’s property so that he could beg there”
afflicted with sores
Quote: εἱλκωμένος (1)It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He was covered with sores” or “He had sores all over his body”
Luke 16:21
longing to be fed from the things falling
Quote: ἐπιθυμῶν χορτασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πιπτόντων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wishing he could eat the scraps of food that fell”
But even the dogs were coming
Quote: ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι (1)Jesus uses the word even to show that what follows is worse than what he has already told about Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Worse yet, the dogs came”
the dogs
Quote: οἱ κύνες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Lazarus was too sick and weak to stop them from licking his wounds, so in addition to being poor and sick, he was always ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unclean dogs”
Luke 16:22
Then it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
he was carried away by the angels
Quote: ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels carried him away”
to the bosom of Abraham
Quote: εἰς τὸν κόλπον Ἀβραάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast. Within the story, this feast likely represents the joys of heaven, and Jesus may be depicting Abraham, the ancestor of the Jews, as the host. In that case, Lazarus would be in a place of honor next to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to Abraham at the heavenly feast”
was buried
Quote: ἐτάφη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him”
Luke 16:23
lifting up his eyes
Quote: ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he looked up”
being in torment
Quote: ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις (1)Alternate translation: “while suffering in terrible pain”
he sees
Quote: ὁρᾷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense
To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
in his bosom
Quote: ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this expression in 16:22. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to him”
Luke 16:24
crying out, he said, ‘Father Abraham, have mercy on me and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue, for I am tormented in this flame
Quote: αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἐλέησόν με καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον, ἵνα βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου; ὅτι ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he shouted over to Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, and asked him to have mercy on him and send Lazarus to dip the tip of his finger in water and cool his tongue, because he was in a flame that was making him suffer greatly”
crying out, he said
Quote: αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the terms crying out and said mean that the rich man spoke what follows as a loud cry. Alternate translation: “the rich man shouted out”
Father Abraham
Quote: Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The rich man is using the term Father, which means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Abraham was the ancestor of all the Jews. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor”
have mercy on me
Quote: ἐλέησόν με (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have pity on me” or “please help me”
and send Lazarus
Quote: καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον (1)Alternate translation: “by sending Lazarus” or “and tell Lazarus to come to me”
he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue
Quote: βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The rich man is making an exaggeratedly small request in order to emphasize how hot and thirsty he is. In your translation, you could indicate that this is not the most he would want Lazarus to do. Alternate translation: “so that he can at least dip his finger in water and cool my tongue with a drop of it” or “so he can bring me water to drink that will cool my tongue”
and cool my tongue
Quote: καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The rich man is describing how thirsty he is by association with the way his tongue feels hot. Alternate translation: “so that I will not be so thirsty”
I am tormented in this flame
Quote: ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly”
Luke 16:25
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, but now Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly”
Child
Quote: τέκνον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Abraham is using the term Child to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child”
your good things
Quote: τὰ ἀγαθά σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Abraham is using the adjective good as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed”
likewise
Quote: ὁμοίως (1)Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
bad things
Quote: τὰ κακά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Abraham is using the adjective bad as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer”
he is comforted
Quote: παρακαλεῖται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is comfortable” or “he is receiving things that make him happy”
you are tormented
Quote: σὺ & ὀδυνᾶσαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly”
Luke 16:26
And with all these things, between us and you a great chasm has been set in place, so that the ones wanting to cross from here to you may not be able, nor may they go across from there to us
Quote: καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅπως οἱ θέλοντες διαβῆναι ἔνθεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Abraham also told him that God had placed a huge pit between them, so that no one who wanted to cross over to where the rich man was, and no one who wanted to come over from there to where Abraham was, would be able to do that”
And with all these things
Quote: καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “In addition to this reason”
us … us
Quote: ἡμῶν & ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Abraham means himself and the people who are with him, but not the rich man, so us is exclusive in both instances in this verse, if your language marks that distinction.
you … you
Quote: ὑμῶν & ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Even though Abraham is speaking to the rich man individually, he is referring to all of the people who are in Hades with him, so you is plural in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “all of you”
a great chasm has been set in place
Quote: χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has placed a huge pit”
nor may they go across from there to us
Quote: μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Abraham is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that those who want to come across from where you are to where we are will not be able to do that”
Luke 16:27
Then he said, ‘I beg you then, Father, that you would send him to the house of my father
Quote: εἶπεν δέ, ἐρωτῶ οὖν σε Πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψῃς αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the rich man then begged Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, to send Lazarus to his family”
Father
Quote: Πάτερ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The rich man is using the term Father, which means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor”
to the house of my father
Quote: εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The rich man is using the word house to mean the people who live together in a household. Alternate translation: “to my family”
Luke 16:28
for I have five brothers—in order that he might warn them, so that they may not also come to this place of torment
Quote: ἔχω γὰρ πέντε ἀδελφούς, ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον τῆς βασάνου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The rich man explained that he had five brothers and that he wanted Lazarus to warn them so that they would not also come to where he was, in a place where they would suffer greatly”
in order that he might warn them
Quote: ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the rich man wanted Lazarus to warn his brothers not to act as he had. He had been selfish, self-indulgent, and unconcerned about the needs of people around him who were poor and suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he can warn them not to be self-indulgent and callous, as I was”
Luke 16:29
But Abraham says
Quote: λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense
To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham said”
But Abraham says, ‘They have Moses and the prophets; let them listen to them
Quote: λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ, ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας; ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that his brothers had what Moses and the prophets had written, and that they should obey their teaching”
They have Moses and the prophets
Quote: ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Abraham is refusing to send Lazarus to the rich man’s brothers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not do that, because your brothers have what Moses and the prophets have written”
Moses and the prophets
Quote: Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written”
Moses and the prophets
Quote: Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Abraham is referring to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures”
let them listen to them
Quote: ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, listen to is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “let them obey their teaching”
let them listen to them
Quote: ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the rich man’s brothers do not need Lazarus to come and warn them, because in the Scriptures they already have all the warning they need. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your brothers should obey their teaching, because it provides all the warning they need”
Luke 16:30
But he said, ‘No, Father Abraham, but if someone goes to them from the dead, they will repent
Quote: ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, οὐχί, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλ’ ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the rich man told Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, that his brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures, but that if someone came to them from the dead, then they would repent”
No
Quote: οὐχί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The rich man uses the word No to indicate that what Abraham has just said is not true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning more fully. Alternate translation: “No, my brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures”
if someone goes to them from the dead, they will repent
Quote: ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
The rich man is describing a hypothetical situation that he would like to happen. Alternate translation: “suppose someone who had died went and warned them. Then they would repent”
from the dead
Quote: ἀπὸ νεκρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
The rich man is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died”
Luke 16:31
But he said to him, ‘If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone rises from the dead
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that if his brothers would not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, then they would not change their ways even if someone who had died came back to life and warned them”
If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone rises from the dead
Quote: εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact
Abraham is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Abraham is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since they will not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either”
If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets
Quote: εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The term listen to is an idiom that means “obey.” See how you translated this idiom in 16:29. Alternate translation: “If they will not obey what Moses and the prophets have written”
to Moses and the prophets
Quote: Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written”
to Moses and the prophets
Quote: Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Abraham is referring to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures”
neither will they be persuaded if someone rises from the dead
Quote: οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either”
from the dead
Quote: ἐκ νεκρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Abraham is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died”
Luke 17
Luke 17 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus teaches about forgiveness, faith, and service (17:1–10)
- Jesus heals ten lepers (17:11–19)
- Jesus teaches about the kingdom of God coming (17:20–37)
Special concepts in this chapter
Old Testament Examples
Jesus uses Noah and Lot’s wife as examples to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and followers of Jesus need to be ready for him to return, because he will not warn them when he is about to come. Lot’s wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it. Followers of Jesus need to love him more than anything else. You may need to provide some background information that Jesus assumed his listeners would know so that people who read your translation today can understand what Jesus is teaching here.
Important figures of speech in this chapter
Rhetorical Questions
Jesus asks his disciples three questions in (17:7–9) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: Rhetorical Question and grace, gracious and righteous, righteousness, unrighteous, unrighteousness, upright, uprightness)
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Paradox
A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it” (17:33).
Important textual issues in this chapter
“In his day”
At the end of 17:24, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “in his day,” but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.
“There will be two in the field”
Some ancient manuscripts of the Bible include the verse 17:36, but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have this verse in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.
In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the verse if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: Textual Variants)
Luke 17:1
It is impossible for stumbling blocks not to come
Quote: ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Stumbling blocks will certainly come”
stumbling blocks
Quote: τὰ σκάνδαλα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term stumbling blocks refers to any lumps, rocks, or bumps on the ground that cause people to stumble or trip. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of object, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “things that people trip on”
stumbling blocks
Quote: τὰ σκάνδαλα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, Jesus speaks of things that cause people to sin as if they were stumbling blocks. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things that lead people to disobey”
woe {to the one} through whom they come
Quote: οὐαὶ δι’ οὗ ἔρχεται! (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for anyone who causes these temptations to come” or “how terrible it will be for any person who tempts others to sin”
Luke 17:2
It would be better for him if
Quote: λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if”
a millstone were put around his neck
Quote: λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck”
a millstone
Quote: λίθος μυλικὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A millstone is a very large, heavy, circular stone that is used for grinding grain into flour. If your readers would not be familiar with a millstone, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone” or “a heavy wheel”
he should cause … to stumble
Quote: σκανδαλίσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
See how you translated the similar terms in 17:1. Alternate translation: “he should tempt … to sin”
of these little ones
Quote: τῶν μικρῶν τούτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people”
Luke 17:3
Pay attention to yourselves
Quote: προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin”
Pay attention
Quote: προσέχετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
your … rebuke … forgive
Quote: σου & ἐπιτίμησον & ἄφες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
The word your and the implied “you” in the imperatives rebuke and forgive are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation.
If your brother sins, rebuke him
Quote: ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical
Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin. Then you should rebuke him”
your brother
Quote: ὁ ἀδελφός σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the term brother to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer”
your brother
Quote: ὁ ἀδελφός σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Although the term brother is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer”
rebuke him
Quote: ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ (1)Alternate translation: “correct him” or “tell him strongly that what he did was wrong”
and if he repents, forgive him
Quote: καὶ ἐὰν μετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical
Jesus is describing another hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose that believer were to repent. Then you should forgive him”
Luke 17:4
And if he sins against you seven times in the day, and seven times returns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ you will forgive him
Quote: καὶ ἐὰν ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ, καὶ ἑπτάκις ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical
Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin against you seven times in the same day. And suppose each time he came to you and said, ‘I am sorry.’ Then you would have to forgive him each time”
seven times in the day, and seven times
Quote: ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας & καὶ ἑπτάκις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The number seven in the Bible represents a large or sufficient quantity. Alternate translation: “many times in the same day, and each time”
in the day
Quote: τῆς ἡμέρας (1)Alternate translation: “in the same day”
you … you, … you will forgive
Quote: σὲ & σὲ & ἀφήσεις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
The word you is singular in this verse, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation.
returns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ you will forgive him
Quote: ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “comes to you and says that he is sorry, you must forgive him”
you will forgive him
Quote: ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “you must forgive him”
Luke 17:5
the apostles
Quote: οἱ ἀπόστολοι (1)This means the 12 disciples whom Jesus appointed as his authoritative representatives in 6:13. See how you translated the term there.
to the Lord
Quote: τῷ Κυρίῳ (1)Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
Increase faith to us
Quote: πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us more faith” or “Please help us to trust God better”
Luke 17:6
the Lord
Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
If you had faith like a mustard seed, you would say to this mulberry tree
Quote: εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical
Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. He is asserting that if the condition is true, then the result will necessarily follow. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that if you had faith like a mustard seed, you could say to this mulberry tree”
you had … you would say … to you
Quote: ἔχετε & ἐλέγετε & ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Even though Jesus is describing something that an individual might do, you is plural in this verse because he is speaking to his 12 apostles in response to their request.
If you had faith like a mustard seed
Quote: εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
A mustard seed is a very small seed. Jesus is using this seed in a simile to mean a very small amount. Alternate translation: “If you had even a tiny amount of faith”
a mustard seed
Quote: κόκκον σινάπεως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
If your readers would not be familiar with a mustard seed, you could use the name of another small seed with which they would be familiar, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a very small seed”
to this mulberry tree
Quote: τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
Jesus likely uses a mulberry tree as an example because it has an extensive root system that makes it very difficult to uproot. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use the name of another type of tree with extensive roots that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to this firmly rooted tree”
you would say to this mulberry tree, ‘Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea
Quote: ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ, ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you could tell this mulberry tree to pull its roots out of the ground and put them down in the sea”
Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea
Quote: ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs. Alternate translation: “Uproot yourself and plant yourself in the sea” or “Take your roots out of the ground and put them down into the sea”
it would listen to you
Quote: ὑπήκουσεν ἂν ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, listen to is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “the tree would obey you”
Luke 17:7
But which of you {is it}, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately {and} recline to eat
Quote: τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But none of you who had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep would say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’!”
But which of you {is it}, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately {and} recline to eat
Quote: τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is using an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep. You would not say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat.’”
will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately {and} recline to eat
Quote: εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “would tell him as soon as he came in from the field to sit right down and have his own supper”
a servant plowing or tending sheep
Quote: δοῦλον & ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to say explicitly that the land and sheep hypothetically belong to the person who is being asked to consider what he would do in this situation. Alternate translation: “a servant who had been out plowing your land or taking care of your sheep”
and} recline to eat
Quote: ἀνάπεσε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated this phrase in 5:29. Alternate translation: “and sit down to eat” or “and sit down and have your supper”
Luke 17:8
will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat and, girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink
Quote: οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus uses a second question as a further teaching tool, to emphasize how a person actually would treat a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would certainly say to him, ‘Prepare something for me to eat, and then wrap your robe around your hips so you could serve me while I eat and drink, and after that you yourself can eat and drink’”
will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat and, girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink
Quote: οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly tell the servant to prepare something for him to eat, and then to wrap his robe around his hips so he could serve him while he ate and drank, and that only after doing that the servant himself could eat and drink”
girding yourself, serve me
Quote: περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated these phrases in 12:35. Alternate translation: “wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips so that you can serve me”
and after these things
Quote: καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα (1)Alternate translation: “and then, after you have served me”
you will eat and drink
Quote: φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
The master is using a future statement to give permission. Alternate translation: “you may eat and drink” or “you may have your own supper”
Luke 17:9
He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he
Quote: μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, does he? Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?”
He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he
Quote: μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implicit answer to the question is “No.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that”
He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he
Quote: μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!”
He does not have gratitude to the servant … does he
Quote: μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ (1)Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant … does he”
the things commanded
Quote: τὰ διαταχθέντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do”
Luke 17:10
the things commanded to you
Quote: τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do”
say, ‘We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do
Quote: λέγετε, ὅτι δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you are unworthy servants and that you have only what you ought to do”
We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do
Quote: δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
People who would say this would be speaking about themselves but not about God, to whom they would be speaking, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive we, use the exclusive form here.
We are worthless servants
Quote: δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This is an exaggeration that means the servants have not done anything worthy of praise or thanks or a special reward. Alternate translation: “We are unworthy servants” or “We have not done anything while serving you that deserves special thanks”
We have done what we ought to do
Quote: ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν (1)Alternate translation: “We have only done our duty”
Luke 17:11
And it happened
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
in the journeying to Jerusalem
Quote: ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ (1)Alternate translation: “as Jesus continued his journey to Jerusalem”
he was passing through between Samaria and Galilee
Quote: αὐτὸς διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke provides this background information about Jesus’ location to help readers understand what happens in this episode, in which Jesus engages a group of men that includes both Jews and at least one Samaritan. Alternate translation: “Jesus was traveling along the border between Samaria and Galilee”
Luke 17:12
ten leprous men, who stood at a distance met {him
Quote: ἀπήντησαν δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες, οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “ten men who were lepers came out to meet him, standing far away”
ten leprous men, who stood at a distance met {him
Quote: ἀπήντησαν δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες, οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The lepers were not reluctant to engage Jesus. Rather, this was a respectful gesture, since they were not allowed to approach other people. According to the law of Moses, they were ceremonially unclean for as long as they had a skin disease. Luke assumes that his readers will know that, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. It may be helpful to make who stood at a distance a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “ten leprous men met him. They stood at a distance, as they were required to do because they were ceremonially unclean”
Luke 17:13
they lifted up their voice
Quote: αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This idiom means that they spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices” or “they shouted out”
they lifted up their voice
Quote: αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns
If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak as if a group of people had only one voice, you could use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices”
have mercy on us
Quote: ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us”
have mercy on us
Quote: ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The ten lepers assume that Jesus will know that they are specifically asking to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us and heal us” or “please be merciful to us by healing us”
Luke 17:14
Go show yourselves to the priests
Quote: πορευθέντες ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
People who had been lepers but who had been healed were required under the law of Moses to have the priests verify that fact. So the implication of this command is that Jesus is healing the men. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are healed. Now go and show yourselves to the priests so they can verify that”
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in the episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
they were cleansed
Quote: ἐκαθαρίσθησαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God healed them”
they were cleansed
Quote: ἐκαθαρίσθησαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke uses the term cleansed for the healing of these lepers because when they were healed, they were no longer ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God healed them and so they were no longer ceremonially unclean”
Luke 17:15
having seen that he had been healed
Quote: ἰδὼν ὅτι ἰάθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when he realized that Jesus had healed him”
returned
Quote: ὑπέστρεψεν (1)Alternate translation: “came back to where Jesus was”
glorifying God with a loud voice
Quote: μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means the leper raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “loudly praising God” or “shouting praises God”
Luke 17:16
he fell on his face at his feet
Quote: ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
Bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a humble sign of gratitude and respect for him. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that this man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he bowed down in front of Jesus”
And he was a Samaritan
Quote: καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν Σαμαρείτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was a Samaritan”
Luke 17:17
Then answering, Jesus said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus spoke in response to the Samaritan man coming back to thank him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded”
Then answering, Jesus said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus responded to what the man did, but he did so by speaking about the man to the group of people around him, rather than to the man directly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the crowd”
Were not ten cleansed
Quote: οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Did I not cleanse ten lepers?”
Were not ten cleansed
Quote: οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form for emphasis, to show the people around him how surprised and disappointed he is that only one of the ten men whom he healed came back to thank and praise God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I healed ten men of their leprosy.”
But where {are} the nine
Quote: οἱ δὲ ἐννέα ποῦ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is not asking the crowd to tell him where the other nine men are. He is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The other nine men should have come back too!”
Luke 17:18
Were they not found returning to give glory to God except this foreigner
Quote: οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions
If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Was this foreigner the only one who returned to give glory to God”
Were they not found returning to give glory to God except this foreigner
Quote: οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one but this foreigner came back to give glory to God!”
Were they not found returning
Quote: οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they refers to the lepers who were healed. Alternate translation: “Did none of the lepers I healed return”
Were they not found returning
Quote: οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive here. Alternate translation: “Did none of the lepers I healed return”
Were they not found returning
Quote: οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The term found is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “Was there no one else who returned”
this foreigner
Quote: ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Samaritans had non-Jewish ancestors, and they did not worship God in the same way that the Jews did. The implication is that some of the lepers in the group were Jews, and Jesus would have expected them to return to give thanks to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this foreigner, when the Jewish men should certainly have returned to thank God”
Luke 17:19
Your faith has saved you
Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun faith with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, that has saved you”
Your faith has saved you
Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
While the word saved can mean “healed,” as in 7:3 and 8:48, that does not seem to be the meaning here. Since all ten of the lepers were healed, but only this man demonstrated that he believed, Jesus seems to be saying that beyond being healed, he received salvation through faith. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation”
Your faith has saved you
Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Jesus speaks of the leper’s faith as if it had actively saved him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation”
Luke 17:20
And having been asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming
Quote: ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses this phrase to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now when some Pharisees asked Jesus when the kingdom of God was coming”
And having been asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming
Quote: ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations
If it would be helpful in your language, you could present this as a direct quotation rather than as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now some Pharisees asked Jesus, ‘When is the kingdom of God coming?’”
having been asked by the Pharisees
Quote: ἐπερωτηθεὶς & ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was the recipient of the action. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees asked Jesus”
when the kingdom of God was coming
Quote: πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “when God would begin to rule”
he answered them and said
Quote: ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answered and said mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question that the Pharisees asked him. Alternate translation: “he responded”
The kingdom of God is not coming with observation
Quote: οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the word observation to mean things that people can observe. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is not coming with signs that people can observe”
The kingdom of God is not coming
Quote: οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is not going to begin to rule”
Luke 17:21
Neither will they say, ‘Behold, here!’ or ‘There
Quote: οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “People will not say that they see it near them in one place or over in another place”
Behold, here!’ or ‘There
Quote: ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
These people would be using the term behold to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. In this case, it would be appropriate to translate the term with a popular expression in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “‘Hey, here it is!’ or ‘There it is!’”
For behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the term behold to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “For indeed”
the kingdom of God is within you
Quote: ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
This could mean: (1) the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) since the word you is plural here, Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst”
the kingdom of God is within you
Quote: ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is ruling inside of you” or “God is ruling in your midst”
Luke 17:22
Days will come when
Quote: ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term Days to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “There will be a time when”
you will desire to see
Quote: ἐπιθυμήσετε & ἰδεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term see to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “you will want very much to experience”
one of the days of the Son of Man
Quote: μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using his title the Son of Man to refer to the time when he will rule as king. Alternate translation: “one of the days when the Son of Man will rule as king”
one of the days of the Son of Man
Quote: μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus is using one of these days to refer to the whole time that it belongs to. Alternate translation: “the time when the Son of Man will rule as king”
of the days of the Son of Man
Quote: τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of my days as the Son of Man”
of the days of the Son of Man
Quote: τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “of my days as the Messiah”
but you will not see {it
Quote: καὶ οὐκ ὄψεσθε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term see to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “but you will not experience it yet”
Luke 17:23
they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here
Quote: ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication in context is that Jesus is speaking of the Son of Man or Messiah. Alternate translation: “people will say to you, ‘Look, the Messiah is over there!’ or, ‘Look, the Messiah is over here!’”
they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here
Quote: ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will tell you that the Messiah is over in one place or with them in another place”
Behold, … Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
These people would be using the term behold to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey”
Do not go out or run after them
Quote: μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The expressions go out and run after mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you”
Do not go out or run after them
Quote: μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that people would go to look for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you to look for the Messiah”
Luke 17:24
the lightning flashing from a {place} under the sky shines to a place under the sky
Quote: ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει (1)Alternate translation: “lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
the lightning flashing from a {place} under the sky shines to a place under the sky
Quote: ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
Jesus is using this comparison to indicate that he will be revealed suddenly and visibly as the Messiah and the world’s reigning king. Alternate translation: “the lightning appears suddenly and visibly across the sky”
thus will be the Son of Man
Quote: οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include the phrase “in his day” at the end of this verse in your translation. The note below suggests one way to do that.
thus will be the Son of Man
Quote: οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that thus will be the Son of Man refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign”
thus will be the Son of Man
Quote: οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “thus will be I, the Son of Man”
thus will be the Son of Man
Quote: οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “thus will be I, the Messiah”
Luke 17:25
it is necessary for him to suffer
Quote: δεῖ αὐτὸν & παθεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for me to suffer”
to be rejected by this generation
Quote: ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation must reject him” or, if you translated with the first person, “the people of this generation must reject me”
this generation
Quote: τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the term generation to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time”
Luke 17:26
just as it happened … thus it will be also
Quote: καθὼς ἐγένετο & οὕτως ἔσται καὶ (1)Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … thus people will be doing the same things”
in the days of Noah
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living”
in the days of the Son of Man
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Son of Man is about to return”
in the days of the Son of Man
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in my days as the Son of Man”
in the days of the Son of Man
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “in my days as the Messiah”
Luke 17:27
They were eating, they were drinking, they were marrying, they were being given in marriage
Quote: ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἐγάμουν, ἐγαμίζοντο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus describes several regular activities to refer to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “They were going about their normal lives”
they were being given in marriage
Quote: ἐγαμίζοντο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “parents were giving their daughters in marriage”
until that day
Quote: ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
While Noah and his family did enter the ark on a specific day, Jesus is likely using the word day to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “right up to the moment when”
the ark
Quote: τὴν κιβωτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term the ark refers to the structure that Noah built on God’s instructions to save himself and his family from the flood. If your readers would not recognize this specific term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the ship he built” or “the barge he built”
them} all
Quote: πάντας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Here, them all does not include Noah and his family, who were in the ark. Alternate translation: “all those who were not in the ark”
Luke 17:28
just as it happened in the days of Lot
Quote: καθὼς ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is drawing another analogy like the one in 17:27, but in this case he does not specify the object of the comparison right away. He does not do so explicitly until 17:30. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information here. Alternate translation: “people were doing certain things at the time when Lot lived, and people will be doing the same things at the time when I am about to return”
in the days of Lot
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Lot was living”
they were eating, they were drinking, they were buying, they were selling, they were planting, they were building
Quote: ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἠγόραζον, ἐπώλουν, ἐφύτευον, ᾠκοδόμουν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus describes several regular activities to refer to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “they were going about their normal lives”
they were eating
Quote: ἤσθιον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The implication from 17:29 is that the pronoun they refers to the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom were eating”
Luke 17:29
But in the day
Quote: ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
While Lot did leave Sodom on a specific day, Jesus is likely using the word day to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “But at the moment when” or “But as soon as”
it rained fire and sulfur from heaven
Quote: ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
In some languages, rained can mean “fell in large quantities.” If the verb for water falling from the sky does not have that extended meaning in your language, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “fire and burning sulfur fell from the sky like rain”
them} all
Quote: πάντας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Here, them all does not include Lot and his family. Alternate translation: “all those who stayed in the city”
Luke 17:30
It will be according to these things
Quote: κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται (1)Alternate translation: “It will be just like that”
It will be according to these things
Quote: κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that people will be occupied with ordinary activities and not expecting anything out of the ordinary to happen. Alternate translation: “In the same way, people will not be ready”
in the day
Quote: ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term day to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when”
the Son of Man is revealed
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man appears” or “the Son of man returns”
in the day the Son of Man is revealed
Quote: ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “when I, the Son of Man, am revealed”
in the day the Son of Man is revealed
Quote: ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “when I, the Messiah, am revealed”
Luke 17:31
In that day
Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term day to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time”
whoever is on the housetop and his goods are in the house, let him not go down to take them
Quote: ὃς ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “suppose someone is doing something on the roof of his house. Then he should not go inside to get his valuables”
on the housetop
Quote: ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
In this culture, housetops were flat and people could go up onto them without being in danger of sliding off. Housetops were used for a variety of purposes, such as storing and ripening grain and fruit, sleeping in hot weather, and gathering in a large open space. If housetops or roofs are different in your culture and your readers would not understand that Jesus is speaking of someone doing an ordinary activity, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “doing something outside the house”
his goods
Quote: τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “his possessions” or “his valuables”
let him not go down to take them
Quote: μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going inside to get his valuables”
and the one in the field, likewise let him not turn back to the things behind
Quote: καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀγρῷ, ὁμοίως μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “and suppose someone is out working in the field. Then he too should not go back into the house for anything”
let him not turn back to the things behind
Quote: μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication once again is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going back to the house to get his valuables”
Luke 17:32
Remember the wife of Lot
Quote: μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that Lot’s wife looked back toward Sodom and that God punished her along with the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “Remember what happened to Lot’s wife when she looked back toward Sodom” or “Do not do what Lot’s wife did and wish you were back among people whom God is punishing”
Luke 17:33
Whoever seeks to keep his life will lose it
Quote: ὃς ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ περιποιήσασθαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν (1)Alternate translation: “Whoever tries to save his old way of living will lose his life”
but whoever will lose {it} will preserve it
Quote: ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει, ζῳογονήσει αὐτήν (1)Alternate translation: “but whoever gives up his old way of living will save his life”
Luke 17:34
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
in that night there will be two in one bed
Quote: ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “suppose this were to happen at night, and suppose there were two people sleeping in the same bed”
in one bed
Quote: ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
If your readers would not be familiar with what a bed is, you could use the name of the sleeping furniture that people in your own culture use, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sleeping on one mat” or “sleeping side by side” or “sleeping in the same place”
The one will be taken, and the other will be left
Quote: ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. This could mean: (1) the person who is taken may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is left may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) in the parallel to this passage in the Gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is taken may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is left may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other”
The one will be taken
Quote: ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken”
Luke 17:35
There will be two grinding in the same {place
Quote: ἔσονται δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two women are grinding grain together”
two
Quote: δύο (1)The verb is feminine, so this means “two women.” (In 17:34 and 17:36, grammatically masculine forms are used, but conventionally in Greek that means that the people are not known to be all women; they could be men or women, so a general term such as “people” would be appropriate in those verses.) Alternate translation: “two women”
grinding
Quote: ἀλήθουσαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term grinding refers to the process of breaking up grain into very small pieces so that it can be used for cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with grain, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “grinding grain” or “preparing food”
The one will be taken, but the other will be left
Quote: ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἀφεθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in 17:34. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other”
The one will be taken
Quote: ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken”
Luke 17:36
Two in a field; one will be taken and the other will be left
Quote: δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it.
Two in a field
Quote: δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two people are out working in a field”
one will be taken and the other will be left
Quote: εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in 17:34. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other”
one will be taken
Quote: εἰς παραληφθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
If you translated the beginning of this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this as the result of that condition, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken”
Luke 17:37
answering, they say to him
Quote: ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ (1)To convey the vividness and immediacy of the disciples’ question, Luke uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him”
answering, they say to him
Quote: ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answering and say mean that the disciples responded to what Jesus had been telling them by asking him a question about it. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him”
Where, Lord
Quote: ποῦ, Κύριε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the disciples are asking where the things that Jesus has been describing will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, where will these things happen”
Where the body {is}, there also the vultures will be gathered together
Quote: ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs
Jesus may be quoting a popular proverb of the time. Alternate translation: “The location will be obvious from the things that you see happening there”
Where the body {is}, there also the vultures will be gathered together
Quote: ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In this proverb, the body and the vultures are figurative. If you would like to present the same image to your readers but your language does not use metaphors, you can express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as vultures gather where there is a dead body, so the things I have described will indicate where this is about to happen”
the vultures
Quote: οἱ ἀετοὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word vultures describes large birds that travel in flocks and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. If your readers would not be familiar with vultures, you could use the name of similar birds in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds”
will be gathered together
Quote: ἐπισυναχθήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will flock together” or “will assemble”
Luke 18
Luke 18 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus tells a parable about a widow and a judge (18:1–8)
- Jesus tells a parable about a Pharisee and a tax collector (18:9–14)
- Jesus blesses little children (18:15–17)
- Jesus teaches about wealth and the kingdom of God (18:18–30)
- Jesus warns about his impending death (18:31–34)
- Jesus heals a blind man in Jericho (18:35–43)
Special concepts in this chapter
Judges
People expected judges always to do what God said was right and to make sure that other people did what was right. But some judges did not care about doing right or making sure others did right. Jesus called this kind of judge “unjust.” (See: just, justice, unjust, injustice, justify, justification)
Pharisees and tax collectors
The Pharisees thought that they themselves were the best examples of good, righteous people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous of sinners. (See: righteous, righteousness, unrighteous, unrighteousness, upright, uprightness and sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)
Important textual issues in this chapter
“that he had become sad”
At the beginning of 18:24, in the story of the ruler who asked Jesus how he could have eternal life, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible say that Jesus saw “that he had become sad.” However, the ancient manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not have that phrase. They say simply that Jesus looked at him. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.
“we have left everything”
In 18:28, in some ancient manuscripts of the Bible, Peter says that the disciples have left “everything” to follow Jesus. In other manuscripts, the expression is “our own possessions.” ULT says “everything” in its text, but it acknowledges the variant “our own possessions” in a footnote.
In each of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: Textual Variants)
Luke 18:1
Then he spoke a parable to them to {show that} it was necessary
Quote: ἔλεγεν δὲ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, πρὸς τὸ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand that it was necessary”
Luke 18:2
saying
Quote: λέγων (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He said”
In a certain city there was a certain judge
Quote: κριτής τις ἦν ἔν τινι πόλει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Jesus uses this phrase to introduce one of the main characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a judge who lived in a certain city”
not fearing God and not respecting man
Quote: τὸν Θεὸν μὴ φοβούμενος καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Jesus provides this background information about the judge to help his disciples understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought”
man
Quote: ἄνθρωπον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here, Jesus is using the term man in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people”
Luke 18:3
And there was a widow in that city
Quote: χήρα δὲ ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the other main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman who lived in that city whose husband had died”
a widow
Quote: χήρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
A widow is a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried. Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that in this culture, she would have had no one to protect her from anyone who was trying to take advantage of her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband had died, and so she had no one to protect her”
she was coming to him
Quote: ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν (1)Here the Greek verb indicates repeated or continual action. Alternate translation: “she kept coming to the judge”
saying, ‘Vindicate me against my opponent
Quote: λέγουσα, ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asking him to make a fair ruling in her case against her opponent”
Vindicate me against my opponent
Quote: ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but since the woman is not in a position to make a demand, it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me a fair ruling in my case against my opponent”
my opponent
Quote: τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term opponent refers specifically to the opposing party in a lawsuit. It is not clear whether the widow is suing the man to protect her interests, or the man is suing the widow to try to take things from her unfairly. If your language has a specific term for a legal adversary, you could use it here.
Luke 18:4
after these things
Quote: μετὰ ταῦτα (1)Alternate translation: “later on” or “eventually”
he said to himself, ‘Even if I do not fear God or respect man
Quote: εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he decided that even though he did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought”
Even if I do not fear God or respect man
Quote: εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact
The judge speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what the judge is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Even though I do not make my decisions based on what God wants or on what other people think”
man
Quote: ἄνθρωπον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
The judge is using the term man in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people”
Luke 18:5
yet because this widow causes me trouble, I will vindicate her, so that she will not beat me up by coming to the end
Quote: διά γε τὸ παρέχειν μοι κόπον τὴν χήραν ταύτην, ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν, ἵνα μὴ εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη ὑπωπιάζῃ με (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “because this widow bothered him, he would give a fair ruling in her case, so that she would not wear him out by coming incessantly”
causes me trouble
Quote: παρέχειν μοι κόπον (1)Alternate translation: “bothers me”
she will not beat me up
Quote: μὴ & ὑπωπιάζῃ με (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The judge speaks of the wearying effect of the widow’s constant pleas as if they were physically pummeling him. Alternate translation: “she will not wear me out”
by coming to the end
Quote: εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression to the end is an idiom that means “perpetually” or “forever.” Alternate translation: “by coming to me incessantly”
Luke 18:6
the Lord
Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
Listen to what the unrighteous judge says
Quote: ἀκούσατε τί ὁ κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Listen to is an idiom that means “think about.” Jesus says this to get his disciples to reflect on what the judge said at the end of the parable. He is not introducing a further statement from the judge. Translate this in such a way that your readers will understand that Jesus has already related what the judge said. Alternate translation: “Think about what the unjust judge said”
Luke 18:7
And will not God do the vindication of his elect, the ones crying out to him day and night, and he delays long over them
Quote: ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ, τῶν βοώντων αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, καὶ μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form for emphasis as he teaches his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen, who cry out to him day and night, and he delays long over them!”
And will not God do the vindication of his elect
Quote: ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus is drawing an implicit comparison between the unrighteous human judge and God, who is the perfectly righteous divine judge. The implication is that if even the human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God would certainly do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If an unrighteous human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen”
of his elect
Quote: τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective elect as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “for the people whom he chose”
the ones crying out to him day and night
Quote: τῶν βοώντων αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Jesus is using the phrase day and night to describe all of time, by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “who pray to him all the time” or “who ask him for help continually”
and he delays long over them
Quote: καὶ μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Jesus may be using the word and in an idiomatic sense to mean “even if.” (UST offers another possible interpretation of this phrase.) Alternate translation: “even if he takes a long time to answer their prayers”
Luke 18:8
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
he will do the vindication of them quickly
Quote: ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν ἐν τάχει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The point of the parable and of this teaching is that people should continue to pray even if God does not answer right away. So this statement might seem contradictory, since it suggests that God will answer right away. The implication may be that God is concerned for his people and will begin to act immediately to help them, even if his actions do not become apparent for some time. If you think your readers would be puzzled or troubled by the apparent contradiction, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will start to answer their prayers right away” or “he will begin to send them help right away”
Nevertheless, the Son of Man having come, will he indeed find faith on the earth
Quote: πλὴν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν, ἆρα εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. This particular question uses a word that anticipates a negative answer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless, it is doubtful that the Son of Man will find faith on the earth when he returns.”
Nevertheless
Quote: πλὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The reference of the word Nevertheless is implied in the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “Even though God readily answers prayer”
the Son of Man having come
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “when I, the Son of Man, come”
the Son of Man having come
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “when I, the Messiah, come”
faith
Quote: τὴν πίστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
When Jesus asks whether he will find faith on the earth, he may be referring implicitly to the kind of persevering trust in God that would lead a person to continue praying even when the answer was delayed. (UST offers another possible interpretation of this word.) Alternate translation: “this kind of persevering faith” or “this kind of persevering trust in God”
Luke 18:9
Then he also spoke this parable to some
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ καὶ πρός τινας & τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
Jesus now tells a brief story to correct some wrong attitudes that he realized certain people had. The story is designed teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told this story to correct certain people”
to some
Quote: πρός τινας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce some new characters, but he does not say specifically who these people were. (The story that Jesus tells suggests that they may have been Pharisees.) Alternate translation: “to some people who were there”
of the ones having become confident in themselves that they were righteous and disdaining others
Quote: τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς (1)Alternate translation: “who had convinced themselves that they were righteous and who disdained others” or “who considered themselves to be righteous and disdained others”
and disdaining others
Quote: καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς (1)Alternate translation: “and who thought they were superior to other people”
Luke 18:10
Two men
Quote: ἄνθρωποι δύο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “Once there were two men who”
went up into the temple to pray
Quote: ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσεύξασθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
When Jesus says that these men went up, he likely means that they traveled to Jerusalem. That was the customary way of speaking about going there, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “went to pray in the temple courtyard”
into the temple
Quote: εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Since only priests could enter the temple building, this means the temple courtyard. Jesus is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard”
the one a Pharisee, and the other a tax collector
Quote: ὁ εἷς Φαρισαῖος καὶ ὁ ἕτερος τελώνης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Jesus provides this background information to help his listeners understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now one of these men was a Pharisee, and the other man was a tax collector”
Luke 18:11
was praying these things about himself, ‘God, I thank you that I am not like the rest of men—robbers, unrighteous, adulterers—or even like this tax collector
Quote: ταῦτα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσηύχετο, ὁ Θεός, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ὥσπερ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἅρπαγες, ἄδικοι, μοιχοί, ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “prayed about himself and thanked God that he was not like other people, who were robbers, unrighteous, and adulterers, or even like the tax collector who was there”
I thank you
Quote: εὐχαριστῶ σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal
Here, the pronoun you is singular because the Pharisee is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of you that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here. Alternatively, it might be effective to show this man addressing God using a familiar form, as if he could presume on God’s friendship and approval. Use your best judgment about what form to use.
the rest of men
Quote: οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
The Pharisee is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people”
robbers
Quote: ἅρπαγες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word robbers describes people who steal from other people by forcing them to give things to them. Your language may have a specific term for this kind of person. Alternate translation: “bandits”
unrighteous
Quote: ἄδικοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
The Pharisee is using the adjective unrighteous as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “evildoers”
or even like this tax collector
Quote: ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The Pharisees believed that any tax collector would be dishonest and cheat others, and so as a group they were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector who cheats people”
Luke 18:12
I fast twice a week. I tithe all that I acquire
Quote: νηστεύω δὶς τοῦ σαββάτου; ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He boasted that he fasted twice a week and that he gave ten percent of all his income to God”
I tithe all that I acquire
Quote: ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
To tithe means to give ten percent of one’s income to God, as required in the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “I give you ten percent of all my income”
Luke 18:13
But the tax collector, standing at a distance
Quote: ὁ δὲ τελώνης μακρόθεν ἑστὼς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
This was a sign of humility. The tax collector did not feel worthy to be near the Pharisee and the other people in the temple courtyard. It may be helpful to make each of the phrases in this verse a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “But the tax collector humbly stood by himself, away from the other people who were there”
did not even want to lift up his eyes toward heaven
Quote: οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπᾶραι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The phrase lift up his eyes means to look at something. Alternate translation: “did not even want to look up toward heaven”
toward heaven
Quote: εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the similar expression in 9:16. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky towards God in heaven”
but was beating his breast
Quote: ἀλλ’ ἔτυπτε τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
This was a physical expression of great sorrow, and it showed this man’s repentance and humility. Alternate translation: “but instead, he hit his chest to demonstrate his shame and sorrow over his sins”
saying, ‘God, have mercy on me, the sinner
Quote: λέγων, ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “admitting that he was a sinner and asking God to have mercy on him”
God, have mercy on me, the sinner
Quote: ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “God, please be merciful to me, I confess that I am a sinner” or “God, please forgive me for the many sins I have committed”
Luke 18:14
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
this one went down to his house justified rather than that one
Quote: κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, παρ’ ἐκεῖνον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the tax collector was right with God because God forgave his sin when he prayed humbly and repentantly. Alternate translation: “the tax collector was right with God when he went home, rather than the Pharisee, because God forgave his sin”
this one … rather than that one
Quote: οὗτος & παρ’ ἐκεῖνον (1)Alternate translation: “the latter … rather than the former” or “the tax collector … rather than the Pharisee”
justified
Quote: δεδικαιωμένος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form justified with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “right with God”
went down to his house
Quote: κατέβη & εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
When Jesus says that this man went down to his house, he likely means that he returned home from Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to his home”
rather than that one
Quote: παρ’ ἐκεῖνον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the Pharisee was not right with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the Pharisee was not right with God”
will be humbled
Quote: ταπεινωθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will humble”
will be exalted
Quote: ὑψωθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will honor”
will be exalted
Quote: ὑψωθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe someone who is honored as if he were high up. Alternate translation: “God will honor”
Luke 18:15
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now”
they were bringing even the infants to him
Quote: προσέφερον & αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Here, they refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “people were bringing their children to Jesus, even their newborns”
so that he might touch {them
Quote: ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτηται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
If Jesus would touch the babies, this would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. Alternate translation: “so that he could put his hands on them and bless them”
were rebuking them
Quote: ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus”
Luke 18:16
But Jesus summoned them, saying
Quote: ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ λέγων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Alternate translation: “But Jesus called the children to come to him, telling his disciples”
Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them
Quote: ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
The verb in the first phrase indicates a one-time action, while the verb in the second phrase indicates an ongoing action. Alternate translation: “Allow these children to come to me, and do not ever forbid children to come”
of such is the kingdom of God
Quote: τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
It becomes clear in 18:17 that this is simile. You could express it as one here. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God consists of people who are like these little children”
of such is the kingdom of God
Quote: τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “people who are like children will let God rule their lives”
Luke 18:17
Truly I say to you, whoever
Quote: ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς ἂν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that whoever”
does not receive the kingdom of God
Quote: μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “does not let God rule over him”
as a child
Quote: ὡς παιδίον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “with trust and humility as a child”
will certainly not enter into it
Quote: οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν (1)Alternate translation: “will not let God rule over him at all”
Luke 18:18
And a certain ruler asked him
Quote: καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a Jewish leader came up to Jesus and asked him a question”
doing what will I inherit
Quote: τί ποιήσας & κληρονομήσω (1)Alternate translation: “what do I need to do to inherit”
will I inherit
Quote: κληρονομήσω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The ruler is using the term inherit to mean coming into possession of something. Alternate translation: “will I receive” or “will I obtain”
Luke 18:19
Why do you call me good? No one {is} good except one—God
Quote: τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking the ruler to explain why he used this term. Jesus is also not denying that he is God. Rather, he is challenging the ruler to reflect on whether, in light of God’s holiness, he should consider any human being to be good. The ruler apparently considers Jesus to be a good human being, and he wants to know how he can be good enough himself to earn God’s approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, and it may be helpful to combine that statement with the next sentence in the verse. Alternate translation: “You should not consider any human being to be good, since no one is good except one—God”
Luke 18:20
You know the commandments
Quote: τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus is saying this in response to the ruler’s question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As for what God expects from us, you know what he has commanded”
do not commit adultery, do not kill, do not steal, do not testify falsely, honor your father and mother
Quote: μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
You may wish to represent these commandments as a second-level direct quotation within Jesus’ reply to the ruler, using the capitalization and punctuation conventions of your language. That is what UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving the commandments as an indirect quotation.
your
Quote: σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd
Jesus is reciting these commandments from the Scriptures, and the word your is singular because that is the way Moses spoke the commandments, since even though he gave them to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey them. So in your translation, it would be appropriate to use the singular form of your. The implied you in the imperative verbs would also be singular.
Luke 18:21
All these things I have kept from my youth
Quote: ταῦτα πάντα ἐφύλαξα ἐκ νεότητος μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun youth with an adjective such as “young.” Alternate translation: “I have obeyed all of these commandments ever since I was young”
Luke 18:22
But Jesus, hearing, said to him
Quote: ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ (1)Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the ruler say that, he responded”
One thing is still lacking to you
Quote: ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει (1)Alternate translation: “You still need to do one more thing” or “There is one thing that you have not yet done”
Sell everything, as much as you have
Quote: πάντα ὅσα ἔχεις, πώλησον (1)Alternate translation: “Sell all your possessions” or “Sell everything that you own”
to the poor
Quote: πτωχοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor”
come, follow me
Quote: δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 5:27, to follow Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “come with me as my disciple”
Luke 18:23
But he, hearing these things, became
Quote: ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα & ἐγενήθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Alternate translation: “But when the ruler heard what Jesus said, he became”
Luke 18:24
Then Jesus, having looked at him
Quote: ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
Many manuscripts have two additional Greek words here, so that this says, “Then Jesus, seeing him having become sad.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to represent those words in your translation. Alternate translation (if you choose to represent them): “Then Jesus, noticing how sad the ruler had become”
How difficultly do the ones having riches enter into the kingdom of God
Quote: πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations
This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to enter the kingdom of God”
How difficultly do the ones having riches enter into the kingdom of God
Quote: πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to allow God to rule their lives”
Luke 18:25
For it is easier for a camel to go through an eye of a needle than
Quote: εὐκοπώτερον γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
It is impossible for a camel to fit through an eye of a needle Jesus is using an exaggeration to express how difficult it is for a rich person to enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult”
for a camel
Quote: κάμηλον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A camel is a large animal that was used in this culture to transport people and goods. If your readers would not know what a camel is, you could use the name of a similar animal that they would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a huge beast of burden”
an eye of a needle
Quote: τρήματος βελόνης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The eye of a needle is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you could use it in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a tiny hole for thread in a needle”
to enter into the kingdom of God
Quote: εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you translated this phrase in 18:24. Alternate translation: “to allow God to rule his life”
Luke 18:26
the ones having heard
Quote: οἱ ἀκούσαντες (1)Alternate translation: “the people who were listening to Jesus”
And who is able to be saved
Quote: καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
It is possible that these people were asking for an answer. But it is more likely that they were using the question form to emphasize their surprise at what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then no one can be saved!”
And who is able to be saved
Quote: καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could specify the agent. Alternate translation: “Then God is not going to save anyone!”
Luke 18:27
The impossible with men is possible with God
Quote: τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjectives impossible and possible as nouns to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do”
Luke 18:28
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Peter uses the term Behold to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen”
we left … followed
Quote: ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν & ἠκολουθήσαμέν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive we, use the exclusive form in both of these cases.
everything
Quote: πάντα (1)This is not hyperbole. Peter and the others did leave behind everything they had in order to become Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “all our possessions”
everything
Quote: πάντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
Some manuscripts say “our own possessions” here instead of “everything.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide which reading to use in your translation.
and followed you
Quote: καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 18:22, to follow Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “in order to become your disciples”
Luke 18:29
Truly I say to you
Quote: ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
there is no one who has left
Quote: οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
A double negative statement begins in this verse and concludes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the entire double negative statement as a positive statement. Alternate translation, beginning here: “anyone who has left”
for the sake of the kingdom of God
Quote: εἵνεκεν τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in order to allow God to rule over his life”
Luke 18:30
who will by no means not receive
Quote: ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you could finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive”
in this time, … in the age that is coming
Quote: ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ & ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the word time in the same figurative sense as the word age in 16:8, to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word age similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come”
and in the age that is coming, eternal life
Quote: καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come”
Luke 18:31
having taken the Twelve aside
Quote: παραλαβὼν & τοὺς δώδεκα (1)Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
the Twelve
Quote: τοὺς δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
See how you translated this term in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles”
the Twelve
Quote: τοὺς δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here.
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term Behold to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
we are going up to Jerusalem
Quote: ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
When Jesus says that they are going up to Jerusalem, he means that they are traveling there. That was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “we are traveling to Jerusalem”
all the {things that} have been written by the prophets
Quote: πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets have written”
the {things that} have been written by the prophets
Quote: τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that he is referring to the Old Testament prophets. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that the prophets have written in the Scriptures”
about the Son of Man
Quote: τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “about me, the Son of Man”
about the Son of Man
Quote: τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “about me, the Messiah”
will be accomplished
Quote: τελεσθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will occur” or “will take place”
Luke 18:32
he will be given over
Quote: παραδοθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand him over”
he will be given over
Quote: παραδοθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
If you decided in 18:31 to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, also use it here. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand me over”
to the Gentiles
Quote: τοῖς ἔθνεσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is speaking of the Roman authorities by association with the fact that they are not Jews. Alternate translation: “to the Roman authorities”
he will be mocked, and will be mistreated, and will be spit on
Quote: ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will mock him, mistreat him, and spit on him”
he will be mocked, and will be mistreated, and will be spit on
Quote: ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
If you decided in 18:31 to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, also use it here. Alternate translation: “they will mock me, mistreat me, and spit on me”
Luke 18:33
And having whipped {him}, they will kill {him}, and on the third day he will rise
Quote: καὶ μαστιγώσαντες, ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν; καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
If you decided in 18:31 to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, use it here as well. Alternate translation: “And after they have whipped me, they will kill me. But two days later I will come back to life”
and on the third day he will rise
Quote: καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this phrase in 9:22. In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the third day. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life”
and on the third day
Quote: καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Jesus uses the word and to introduce a contrast between the belief of the authorities that they could kill him and the fact that he would come back to life. Alternate translation: “but on the third day”
on the third day
Quote: τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two”
he will rise
Quote: ἀναστήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus speaks of his coming back to life as if he will rise up, since he will come up out of the grave. Alternate translation: “he will come back to life”
Luke 18:34
they understood none of these things
Quote: αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “they did not understand any of these things”
none of these things
Quote: οὐδὲν τούτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Implicitly, these things refers to Jesus’ description of how he would suffer and die in Jerusalem and then rise from the dead. Alternate translation: “none of what Jesus had told them about what was going to happen”
this word was hidden from them
Quote: ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο κεκρυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God prevented them from understanding the meaning of what Jesus was telling them”
this word
Quote: τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο (1)Here Luke uses the term word in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “this saying” or “what Jesus was telling them”
the things being spoken
Quote: τὰ λεγόμενα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Jesus said”
Luke 18:35
And it happened that
Quote: ἐγένετο δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
a certain blind man
Quote: τυφλός τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “there was a blind man who”
Luke 18:36
what this might be
Quote: τί εἴη τοῦτο (1)Alternate translation: “what was happening”
Luke 18:37
they reported to him
Quote: ἀπήγγειλαν & αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Here, they is indefinite. It does not refer to particular individuals. Alternate translation: “people in the crowd told the blind man”
Jesus the Nazarene
Quote: Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
The people call Jesus the Nazarene because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth”
Luke 18:38
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Alternate translation: “So”
he cried out
Quote: ἐβόησεν (1)Alternate translation: “he called out” or “he shouted”
Son of David
Quote: Υἱὲ Δαυείδ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The blind man is using the word Son to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Descendant of David”
Son of David
Quote: Υἱὲ Δαυείδ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah”
have mercy on me
Quote: ἐλέησόν με (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me”
have mercy on me
Quote: ἐλέησόν με (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me”
Luke 18:39
the ones walking ahead
Quote: οἱ προάγοντες (1)Alternate translation: “the people who were walking ahead of Jesus”
were rebuking him so that he would be silent
Quote: ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ, ἵνα σιγήσῃ (1)Alternate translation: “kept telling him not to shout”
was crying out much more
Quote: πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν (1)This could mean: (1) “he shouted even louder.” (2) “he called out even more persistently.”
Son of David, have mercy on me
Quote: Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you decided to translate this phrase in 18:38. Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me”
Luke 18:40
him to be brought to him
Quote: αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people to bring the blind man to him”
Luke 18:41
that I might see again
Quote: ἵνα ἀναβλέψω (1)Alternate translation: “I want to be able to see again” or “I want you to restore my sight”
Luke 18:42
See again
Quote: ἀνάβλεψον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I have restored your sight”
Your faith has saved you
Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun faith with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
Your faith has saved you
Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Jesus speaks of the man’s faith as if it had actively healed him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
Your faith has saved you
Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)Here Jesus seems to be using the word saved in one of its particular senses, to mean “healed.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
Luke 18:43
he was following him
Quote: ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ (1)Here, was following does not necessarily have the figurative meaning of “becoming a disciple.” Alternate translation: “he was walking down the road with the rest of the crowd that was around Jesus”
glorifying God
Quote: δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν (1)Alternate translation: “giving glory to God” or “praising God”
Luke 19
Luke 19 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus helps a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins (19:1–10)
- Jesus tells a parable about a man who entrusted money to his servants (19:11–27)
- Jesus rides into Jerusalem on a colt (19:28–48)
Special concepts in this chapter
“Sinner”
The Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: sin, sinful, sinner, sinning and Irony)
Servants
God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.
The donkey and the colt
Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that the disciples brought Jesus both a donkey and a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1–7 and Mark 11:1–7 and Luke 19:29–36 and John 12:14–15)
Spreading garments and branches
When kings would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the outer garments that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: honor and Symbolic Action)
The merchants in the temple
Jesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: righteous, righteousness, unrighteous, unrighteousness, upright, uprightness)
Luke 19:1
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now”
Luke 19:2
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
a man
Quote: ἀνὴρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there”
called Zacchaeus by name
Quote: ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “whose name was Zacchaeus”
Zacchaeus
Quote: Ζακχαῖος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Zacchaeus is the name of a man.
and he was a chief tax collector, and he {was} rich
Quote: καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελώνης, καὶ αὐτὸς πλούσιος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke provides this background information about Zacchaeus to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Alternate translation: “who had become wealthy through his work as a chief tax collector”
Luke 19:3
he was trying to see Jesus, who he was
Quote: ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστιν (1)Alternate translation: “Zacchaeus was trying to get a good look at Jesus” or “Zacchaeus was trying to see what kind of man Jesus was”
he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature
Quote: οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because he was short, he could not see over the crowd”
he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature
Quote: οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication may be that the people resented Zacchaeus for taking their money, and so they would not let him come forward and stand in front of them, even though they would have been able to see over him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he could not see over the crowd because he was short, and the people would not let him stand in the front, because they resented him for taking their money”
Luke 19:4
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So”
a sycamore tree
Quote: συκομορέαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A sycamore is a type of fig tree. It would have been tall enough and strong enough to hold Zacchaeus at a height from which he could see the street. If you readers would not be familiar with this particular tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fig tree” or “a tree”
Luke 19:5
when he came to the place
Quote: ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον (1)Alternate translation: “when Jesus got to that tree” or “when Jesus reached the place where Zacchaeus was”
Luke 19:6
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So”
Luke 19:7
they all complained
Quote: πάντες διεγόγγυζον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Luke is using the term all as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd complained”
He has gone in to lodge with a sinful man
Quote: παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι (1)Alternate translation: “Jesus is going to stay in the house of an obvious sinner”
a sinful man
Quote: ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ (1)By using two terms together, rather than simply saying “sinner,” the crowd is emphasizing that Zacchaeus has openly done many wrong things. Alternate translation: “an obvious sinner”
Luke 19:8
having stood
Quote: σταθεὶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. So by standing up, Zacchaeus was signifying that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “stood up from the meal to speak”
the Lord
Quote: τὸν Κύριον (1)Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Zacchaeus uses Behold to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Please listen”
Lord
Quote: Κύριε (1)Zacchaeus is addressing Jesus directly by a respectful title. It would be appropriate to represent the title with the corresponding term in your language and culture, rather than using the name “Jesus.”
if I have defrauded anything from anyone, I will restore four-fold
Quote: εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact
Zacchaeus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. He is inviting anyone he has cheated to come to him for restitution. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Zacchaeus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I have cheated many people out of their money, and I promise to pay each one back four times as much”
I will restore four-fold
Quote: ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν (1)Alternate translation: “I will return to them four times as much as I took from them”
Luke 19:9
Then Jesus said to him
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus spoke not just to Zacchaeus but also to the people from the crowd who were complaining that he had gone to visit him. In this culture, people were allowed to stand around the walls of the banquet room in a private home and listen to what an invited guest was saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to Zacchaeus and to the people from the crowd who were standing around the room”
salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham
Quote: σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο, καθότι καὶ αὐτὸς υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking to Zacchaeus, but he addresses him in the third person because he is also speaking to the people from the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person here. Alternate translation: “salvation has come to your household, because you too are a son of Abraham”
salvation has come to this house
Quote: σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Jesus speaks of salvation as if it were a living thing that could come to the house of Zacchaeus. Alternate translation: “God has brought salvation to this household”
salvation has come to this house
Quote: σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun salvation with a verb such as “save,” and show that God has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has saved this household”
to this house
Quote: τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the word house to refer to the people living in the house. Alternate translation: “to this household” or “to this family”
he too
Quote: καὶ αὐτὸς (1)Alternate translation: “this man too” or “Zacchaeus also”
a son of Abraham
Quote: υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus may be using the word son to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Abraham” or “one of our fellow Jews”
a son of Abraham
Quote: υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Alternatively, Jesus could be using the expression son of as an idiom to mean someone who shares the qualities of someone else. Alternate translation: “a person who has faith as Abraham did”
Luke 19:10
the Son of Man
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”
the Son of Man
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah”
the one that has been lost
Quote: τὸ ἀπολωλός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
If you decided to use the second person in the previous verse, you could use it here as well. Alternate translation: “lost people like you”
the one that has been lost
Quote: τὸ ἀπολωλός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the term lost. Alternate translation: “people who have wandered away from God”
Luke 19:11
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
he proceeded to speak a parable
Quote: προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
To help the people in the crowd have the correct expectations about the kingdom of God, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand better”
he proceeded to speak a parable
Quote: προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this clause last in the verse, since the two statements that follow give the reason for the result that it describes.
that the kingdom of God was about to appear immediately
Quote: ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναφαίνεσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “that God was going to begin to rule immediately”
Luke 19:12
A certain well-born man
Quote: ἄνθρωπός τις εὐγενὴς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a nobleman who”
to receive for himself a kingdom
Quote: λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he is speaking of a lesser king going to a greater king or emperor. The emperor would give the lesser king the right and authority to rule over his own country. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to receive authorization from the emperor to rule over his own kingdom”
and to return
Quote: καὶ ὑποστρέψαι (1)Alternate translation: “and then to return and rule that kingdom in person”
Luke 19:13
So calling
Quote: καλέσας δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to state that the man did this before he left to receive his kingdom. Alternate translation: “So before he left, the nobleman called”
he gave them ten minas
Quote: ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς (1)Alternate translation: “he gave each of them one mina”
he gave them ten minas
Quote: ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight
A mina was a unit of weight equal to about half a kilogram. The term refers to silver coins of that weight. Each one was equal to what people would be paid for about four months’ work. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “he gave each of them a valuable silver coin” or “he gave each of them four months’ wages”
said to them, ‘Conduct business in that I go
Quote: εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, πραγματεύσασθαι ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told them to trade with the money while he was away”
Conduct business
Quote: πραγματεύσασθαι (1)Alternate translation: “Trade with this money” or “Use this money to earn more money”
in that I go
Quote: ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι (1)Alternate translation: “while I am gone.”
Luke 19:14
his citizens
Quote: οἱ & πολῖται αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This means “the people of his country.” It suggests that all the people hated him, and that may be a generalization. In your translation, you may wish to say “many people of his country,” as UST does.
a delegation
Quote: πρεσβείαν (1)Alternate translation: “a group of people to represent them”
after him, saying
Quote: ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the citizens gave the delegation this message for the emperor who was going to appoint the nobleman as king. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor”
after him, saying, ‘We do not want this one to rule over us
Quote: ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, οὐ θέλομεν τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor that they did not want this nobleman to be their king”
Luke 19:15
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Jesus uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
having received the kingdom
Quote: λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν (1)Alternate translation: “after the emperor had appointed him king”
he then commanded to be called to him
Quote: καὶ εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in”
the silver
Quote: τὸ ἀργύριον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is speaking of the money by reference to the precious metal, silver, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “the money”
what they had gained by doing business
Quote: τί διεπραγματεύσαντο (1)Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
Luke 19:16
the first came {and} said, ‘Master, your mina has earned ten minas
Quote: παρεγένετο & ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas”
the first
Quote: ὁ πρῶτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant”
the first
Quote: ὁ πρῶτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one”
your mina has earned ten minas
Quote: ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
The servant is speaking of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me to earn ten more minas”
mina
Quote: μνᾶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight
See how you translated mina in 19:13.
Luke 19:17
And he said to him, ‘Well done, good servant! Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities
Quote: καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities”
And he said to him
Quote: καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So the king said to the first servant”
Well done, good servant
Quote: εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations
Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good job!”
in very little
Quote: ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ (1)This could mean: (1) “in a small responsibility.” (2) “with a little bit of money.”
be having authority over ten cities
Quote: ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities”
Luke 19:18
the second came {and} said, ‘Your mina, master, has made five minas
Quote: ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas”
the second
Quote: ὁ δεύτερος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective second as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant”
the second
Quote: ὁ δεύτερος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two”
Your mina, … has made five minas
Quote: ἡ μνᾶ σου & ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
The servant is speaking of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas”
mina
Quote: μνᾶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight
See how you translated mina in 19:13.
Luke 19:19
So he also said to this one, ‘And you be over five cities
Quote: εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities”
you be over five cities
Quote: σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities”
you be over five cities
Quote: σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
In a spatial metaphor, the new king describes this servant as over these cities to mean that he will rule them. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities”
Luke 19:20
the other one
Quote: ὁ ἕτερος (1)Alternate translation: “another servant to whom the nobleman had entrusted a mina”
saying, ‘Master, behold your mina, which I have been keeping put away in a cloth
Quote: λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and gave the king back the mina he had entrusted to him, explaining that he had kept it hidden in a cloth”
behold your mina
Quote: ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου (1)This does not seem to be a figurative use of the term behold. The servant wants the king to look and see that he is giving him the mina back. Alternate translation: “look, here is your mina back”
mina
Quote: μνᾶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight
See how you translated mina in 19:13.
which I have been keeping put away in a cloth
Quote: ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I put it in a cloth to keep it safe”
Luke 19:21
for I feared you, because you are a harsh man. You take up what you did not put down, and you reap what you did not sow
Quote: ἐφοβούμην γάρ σε, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς εἶ; αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας, καὶ θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, it may be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This servant told the king that he had been afraid of him because he was a demanding man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work”
a harsh man
Quote: ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς (1)Alternate translation: “a man who is very demanding”
You take up what you did not put down
Quote: αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The servant is speaking of the king as if he would pick up things that others had set down and take them away as his own property. Alternate translation: “You take other people’s property as your own”
you reap what you did not sow
Quote: θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The servant is speaking of the king as if he would harvest a crop that someone else had planted. Alternate translation: “you benefit from other people’s hard work”
Luke 19:22
He says to him, ‘By your mouth I will judge you, wicked servant! Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow
Quote: λέγει αὐτῷ, ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρίνω σε, πονηρὲ δοῦλε; ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that he was a wicked servant and that he would judge him by what he had just said. The king said to suppose that he really was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work”
He says to him
Quote: λέγει αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense
To call attention to a development in the story, this parable uses the present tense here in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “The king said to this servant”
By your mouth
Quote: ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The king is using the term mouth to refer to what the servant said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “based on what you have just said”
Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow
Quote: ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The king is not asking the servant to verify what he has just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the servant. He is repeating what the servant said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the servant what he should have done if it actually had been true. Alternate translation: “So you thought I was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work!”
taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow
Quote: αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
See how you translated these expressions in 19:21. Alternate translation: “who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work”
Luke 19:23
And for what {reason} did you not put my silver in a bank, and I, having returned, would have collected it with interest
Quote: καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that in that case, he should have put his money in the bank so that he could have collected it with interest when he returned”
And for what {reason} did you not put my silver in a bank, and I, having returned, would have collected it with interest
Quote: καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The king is not asking the servant to explain why he did not do this. Rather, he is using the question form to rebuke the servant. Alternate translation: “Even if I were like that, you had no reason not to put my money in the bank so that I could have collected it with interest when I returned!”
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The king uses the word And to introduce the results of what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Even if I was like that”
did you not put my silver in a bank, … with interest
Quote: οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν & σὺν τόκῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A bank is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an interest premium on the deposits and charges an interest premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “did you not let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits”
my silver
Quote: μου τὸ ἀργύριον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The king is speaking of the money by reference to the precious metal, silver, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “my money”
would have collected it with interest
Quote: σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα (1)Alternate translation: “I could have gotten that amount back plus the interest it would have earned” or “I would have gained a profit from it”
Luke 19:24
And he said to the ones standing by, ‘Take the mina away from him and give it to the one having the ten minas
Quote: καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν εἶπεν, ἄρατε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ, τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And the king told his attendants to take the mina away from this servant and give it to the one who had the ten minas”
to the ones standing by
Quote: τοῖς παρεστῶσιν (1)The phrase the ones standing by refers to the king’s attendants, who would stand nearby him waiting to carry out any instructions that he gave. Alternate translation: “to his attendants”
the mina … the ten minas
Quote: τὴν μνᾶν & τὰς δέκα μνᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight
See how you translated the term mina in 19:13.
Luke 19:25
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
The word And introduces a contrast between what the king wanted and what the attendants thought they should do. Alternate translation: “But”
they said to him, ‘Master, he has ten minas
Quote: εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the attendants objected to the king that that servant already had ten minas”
he has ten minas
Quote: ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations
You could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he already has ten minas!”
minas
Quote: μνᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight
See how you translated the term mina in 19:13.
Luke 19:26
I say to you that to everyone having, it will be given, but from the one not having, even what he has will be taken away
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται; ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king responded that to everyone who had, it would be given, but from the one who did not have, even what he had would be taken away”
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the king is speaking. You may wish to indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “But the king replied, ‘I say to you’”
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)The king says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
to you
Quote: ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
The word you is plural because the king is speaking to his servants as a group.
to everyone having, it will be given
Quote: παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The king means implicitly that what a servant has is the money he earned by using his mina faithfully. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have already given him”
it will be given
Quote: δοθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money”
from the one not having, even what he has will be taken away
Quote: ἀπὸ & τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The king means implicitly that a servant not having is a servant who did not use his mina faithfully to earn more money. Alternate translation: “If someone does not use the money wisely that I have given him, I will take even that small amount away from him”
even what he has will be taken away
Quote: καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take even that small amount away from him”
Luke 19:27
But these enemies of mine, the ones not having wanted me to reign over them, bring {them} here and kill them before me
Quote: πλὴν τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους, τοὺς μὴ θελήσαντάς με βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε καὶ κατασφάξατε αὐτοὺς ἔμπροσθέν μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king then commanded his servants to bring in his enemies, the ones who had not wanted him to reign over them, and kill them in front of him”
these enemies of mine
Quote: τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους (1)Since the enemies were not right there, instead of these, some languages would say “those,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “those enemies of mine”
before me
Quote: ἔμπροσθέν μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “where I can see them die”
Luke 19:28
having said these things
Quote: εἰπὼν ταῦτα (1)Alternate translation: “after Jesus had said these things”
going up to Jerusalem
Quote: ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
It was customary for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveling towards Jerusalem”
Luke 19:29
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
Bethphage and Bethany
Quote: Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Bethphage and Bethany are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem.
the mount called of Olives
Quote: τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the mount that people call of Olives”
the mount called of Olives
Quote: τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. The phrase of Olives is part of the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain”
Luke 19:30
Go … in which, entering, you will find … Having untied … bring it here
Quote: ὑπάγετε & ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε & λύσαντες & ἀγάγετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual
Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, you as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural.
the village opposite
Quote: τὴν κατέναντι κώμην (1)Alternate translation: “that village right ahead of us”
a colt
Quote: πῶλον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term colt refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal”
tied up
Quote: δεδεμένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whose owner has tied its reins securely”
on which no one of men has ever sat
Quote: ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden”
on which no one of men has ever sat
Quote: ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the term sat to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden”
Luke 19:31
if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it
Quote: ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could occur. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ Then you should tell him, ‘The Lord needs to use it’”
if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it
Quote: ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if anyone asks you why you are untying it, tell them that the Lord needs to use it’”
you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ … you will say
Quote: ὑμᾶς & διὰ τί λύετε? & ἐρεῖτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual
Since the word you applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
you will say
Quote: ἐρεῖτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative
Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. Alternate translation: “you are to say” or “you should say”
The Lord
Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
Luke 19:32
the ones that had been sent
Quote: οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the two disciples whom Jesus sent”
Luke 19:33
Why are you untying
Quote: τί λύετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual
The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so you would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
the colt, … the colt
Quote: τὸν πῶλον (-1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated colt in 19:30. Alternate translation: “the young donkey … this young donkey” or “the young riding animal … this young riding animal”
Luke 19:34
So they said, “The Lord has need of it
Quote: οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that when the owners of the colt heard this, they allowed the disciples to take it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So they said, ‘The Lord has need of it.’ And the owners let them take it”
The Lord
Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)The disciples refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
Luke 19:35
having thrown their cloaks upon the colt
Quote: ἐπιρίψαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. Alternate translation: “draping the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor”
cloaks
Quote: τὰ ἱμάτια (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The word cloaks refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments”
they mounted Jesus on {it
Quote: ἐπεβίβασαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν (1)Alternate translation: “helped Jesus get up onto the colt so he could ride it”
Luke 19:36
they were spreading their cloaks on the road
Quote: ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
The word they refers to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road”
they were spreading their cloaks on the road
Quote: ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
This was a way of showing honor to someone. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road in front of Jesus as a sign of honor”
cloaks
Quote: τὰ ἱμάτια (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated cloaks in 19:35. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments”
Luke 19:37
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word And to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then”
the descent of the Mount of Olives
Quote: τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν (1)Alternate translation: “where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives”
of the Mount of Olives
Quote: τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated this phrase in 19:29. Alternate translation: “of Olive Tree Mountain”
to rejoice {and} praise God
Quote: χαίροντες αἰνεῖν τὸν Θεὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
The phrase rejoice and praise expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word rejoice tells how they began to praise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to praise God joyfully”
with a loud voice
Quote: φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means the people in the crowd raised the volume of their voices. Alternate translation: “loudly” or “shouting out loud”
with a loud voice
Quote: φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (1)If you would like to reproduce this idiom, but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole crowd had one voice, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “with loud voices” or “in loud voices”
of the mighty works that they had seen
Quote: ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This means implicitly the mighty works that they had seen Jesus do. Alternate translation: “the miracles that they had seen Jesus do”
Luke 19:38
saying
Quote: λέγοντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the crowd was saying this about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “saying about Jesus”
in the name of the Lord
Quote: ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term name refers to a person’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative”
Peace in heaven
Quote: ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun peace with an adjective such as “peaceful.” Alternate translation: “May heaven be peaceful”
Peace in heaven
Quote: ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The word heaven is a figurative way of referring to the inhabitants of heaven, and perhaps specifically to God. Alternate translation: “May everyone in heaven be peaceful towards this king” or “May God be peaceful towards this king”
and glory in the highest
Quote: καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term highest is a spatial metaphor that describes heaven. Alternate translation: “and glory in heaven”
and glory in the highest
Quote: καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun glory with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “and may heaven be glorious”
and glory in the highest
Quote: καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that this glory is praise that would be given to God. Alternate translation: “and may God be praised in heaven”
and glory in the highest
Quote: καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that God would be praised for sending this king. Alternate translation: “and may God be praised in heaven for sending this king”
Luke 19:39
And
Quote: καί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Luke uses the word And to introduce a contrast between what the crowd was saying and what the Pharisees thought was appropriate. Alternate translation: “But”
Teacher
Quote: Διδάσκαλε (1)Teacher is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
rebuke your disciples
Quote: ἐπιτίμησον τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου (1)Alternate translation: “tell your disciples to stop saying these things”
Luke 19:40
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Luke uses the word And to introduce a contrast between what the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do and what he was willing to do. Alternate translation: “But”
answering, he said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the complaint of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “he responded”
I say to you
Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
if these were silent, the stones would cry out
Quote: ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus is refusing to do what the Pharisees are asking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not tell them to be silent, because if they were, then the stones would cry out”
the stones would cry out
Quote: οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν (1)Alternate translation: “the stones would shout out praises”
Luke 19:41
as he approached, having seen the city
Quote: ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The phrase the city refers to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “when he got close enough to Jerusalem to see it well”
he wept over it
Quote: ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the city of Jerusalem to mean the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he wept over the people who lived there”
Luke 19:42
If you had known
Quote: εἰ ἔγνως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe
Starting here and through 19:44, Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about the people who live there. Alternate translation: “I wish that you people of Jerusalem knew”
If you had known
Quote: εἰ ἔγνως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using what sounds like a conditional statement to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that you knew”
you had known … even you, … your
Quote: ἔγνως & καὶ σὺ & σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
The words you and your are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you could use plural forms of you and your.
in this day
Quote: ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term day to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time”
the things toward peace
Quote: τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus is speaking about people being at peace with God. Alternate translation: “the things that enable people to be at peace with God”
they have been hidden from your eyes
Quote: ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term eyes means the ability to see. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them”
they have been hidden from your eyes
Quote: ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them”
Luke 19:43
For
Quote: ὅτι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus uses the word For to introduce the reason why he wishes the people of Jerusalem had known “the things toward peace,” as he said in the previous verse. Because they have not known them, their city will be surrounded by armies and destroyed. Alternate translation: “I wish you had known those things because”
days will come upon you
Quote: ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will come, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times”
days
Quote: ἡμέραι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term days to refer to specific times. Alternate translation: “times”
you, … your … around you, … you … you
Quote: σὲ & σου & σοι & σε & σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
The words you and your are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in 19:42, you could use the plural forms of you and your.
a barricade
Quote: χάρακά (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term barricade refers to a wooden wall with pointed stakes at the top that the enemies would make to keep people from getting out of the city. Your language may have a term for an enclosure like this. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a palisade” or “a fence”
Luke 19:44
they will dash you to the ground
Quote: ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is speaking. To dash something to the ground means to pick it up and throw it forcefully aganist the ground in order to destroy it. But the enemies of Jerusalem are not going to do this literally to the city. So Jesus means that they will destroy it completely. Alternate translation: “they will completely destroy you”
they will dash you to the ground
Quote: ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe
As the first note to 19:42 explains, Jesus is addressing the city of Jerusalem. If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak to a city that could not hear or understand him, you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Jerusalem will completely destroy that city”
and your children within you
Quote: καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
To dash people to the ground means to kill them. Alternate translation: “and they will kill your children within you”
your children within you
Quote: τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of the people who live in Jerusalem as if the city were their mother and they were her children. Here as well you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying, if someone in your language would not speak directly to a city. Alternate translation: “the people who live there”
you … your … you. … you … you did … know … of your
Quote: σε & σου & σοί & σοί & ἔγνως & σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
The words you and your are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in 19:42, you could use the plural forms of you and your.
they will not leave stone upon stone in you
Quote: οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον ἐν σοί (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone”
you did not know the time of your visitation
Quote: οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here, visitation is idiomatic, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in 1:68, 1:78, and 7:16. Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people”
Luke 19:45
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word And to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then”
entering into the temple
Quote: εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
You may need to say explicitly that Jesus first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered Jerusalem and went into the temple courtyard”
the temple
Quote: τὸ ἱερὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means that Jesus went into the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard”
to cast out
Quote: ἐκβάλλειν (1)Alternate translation: “throw out” or “force out”
Luke 19:46
It has been written, ‘My house {will be} a house of prayer,’ but you made it a ‘den of robbers
Quote: γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer,’ but you made it ‘a den of robbers’”
It has been written
Quote: γέγραπται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures”
My house {will be} a house
Quote: ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his house, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple will be a house”
will be} a house of prayer
Quote: οἶκος προσευχῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a house. Alternate translation: “will be a place where people pray to me”
a ‘den of robbers
Quote: σπήλαιον λῃστῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather”
Luke 19:47
in the temple
Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now”
the first of the people
Quote: οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Luke is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people”
the first of the people
Quote: οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term first represents being significant or important. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people”
Luke 19:48
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Luke uses the word And to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But”
they were not finding something that they might do
Quote: οὐχ εὕρισκον τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν (1)Alternate translation: “they were not able to find a way to kill Jesus”
all the people
Quote: ὁ λαὸς & ἅπας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Luke is using the term all as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so many of the people”
were hanging on him listening
Quote: ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke speaks of the people hanging on Jesus to emphasize how closely they were listening to what he said. Alternate translation: “were paying close attention to him to hear what he was saying”
Luke 20
Luke 20 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus answers a question about his authority (20:1–8)
- Jesus tells a parable about a man who rented a vineyard to farmers (20:9–19)
- Jesus answers a question about paying taxes to Caesar (20:20–26)
- Jesus answers a question about marriage and the resurrection (20:27–40)
- Jesus asks a challenging question about the Messiah (20:41–44)
- Jesus warns about the scribes (20:45–47)
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 20:17 and 20:42–43, which is quoted from the Old Testament.
Special concepts in this chapter
Questions that seem to have no good answer
In 20:4, Jesus asks the Pharisees a question that seems to have no good answer. His goal is to show them that they should have recognized John the Baptist as someone who came with God’s authority. So he asks them who gave John the authority to baptize. They could not answer, because any answer they gave would show that they should have respected John 20:5–6.
In 20:22, the Pharisees ask Jesus a question that seems to have no good answer. They thought that they would get Jesus in trouble either with the Roman government or the Jewish people when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar. If he said “yes,” then the Jewish people would be angry with him for telling them to pay taxes to a foreign government. If he said “no,” then the religious leaders could tell the Romans that Jesus was teaching the people to break the Roman laws. But Jesus gave them an answer they had not anticipated, and instead everyone respected the wisdom of Jesus even more.
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Paradox
A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Luke 20:41–44, Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
Luke 20:1
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
in the temple
Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
the chief priests and the scribes approached with the elders
Quote: ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in 19:47–48, but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation.
Luke 20:2
Tell us by what authority you do these things, or who the one is having given you this authority
Quote: εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority do you do these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?”
Luke 20:3
answering, he said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς & εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question from the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he responded”
I also will ask you a word, and you tell me
Quote: ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον καὶ εἴπατέ μοι (1)Jesus begins his response with a statement, but then he gives a command, you say to me. It might be helpful to make the statement one sentence and the command another sentence, leading into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will also ask you a question. Now you tell me”
a word
Quote: λόγον (1)Here Jesus is using the term word in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
Luke 20:4
The baptism of John, was it from heaven, or from men
Quote: τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? (1)Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?”
from heaven
Quote: ἐξ οὐρανοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word heaven instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God”
men
Quote: ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people”
Luke 20:5
they reasoned with each other
Quote: οἱ & συνελογίσαντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς (1)Alternate translation: “they discussed with each other what they should say”
If we say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what {reason} did you not believe him
Quote: ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’”
If we say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what {reason} did you not believe him
Quote: ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him.”
From heaven
Quote: ἐξ οὐρανοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
See how you translated this expression in 20:4. Alternate translation: “From God”
Luke 20:6
But if we say, ‘From men,’ the whole people will stone us
Quote: ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
The Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’ Then all the people will stone us”
But if we say, ‘From men,’ the whole people will stone us
Quote: ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people, then all the people will stone us”
men
Quote: ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
See how you translated men in 20:4. Alternate translation: “people”
the whole people
Quote: ὁ λαὸς ἅπας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
For emphasis, the Jewish leaders speak as if every single person in the Jewish nation believed that John was God’s prophet and would stone them if they said otherwise. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish people”
the whole people
Quote: ὁ λαὸς ἅπας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “all the Jewish people”
will stone us
Quote: καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “will kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy”
it is persuaded that
Quote: πεπεισμένος & ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. If you translated the … people as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe”
Luke 20:7
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So”
they answered that they did not know from where
Quote: ἀπεκρίθησαν, μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “they replied, ‘We do not know where it came from’”
from where
Quote: πόθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Luke leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from 20:4. Alternate translation: “where John’s authority to baptize came from” or “who gave John the authority to baptize people”
Luke 20:8
Nor do I tell you
Quote: οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you”
Luke 20:9
Then he began to speak this parable to the people
Quote: ἤρξατο δὲ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγειν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people this story to help them understand better”
A man planted a vineyard
Quote: ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard”
rented it out to farmers
Quote: ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop”
to farmers
Quote: γεωργοῖς (1)While farmers is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
Luke 20:10
at the time
Quote: καιρῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time”
farmers … farmers
Quote: γεωργοὺς & γεωργοὶ (1)See how you translated farmers in 20:9. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
from the fruit of the vineyard
Quote: ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The word fruit could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce”
the farmers sent him away, having beaten {him}, empty
Quote: οἱ & γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does.
sent him away, … empty
Quote: ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν & κενόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything”
Luke 20:11
treating {him} shamefully
Quote: ἀτιμάσαντες (1)Alternate translation: “humiliating him”
sent that one also away empty
Quote: κἀκεῖνον & ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
See how you translated this phrase in 20:10. Alternate translation: “sent that one also away without giving him anything”
Luke 20:12
a third
Quote: τρίτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective third as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant”
a third
Quote: τρίτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three”
wounding {him}, cast this one also out
Quote: καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες, ἐξέβαλον (1)Alternate translation: “injuring that servant, cast him out as well”
cast this one also out
Quote: καὶ τοῦτον & ἐξέβαλον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here Jesus means that the farmers forced the slave out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased this one also off the property”
Luke 20:13
the lord of the vineyard
Quote: ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος (1)Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
said, ‘What should I do? I will send my beloved son. Perhaps they will respect him
Quote: εἶπεν & τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him”
Perhaps they will respect him
Quote: ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται (1)In this context, the term that ULT translates as perhaps indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
Luke 20:14
But having seen him, the farmers
Quote: ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν, οἱ γεωργοὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived. Alternate translation: “So the owner sent his son. But when he arrived and the farmers saw him”
the farmers
Quote: οἱ γεωργοὶ (1)See how you translated farmers in 20:9. Alternate translation: “the vine growers” or “the grape farmers”
saying, ‘This is the heir. Let us kill him so that the inheritance may become ours
Quote: λέγοντες, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the son was the owner’s heir, and that they should kill him in order to get for themselves the vineyard he would have inherited”
the inheritance
Quote: ἡ κληρονομία (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
By inheritance, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit”
Luke 20:15
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So”
having thrown him out of the vineyard
Quote: ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 20:12, Jesus means that the farmers forced the slave out of the vineyard. Alternate translation: “the vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard”
What then will the lord of the vineyard do to them
Quote: τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them.”
the lord of the vineyard
Quote: ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος (1)Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
Luke 20:16
these farmers
Quote: τοὺς γεωργοὺς τούτους (1)See how you translated the term farmers in 20:9. Your language might say “those” instead of these in a context like this. Alternate translation: “those vine growers” or “those grape farmers”
will give the vineyard to others
Quote: δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated the similar expression in 20:9. Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop”
May it not be
Quote: μὴ γένοιτο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations
This is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “May nothing like that ever happen”
Luke 20:17
But he, having looked at them, said
Quote: ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
Jesus looked at the people to hold them accountable for understanding what he was saying. Alternate translation: “But Jesus looked straight at them and said”
What then is this that is written: A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner
Quote: τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that a stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone”
What then is this that is written: A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner
Quote: τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying: ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner’!”
this that is written
Quote: τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this passive verbal form with a noun. Alternate translation: “this scripture”
A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner
Quote: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a plain explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text.
A stone that the builders rejected
Quote: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “A stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building”
the head of the corner
Quote: κεφαλὴν γωνίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The phrase the head of the corner is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building”
Luke 20:18
Everyone having fallen on that stone will be broken to pieces
Quote: πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον, συνθλασθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is applying the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking of people who reject him as Messiah as if they would fall over a stone and be injured. Jesus’ words are a direct allusion to the figurative language of Scripture, and he does not explain the metaphor to the people who are listening. So it would not be appropriate to change them into a plain explanation of the metaphor, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text.
will be broken to pieces
Quote: συνθλασθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces”
but on whomever it falls, it will crush him
Quote: ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is making a further application of the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking of the Messiah judging those who reject him as if he were a large stone that would crush them. Once again it would not be appropriate to change Jesus’ words, which allude directly to the figurative language of Scripture, into a plain explanation of the metaphor. However, you could explain the meaning of the metaphor in a footnote.
Luke 20:19
sought to lay hands on him
Quote: ἐζήτησαν & ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The expression to lay hands on means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their hands. Alternate translation: “looked for a way to arrest Jesus”
in that hour
Quote: ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Luke uses the term hour to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that time” or “immediately”
and they feared the people
Quote: καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Luke uses the word and to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of what the people might do”
they feared the people
Quote: ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that the religious leaders did not arrest Jesus, even though they wanted to, and why they did not. Alternate translation: “but they knew that the people respected Jesus and they were afraid of what the people might do if they did arrest him, so they did not arrest him right then”
for they knew that he spoke this parable against them
Quote: ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this the first clause in the verse, since it gives the reason why the religious leaders wanted to arrest Jesus. That is what UST does, making the clause a separate sentence.
Luke 20:20
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The religious leaders could not arrest Jesus openly, so this is what they did instead. Alternate translation: “So” or “Instead”
they sent spies
Quote: ἀπέστειλαν ἐνκαθέτους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this statement to introduce these spies as new characters into the story. It may be helpful to say more about where they came from. Alternate translation: “they found some people who agreed to act as spies, and they sent them to Jesus”
pretending themselves to be righteous
Quote: ὑποκρινομένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι (1)Alternate translation: “who pretended that they were sincere”
so that they might take hold of his word
Quote: ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται αὐτοῦ λόγου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke says that these religious leaders wanted to take hold of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to use something he might say against him”
of his word
Quote: αὐτοῦ λόγου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke uses the term word to mean something Jesus might say by using words. Alternate translation: “of something he might say”
in order to hand him over to the rule and to the authority of the governor
Quote: ὥστε παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The terms rule and authority mean basically the same thing. Luke is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “so that the governor would take Jesus into custody” or “so that the governor would arrest Jesus”
Luke 20:21
they asked him
Quote: ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the spies whom the leaders sent arrived where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “the spies came and asked Jesus”
they asked him
Quote: ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Luke could mean that one spy spoke on behalf of the whole group. So instead of they, you could state “one of them,” as UST does.
Teacher
Quote: Διδάσκαλε (1)Teacher is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
we know
Quote: οἴδαμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The spies are speaking only of themselves, so we would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction.
you do not receive a face
Quote: οὐ λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The spies are using the term face to mean “person.” Alternate translation: “it does not matter to you who a person is”
the way of God
Quote: τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The spies speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a way or path that people should follow. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live”
Luke 20:22
Is it lawful for
Quote: ἔξεστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The spies are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit”
to give tribute
Quote: φόρον δοῦναι (1)Alternate translation: “to pay taxes”
to Caesar
Quote: Καίσαρι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The spies are referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government”
Luke 20:23
But having perceived their craftiness, he said
Quote: κατανοήσας δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν, εἶπεν (1)Alternate translation: “But Jesus realized that these spies were trying to trick him, and so he said”
Luke 20:24
a denarius
Quote: δηνάριον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney
See how you translated this term in 7:41. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin”
Whose image and inscription does it have
Quote: τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
This is not a rhetorical question, since Jesus does want the spies to answer, even though he already knows the answer to the question himself and he is using it as a teaching tool. So it would not be appropriate to translate this as if it were a statement or an exclamation, for example, “Surely you could see whose picture and name are on this coin”
inscription
Quote: ἐπιγραφήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is referring to the name on the coin by association with the fact that it is an inscription, that is, something written on the coin. Alternate translation: “name”
Luke 20:25
give back the things of Caesar to Caesar, and the things of God to God
Quote: ἀπόδοτε τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is referring to the Roman government by the name of Caesar, its ruler. Alternate translation: “pay the Roman government what it deserves, and pay God what he deserves”
and the things of God to God
Quote: καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is speaking compactly and he does not repeat the verb give back, but it may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate Translation: “and pay God what he deserves”
Luke 20:26
they were not able to take hold of his word
Quote: οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι τοῦ ῥήματος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke says that the spies had wanted to take hold of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “the spies were not able to use what he said against him”
in front of the people
Quote: ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke speaks of this spatially to refer to the people’s attention. Alternate translation: “while the people were watching” or “while the people were listening”
Luke 20:27
Then some of the Sadducees
Quote: δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees”
Then some of the Sadducees
Quote: δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that these people also wanted to discredit Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because they too wanted to discredit Jesus, some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees”
the ones saying there is no resurrection
Quote: οἱ, λέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish
This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “The Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead”
Luke 20:28
saying
Quote: λέγοντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Luke could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus”
Teacher
Quote: Διδάσκαλε (1)Teacher is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
Moses wrote for us
Quote: Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
These Sadducees are describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he wrote it down. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law”
for us
Quote: ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Here, the word us would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducces mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew.
if someone’s brother dies, having a wife, and he is childless, that
Quote: ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος ᾖ, ἵνα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children,”
his brother should take his wife
Quote: λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα (1)Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow”
raise up seed for his brother
Quote: ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her late husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her late husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants”
seed
Quote: σπέρμα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in 1:55. Alternate translation: “descendants”
Luke 20:29
Therefore
Quote: οὖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical
The Sadducees are not saying this to draw a logical inference, but to lead into a question about a hypothetical possibility. Alternate translation (as a separate sentence): “We would like to ask you how this law would be applied in a possible situation”
Therefore, there were seven brothers, and the first, having taken a wife, died childless
Quote: ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος, λαβὼν γυναῖκα, ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children”
the first
Quote: ὁ πρῶτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother”
the first
Quote: ὁ πρῶτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one”
Luke 20:30
and
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that”
and the second
Quote: καὶ ὁ δεύτερος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
The division at the end of this verse separates this subject from its verb, effectively creating an ellipsis that is not in the original Greek. The verb, “took her,” must now be supplied from the next verse. Alternate translation: “the second brother then married her”
and the second
Quote: καὶ ὁ δεύτερος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication, as the next verse says specifically, is that after this second brother married the first brother’s widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the second brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children”
the second
Quote: ὁ δεύτερος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective second as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother”
the second
Quote: ὁ δεύτερος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother”
Luke 20:31
and
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that”
the third took her
Quote: ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication, as the end of the verse says specifically, is that after this third brother married the widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The third brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children”
the third
Quote: ὁ τρίτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective third as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother”
the third
Quote: ὁ τρίτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother”
and likewise the seven also left no children, and died
Quote: ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the rest of the seven brothers married this widow, but they all died before they had any children”
Luke 20:33
in the resurrection
Quote: ἐν τῇ & ἀναστάσει (1)The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
Therefore
Quote: οὖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
This introduces the question that the Sadducees had planned all along to ask Jesus about the hypothetical situation they were describing. If you said “Suppose” in the previous three verses, you could begin this sentence with “Then.”
the seven had her {as} wife
Quote: οἱ & ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα (1)Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
Luke 20:34
The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage
Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you could use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married”
The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage
Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands”
The sons of this age
Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The term sons of is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world”
The sons
Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Jesus is using the word sons in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people”
of this age
Quote: τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
As in 16:8, here the term age means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world”
Luke 20:35
the ones having been considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage
Quote: οἱ & καταξιωθέντες & οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
As in 20:34, if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands”
the ones having been considered worthy
Quote: οἱ & καταξιωθέντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy”
to obtain that age and the resurrection {that is} from the dead
Quote: τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the word age in the same figurative sense as in 18:30, to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died”
and the resurrection {that is} from the dead
Quote: καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun resurrection with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died”
the dead
Quote: νεκρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died”
neither marry nor are given in marriage
Quote: οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in 20:34. If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married”
Luke 20:36
neither are they able to die anymore
Quote: οὐδὲ & ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die”
for they are {like} angels
Quote: ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not die”
they are sons of God
Quote: υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using the term sons in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “they are God’s own children”
being sons of the resurrection
Quote: τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term sons in this second case to mean people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of God bringing them back to life after they have died. Alternate translation: “since God has brought them back to life”
Luke 20:37
the dead are raised
Quote: ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died”
the dead
Quote: οἱ νεκροὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died”
even Moses
Quote: καὶ Μωϋσῆς (1)Jesus is using the word even for emphasis. He is stressing the authority of Moses as someone to whom God gave an extensive revelation of his character and actions. Alternate translation: “Moses himself”
at the bush
Quote: ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush”
at the bush
Quote: ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush”
he calls
Quote: λέγει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called”
the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob
Quote: τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does.
Luke 20:38
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Jesus uses the word And to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now”
he is not a God of the dead, but of the living
Quote: Θεὸς & οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
The two phrases not … of the dead and of the living mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he is a God of living people only”
of the dead
Quote: νεκρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of people who have died”
of the living
Quote: ζώντων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective living as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of people who are alive” or “of people whom he has brought back to life”
for all are alive to him
Quote: πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are dead as far as other people are concerned, they are alive as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits”
Luke 20:39
Then answering some of the scribes said
Quote: ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded”
answering some of the scribes said
Quote: ἀποκριθέντες & τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answering and said mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “some of the scribes responded”
Teacher
Quote: Διδάσκαλε (1)Teacher is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
Luke 20:40
they no longer dared to ask him anything
Quote: οὐκέτι & ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
Here Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis, saying no longer and “nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “they still dared to ask him something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here.
they no longer dared to ask him anything
Quote: οὐκέτι & ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did”
they no longer dared
Quote: οὐκέτι & ἐτόλμων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
It is unclear whether they refers to the scribes, the Sadducees, or everyone who had been trying to trap Jesus with difficult questions. It may be best to translate this with a general statement. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ enemies no longer dared”
Luke 20:41
he said to them
Quote: εἶπεν & πρὸς αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
As in 20:40, it is unclear to whom the pronoun them refers. It may be best to translate it with a general statement here as well. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were listening”
How do they say that the Christ is the son of David
Quote: πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement.
do they say that
Quote: λέγουσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Here Jesus is using the pronoun they in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “do people say that”
the son of David
Quote: Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here Jesus is using the term son to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David”
Luke 20:42
For David himself
Quote: αὐτὸς γὰρ Δαυεὶδ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns
Jesus uses the word himself here to emphasize to that it was David, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ”
For
Quote: γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus uses the word For to introduce the reason why he has asked this question. Alternate translation: “I ask this question because”
says
Quote: λέγει (1)In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
says in the book of Psalms, The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand
Quote: λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right hand”
The Lord said to my Lord
Quote: εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
Here, the term Lord does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said Lord instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord”
Sit at my right hand
Quote: κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου (1)Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side”
Sit at my right hand
Quote: κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me”
Luke 20:43
until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet
Quote: ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in 20:42 to have only one level of quotation, you could make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet”
until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet
Quote: ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The psalm speaks of the Messiah using his enemies as a footstool to mean that Yahweh would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you”
a footstool for your feet
Quote: ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which you could rest your feet”
Luke 20:44
David therefore calls him ‘Lord
Quote: Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David therefore calls the Messiah his Lord”
David therefore calls him ‘Lord
Quote: Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone Lord was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person”
And how is he his son
Quote: καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Like the question in 20:41, this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant?”
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus is using the word And to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Alternate translation: “So”
son
Quote: υἱός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here Jesus is using the term son to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “descendant”
Luke 20:45
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word And to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then”
all the people
Quote: παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Luke is generalizing to refer to everyone who was present as Jesus was teaching. Alternate translation: “all the people who were there”
Luke 20:46
Beware of the scribes
Quote: προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus says Beware to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes”
desiring to walk in long robes
Quote: θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
In this culture, long robes were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes”
loving greetings
Quote: φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “loving to be greeted respectfully”
first seats … first places
Quote: πρωτοκαθεδρίας & πρωτοκλισίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 14:7, first here means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places”
Luke 20:47
They devour the houses of widows
Quote: οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus speaks of the houses of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own”
They devour the houses of widows
Quote: οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus says that the scribes devour or eat up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own”
for a pretext they pray at length
Quote: προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται (1)Here, pretext refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers”
These will receive greater condemnation
Quote: οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the word condemnation to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment”
These will receive greater condemnation
Quote: οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive greater punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly”
Luke 21
Luke 21 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (21:1–4)
- Jesus tells his disciples what will happen before he returns (21:5–38)
Special concepts in this chapter
“the times of the nations”
The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the nations.” In this expression, the term “nations” means people groups who are not Jews, that is, the Gentiles. So this expression meant the time when the Gentiles ruled over the Jews.
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Paradox
A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. There is a paradox in this chapter. Jesus tells his disciples in 21:16, “they will put to death some of you,” but then, in 21:18, he tells them, “not even a hair of your head will perish.” As a note to 21:18 explains, Jesus means this second statement in a spiritual sense.
Luke 21:1
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now”
he saw the rich putting their gifts into the treasury
Quote: εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
This background information that Luke provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he noticed that there were some rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes”
the rich putting
Quote: τοὺς & πλουσίους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective rich as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people”
gifts
Quote: τὰ δῶρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the gifts were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money”
the treasury
Quote: τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the treasury. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes”
Luke 21:2
And he saw a certain poor widow
Quote: εἶδεν δέ τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor widow there, and Jesus saw her”
two lepta
Quote: λεπτὰ δύο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney
The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value”
Luke 21:3
he said
Quote: εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus is still speaking to his disciples, as in 20:45. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples”
Truly I say to you
Quote: ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
this poor widow put in more than all
Quote: ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ, πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others”
all
Quote: πάντων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In context, all means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people”
Luke 21:4
put in the gifts from the things abounding to them
Quote: ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον εἰς τὰ δῶρα (1)Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it”
But she, from her poverty, put in all the life that she had
Quote: αὕτη δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς, πάντα τὸν βίον ὃν εἶχεν ἔβαλεν (1)Alternate translation: “But she only had a very little money but gave everything she had to live on”
Luke 21:5
some
Quote: τινων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that these were some of Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “some of Jesus’ disciples”
it was decorated
Quote: κεκόσμηται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people had decorated it”
offerings
Quote: ἀναθέμασιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
In this context, offerings refers specifically to golden ornaments that people had given to beautify the temple and its courtyards. The ornaments were known by this name since people had given them as offerings. Alternate translation: “ornaments that people had donated”
Luke 21:6
These things that you are looking at
Quote: ταῦτα ἃ θεωρεῖτε (1)Alternate translation: “As for this beautiful temple and its decorations”
days will come in which
Quote: ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when”
stone upon stone will not be left
Quote: οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will not leave one stone upon another”
stone upon stone will not be left
Quote: οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this statement in positive form. Alternate translation: “your enemies will topple every stone off the stone it is resting on”
stone upon stone will not be left
Quote: οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
See how you translated the similar expression “they will not leave stone upon stone” in 19:44. Here as well this is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies of the Jews will destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “your enemies will completely destroy this building of stone”
which will not be torn down
Quote: ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this statement in positive form and make it a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Every stone will be torn down”
which will not be torn down
Quote: ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, “they” would mean “your enemies,” and “it” would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down”
Luke 21:7
they questioned him
Quote: ἐπηρώτησαν & αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him”
Teacher
Quote: Διδάσκαλε (1)Teacher is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
when therefore will these things be? And what {will be} the sign when these things are about to happen
Quote: πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The phrase these things refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed? And how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it”
Luke 21:8
Be careful that you are not led astray. For many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am he,’ and, ‘The time has come near
Quote: βλέπετε μὴ πλανηθῆτε; πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι, καί, ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not led astray. For many will come in my name, saying that they are the Messiah. They will also say that the time has come near.”
you are not led astray
Quote: μὴ πλανηθῆτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one leads you astray”
in my name
Quote: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here Jesus uses the word name to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me”
I am he
Quote: ἐγώ εἰμι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that he means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah”
The time has come near
Quote: ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This implicitly means the time when God will establish his kingdom, which these false Messiahs would understand to mean defeating their enemies. Alternate translation: “God is about to establish his kingdom” or “God is about to defeat all of our enemies”
Do not go after them
Quote: μὴ πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here the expression go after seems to have a figurative sense like that of the term follow, found in 5:27 and several other places in the book, meaning to become someone’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Do not become their disciples”
Luke 21:9
of wars and rebellions
Quote: πολέμους καὶ ἀκαταστασίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The term wars probably refers to countries fighting against each other, and the term rebellions probably refers to people fighting against their own leaders or against other people in their own countries. Jesus may be using the two terms together to refer generally to violent fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “of armed conflicts”
do not be terrified
Quote: μὴ πτοηθῆτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “do not let these things terrify you”
for it is necessary for these things to happen first
Quote: δεῖ γὰρ ταῦτα γενέσθαι πρῶτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this phrase before do not be terrified, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason why followers of Jesus should not be terrified.
but not immediately the end
Quote: ἀλλ’ οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ τέλος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately”
the end
Quote: τὸ τέλος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This implicitly means the end of the world. Alternate translation: “the end of the world”
Luke 21:10
Then he said to them
Quote: τότε ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the word them refers to his disciples. Since this is a continuation of Jesus speaking from the previous verse, some languages may prefer to leave out this phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to his disciples”
Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom
Quote: ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other”
Nation will rise against nation
Quote: ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun
The word Nation represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations”
Nation will rise against nation
Quote: ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term Nation refers to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations”
Nation will rise against nation
Quote: ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression rise against is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations”
and kingdom against kingdom
Quote: καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms”
kingdom against kingdom
Quote: βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun
The word kingdom represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms”
kingdom against kingdom
Quote: βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term kingdom represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms”
Luke 21:11
terrifying events
Quote: φόβηθρά (1)Alternate translation: “events that terrify people” or “events that cause people to be very afraid”
great signs from heaven
Quote: σημεῖα ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here, the term heaven could mean: (1) based on what Jesus says in 21:25 about signs in the sun, moon, and stars, it has the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “great signs in the sky” (2) a way of referring to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “great signs from God” or “great signs that God sends”
Luke 21:12
of these things
Quote: τούτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This refers implicitly to the things that Jesus has said will happen. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described”
they will lay their hands on you
Quote: ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This expression means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of that person. Alternate translation: “they will arrest you”
they will lay their hands on you
Quote: ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they refers to the government authorities, who will be led to arrest the followers of Jesus by their enemies, as Jesus explains in 21:16. Alternate translation: “the authorities will arrest you” or “your enemies will get the authorities to arrest you”
handing {you} over to the synagogues
Quote: παραδιδόντες εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term synagogues means the leaders of the synagogues, who had the authority to put Jews on trial. Alternate translation: “turning you over for trial to the leaders of the synagogues”
the synagogues and prisons, bringing {you} before
Quote: τὰς συναγωγὰς καὶ φυλακάς, ἀπαγομένους ἐπὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is speaking compactly here. Alternate translation: “the synagogue rulers, who will put you in prison and bring you before”
bringing {you} before
Quote: ἀπαγομένους ἐπὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This expression means to turn someone over to an authority for trial, where the person would stand before the authority and answer the charges. Alternate translation: “turning you over for trial to”
for the sake of my name
Quote: ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here, name represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples”
Luke 21:13
It will turn out for you for a testimony
Quote: ἀποβήσεται ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον (1)Alternate translation: “This will give you an opportunity to speak about how you believe in me”
Luke 21:14
But
Quote: οὖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
But is usually translated “therefore” because it typically introduces a result or conclusion from something that has just been said. However, in some cases, including this one, the term instead indicates a contrast with what has just been said. Knowing they would be put on trial, Jesus’ disciples would naturally want to think about how to defend themselves, but Jesus is telling them, by contrast, not to do that. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless,”
put in your hearts
Quote: θέτε & ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of his disciples’ hearts as if they were containers in which the disciples could put the resolution he describes. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” or “decide firmly”
put in your hearts
Quote: θέτε & ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the disciples’ hearts to represent their minds. Alternate translation: “make up your minds”
not to prepare to be defended
Quote: μὴ προμελετᾶν ἀπολογηθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus’ disciples would be thinking about how to defend themselves against their enemies’ accusations. Alternate translation: “not to try to figure out ahead of time what you should say in order to defend yourself against the accusations of your enemies”
to be defended
Quote: ἀπολογηθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to defend yourselves”
Luke 21:15
for
Quote: γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge
Jesus is giving the reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine 21:14 and 21:15, putting all of 21:15 first, followed by all of 21:14. You could begin 21:15 with “Since” and have no introductory word for 21:14, or you could have no introductory word for 21:15 and begin 21:14 with “So.”
a mouth and wisdom
Quote: στόμα καὶ σοφίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the term mouth to refer to speech. Alternate translation: “speech and wisdom”
a mouth and wisdom
Quote: στόμα καὶ σοφίαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
The phrase a mouth and wisdom expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word wisdom describes what kind of speech Jesus will give the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wise things to say” or “wise responses”
that all the ones opposing you will not be able to resist or contradict
Quote: ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν, πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word not combined with the negative verbs resist and contradict as a single positive statement. (See note just below explaining that these two verbs likely form a doublet.) Alternate translation: “that all of your adversaries will have to agree are true”
to resist or contradict
Quote: ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The terms resist and contradict mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to deny”
Luke 21:16
you will be handed over even by parents and brothers and relatives and friends
Quote: παραδοθήσεσθε & καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will turn you over to the authorities”
brothers
Quote: ἀδελφῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here, the term brothers has a generic sense that includes both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “siblings” or “brothers and sisters”
they will put to death some of you
Quote: θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they could mean: (1) “the authorities will kill some of you.” (2) “those who turn you in will kill some of you.”
Luke 21:17
you will be hated by all
Quote: ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you”
you will be hated by all
Quote: ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The term all is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you”
because of my name
Quote: διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here, name represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples”
Luke 21:18
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Jesus uses the word And to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “But”
a hair of your head will not at all perish
Quote: θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative words not at all combined with the negative verb perish as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe”
a hair of your head will not at all perish
Quote: θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus speaks of one of the smallest parts of a person to mean the entire person. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe”
a hair of your head will not at all perish
Quote: θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate who will make sure that the disciples do not perish. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe”
a hair of your head will not at all perish
Quote: θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Since Jesus says in 21:16 that some of them would be put to death, he must be speaking here. He means that his disciples will not perish spiritually; that is, their souls will be saved. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe spiritually” or “God will save your souls”
Luke 21:19
By your endurance
Quote: ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν (1)Alternate translation: “If you remain faithful to me”
you will gain your souls
Quote: κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν (1)Here “soul” means the eternal part of a person. Alternate translation: “you will receive eternal life”
Luke 21:20
Jerusalem being surrounded by armies
Quote: κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “armies surrounding Jerusalem”
its desolation is near
Quote: ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun desolation with a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “those armies will soon destroy it”
Luke 21:21
to the mountains
Quote: εἰς τὰ ὄρη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that people who fled to the mountains would be safe there. Alternate translation: “to the mountains, where they will be safe”
in the midst of it
Quote: ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Here the pronoun it means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “within the city of Jerusalem”
let the ones in the fields not enter into it
Quote: οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The term fields refers implicitly to the farms around Jerusalem that provided the main food supply for the city. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should not seek shelter within its protective walls”
let the ones in the fields not enter into it
Quote: οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this positively. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should stay outside of it where they will be safer”
Luke 21:22
these are days of vengeance
Quote: ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city”
these are days of vengeance
Quote: ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun vengeance with a verb such as “punish.” Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city”
to fulfill all the things that have been written
Quote: τοῦ πλησθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when all the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures will happen”
all the things that have been written
Quote: τοῦ & πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Here, all has a limited meaning. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically all that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “all that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed”
Luke 21:23
to the ones having in the womb
Quote: ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant”
to the ones nursing
Quote: ταῖς θηλαζούσαις (1)This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “to the mothers who are nursing their babies”
in those days
Quote: ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time”
For
Quote: γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus uses the word For to introduce the reason why it will be very difficult for pregnant women and nursing mothers at this time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the sentence that this word introduces first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the other sentence in the verse describes.
there will be great distress upon the land and wrath to this people
Quote: ἔσται & ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
If the word land means the people who live in the land (See: note below), then these two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “God will angrily punish the people who live in this land by making them suffer greatly”
there will be great distress upon the land
Quote: ἔσται & ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term land could be: (1) a figurative reference to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land”
there will be great distress upon the land
Quote: ἔσται & ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun distress with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly”
and wrath to this people
Quote: καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the word wrath to mean what God will do in his wrath. Alternate translation: “and God will angrily punish this people”
Luke 21:24
they will fall
Quote: πεσοῦνται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here, fall means to die by association with the way that people who die fall to the ground. Alternate translation: “they will die”
by the mouth of the sword
Quote: στόματι μαχαίρης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the term mouth may be a figurative way of saying “edge” or “end,” by analogy to the way that the mouth of an animal is typically at one end of the animal. Alternate translation: “by the edge of the sword” or “when soldiers kill them with their swords”
by the mouth of the sword
Quote: στόματι μαχαίρης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
This phrase could also be depicting the sword as a devouring monster. Alternate translation: “as if swords were eating them up”
of the sword
Quote: μαχαίρης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun
The word sword represents swords in general, not one particular sword. Alternate translation: “of the swords”
of the sword
Quote: μαχαίρης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus may be using one kind of weapon, the sword, to represent all weapons. Alternate translation: “of the weapons”
they will be led captive into all the nations
Quote: αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries”
into all the nations
Quote: εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The word all is a generalization that emphasizes that their enemies will take the people away to many other countries. Alternate translation: “into many other countries”
the nations
Quote: ἐθνῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the term nations to mean the places where various people groups live. Alternate translation: “countries”
Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations
Quote: Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This image could be: (1) of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem”
Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations
Quote: Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” or “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem”
of the nations
Quote: ἐθνῶν (2)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that by the nations, he means in this instance the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles”
until the times of the nations are fulfilled
Quote: ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. (See the discussion of the meaning of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “until the time when the Gentiles rule the Jews is over”
Luke 21:25
distress of nations
Quote: συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
As in 21:10, the term nations here refers to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will be distressed”
in perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea
Quote: ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
These storms could be literal. Jesus may be saying that there will be larger and more frequent hurricanes at this time. However, they could also be figurative. Jesus may be using the image of being in a storm at sea to portray how the people will feel about what they are experiencing. You could represent this possible metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They will be as anxious as they would be in a great storm at sea”
at the roaring and tossing of the sea
Quote: ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
Jesus may be using the words roaring and tossing together to depict a great storm in the ocean, whose waves would rise up high and make loud sounds. If you decide to retain the metaphor in your translation, you could translate these words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “about the great storms at sea”
Luke 21:26
Men
Quote: ἀνθρώπων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus is using the term Men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people”
from fear and expectation
Quote: ἀπὸ φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term fear describes what the expectation of people will be like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from fearful expectation”
of the things coming upon the inhabited world
Quote: τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ οἰκουμένῃ (1)Alternate translation: “of the things that are happening in the world” or “of the things that are happening to the world”
for the powers of the heavens will be shaken
Quote: αἱ γὰρ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this statement first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. You could begin this statement with “Since,” or you could have no introductory word for it and introduce the rest of the verse with “and so.”
the powers of the heavens will be shaken
Quote: αἱ & δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The phrase the powers of the heavens is most likely an idiomatic reference back to the sun, moon, and stars, which Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars will be shaken”
the powers of the heavens will be shaken
Quote: αἱ & δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars”
Luke 21:27
they will see
Quote: ὄψονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they refers to the people of the nations, about whom Jesus has been speaking since 21:25. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will see”
the Son of Man
Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man”
the Son of Man
Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah”
coming in a cloud
Quote: ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means coming down from heaven in a cloud. Alternate translation: “coming down from heaven in a cloud”
with power and much glory
Quote: μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term glory describes what kind of power Jesus will have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with very glorious power” or “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful”
with power and much glory
Quote: μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns power and glory with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful”
Luke 21:28
stand up and lift up your heads
Quote: ἀνακύψατε καὶ ἐπάρατε τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
Jesus tells his disciples to assume this posture rather than fearfully crouching down and looking down, to demonstrate their confidence that God is coming to deliver them. Alternate translation: “confidently stand up straight and hold your heads high”
because your redemption is coming near
Quote: διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is speaking of God as if he himself were the redemption that he is going to bring. Alternate translation: “because God will soon redeem you”
because your redemption is coming near
Quote: διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could represent the idea behind the abstract noun redemption with a verb such as “redeem.” Alternate translation: “because God will soon redeem you”
Luke 21:29
And he spoke a parable to them
Quote: καὶ εἶπεν παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables
Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand what he had been saying”
the fig tree
Quote: τὴν συκῆν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun
Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular fig tree. Alternate translation: “the fig trees”
the fig tree
Quote: τὴν συκῆν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated this term in 13:6. Alternate translation: “the fruit trees”
Luke 21:30
When they already sprout
Quote: ὅταν προβάλωσιν ἤδη (1)Alternate translation: “When they already start to grow new leaves”
the summer is already near
Quote: ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν (1)Alternate translation: “the summer is about to start” or “the warm season is about to start”
Luke 21:31
these things
Quote: ταῦτα (1)Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described”
the kingdom of God is near
Quote: ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king”
Luke 21:32
Truly I say to you
Quote: ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
this generation
Quote: ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term generation to refer to the people who were born in a certain generation. This could mean: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening.” (2) “the people who are alive now.”
will certainly not pass away until
Quote: οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ & ἕως ἂν (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will still be alive when”
will certainly not pass away
Quote: οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
Jesus is referring to death as passing away. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die”
they all happen
Quote: πάντα γένηται (1)Alternate translation: “all of these things happen”
Luke 21:33
The heaven and the earth will pass away
Quote: ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Jesus is using heaven and earth together to describe all of creation. Here, the term heaven refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist”
but my words will certainly not pass away
Quote: οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the term words to refer to what he has just said. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true”
will certainly not pass away
Quote: οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will remain forever” or “will always be true”
Luke 21:34
so that your hearts may not be burdened with hangover and drunkenness, and everyday worries
Quote: μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds”
so that your hearts may not be burdened with hangover and drunkenness, and everyday worries
Quote: μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of these things as if they would be a weight pressing down on the minds of his disciples. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds”
your hearts
Quote: ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, the hearts represents the mind. Alternate translation: “your minds”
hangover and drunkenness
Quote: κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term drunkenness explains the source of the hangover. Alternate translation: “drunken hangovers”
everyday worries
Quote: μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς (1)Alternate translation: “the cares of this life”
that sudden day may come upon you
Quote: ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Jesus speaks of this day as if it could actively spring upon his disciples like a trap. (The traditional verse divisions put the phrase “like a trap” at the start of the next verse. A note will discuss it there.) This could mean one of two things, depending on whether sudden is understood as an adjective or with the sense of an adverb. Alternate translation: “that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “that day will come upon you suddenly”
and that sudden day may come upon you
Quote: καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that this is why Jesus is telling his disciples to pay attention to themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for if you are not careful, that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “for if you are not careful, that day will come upon you suddenly”
and that sudden day may come upon you
Quote: καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This implicitly means the day when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “and the day when I return, which you will not be expecting, will come upon you” or “and the day when I return will come upon you suddenly”
Luke 21:35
like a trap
Quote: ὡς παγίς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
Jesus says that just as a trap closes on an animal when the animal is not expecting it, so he will return when people are not expecting it. Alternate translation: “as when a trap closes suddenly on an animal”
it will come upon all the ones sitting
Quote: ἐπεισελεύσεται & ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς καθημένους (1)Alternate translation: “it will affect all the people sitting”
the ones sitting
Quote: τοὺς καθημένους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of sitting to mean “living.” Alternate translation: “who are living”
on the face of the whole earth
Quote: ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of the surface of the earth as if it were the outward part or face of a person. Alternate translation: “on the surface of the whole earth” or “all over the entire earth”
Luke 21:36
But
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Jesus uses the word But to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “Instead,”
stay awake in every time
Quote: ἀγρυπνεῖτε & ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The expression in every time means “all the time” or “always.” Jesus is using it, as a generalization. Alternate translation: “always continue to watch”
stay awake
Quote: ἀγρυπνεῖτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using this expression in a figurative sense. Alternate translation: “stay alert” or “watch”
stay awake
Quote: ἀγρυπνεῖτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus is telling his disciples to do this so that they will not be surprised when he returns. Alternate translation: “watch for the signs of my coming”
and to stand before the Son of Man
Quote: καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, before means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “and to stand in the presence of the Son of Man”
and to stand before the Son of Man
Quote: καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, stand is an idiom that means to be declared innocent when judged, as in Psalm 130:3, “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” (That is, “If you, Yahweh, kept a record of sins, no one would be declared innocent.”) Jesus is referring to the time when he will judge everyone. Alternate translation: “and so that the Son of Man will declare you innocent”
the Son of Man
Quote: τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” or “I, the Son of Man”
the Son of Man
Quote: τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah”
Luke 21:37
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory
Luke uses the word And to introduce information about ongoing action that continues after the part of the story in 20:1–21:36 ends. Your language may have its own way of showing how such information is related to the preceding part of a story. Alternate translation: “Now”
in the temple
Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
the hill that is called Olivet
Quote: τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet”
the hill that is called Olivet
Quote: τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. Olivet is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in 19:29. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain”
Luke 21:38
all the people
Quote: πᾶς ὁ λαὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The word all is a generalization that emphasizes how many people came to hear Jesus teach each morning. Alternate translation: “large numbers of people”
were getting up early to him
Quote: ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Here Luke is leaving out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “were getting up early to come to him” or “were coming to him starting early each morning”
to hear him
Quote: ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the people wanted to hear Jesus teach. Alternate translation: “to listen to him teach”
in the temple
Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
Luke 22
Luke 22 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Judas Iscariot agrees to betray Jesus to his enemies (22:1–6)
- Jesus shares the Passover meal with his disciples (22:7–38)
- Jesus prays on the Mount of Olives and is arrested there (22:39–53)
- Peter denies Jesus (22:54–62)
- Soldiers mock Jesus and the Jewish leaders question him (22:63–71)
Special concepts in this chapter
The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus
22:14–20 describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.
The new covenant
Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: covenant)
Important textual issues in this chapter
“And an angel from heaven appeared to him … his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground”
Verses 43 and 44 of Luke 22 are not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so they are likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider them to provide accurate accounts of real events in Jesus’ life that were preserved in oral or written traditions about him and copied into the book of Luke at an early stage. ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not. If you decide to translate these verses, you should put them inside square brackets to indicate that they are probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: Textual Variants)
Luke 22:1
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses the word And to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now”
the Festival of Unleavened Bread
Quote: ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
During this festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast”
which is called the Passover
Quote: ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover”
was coming near
Quote: ἤγγιζεν (1)Here Luke uses this phrase in the sense of near in time. Alternate translation: “was about to begin”
Luke 22:2
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now”
how they might kill him
Quote: τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could have Jesus killed”
for they were fearing the people
Quote: ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of the people. Rather, they were seeking how to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly”
the people
Quote: τὸν λαόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in 21:38. Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach”
Luke 22:3
entered into
Quote: εἰσῆλθεν & εἰς (1)This was probably very similar to demon possession. Alternate translation: “took control of”
the one called Iscariot
Quote: τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot”
being from the number of the Twelve
Quote: ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
See how you translated this phrase in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles”
of the Twelve
Quote: τῶν δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here.
Luke 22:4
captains
Quote: στρατηγοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The temple had its own guards, and these were their commanding officers. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers”
how he might hand him over to them
Quote: πῶς αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “how he could help them arrest Jesus”
Luke 22:5
they rejoiced
Quote: ἐχάρησαν (1)Alternate translation: “this made the chief priests and captains very glad”
to give him silver
Quote: αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is speaking of money by reference to the precious metal, silver, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “to pay Judas money for doing this”
Luke 22:6
to hand him over
Quote: τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν (1)Alternate translation: “to help the leaders arrest Jesus”
away from the crowd
Quote: ἄτερ ὄχλου (1)Alternate translation: “when there was no crowd around him”
Luke 22:7
the Day of Unleavened Bread
Quote: ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν Ἀζύμων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in 22:1. You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes”
it was necessary to sacrifice the Passover
Quote: ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer to the lamb that the law of Moses told Jews to kill and eat for their celebration meal. Alternate translation: “people had to kill a lamb for their Passover meal”
Luke 22:8
he sent
Quote: ἀπέστειλεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent”
Going, prepare
Quote: πορευθέντες, ἑτοιμάσατε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual
Since Jesus is speaking to two men, you as implied in the participle and imperative verb would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
Going
Quote: πορευθέντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and”
for us … so that we may eat {it
Quote: ἡμῖν & ἵνα φάγωμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms us and we would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction.
the Passover
Quote: τὸ Πάσχα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”
Luke 22:9
do you wish that we should prepare {it
Quote: θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Jesus was not part of the group that would prepare the meal, so the word we does not include Jesus and it would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction.
that we should prepare {it
Quote: ἑτοιμάσωμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
Peter and John are speaking as a group of two, so this verb would be in the dual form if your language uses that form.
Luke 22:10
them, “… you … you. Follow
Quote: αὐτοῖς & ὑμῶν & ὑμῖν & ἀκολουθήσατε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual
Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns them and you and the implied you in the imperative verb would all be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural.
Behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the word Behold to tell Peter and John to pay close attention to what he is saying and to do exactly what he tells them. It may be helpful to explain the meaning of the word more fully and to do so as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention to these instructions”
a man carrying a pitcher of water will meet you
Quote: συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος, κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων (1)Alternate translation: “you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water”
a pitcher of water
Quote: κεράμιον ὕδατος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This means not a small serving pitcher, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you could use it here.
Luke 22:11
say to the master of the house, ‘The Teacher says to you, “Where is the guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples
Quote: ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples”
The Teacher
Quote: ὁ διδάσκαλος (1)Teacher is a respectful title for Jesus. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
the Passover
Quote: τὸ Πάσχα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is telling Peter and John to use the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”
Luke 22:12
And that one
Quote: κἀκεῖνος (1)Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house”
a large upper room
Quote: ἀνάγαιον μέγα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal.
furnished
Quote: ἐστρωμένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table”
Luke 22:13
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So”
having gone away
Quote: ἀπελθόντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem”
the Passover
Quote: τὸ Πάσχα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”
Luke 22:14
when it was the hour
Quote: ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Luke is using the term hour to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal”
he reclined to eat
Quote: ἀνέπεσεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated this phrase in 5:29. It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “Jesus took his place at the table”
Luke 22:15
With desire I have desired
Quote: ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo
Jesus is using a characteristic Hebrew construction, a cognate noun with a verb, to express intensity. If your language has this same construction, you could use it here. But if this construction would seem to express unnecessary extra information in your language, you could show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I have wanted very much”
this Passover
Quote: τοῦτο τὸ Πάσχα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “this Passover meal”
before I suffer
Quote: πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is referring to his death by association with the way that he will suffer much pain and shame as he is dying. Alternate translation: “before I experience a painful death”
Luke 22:16
For
Quote: γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge
Jesus is giving the reason why he has been so eager to share this Passover meal with his disciples, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine 22:15 and 22:16, putting all of 22:16 first, followed by all of 22:15. This would require saying “this Passover meal” in 22:16 and it in 22:15. You could have no introductory word for 22:16 and begin 22:15 with “And so.”
I say to you
Quote: λέγω & ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
I will certainly not eat it
Quote: οὐ μὴ φάγω αὐτὸ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Since Jesus is just about to eat a Passover meal, he means implicitly that he will not eat such a meal again until the later time he describes. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not eat it again”
until when it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God
Quote: ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. This could mean: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God.” (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom.” (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God.”
Luke 22:17
having taken a cup
Quote: δεξάμενος ποτήριον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the term cup to mean what it contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “Jesus picked up a cup of wine”
and} having given thanks
Quote: εὐχαριστήσας (1)Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
divide {it} among yourselves
Quote: διαμερίσατε εἰς ἑαυτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus meant that the apostles were to divide up the contents of the cup, not the cup itself. Alternate translation: “share the wine that is in this cup among yourselves” or “each of you drink some wine from this cup”
Luke 22:18
For
Quote: γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge
Jesus is giving the reason why he wants his disciples to share the wine, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in 22:16 for how you might do this.
I say to you
Quote: λέγω & ὑμῖν (1)Jesus is using this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
of the fruit of the vine
Quote: ἀπὸ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is referring to the juice that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the fruit or grapes themselves. Wine is made from fermented grape juice. Alternate translation: “wine”
until the kingdom of God comes
Quote: ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Jesus is speaking of the kingdom of God as if it could actively come on its own. Alternate translation: “until God establishes his kingdom”
until the kingdom of God comes
Quote: ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “until God begins to rule as king”
Luke 22:19
bread
Quote: ἄρτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term bread refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. See how you translated this term in 9:13. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread”
bread
Quote: ἄρτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Since Jews did not eat bread made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread”
having given thanks
Quote: εὐχαριστήσας (1)Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
he broke {it
Quote: ἔκλασεν (1)Jesus may have divided the loaf of bread into many pieces, as UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
and gave {it} to them
Quote: καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus gave the bread to the disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat”
This is my body
Quote: τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this phrase. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread”
which is given for you
Quote: τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you”
Do this in my remembrance
Quote: τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus seems to be telling his disciples implicitly that he wants them to re-enact this part of the meal regularly in the future in order to remember him. Alternate translation: “When you meet together, break and share bread like this in order to remember me”
Luke 22:20
And the cup
Quote: καὶ τὸ ποτήριον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And he took the cup”
the cup … This cup
Quote: τὸ ποτήριον & τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
In each case, the term cup means what the cup contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine … The wine in this cup”
is} the new covenant in my blood
Quote: ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified when I shed my blood”
which is poured out for you
Quote: τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be poured out when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for you”
Luke 22:21
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the term behold to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed”
the hand of the one handing me over {is} with me on the table
Quote: ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος με μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus is using one part of this person, his hand, to represent the entire person. There is significance to the part that Jesus chooses. With the same hand with which Judas has just received the bread and wine, he will receive the money for betraying Jesus. Alternate translation: “the man who is going to hand me over is sharing this meal with me”
is} with me on the table
Quote: μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the shared location of the table to mean sharing the meal that is being served on the table. Alternate translation: “sharing this meal with me”
Luke 22:22
For
Quote: ὅτι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge
Jesus is giving the reason why one of his disciples is going to betray him, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in 22:16 for how you might do this.
the Son of Man indeed goes
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & πορεύεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, indeed go”
the Son of Man indeed goes
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & πορεύεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, indeed go”
goes
Quote: πορεύεται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
Jesus is speaking about his impending death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “is going to die”
according to {what} has been determined
Quote: κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “as God has determined”
through whom he is handed over
Quote: δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who hands him over” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who hands me over”
Luke 22:24
Then
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke may use the word Then simply to indicate that the quarrel about which disciple was the greatest took place after the discussion about which disciple would betray Jesus. However, he could also be using the word to indicate that the quarrel arose directly from the discussion. Alternate translation: “As a result”
seems to be greater
Quote: δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων (1)Here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared to be the greatest one” or “people should consider to be the greatest one”
greater
Quote: μείζων (1)Your language might naturally use the comparative form of the adjective here, greater, to express the issue in terms of which one disciple was greater than all the others. Or your language might naturally use the superlative form, “greatest,” to express the issue in terms of which disciple was the greatest of them all. Alternate translation: “the greatest one”
Luke 22:25
The kings of the nations
Quote: οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Here Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that by the nations he means the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “The kings of the Gentiles”
lord it over them
Quote: κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν (1)Alternate translation: “order them around” or “are arrogant and domineering”
are called Benefactors
Quote: εὐεργέται, καλοῦνται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony
The subjects of these rulers did not call them this spontaneously and gratefully. Rather, the rulers gave themselves this title, even though they were not really ruling in a way that was good for their subjects, as Jesus says in the first part of this sentence. Jesus is mentioning the title to emphasize how undeserved it is. Alternate translation: “nevertheless give themselves the title of Benefactor”
are called
Quote: καλοῦνται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “call themselves” or “give themselves the title”
Benefactors
Quote: εὐεργέται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you could express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good”
Luke 22:26
But you {be} not thus
Quote: ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως (1)Alternate translation: “But you should not act like that”
let the greater among you become like the younger
Quote: ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν, γενέσθω ὡς ὁ νεώτερος (1)As the last note to 22:24 discusses, your language might naturally use the superlative form of these adjectives rather than the comparative form. Alternate translation: “let the greatest one among you become like the youngest one”
the greater … the younger
Quote: ὁ μείζων & ὁ νεώτερος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjectives greater and younger as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one”
the younger
Quote: ὁ νεώτερος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This culture respected older people and followed them as leaders. Jesus is referring to a person who was less important and influential by association with the fact that this would be the case if they were younger. Alternate translation: “the least important one”
the one serving
Quote: ὁ διακονῶν (1)Alternate translation: “a servant”
Luke 22:27
For
Quote: γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus uses the word For to introduce a reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. The reason is that he is already setting a personal example of this himself. Alternate translation: “After all”
who {is} greater, the one reclining to eat or the one serving
Quote: τίς & μείζων, ὁ ἀνακείμενος ἢ ὁ διακονῶν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to think about who is greater, the person who is dining, or the who is serving the food.”
the one reclining to eat
Quote: ὁ ἀνακείμενος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated this phrase in 5:29. It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “the person who is dining”
Is it} not the one reclining to eat
Quote: οὐχὶ ὁ ἀνακείμενος? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using a further question to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You must agree that it is the person who is dining.”
But I am in the midst of you as one serving
Quote: ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν εἰμι ὡς ὁ διακονῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus is likely referring to the example that he has set at this meal. This would include serving the bread to the disciples, which Luke describes in 22:19. John 13:4–5 also records that before this meal, Jesus washed the disciples feet, which a household servant would ordinarily have done. Alternate translation: “But I have been acting like a servant here at this meal with you”
Luke 22:28
the ones having continued with me in my trials
Quote: οἱ διαμεμενηκότες μετ’ ἐμοῦ, ἐν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς μου (1)Alternate translation: “the ones who have stayed with me through my struggles”
Luke 22:29
And I grant to you, just as my Father has granted to me, a kingdom
Quote: κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου βασιλείαν (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And so, just as my Father has given a kingdom to me, I am giving one to you”
And I grant to you, just as my Father has granted to me, a kingdom
Quote: κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου βασιλείαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “And so I am giving you the authority to rule, just as my Father has done for me”
And I
Quote: κἀγὼ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Jesus uses this expression to indicate that what he is about to say is the result of what he has just said. Alternate translation: “And so I”
Father
Quote: Πατήρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Father is an important title for God.
Luke 22:30
so that you may eat and drink at my table
Quote: ἵνα ἔσθητε καὶ πίνητε ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus may simply be referring to the way he and his disciples will renew their table fellowship in the kingdom of God, as he described in 22:16. But he may also be referring to his disciples becoming important officials in his kingdom, since such officials would have their meals at the king’s table. Alternate translation: “so that you may be important officials”
in my kingdom
Quote: ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule” and a concrete noun such as “king.” Alternate translation: “when I rule as king”
sit on thrones
Quote: καθῆσθε ἐπὶ θρόνων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
Rulers have thrones that symbolize their authority. These special seats are signs of status and power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. Alternate translation: “sit on royal thrones”
the 12 tribes of Israel
Quote: τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς & τοῦ Ἰσραήλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here Jesus uses the term tribes to refer to the people who belong to those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel”
Luke 22:31
Simon, Simon
Quote: Σίμων, Σίμων (1)Jesus says the name of this disciple twice to show him that what he is about to say to him is very important. Your language may have a way of addressing someone to show this same thing. Alternate translation: “Now Simon”
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus uses the term behold to get Simon to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen”
has asked
Quote: ἐξῃτήσατο (1)Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “has asked God for permission”
to sift you like wheat
Quote: ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
To sift wheat means to put it in a sieve, which is a container with a mesh bottom, and shake it back and forth so that the grain stays in the sieve and the husk or chaff falls out. If your readers would not be familiar with wheat, you could use the name of a grain that they would recognize, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve”
has asked to sift you like wheat
Quote: ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
Jesus is using this comparison to say that Satan wants to put the disciples through difficult experiences in order to show that many of them are not unconditionally loyal to Jesus. You could use this same comparison in your translation, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” or “to test you to show that many of you will not stay loyal to me when threatened”
has asked to sift you like wheat
Quote: ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that God has given Satan permission to do this, and that is why Jesus is giving this warning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to test you to show that many of you are not unconditionally loyal to me, and God has given him permission to do that”
you
Quote: ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Here, you is plural. Jesus is referring to all of the apostles.
Luke 22:32
I have asked
Quote: ἐγὼ & ἐδεήθην (1)Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. In this context the verb has a strong sense. Alternate translation: “I have prayed to God” or “I have pleaded with God”
But I have asked concerning you
Quote: ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
Jesus is addressing Simon specifically, and so the terms you and your are singular.
that your faith may not fail
Quote: ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἡ πίστις σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word not combined with the negative verb fail as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that you will continue to have faith” or “that you will continue to trust me”
when you have turned back
Quote: ποτε ἐπιστρέψας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This expression refers to resuming a previous course of action. Alternate translation: “when you are once more openly loyal to me”
strengthen your brothers
Quote: στήρισον τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus wants Simon to strengthen the other disciples in their faith. Alternate translation: “encourage the other disciples to be strong in their faith as well”
your brothers
Quote: τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the term brothers to mean someone who shares the same belief. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” or “the other disciples”
your brothers
Quote: τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations
Here Jesus has the other apostles, who are all men, initially in view. But he may also want Simon to strengthen the faith of any of his other disciples, male or female, who need encouragement. In that case, he would be using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers”
Luke 22:33
But he said to him
Quote: ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Here he refers to Simon, who was also known as Peter, and the word him refers to Jesus. Jesus calls him Peter in the next verse. So that your readers will know that Jesus is talking to the same man there, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “But Simon Peter said to Jesus”
Luke 22:34
But he said
Quote: ὁ δὲ εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “But Jesus answered”
I say to you
Quote: λέγω σοι (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell Peter. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
the rooster will not crow today before you deny three times that you know me
Quote: οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ εἰδέναι (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “before the rooster crows today, you will deny three times that you know me”
the rooster will not crow today before
Quote: οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins”
the rooster will not crow today before
Quote: οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning”
the rooster
Quote: ἀλέκτωρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun
Jesus is not speaking of one particular rooster but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds”
today
Quote: σήμερον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The Jewish day began at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. That morning was considered part of the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning”
Luke 22:35
without a money bag and sack and sandals
Quote: ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας, καὶ ὑποδημάτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
As in 10:4, Jesus is speaking of these items to mean what they represent. See how you translated these terms there. Alternate translation: “without any money or provisions or extra clothes”
you did not lack anything, did you
Quote: μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, did you? Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?”
you did not lack anything, did you
Quote: μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disciples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question.
Nothing
Quote: οὐθενός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed”
Luke 22:36
the one having a money bag, … the one not having a sword
Quote: ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον & ὁ μὴ ἔχων & μάχαιραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun
Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword”
the one having a money bag, … the one not having a sword
Quote: ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον & ὁ μὴ ἔχων & μάχαιραν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus is giving these instructions specifically to his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “any one of you who has a money bag … any one of you who does not have a sword”
cloak
Quote: τὸ ἱμάτιον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated cloak in 19:35. Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment”
Luke 22:37
For
Quote: γὰρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge
Jesus is giving the reason why the disciples should now be concerned about providing for and protecting themselves, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in 22:16 for how you might do this.
I say to you
Quote: λέγω & ὑμῖν (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Alternate translation: “indeed”
this that is written
Quote: τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what a prophet wrote in the Scriptures”
this that is written
Quote: τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus may be assuming that his disciples know the source and subject of this passage. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it more specifically. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures”
must be accomplished
Quote: δεῖ τελεσθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. The meaning of accomplished is the same as for the word “fulfilled” in 1:1, 1:20, and many other places in the book, even though the Greek verb is different. Alternate translation: “must happen to me”
And he was reckoned with the lawless
Quote: τό καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be more natural in your language to use a singular form here. Alternate translation: “that people would consider me to be a criminal”
he was reckoned with the lawless
Quote: μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective lawless as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal”
he was reckoned with the lawless
Quote: μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal”
For indeed the thing concerning me has an accomplishment
Quote: καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Here Jesus is speaking implicitly about what the Scriptures say about him. Alternate translation: “Yes, what the Scriptures say about me must certainly happen”
Luke 22:38
It is enough
Quote: ἱκανόν ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This could mean: (1) Jesus is indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them”
Luke 22:39
having gone out, he went according to his custom to the Mount of Olives
Quote: ἐξελθὼν, ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke provides this background information about where Jesus went to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Luke has already indicated in 21:37 that during this time in Jerusalem, Jesus did not spend the nights in the city, but rather in this location. Alternate translation: “leaving the city of Jerusalem, Jesus went to spend the night on the Mount of Olives, as he had been doing”
the Mount of Olives
Quote: τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated this place in 19:29. Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain”
Luke 22:40
And having come to the place, he said to them
Quote: γενόμενος δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus and his disciples came to the garden together. Here he refers to Jesus and them refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “And when Jesus and his disciples arrived at the Mount of Olives, he said to them”
Pray not to enter into temptation
Quote: προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun temptation with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “Pray that nothing will tempt you to sin”
Pray not to enter into temptation
Quote: προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implications are that the disciples will soon face the temptation to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that”
Luke 22:41
about the throw of a stone
Quote: ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means “about as far as someone can throw a stone.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could represent this with a general expression or with an estimated measurement. Alternate translation: “a short distance” or “about 30 meters” or “about 100 feet”
having put down his knees
Quote: θεὶς τὰ γόνατα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
As Jesus indicates in his parable in 18:11, the customary posture of prayer in this culture was standing. By kneeling down, Jesus indicated that he was praying urgently about a serious matter. Alternate translation: “after kneeling down to show the urgency of his request”
Luke 22:42
Father
Quote: Πάτερ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Father is an important title for God.
if you are willing, … yours
Quote: εἰ βούλει & τὸ σὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal
Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal forms of you and yours would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship.
remove this cup from me
Quote: παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings”
remove this cup from me
Quote: παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings”
Yet, let not my will, but yours, happen
Quote: πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημά μου, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γινέσθω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is another imperative that should be translated as a request rather than as a command. Alternate translation: “However, please do what is according to your will, rather than what is according to my will”
Luke 22:43
And an angel from heaven appeared to him, strengthening him
Quote: Ὤφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this verse, for those who decide to include it.
appeared to him
Quote: Ὤφθη & αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Appeared does not mean that the angel simply seemed to be there, or that Jesus saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Jesus. Alternate translation: “came there to be with him”
Luke 22:44
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: Καὶ γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο. καὶ Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The two notes below discusses translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it.
he was praying more earnestly
Quote: ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο (1)This could mean: (1) Luke is using the comparative form of the adjective earnest, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) the word has an actual comparative sense. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been praying before”
his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground
Quote: Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. (1) It could describe the appearance of the drops. This would mean that Jesus had been under such stress that the small blood vessels that fed his sweat glands ruptured, and his sweat became mixed with blood. (This is a rare but well-document medical condition known as hematohidrosis.) Alternate translation: “his sweat became mixed with blood and it fell to the ground in drops” (2) It could describe the way in which the drops of sweat fell to the ground. Alternate translation: “he began to sweat so intensely that the sweat formed drops and fell to the ground as blood drops do”
Luke 22:45
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word And to indicate that what he describes next came after what he described just previously. Alternate translation: “Then”
having risen up from the prayer, having come to the disciples, he found
Quote: ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς, εὗρεν (1)Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished praying, he got up and went back to his disciples, and he found”
he found them sleeping from the sorrow
Quote: εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun sorrow with an adjective such as “sad.” Alternate translation: “he saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from being sad”
Luke 22:46
Why are you sleeping
Quote: τί καθεύδετε? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is not looking for information. He is using the question form to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be sleeping now!”
so that you do not enter into temptation
Quote: ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun temptation with a verb such as “tempt.” See how you translated the similar phrase in 22:40. Alternate translation: “so that nothing tempts you to sin”
so that you do not enter into temptation
Quote: ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
As in 22:40, the implications are that the disciples will soon face the temptation to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If you indicated that explicitly in your translation there, you could state something similar here. Alternate translation: “so that when the Jewish leaders arrest me and you are tempted to abandon me to save yourselves, you will not sin by doing that”
Luke 22:47
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
a crowd
Quote: ὄχλος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived”
the one called Judas
Quote: ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man that people called Judas”
one of the Twelve
Quote: εἷς τῶν δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
See how you translated this phrase in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles”
of the Twelve
Quote: τῶν δώδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate Twelve as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here.
was leading them
Quote: προήρχετο αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not the person in charge of the whole group. Alternate translation: “leading them to where Jesus was”
to kiss him
Quote: φιλῆσαι αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. Alternate translation: “to greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “to give him a friendly greeting”
Luke 22:48
are you betraying the Son of Man with a kiss
Quote: φιλήματι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be using a kiss to betray the Son of Man!”
the Son of Man
Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man”
the Son of Man
Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah”
Luke 22:49
the ones around him
Quote: οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν (1)The expression the ones around him refers to Jesus' disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who were around him,”
what} was going to happen
Quote: τὸ ἐσόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders and soldiers who had come were going to arrest Jesus”
if we will strike with a sword
Quote: εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This was an idiomatic way to ask a question. Alternate translation: “should we strike with the sword”
if we will strike with a sword
Quote: εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The disciples may be asking specifically not about what weapon to use, but generally whether they should fight back to prevent Jesus from being arrested. In that case they would be using one kind of weapon, a sword, to mean fighting in general. The disciples said in 22:38 that they had two swords, but they could also have resisted by further means. Alternate translation: “should we fight to defend you”
if we will strike with a sword
Quote: εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Alternatively, the disciples may implicitly be asking whether this was the kind of occasion for which Jesus told them in 22:38 that they should have swords. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you told us we should have swords; should we use them now”
Luke 22:50
a certain one of them
Quote: εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to bring one of the characters into the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his Gospel that it was Peter, but since Luke does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of the disciples who was there”
struck the servant of the high priest
Quote: ἐπάταξεν & τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that this disciple did this with a sword. Alternate translation: “struck the servant of the high priest with a sword”
Luke 22:51
answering, Jesus said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς & ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the disciple had just done. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded”
Allow up to this
Quote: ἐᾶτε ἕως τούτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. It is in the form of a positive statement, but it actually has a strong negative meaning. Alternate translation: “No more of this” or “Do not do anything more like that”
touching his ear, he healed him
Quote: ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὠτίου, ἰάσατο αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
It may be necessary to explain what it means that Jesus touched the servant’s ear, since it had been cut off. Alternate translation: “Jesus put the servant’s ear back in place and healed it” or “Jesus touched the servant at the place where his ear had been cut off and restored it”
Luke 22:52
captains of the temple
Quote: στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this phrase in 22:4. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers”
As against a robber have you come out with swords and clubs
Quote: ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You did not need to bring soldiers with weapons to arrest me, as if I were a bandit!”
As against a robber have you come out with swords and clubs
Quote: ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication, as Jesus will say specifically in the next verse, is that he has demonstrated that he is a peaceful person. He has taught openly and undefened in the temple. He has not gathered an armed band around him and operated from a hidden location. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have seen that I am a peaceful person, yet you come to arrest me bringing soldiers with weapons, as if I were a bandit!”
As against a robber have you come out
Quote: ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this simile. Here, the term robber likely indicates a violent person who steals from others by forcing them to hand over their valuables, threatening to harm them if they refuse. Alternate translation: “as if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force have you come out against me”
swords and clubs
Quote: μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is speaking of these weapons, to mean the soldiers who are carrying them. Alternate translation: “soldiers armed with weapons”
Luke 22:53
in the temple
Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Jesus means the temple courtyard. He is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
you did not lay hands on me
Quote: οὐκ ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ ἐμέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
As in 20:19, here this expression means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their hands. Alternate translation: “you did not arrest me”
this is your hour
Quote: αὕτη ἐστὶν ὑμῶν ἡ ὥρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term hour to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this is a time when you can do whatever you want”
and the authority of the darkness
Quote: καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Jesus is using this phrase to characterize the hour further. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that by repeating the reference to “time” from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when darkness is in authority”
and the authority of the darkness
Quote: καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is referring to Satan as darkness. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when God is allowing Satan to do what he wants”
Luke 22:54
they led {him} away
Quote: ἤγαγον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they led Jesus away from the place where they had arrested him”
But Peter was following from a distance
Quote: ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away”
But Peter was following from a distance
Quote: ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why Peter followed from a distance. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away so that he would not be recognized and arrested himself”
Luke 22:55
they having kindled a fire
Quote: περιαψάντων & πῦρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Here the pronoun they does not mean the same thing as in the previous verse. Luke is not saying that the leaders and soldiers who had arrested Jesus built this fire. Rather, Luke is using the word they in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “some people had started a fire”
they having kindled a fire
Quote: περιαψάντων & πῦρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke is using this phrase to introduce some new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some of the people who were there at the high priest’s house had started a fire”
a fire
Quote: πῦρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Implicitly, the purpose of the fire was to keep the people warm during the cool night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a fire to keep warm”
in the middle of the courtyard
Quote: ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that his readers will know that in this culture, the courtyard of a house had walls around it, but no roof. You may wish to clarify this for your readers. This was an outdoor fire. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the open courtyard”
in the midst of them
Quote: μέσος αὐτῶν (1)Alternate translation: “there together with them”
Luke 22:56
Then a certain servant girl, having seen him
Quote: ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a servant girl there who saw him”
sitting towards the light
Quote: καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς (1)Alternate translation: “sitting facing the light of the fire” or “sitting with his face lit up by the fire”
and looking steadily at him, said
Quote: καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Though this woman was looking at Peter, she was not speaking to him but to the others around them. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “She looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard”
This one also was with him
Quote: καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples”
Luke 22:57
But he denied {it
Quote: ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο (1)Alternate translation: “But Peter said that was not true”
Woman
Quote: γύναι (1)Peter addresses the female servant as Woman because he does not know her name. He is not insulting her by calling her that. If your readers might think he was insulting her, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address a woman he does not know. Alternate translation: “Miss” or “Ma’am”
Luke 22:58
another
Quote: ἕτερος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses the word another to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire”
You also are from them
Quote: καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ (1)Alternate translation: “You are also one of the people who were with Jesus”
Man
Quote: ἄνθρωπε (1)Peter addresses this person as Man because he does not know his name. He is not insulting him by calling him that. If your readers might think he was insulting him, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address another man he does not know. Alternate translation: “Sir”
Luke 22:59
about one hour having passed
Quote: διαστάσης ὡσεὶ ὥρας μιᾶς (1)You can express this in the way your language describes time. Alternate translation: “about an hour later”
a certain other one
Quote: ἄλλος τις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this expression to introduce a further character into the story. Alternate translation: “yet another of the people who was there by the fire”
was insisting
Quote: διϊσχυρίζετο (1)Alternate translation: “kept saying loudly”
this one
Quote: οὗτος (1)The phrase this one refers to Peter. The speaker probably did not know Peter’s name. Alternate translation: “this man”
for he is also a Galilean
Quote: καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The man could probably tell Peter was from Galilee from the way he talked. If it wold be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he speaks with a Galilean accent”
for he is also a Galilean
Quote: καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states.
Luke 22:60
Man
Quote: ἄνθρωπε (1)See how you translated Man in 22:58. Peter did not know the man’s name. He was not insulting him by calling him Man. Alternate translation: “Sir”
I do not know what you are saying
Quote: οὐκ οἶδα ὃ λέγεις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: “what you are saying is not true at all”
while} he was still speaking
Quote: ἔτι λαλοῦντος αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Peter, not to the other man. Alternate translation: “while Peter was speaking”
a rooster crowed
Quote: ἐφώνησεν ἀλέκτωρ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated the similar phrase in 22:34. You may have decided to use a general expression there. Alternate translation: “the birds began to sing”
Luke 22:61
the Lord … of the Lord
Quote: ὁ Κύριος & τοῦ Κυρίου (1)Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus … of the Lord Jesus”
the word of the Lord
Quote: τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Κυρίου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the term word to describe what Jesus had said using words. Alternate translation: “the statement Jesus had made”
a rooster crows
Quote: ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated this phrase in 22:60 and the similar phrase in 22:34. You may have decided to use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds begin to sing”
today
Quote: σήμερον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated today in 22:34. The Jewish day started at sundown and continued to the next evening. Jesus had spoken the previous evening about what would happen shortly before dawn or at dawn, so this was still the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning”
you will deny me three times
Quote: ἀπαρνήσῃ με τρίς (1)Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me”
Luke 22:62
going outside, he wept bitterly
Quote: ἐξελθὼν ἔξω, ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
As the note to 22:55 explains, this was an open-air courtyard, so the people in it were already outside in that sense. This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely outside the house of the high priest. Alternate translation: “Peter went out of the courtyard and away from the house, and he wept bitterly”
Luke 22:63
holding him were mocking {and} beating him
Quote: οἱ συνέχοντες αὐτὸν, ἐνέπαιζον αὐτῷ δέροντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun him refers to Jesus in both cases. Alternate translation: “the soldiers who were guarding Jesus mocked and beat Jesus”
Luke 22:64
And having blindfolded {him
Quote: καὶ περικαλύψαντες αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A “blindfold” is a thick cloth that people tie around the middle of a person’s head to cover the eyes and prevent that person from seeing. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could explain it with a general expression. Alternate translation: “They covered his eyes so that he could not see, and”
Prophesy! Who is the one having hit you
Quote: προφήτευσον, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony
The guards did not believe that Jesus was a prophet. Rather, they believed that a real prophet would know who hit him even if he could not see. When they called Jesus a prophet, they were saying the opposite of what they believed to be true. They were only calling him a prophet to mock him. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet. Tell us who hit you!”
Who is the one having hit you
Quote: τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The guards do not expect Jesus to be able to answer their question. They are really using the question form to give a command, to tell Jesus what he should do if he wants to convince them that he is a prophet. So If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell us who hit you!”
Prophesy
Quote: προφήτευσον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that God would have to tell Jesus who struck him, since Jesus was blindfolded and could not see. Alternate translation: “Speak words from God”
Luke 22:65
blaspheming {him
Quote: βλασφημοῦντες (1)Blaspheming can have a technical sense, as it often does in this book. It can refer to a human being claiming to be God, as the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in 5:21. It can also refer to a human being wrongly denying that something is divine or of divine origin, as the Jewish leaders were afraid the people would consider them to be doing in 20:6. By ironically suggesting that Jesus was not a true prophet, the soldiers actually were guilty of blasphemy in this technical sense. But the word can also have a general sense of “insult,” and that may be the sense in which Luke is using it here. Alternate translation: “insulting him”
Luke 22:66
And when it became day
Quote: καὶ ὡς ἐγένετο ἡμέρα (1)Alternate translation: “As soon as it was light”
they led him into their Sanhedrin
Quote: ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they does not necessarily refer to the elders. Rather, since Jesus was in the custody of the guards, the elders would have had the guards bring Jesus in. Alternate translation: “the elders had Jesus brought into the Sanhedrin” or “the guards led Jesus into the Sanhedrin”
their Sanhedrin
Quote: τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The Sanhedrin is the name of the ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council”
their Sanhedrin
Quote: τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the name of the Jewish ruling council to mean by association the meeting place of that council. Alternate translation: “the place where the Sanhedrin, their ruling council, met”
Sanhedrin
Quote: Συνέδριον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Sanhedrin is the name of a governing body.
Luke 22:67
saying
Quote: λέγοντες (1)It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The elders said to Jesus”
If you are the Christ, tell us
Quote: εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός, εἰπὸν ἡμῖν (1)This sounds like a conditional statement, but it is actually an imperative. Alternate translation: “Tell us whether you are the Messiah”
If I told you, you would certainly not believe
Quote: ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, since that might give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy for claiming to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “Suppose I said that I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not believe me”
Luke 22:68
and if I questioned you, you would certainly not answer
Quote: ἐὰν δὲ ἐρωτήσω, οὐ μὴ ἀποκριθῆτε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
Jesus is using a further hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, in order not to give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not tell me”
if I questioned you
Quote: ἐὰν & ἐρωτήσω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implicit meaning is that Jesus would question them about whether they thought he was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah”
Luke 22:69
from now
Quote: ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν (1)Alternate translation: “after this”
the Son of Man
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”
the Son of Man
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah”
at the right hand of the power of God
Quote: ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
To sit at the right hand … of God means to receive great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God”
of the power of God
Quote: τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
This expression is like a hendiadys, in which two nouns are used together and one of them describes the other. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” or “the all-powerful God”
Luke 22:70
Therefore are you the Son of God
Quote: σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The council asked this question because they wanted Jesus to confirm explicitly their understanding that he was saying he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “So when you said that, did you mean that you are the Son of God”
the Son of God
Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Son of God is an important title that Jesus deserves, even though the elders did not think he deserved it.
You are saying that I am
Quote: ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what the elders are asking about is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is just as you say”
Luke 22:71
Why do we still have need of testimony
Quote: τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The elders are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony!”
Why do we still have need of testimony
Quote: τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implications are that no further testimony is needed to prove a charge of blasphemy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony to prove a charge of blasphemy!”
do we … have … we ourselves have heard
Quote: ἔχομεν & αὐτοὶ & ἠκούσαμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so we and ourselves would be exclusive, if your language marks that form.
For we ourselves have heard from his own mouth
Quote: αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states.
we … have heard from his own mouth
Quote: ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The elders are using the expression his own mouth to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we … have heard what he just said”
we ourselves have heard from his own mouth
Quote: αὐτοὶ & ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we ourselves have heard him say that he is equal with God”
Luke 23
Luke 23 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1–25)
- The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26–49)
- Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50–56)
Special concepts in this chapter
“The curtain of the temple was split in two”
The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.
The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
“Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise”
There are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in 23:42.
(1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term paradise to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so paradise refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term paradise and leave the meaning open to either understanding. (See: Metonymy)
(2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word today describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So today belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.”
Important textual issues in this chapter
“And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” 23:17
This verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it.
“Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” 23:34
This sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not.
If you decide to include either 23:17 or the additional sentence 23:34 in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: Textual Variants)
Luke 23:1
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word And to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then”
the whole multitude of them
Quote: ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The word whole is a generalization. Luke says in 23:51 that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus”
rising up
Quote: ἀναστὰν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ending the meeting”
to Pilate
Quote: ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him”
Luke 23:2
to accuse him
Quote: κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in 20:25, Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could state explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely”
We found … our nation
Quote: εὕρομεν & τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The terms We and our refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction.
perverting our nation
Quote: διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The Jewish leaders speak of Jesus as if he were a guide who was leading someone in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “encouraging our people to do things that are wrong”
forbidding to give tribute
Quote: κωλύοντα φόρους & διδόναι (1)Alternate translation: “telling them not to pay taxes”
to Caesar
Quote: Καίσαρι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
See how you translated Caesar in 20:22. The Jewish leaders are referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government”
Luke 23:3
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη (3)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded”
You say {it
Quote: σὺ λέγεις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Like the similar expression in 22:70, this is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say”
Luke 23:4
and the crowds
Quote: καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase subtly within the narrative to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “and to the crowds that had gathered there”
I find no cause in this man
Quote: οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Pilate means implicitly no cause to convict Jesus of a crime and punish him. Alternate translation: “I do not find this man to be guilty of anything” or “I find no grounds for conviction in this man’s case”
Luke 23:5
they were insisting
Quote: οἱ & ἐπίσχυον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate for trial. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders kept insisting”
He stirs up the people
Quote: ἀνασείει τὸν λαὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The Jewish leaders speak as if Jesus were stirring a pot and putting in motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. They mean that he is encouraging rebellion. Alternate translation: “He encourages the people to rebel”
indeed, beginning from Galilee as far as here
Quote: καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἕως ὧδε (1)It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He began causing trouble in Galilee, and he has done so all the way to here”
Luke 23:6
Pilate, having heard this
Quote: Πειλᾶτος & ἀκούσας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
As the rest of the verse shows, this refers implicitly to Pilate hearing that Jesus had begun teaching in Galilee. Alternate translation: “when Pilate heard that Jesus had begun to teach in Galilee”
asked whether the man was a Galilean
Quote: ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations
If it would be helpful in your language, you could represent this as a direct quotation, as UST does.
the man
Quote: ὁ ἄνθρωπος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The term the man refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
Luke 23:7
having learned that
Quote: ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the Jewish leaders answered Pilate’s question and confirmed that Jesus came from Galilee. Alternate translation: “when the Jewish leaders confirmed to Pilate that”
he was under the authority of Herod
Quote: ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus was under Herod’s authority because Herod was the ruler of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was under the authority of Herod, since Herod ruled over Galilee”
he sent him to Herod
Quote: ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς Ἡρῴδην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication seems to be that Pilate used these grounds to get someone else to decide Jesus’ case. He did not want to decide it himself, because he would either have to release someone the Jewish leaders wanted condemned or else condemn someone he knew was innocent. Alternate translation: “he referred Jesus’ case to Herod so that he would not have to decide it himself”
in those days
Quote: ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Luke is using the term days to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time”
Luke 23:8
desiring to see him … because he had heard about him
Quote: θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν & διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
In these phrases, he refers to Herod and him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “wanting to see Jesus … because he had heard about Jesus”
he was hoping to see some sign happen by him
Quote: ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γινόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Herod wanted to see Jesus perform a miracle”
Luke 23:9
he questioned him in many words
Quote: ἐπηρώτα & αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the term words to refer to what Herod said as he questioned Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod asked Jesus many questions”
answered him nothing
Quote: οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ (1)If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in reply”
Luke 23:10
stood by
Quote: ἵστήκεισαν (1)Alternate translation: “were standing there”
vehemently accusing him
Quote: εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “insisting strongly that Jesus was guilty of doing wrong”
Luke 23:11
despised him
Quote: ἐξουθενήσας & αὐτὸν (1)This does not mean that Herod hated Jesus, but that he treated him as if he were worthless. Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
Having put elegant clothing around {him
Quote: περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτα λαμπρὰν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Herod and his soldiers did this to mock Jesus and to make fun of him, so be sure that your readers do not get the impression that they did this to honor or care for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Dressing him mockingly in beautiful clothes”
Luke 23:12
both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day
Quote: ἐγένοντο & φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke does not say specifically why these two men became friends. This could mean: (1) Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) they realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way”
for they were previously being in hostility between themselves
Quote: προϋπῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὑτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. These two men had to become friends because they had not been friends previously. Alternate translation, as the beginning of the verse, replacing “Then”: “Before this Herod and Pilate had been enemies, but now”
Luke 23:13
the people
Quote: τὸν λαὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
This is a further reference reintroducing these participants, whom Luke first introduced subtly in 23:4. It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to gather. Instead, the crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd of people that was still there”
Luke 23:14
and} said to them, “You brought this man to me
Quote: εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
By this man, Pilate means Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “said to them about Jesus, ‘You brought this man to me’”
as turning the people away
Quote: ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here Pilate uses a figurative term that is similar to the one that the council members use in 23:2 when they accuse Jesus of “misleading” the Jewish nation, meaning that he was encouraging them to do wrong things. The slightly different term that Pilate uses to summarize their charges means that they accused Jesus of turning the people away from their duties to the Roman Empire. It does not mean that Jesus refused to welcome people who came to him for help. Alternate translation: “saying that he encourages the people to be disloyal to the Roman Empire”
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Pilate uses the term behold to get the Jewish leaders and the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed”
I, having examined him before you
Quote: ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
For emphasis, since he is declaring Jesus innocent, Pilate uses the personal pronoun I here when it would not ordinarily be required in Greek. If your language uses pronouns in this same way, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation.
I, having examined him before you, found nothing
Quote: ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας, οὐθὲν εὗρον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term before means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “I have questioned him in your presence, and I have found nothing”
I, having examined him before you, found nothing
Quote: ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας, οὐθὲν εὗρον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the Jewish leaders were witnesses to the proceedings. Alternate translation: “I have questioned him with you present as witnesses, and I have found nothing”
found nothing in this man as cause for what you are accusing against him
Quote: οὐθὲν εὗρον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ αἴτιον ὧν κατηγορεῖτε κατ’ αὐτοῦ (1)See how you translated the similar expression in 23:4. Alternate translation: “found no grounds to convict this man on the charges you are making against him”
Luke 23:15
But neither did Herod
Quote: ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ Ἡρῴδης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Here Pilate is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify his meaning by adding information from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “But Herod did not find any grounds to convict him either”
for he sent him back to us
Quote: ἀνέπεμψεν γὰρ αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason why it is clear that Herod did not consider Jesus guilty.
to us
Quote: πρὸς ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Pilate means that Herod sent Jesus back not just to him and his soldiers, but also to the Jewish leaders who were the accusers in this trial. Since Pilate is speaking specifically to those leaders (he says in the previous verse, “You brought this man to me”), the word us includes the addressees. So it would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction.
nothing that is worthy of death has been done by him
Quote: οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he has not done anything to deserve being put to death”
Luke 23:16
Therefore, having punished him, I will release him
Quote: παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Your readers may find this hard to understand. Since Pilate had found Jesus not guilty, he should have released him without punishing him. The implications are that Pilate punished Jesus anyway, even though he knew he was innocent, to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go”
having punished him
Quote: παιδεύσας & αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Pilate will not administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “after having my soldiers whip him”
Luke 23:17
But he had obligation to release to them one {prisoner} at every feast
Quote: Ἀνάγκην δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it.
But
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
This verse uses the word But to introduce background information that will help readers understand what is happening. In the previous verse, Pilate was saying that Jesus would be the prisoner he was obligated to release. But in the next verse, the crowd shouts for him to release a different man instead. Alternate translation: “Now”
he had obligation
Quote: Ἀνάγκην & εἶχεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Pilate. Alternate translation: “Pilate was obligated”
one {prisoner
Quote: ἕνα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
This verse is using the adjective one as a noun. In context, the term clearly means one prisoner. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity, as ULT does.
at every feast
Quote: κατὰ ἑορτὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
This verse uses the general term feast to mean one feast in particular, Passover. Alternate translation: “during each Passover celebration”
Luke 23:18
they cried out all together
Quote: ἀνέκραγον & πανπληθεὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they refers to the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd shouted together”
Take away this one
Quote: αἶρε τοῦτον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man”
but release to us Barabbas
Quote: ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you could also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead”
release to us
Quote: ἀπόλυσον & ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
When the people in the crowd say us, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive us, you would use the exclusive form here.
Luke 23:19
He had been put in prison for a certain rebellion that happened in the city, and for murder
Quote: ὅστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke provides this background information to explain to his readers who Barabbas was. Alternate translation: “Now Barabbas was a man whom the Romans had put in prison because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem and he had killed people”
He had been put in prison
Quote: ὅστις ἦν & βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “The Romans had put him in prison”
for a certain rebellion that happened in the city
Quote: διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that Barabbas led this rebellion against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem against the Roman government”
Luke 23:20
again addressed them
Quote: πάλιν & προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun them refers to the religious leaders who had accused Jesus and the crowd that was shouting for him to be executed. Alternate translation: “spoke again to the religious leaders and to the people in the crowd”
desiring to release Jesus
Quote: θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this phrase before the previous one, as UST does, since it gives the reason why Pilate spoke to the leaders and the crowd again.
Luke 23:21
Crucify, crucify him
Quote: σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
As a note to 14:27 explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to crucify someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!”
Crucify, crucify him
Quote: σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!”
Luke 23:22
he spoke to them a third time
Quote: ὁ & τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three”
For what evil did this one do
Quote: τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he did not do anything wrong!”
No cause for death have I found in him
Quote: οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ (1)Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
Therefore, having punished him, I will release him
Quote: παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See the note to this same sentence in 23:16. Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go”
having punished him, I will release him
Quote: παιδεύσας & αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Pilate is not going to administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him, and then I will release him”
Luke 23:23
with loud voices
Quote: φωναῖς μεγάλαις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is describing the shouts of the crowd by reference to the voices that the people used to make them. Alternate translation: “with loud shouts”
for him to be crucified
Quote: αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “that Pilate have his soldiers crucify Jesus”
their voices prevailed
Quote: κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of the voices as if they were a living thing that actively overcame Pilate’s reluctance. Alternate translation: “the crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate”
Luke 23:24
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the people in the crowd overcame his reluctance with their shouts, Pilate agreed to do what they wanted. Alternate translation: “So”
for their demand to happen
Quote: γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν (1)Alternate translation: “to do what the crowd was demanding”
Luke 23:25
the one that had been put in prison
Quote: τὸν & βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this means Barabbas. Alternate translation: “Barabbas, whom the Romans had put in prison”
had been put in prison
Quote: βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison”
but he handed over Jesus to their will
Quote: τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
Luke speaks of the will of the people as if it were a living thing into whose custody Pilate delivered Jesus. Alternate translation: “but he ordered his soldiers to do to Jesus what the crowd had demanded”
Luke 23:26
as they led him away
Quote: ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν (1)Alternate translation: “while the soldiers were leading Jesus away from where Pilate had judged him”
seizing Simon, … they put
Quote: ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά & ἐπέθηκαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put”
Simon, a certain Cyrenean coming from the country
Quote: Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat this information about this man, where he was from, and what he was doing as background information and put it first in the verse, as UST does.
Simon, a certain Cyrenean
Quote: Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who was from the city of Cyrene”
a … Cyrenean
Quote: Κυρηναῖον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
The term Cyrenean is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Cyrene.
coming from the country
Quote: ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ (1)Alternate translation: “who was coming into Jerusalem from the countryside”
they put the cross on him
Quote: ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν (1)Alternate translation: “the soldiers put the cross on his shoulders”
behind Jesus
Quote: ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ (1)Alternate translation: “and made him walk along behind Jesus carrying it”
Luke 23:27
a great crowd of the people was following him, and of women
Quote: ἠκολούθει & αὐτῷ πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ γυναικῶν (1)The women were part of the large crowd. They were not in a separate crowd of their own. Alternate translation: “a great crowd of people, which included women, was following him”
and of women mourning and wailing for him
Quote: καὶ γυναικῶν αἳ ἐκόπτοντο καὶ ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next, when Jesus speaks to these women. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now the crowd included women who were mourning and wailing for Jesus”
mourning
Quote: ἐκόπτοντο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
See the note to mourning at 8:52, and see how you translated this word there. It could mean that the women were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, as was customary in this culture, or it could mean more generally that they were expressing their sorrow over what was happening to Jesus. Alternate translation: “pounding on their chests”
was following him
Quote: ἠκολούθει & αὐτῷ (1)Here, the word following is not figurative. It does not mean that these people were Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “were walking along behind him”
Luke 23:28
Daughters of Jerusalem
Quote: θυγατέρες Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 13:34, Jesus is describing people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the children of the city and it was their mother. Alternate translation: “You women who live in Jerusalem”
weep for yourselves and for your children
Quote: ἐφ’ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus does not say specifically why the women should weep for themselves and for their children, but the implication from what he says in 23:31 is that they should weep because even worse things are going to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “weep for yourselves and for your children, because even worse things are going to happen to you”
Luke 23:29
For
Quote: ὅτι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge
Jesus is giving the reason why the women of Jerusalem should weep for themselves and their children, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in 22:16 for how you might do this.
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the term behold to get the women to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed”
days are coming in which
Quote: ἔρχονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when”
in which they will say
Quote: ἐν αἷς ἐροῦσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Here Jesus is using the pronoun they in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “when people will say”
they will say, ‘Blessed {are} the barren, yes, the wombs that did not give birth and breasts that did not nurse
Quote: ἐροῦσιν, μακάριαι αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will say that women are fortunate if they never had children, if they never gave birth or nursed babies”
the barren, yes, the wombs that did not give birth and breasts that did not nurse
Quote: αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
After speaking of women who were barren, that is, who did not have children, Jesus describes the same women in more detail. He is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases, as UST does.
the wombs that did not give birth and breasts that did not nurse
Quote: αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
These are two figures of speech in which Jesus is using one part of a person to represent the entire person. Alternate translation: “women who have never given birth or nursed”
Luke 23:30
Then
Quote: τότε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous
Here, Then does not mean that people would say this after what they said in the previous verse. Rather, it means that they would say this at the same time that they were saying that. Alternate translation: “At that time”
they will begin to say
Quote: ἄρξονται λέγειν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Here Jesus is likely using the pronoun they in an indefinite sense, as in the previous verse. He probably does not have specific individuals in mind. However, the general reference may be to the people of Jerusalem, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “people will begin to say” or “the people of Jerusalem will begin to say”
to say to the mountains, ‘Fall on us,’ and to the hills, ‘Cover us
Quote: λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe
Jesus is saying that at this time people will address something they know cannot hear them in order to express in a strong way what they are feeling. Alternate translation: “to say that they wished the mountains would fall on them and the hills would cover them”
to say to the mountains, ‘Fall on us,’ and to the hills, ‘Cover us
Quote: λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes
If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to tell the mountains to fall on them and the hills to cover them”
Fall on us,’ … Cover us
Quote: πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς & καλύψατε ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but since the people cannot order the mountains and hills to do this, they would be using the imperative to express their wishes. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us … We wish you would cover us”
Fall on us,’ … Cover us
Quote: πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς & καλύψατε ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The people do not want the mountains and hills to fall on them to harm them, but rather to protect them. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us to protect us … We wish you would cover us to protect us”
Fall on us,’ … Cover us
Quote: πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς & καλύψατε ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
When the people say us, they are referring to themselves only, not to the mountains and hills as well. So here, use the exclusive form of us if your language marks that distinction.
Luke 23:31
For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry
Quote: ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This is a figure of speech based on the idea that dry wood catches fire much more easily than moist wood. The fire, in turn, represents terrible things that people will experience. Jesus is saying that under the present relatively stable conditions, it was difficult for his enemies to arrest him and sentence him to death. In the future, conditions will become so desperate and chaotic that people will be able to do much worse things much more easily. He is probably referring to what conditions will be like during the siege and destruction of Jerusalem, which he described in 21:20–24. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, and you could represent the metaphor itself as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “If people are able to do this when conditions are good, what will they do when conditions become very bad?”
For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry
Quote: ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus does not expect the women to tell him what people will do in the future. Rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since people are doing this when conditions are good, they will certainly do much worse when conditions become very bad!”
they do these things
Quote: ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Here Jesus is using the pronoun they in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “people are doing these things”
in the moist tree
Quote: ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is fresh” or “when the wood is wet”
tree
Quote: ξύλῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the term tree to refer to wood that comes from a tree. Alternate translation: “wood”
tree
Quote: ξύλῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
A tree is a large plant with a hard exterior that people use for fuel and as building material. If your readers would not know what a tree is, or if people do not use wood from a tree as fuel in your area, you could use the name of something else that they use for fuel, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “burning material”
in the dry
Quote: ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is dry”
in the dry
Quote: ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective dry as a noun. In context, the term means dry wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry”
Luke 23:32
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
others, two criminals, were also being led away with him
Quote: ἤγοντο & καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “with him the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals,”
others, two criminals, were also being led away
Quote: ἤγοντο & καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
If your language does use passive verb forms, and if it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual form if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject.
And others, two criminals, were also being led away
Quote: ἤγοντο δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “And there were two other men, who were criminals, who were also being led away”
others, two criminals
Quote: ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish
This does not mean “two other criminals,” which would imply that Jesus was also a criminal. Jesus was innocent, even though the Romans were treating him as if he were a criminal. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “two other men, who actually were criminals”
to be put to death
Quote: ἀναιρεθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they could execute them”
Luke 23:33
when they came to the place
Quote: ὅτε ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they includes the soldiers, the criminals, and Jesus. Alternate translation: “when they all arrived at the place”
that is called
Quote: τὸν καλούμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that people call”
The Skull
Quote: Κρανίον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
The Skull is the name of a place. Even though it consists of an article and a common noun, translate it following the conventions of your language for names.
they crucified him
Quote: ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
In this case the pronoun they refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers crucified Jesus”
they crucified him
Quote: ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated the term “crucify” in 23:21. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers nailed Jesus to a cross to execute him”
one at the right and one at the left
Quote: ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Luke is using the adjectives right and left as nouns to indicate locations. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply a noun such as “side” for clarity. Alternate translation: “they crucified one criminal at Jesus’ right side and the other criminal at Jesus’ left side”
Luke 23:34
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: But Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing” (0)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. The next four notes below discuss translation issues in the sentence, for those who decide to include it.
But
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Luke uses the word But to introduce a contrast between what the Roman soldiers were doing to Jesus and the way in which Jesus responded. It would appropriate to indicate a strong contrast here. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless”
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing (0)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in Jesus’ prayer, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that Jesus is requesting in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Father, they do not know what they are doing, so please forgive them”
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: Father (0)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Father is an important title for God.
[GL Quote Not Found!]
Quote: forgive them (0)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive them”
But, dividing up his robes, they cast a lot
Quote: διαμεριζόμενοι δὲ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἔβαλον κλῆρον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then the Roman soldiers cast a lot to decide which of them would get each piece of Jesus’ clothing”
they cast a lot
Quote: ἔβαλον κλῆρον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term lot refers to an object with different markings on various sides that would be used to decide randomly among several possibilities. It would be tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with a lot, you could state that they it was “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers gambled”
Luke 23:35
And the people stood by watching, and the rulers were also ridiculing him
Quote: καὶ ἵστήκει, ὁ λαὸς θεωρῶν ἐξεμυκτήριζον, δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the people who stood by watching were also ridiculing Jesus. Alternate translation: “People had come to watch the crucifixion and they ridiculed Jesus, and the Jewish leaders ridiculed him as well”
the rulers
Quote: οἱ ἄρχοντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Here rulers refers specifically to the Jewish leaders, not to the Roman rulers of the area. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders”
He saved others
Quote: ἄλλους ἔσωσεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony
Here the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus saved other people. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people”
He saved others
Quote: ἄλλους ἔσωσεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus saved others by doing miracles on their behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them”
He saved others; let him save himself, if he is the Christ of God, the Chosen One
Quote: ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν, εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἐκλεκτός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
The Jewish leaders are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the Messiah whom God has sent. Then he ought to be able to save himself; after all, he supposedly saved others”
let him save himself
Quote: σωσάτω ἑαυτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “let him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross”
the Chosen One
Quote: ὁ ἐκλεκτός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
The leaders are using the adjective Chosen as a noun. ULT adds the term One to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen”
the Chosen One
Quote: ὁ ἐκλεκτός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This is a title, not a description, so translate it following the conventions in your language for titles, for example, by capitalizing the main words.
Luke 23:36
Then the soldiers also mocked him, coming up {and} offering him vinegar
Quote: ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders mocked Jesus by offering him vinegar, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. This could mean: (1) since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” (2) the soldiers may have mocked Jesus just by offering him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink”
Luke 23:37
If you are the King of the Jews, save yourself
Quote: εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo
The soldiers are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose you really are the King of the Jews. Then save yourself”
save yourself
Quote: σῶσον σεαυτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross. Alternate translation: “do a miracle to save yourself from dying on that cross”
Luke 23:38
And there was also an inscription over him
Quote: ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is referring to a placard that the soldiers placed above Jesus by association with the fact that it bore an inscription, that is, something that the soldiers had written on it. Alternate translation: “The soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written”
And there was also an inscription over him
Quote: ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony
The soliders did not really believe that Jesus was the King of the Jews. Rather, putting up this placard was another of the ways in which they mocked him. So the sign said the opposite of what the people who wrote it actually believed. Alternate translation: “the soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written mockingly”
Luke 23:39
having been hung
Quote: κρεμασθέντων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers had hung on a cross next to Jesus”
blasphemed him
Quote: ἐβλασφήμει αὐτόν (1)As in 22:65, the term blasphemed here likely has the general sense of “insulted,” although technically this criminal was guilty of blasphemy in the more specific sense, since he was suggesting that Jesus was not the Messiah. Alternate translation: “insulted him”
Are you not the Christ
Quote: οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The criminal is using the question form to mock Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I thought you were supposed to be the Messiah!”
Save yourself and us
Quote: σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony
The criminal did not really think that Jesus could rescue himself and the two criminals from dying by crucifixion. Instead, he is telling Jesus to do this in order to suggest that Jesus actually cannot do it. So he is saying the opposite of what he actually believes. Alternate translation: “But it looks like you can’t save yourself or us”
us
Quote: ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
Since this criminal is using the term us to mean himself and the other criminal, but not Jesus, the term us would be exclusive here, if your language marks that distinction.
Luke 23:40
But answering, the other, rebuking him, said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ἔφη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answering and said mean that the second criminal rebuked the first one in response to what he said to Jesus. You could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “But the other criminal responded, rebuking him”
the other
Quote: ὁ ἕτερος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Luke is using the adjective other as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun “criminal” for clarity. Alternate translation: “the other criminal”
Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment
Quote: οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The second criminal does not expect the first criminal to tell him whether he fears God. Rather, the second criminal is using the question form to rebuke the first criminal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God, since you are dying on a cross just as he is!”
Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment
Quote: οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God and show more respect for this godly man, since you are dying on a cross just as he is, and you will soon have to face God and answer for your actions!”
you are under the same judgment
Quote: ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The second criminal is using the word judgment to mean the punishment to which the first criminal was sentenced when the Romans pronounced judgment on him. Alternate translation: “you are being executed on a cross just as he is”
Luke 23:41
we … we are receiving … we did
Quote: ἡμεῖς & ἐπράξαμεν & ἀπολαμβάνομεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The second criminal, speaking to the first criminal, is using the term we to mean himself and the first criminal. So we would be inclusive in all these cases, if your language marks that distinction.
we … we are receiving … we did
Quote: ἡμεῖς & ἐπράξαμεν & ἀπολαμβάνομεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
Since the term we refers to two people here, it would be in the dual form if your language uses that form.
we justly
Quote: ἡμεῖς & δικαίως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
The second criminal is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we are receiving this punishment justly”
worthy of what we did
Quote: ἄξια & ὧν ἐπράξαμεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
The second criminal is using the adjective worthy as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did”
this one
Quote: οὗτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
The second criminal is using the adjective this as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun one to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man”
Luke 23:42
And he said
Quote: καὶ ἔλεγεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to the second criminal, who continues speaking, now to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The second criminal then said”
remember me
Quote: μνήσθητί μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 1:72, the word remember here describes Jesus thinking about this second criminal and considering what action he can take on his behalf. It does not suggest that Jesus would forget about him. Alternate translation: “do what you could to help me”
remember me
Quote: μνήσθητί μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do what you can to help me”
when you come into your kingdom
Quote: ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
To come into a kingdom means to begin to rule as king, as UST indicates. Alternate translation: “when you begin to rule as king”
Luke 23:43
he said to him
Quote: εἶπεν αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun him refers to the second criminal. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to this criminal”
Truly I say to you
Quote: ἀμήν, σοι λέγω (1)Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the criminal. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
today you will be with me in paradise
Quote: σήμερον μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ Παραδείσῳ (1)See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of how the term today belongs with this promise that Jesus is making to the criminal, and not with the introduction to the statement. Alternate translation: “you will be with me in paradise today”
paradise
Quote: τῷ Παραδείσῳ (1)See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the term paradise. Alternate translation: “in the place where people whom God has accepted go when they die”
Luke 23:44
And it was already
Quote: καὶ ἦν ἤδη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was”
about the sixth hour
Quote: ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη (1)In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
about the sixth hour
Quote: ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six”
darkness happened over the whole land
Quote: σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν (1)The term translated as land could refer to: (1) a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
darkness happened over the whole land
Quote: σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is over the land. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark”
until the ninth hour
Quote: ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης (1)This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three o’clock in the afternoon”
until the ninth hour
Quote: ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine”
Luke 23:45
The sun failed
Quote: τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
This means that the sun, as if it were an active agent, failed to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun”
and the curtain of the temple was split in the middle
Quote: ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action.
the curtain of the temple
Quote: τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place”
the curtain of the temple was split
Quote: ἐσχίσθη & τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple”
in the middle
Quote: μέσον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication, as the General Notes to this chapter explain, is that God tearing the curtain opened the way into the Most Holy Place. And so in the middle means not “across the middle,” from side to side, but “down through the middle,” from top to bottom. Alternate translation: “into two pieces, from top to bottom”
Luke 23:46
crying out with a loud voice
Quote: φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly”
Father
Quote: Πάτερ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Father is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father”
into your hands I entrust my spirit
Quote: εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ Πνεῦμά μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using God’s hands to represent God’s care. Alternate translation: “I give my spirit to you, knowing you will care for it”
my spirit
Quote: τὸ Πνεῦμά μου (1)The spirit of a person lives on after they die. So you could also translate this as a reference to Jesus’ life after death. Alternate translation: “my life”
he expired
Quote: ἐξέπνευσεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism
Luke is describing the death of Jesus in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “he died”
Luke 23:47
the centurion
Quote: ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that this was the Roman officer who was in charge of the other Roman soldiers who crucified Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Roman officer in charge of the crucifixion”
the thing having happened
Quote: τὸ γενόμενον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This expression is singular and so it refers to the immediately preceding event, the death of Jesus. (The expression is plural in the next verse, where it refers to all of the events of the crucifixiion.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had entrusted his spirit to God when he died”
was glorifying God, saying
Quote: ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων (1)This means that the centurion glorified God by what he said. Alternate translation: “was bringing honor to God by saying”
this man was righteous
Quote: ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν (1)Alternate translation: “this man had not done anything wrong”
Luke 23:48
that had come together for this spectacle
Quote: συνπαραγενόμενοι & ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The term spectacle describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions”
returned
Quote: ὑπέστρεφον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that the people in the crowds returned to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes”
beating their breasts
Quote: τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
As in 18:13, this was a physical expression of great sorrow. Alternate translation: “hitting their chests to express their great sorrow”
Luke 23:49
all the ones acquainted with him
Quote: πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Luke is using the adjective acquainted as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term ones to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus”
all the ones acquainted with him
Quote: πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
These means implicitly all the people in the crowd that had come to watch the crucifixion who knew Jesus. It does not mean the disciples, since they had fled and were hiding. Rather, it means other people in Jerusalem who knew Jesus personally, which could include people such as the ones who lent him the colt in 19:30–33 and the one who provided the room for the Passover meal in 22:11–13. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the crowd who knew Jesus”
the women following him from Galilee
Quote: γυναῖκες αἱ συνακολουθοῦσαι αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Here, followed does not have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Rather, the implication is that the women whom Luke describes in 8:2–3, who accompanied Jesus and his disciples and provided for them out of their own means, had traveled with the group here to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the women who helped Jesus and his disciples, who had traveled with him from Galilee”
these things
Quote: ταῦτα (1)Alternate translation: “what happened”
Luke 23:50
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term behold to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
a man, Joseph by name, being a council member, a good and righteous man
Quote: ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι Ἰωσὴφ, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. It may be helpful to make this more than one sentence. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Joseph who was a member of the Sanhedrin. He was a good and righteous man”
Joseph
Quote: Ἰωσὴφ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Joseph is the name of a man.
a council member
Quote: βουλευτὴς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The term council refers implicitly to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling council whose name Luke provides in 22:66. You could use that name here. If so, see how you translated this phrase there.
a good and righteous man
Quote: ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
The terms good and righteous mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very upright man”
Luke 23:51
this one had not agreed with the council and their action
Quote: (οὗτος οὐκ ἦν συνκατατεθειμένος τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν) (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke provides this background information about Joseph to help readers understand what happens in the next verse, when Joseph asks Pilate for permission to bury Jesus’ body. It may be helpful to make this a continuation of the last sentence in the previous verse, since it also shows that Joseph was a “good and righteous man,” as that sentence says. Alternate translation: “who had not agreed with the action of the council”
the council and their action
Quote: τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Luke is using a figure of speech in which two nouns are connected with the word and, and one of the nouns describes the other. Alternate translation: “the action of the council”
the council and their action
Quote: τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “the decision of the Sanhedrin to condemn Jesus for blasphemy”
from Arimathea, a city of the Jews
Quote: ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, πόλεως τῶν Ἰουδαίων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Since Joseph was a member of the Sanhedrin, he had likely come to live in Jerusalem, so Luke would mean that he was originally from Arimathea. Joseph had not come from Arimathea to Jerusalem for this occasion. Alternate translation: “who was originally from Arimathea, a city in Judea”
Arimathea
Quote: Ἁριμαθαίας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Arimathea is the name of a city.
who was waiting for the kingdom of God
Quote: ὃς προσεδέχετο τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 2:25 and 2:38, the term waiting does not mean passively waiting for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. See how you translated the term in those places. Alternate translation: “who was eagerly anticipating the coming of the kingdom of God” or “who was looking forward to the coming of the kingdom of God”
Luke 23:52
This one
Quote: οὗτος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This one implicitly means Joseph. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that it was Joseph who went to Pilate by using his name, as UST does, or by saying “this man.”
This one, having approached Pilate, asked for the body of Jesus
Quote: οὗτος, προσελθὼν τῷ Πειλάτῳ, ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that Joseph requested the body of Jesus so that he could give it a proper burial. Ordinarily, to make crucifixion as gruesome a death as possible, the Romans left the dead bodies of people who had been crucified on the crosses to be eaten by wild animals, and they then burned whatever remained in the Valley of Hinnom where, as a note to 12:5 explains, refuse was thrown and fires burned continually. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why Joseph asked for Jesus’ body. You could also specify that Pilate gave Joseph permission to bury Jesus, as UST does. Alternate translation: “This man went to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it”
Luke 23:53
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When Pilate gave Joseph permission to take Jesus’ body down from the cross and bury it, Joseph did so. Alternate translation: “So”
he wrapped it in a linen cloth
Quote: ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and he wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “and he prepared it for burial”
in a linen cloth
Quote: σινδόνι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term linen cloth refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have linen in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fine cloth”
a hewn tomb
Quote: μνήματι λαξευτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
This means specifically a burial place that had been cut or chiseled out of rock, most likely into the face of a cliff, as UST suggests. You could express that more specifically, or you could use a general expression if there are no rock cliffs in your area and readers might not understand the meaning. Alternate translation: “a tomb that had been chiseled out of rock” or “a special burial place”
where no one ever had lain
Quote: οὗ οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς οὔπω κείμενος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives
Here Luke uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis, “where no one not yet had not lain.” This stresses the honor that Joseph was showing Jesus by putting his body in a tomb that was being used for the very first time. If your language uses multiple negatives for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You might express the emphasis in other ways, and it may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No body had ever before been put in that tomb”
Luke 23:54
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background
Luke uses And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
it was the Day of Preparation
Quote: ἡμέρα ἦν παρασκευῆς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this Day was used in Preparation for. Alternate translation: “the day when people made preparations for the Sabbath, the Jewish day of rest, since they could not do any work then”
the Sabbath was dawning
Quote: Σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
For the Jews, the day began at sunset. But Luke speaks of this day dawning to mean that it was about to begin, even though this would happen at sunset rather than at sunrise. Alternate translation: “it was nearly sunset, when the Sabbath would begin”
Luke 23:55
who had come out of Galilee with him
Quote: αἵτινες ἦσαν συνεληλυθυῖαι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας αὐτῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The expression had come out is an idiom that means to have traveled from a place. Alternate translation: “who had traveled from the region of Galilee with Jesus”
having followed after
Quote: κατακολουθήσασαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “followed Joseph when he took the body of Jesus away”
the tomb and how his body was put
Quote: τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Luke is using a figure of speech in which two phrases are connected with the word and, and one of the phrases describes the other. Alternate translation: “the tomb where Joseph put the body of Jesus”
how his body was put
Quote: ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “how Joseph put the body of Jesus there”
Luke 23:56
having returned
Quote: ὑποστρέψασαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state where the women returned. Alternate translation: “returning to the place where they were staying in Jerusalem”
they prepared spices and ointments
Quote: ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
In keeping with the burial customs of the time, the women prepared these spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body, to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. Alternate translation: “they prepared spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body”
spices and ointments
Quote: ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The spices were sweet-smelling substances that were dry, and the ointments were sweet-smelling substances that were moist. If your readers would not be familiar with spices and ointments, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sweet-smelling substances”
they rested
Quote: ἡσύχασαν (1)Alternate translation: “the women did not do any work”
according to the commandment
Quote: κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν (1)Alternate translation: “as Moses had commanded in the law”
Luke 24
Luke 24 General Notes
Structure and formatting
- The women go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (24:1–12)
- Two disciples meet Jesus on a journey to Emmaus (24:13–35)
- Jesus, risen from the dead, appears to his disciples (24:36–53)
Special concepts in this chapter
The loyalty of the women
Many of Luke’s original readers would have thought that women were less important than men. But Luke carefully demonstrates that some women who loved Jesus very much showed him greater loyalty than the twelve disciples did. While the disciples ran away and hid, the women lovingly cared for Jesus’ body, and as a result, they were the first to learn that he had risen from the dead.
Resurrection
Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body (Luke 24:38–43).
Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
“the third day”
This expression occurs three times in this chapter, in 24:7, 24:21, and 24:46. See the explanation of this expression in the note to Luke 18:33. In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” By that way of reckoning time, since Jesus died on a Friday, when he rose from the dead on a Sunday, that was the “third day.”
Two men in bright shining robes
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about angels in white clothing speaking with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Matthew and John call them angels, while Mark and Luke call them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human form. Luke and John write about both angels, while Matthew and Mark write about only one of them. It would be best to translate each of these passages as it appears in ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1–2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)
Luke 24:1
on the first of the week
Quote: τῇ & μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This implicitly means the first day of the week. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week”
on the first of the week
Quote: τῇ & μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean first. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week”
deeply at dawn
Quote: ὄρθρου βαθέως (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the first light of dawn” or “as dawn was just beginning to break”
they came to the tomb
Quote: ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they refers to the women whom Luke describes in 23:55–56. Alternate translation: “these women returned to the tomb”
Luke 24:2
they found the stone having been rolled away
Quote: εὗρον & τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον (1)Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
the stone having been rolled away
Quote: τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that someone had rolled away the stone”
the stone
Quote: τὸν λίθον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was a large, cut, round stone that was big enough to completely block the entrance to the tomb. It had been put in place to seal off the entrance, and it would have required several people to move it. Alternate translation: “the large stone that had been put in place at the entrance to the tomb”
Luke 24:3
having entered
Quote: εἰσελθοῦσαι (1)Alternate translation: “once they entered the tomb”
they did not find the body of the Lord Jesus
Quote: οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
You can state explicitly that they did not find the body because it was not there. Alternate translation: “they discovered that the body of the Lord Jesus was not there”
Luke 24:4
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
and
Quote: καὶ (2)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential
Luke uses the word and to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then”
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
Luke 24:5
as they became terrified … they said to them
Quote: ἐμφόβων & γενομένων αὐτῶν & εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The first instance of they refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them”
bowed their faces toward the ground
Quote: κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
Looking down at the ground was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze”
they said to them
Quote: εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking.
Why are you seeking the living among the dead
Quote: τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!”
the living among the dead
Quote: τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
The men are using the adjectives living and dead as nouns to refer to groups of people. (The term living is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died”
Luke 24:6
he was raised up
Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The term raised is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “was brought back to life”
he was raised up
Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has made him alive again”
Remember how he spoke to you
Quote: μνήσθητε ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν (1)Alternate translation: “Remember that he said to you”
to you
Quote: ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you
The word you is plural. It refers to the women, and possibly also to Jesus’ disciples. If your language has a form of you that includes both the addressees and a larger group besides, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “all of you”
to you, still being in Galilee
Quote: ὑμῖν, ἔτι ὢν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ (1)Alternate translation: “to you when he was still in Galilee”
Luke 24:7
saying that
Quote: λέγων & ὅτι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations
These words introduce an indirect quotation. You could also translate what follows as a direct quotation, as UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving what follows as an indirect quotation.
the Son of Man to be handed over
Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & παραδοθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone to betray the Son of Man”
the Son of Man
Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person
When Jesus said this, he was referring to himself in the third person. If you decide to represent this as a direct quotation, and If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man”
the Son of Man
Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “him, the Messiah” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “me, the Messiah”
into the hands of sinful men
Quote: εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 9:44, hands here represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give sinful men power over him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and give sinful men power over me”
and to be crucified
Quote: καὶ σταυρωθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “and for those sinful men to crucify him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and for those sinful men to crucify me”
and on the third day to rise up
Quote: καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this phrase in 9:22. Alternate translation: “and after spending the next full day in the grave, to come back to life on the day after that”
on the third day
Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two”
to rise up
Quote: ἀναστῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus spoke of coming back to life in this way, since it involved coming up out of the grave. Alternate translation: “to come back to life”
Luke 24:8
they remembered his words
Quote: ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the term words to describe the statement that Jesus made using words. Alternate translation: “the women remembered what Jesus had said”
Luke 24:9
to the Eleven
Quote: τοῖς ἕνδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
This expression is equivalent to “the Twelve,” which occurs in 8:1 and several other places in the book. See how you translated this term there. Luke now says the Eleven because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective “Twelve” with an equivalent phrase. If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “the 11 men who remained of those whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles”
to the Eleven
Quote: τοῖς ἕνδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Alternatively, you may have decided in 8:1 to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing with the Eleven here.
and to all the rest
Quote: καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Implicitly this means all the other disciples of Jesus who were together with the 11 apostles at that time. Alternate translation: “and to all the rest of the disciples who were with them”
Luke 24:10
And
Quote: δὲ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke uses the word And to introduce some background information, specifically, the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there. Alternate translation: “Now”
Joanna
Quote: Ἰωάννα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Joanna is the name of a woman.
Mary the {mother} of James
Quote: Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Mary is the name of a woman, and James is the name of her son.
Luke 24:11
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Luke uses the word And to introduce a contrast between the exciting good news that the women were sharing and the disbelieving reaction of the people they shared it with. Alternate translation: “But”
these words
Quote: τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the term words to describe the report that the women gave using words. Alternate translation: “what the women were saying”
before them
Quote: ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses this expression, which means “in front them,” to mean “where they could see.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in their opinion”
and
Quote: καὶ (2)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
This phrase describes the result of the fact that the report seemed like nonsense to the apostles and other believers. Alternate translation: “so”
they disbelieved them
Quote: ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The word they refers to the apostles and other believers, and the word them refers to the women. Alternate translation: “so the apostles and other believers did not believe the women”
Luke 24:12
having risen up
Quote: ἀναστὰς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that Peter had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “taking initiative”
having stooped down
Quote: παρακύψας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Peter had to bend over in order to see inside the tomb because tombs cut in solid rock were very low. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bending at the waist in order to look into the low tomb”
he sees
Quote: βλέπει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense
To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
only the linen cloths
Quote: τὰ ὀθόνια μόνα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The phrase the linen cloths refers to the cloths that Joseph of Arimathea used to wrap Jesus’ body when he was buried, as described in 23:53. The implication is that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which Jesus’ body had been wrapped, but the body was not there”
the linen cloths
Quote: τὰ ὀθόνια (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
The term linen cloths refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have linen in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fine cloths”
he went away to his {home}, wondering {what} had happened
Quote: ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, θαυμάζων τὸ γεγονός (1)This phrase can be understood in two different ways, depending on how the words in it are grouped together. Different versions of the Bible interpret this differently. If there is already a version of the Bible in your area, see how it translates this. You may wish to translate it in the same way. Otherwise, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (1) If the grouping is “he went away, to himself wondering,” then the meaning is as in ULT and UST. (2) If the grouping is “he went away to himself, wondering,” then the meaning is that Peter went back to his own home. Alternate translation: “he went away to his home, wondering what had happened”
Luke 24:13
behold
Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses the word behold to introduce a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you could use it here.
on that same day, two of them were going to a distant village
Quote: δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἦσαν πορευόμενοι εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background
Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “there were two disciples who were going to a distant village on that same day”
two of them
Quote: δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The word them refers to Jesus’ disciples, but not specifically to the apostles, since at the end of this episode, these two men return to Jerusalem and report to the apostles. Alternate translation: “two of Jesus’ disciples”
on that same day
Quote: ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Alternate translation: “on the same day when the women found that the tomb was empty”
that {was named} Emmaus, 60 stadia from Jerusalem
Quote: σταδίους ἑξήκοντα ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ, ᾗ ὄνομα Ἐμμαοῦς (1)It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The name of the village was Emmaus, and it was 60 stadia from Jerusalem”
Emmaus
Quote: Ἐμμαοῦς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Emmaus is the name of a village.
60 stadia
Quote: σταδίους ἑξήκοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance
The word stadia is the plural of “stadium,” a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. Alternate translation: “about eleven kilometers” or “about seven miles”
Luke 24:14
all these things that had happened
Quote: πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what these things means. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had been arrested and crucified, and how the women had said his body was no longer in the tomb”
Luke 24:15
And it happened
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
Jesus himself
Quote: αὐτὸς Ἰησοῦς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The word himself emphasizes the fact that it was truly Jesus who joined them as they walked. This was not a vision in which Jesus only appeared to be there. Alternate translation: “Jesus, risen from the dead”
approaching, was going with them
Quote: ἐγγίσας, συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς (1)Alternate translation: “caught up with them and walked along with them”
Luke 24:16
But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him
Quote: οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Luke uses one part of the men, their eyes, to speak of the capacity of the men themselves to recognize Jesus. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him”
But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him
Quote: οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Luke uses the term held, as if someone were physically holding back the eyes, to mean “restrained.” Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him”
But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him
Quote: οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him”
Luke 24:17
them, “… you are exchanging … as you are walking?” … they stood still
Quote: αὐτούς & ἀντιβάλλετε & περιπατοῦντες & ἐστάθησαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual
Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective gloomy, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.)
these words that you are exchanging with each other
Quote: οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς ἀλλήλους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the term words to describe what the men had been saying using words. Alternate translation: “these things that you have been saying to one another”
they stood still, gloomy
Quote: ἐστάθησαν, σκυθρωποί (1)Alternate translation: “they stopped walking and looked sad”
Luke 24:18
Then, answering, one named Cleopas said
Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς εἶπεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys
Together the two words answering and said mean that Cleopas responded to what Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Then one named Cleopas responded”
Cleopas
Quote: Κλεοπᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Cleopas is the name of a man.
Are you alone visiting Jerusalem and have not known the things having happened in her in these days
Quote: σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ οὐκ ἔγνως τὰ γενόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Cleopas does not expect Jesus to tell him whether he is the only visitor to Jerusalem who does not know what has recently happened in the city. Rather, Cleopas is using the question form to show his surprise, since he expects that everyone would know about these events. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You must be the only person visiting Jerusalem who does not know what has just happened in the city!”
in her
Quote: ἐν αὐτῇ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
Conventionally, Greek referred to cities with feminine pronouns. Your language may use a different gender. You could also use a noun. Alternate translation: “in it” or “in that city”
in these days
Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Cleopas is using the term days to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” or “recently”
Luke 24:19
What kind
Quote: ποῖα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This implicitly means, “What kind of things?” But by asking about the quality of the events, rather than just the fact of the events (“What things?”), Jesus is acknowledging that they must have been very special. Alternate translation: “What kind of things?”
they said
Quote: οἱ & εἶπαν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
Since two men are speaking, this would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form.
Jesus the Nazarene
Quote: Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζαρηνοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
The term Nazarene is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Nazareth. See how you translated his name in 18:37. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth”
a man, a prophet
Quote: ἀνὴρ, προφήτης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiomatic way of speaking about a person in an honorable way. Alternate translation: “a distinguished prophet”
powerful in work and word
Quote: δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The two men are using the term work to describe the things that Jesus did, and the term word to describe the things that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “who did great miracles and taught profound things”
in front of God and all the people
Quote: ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This expression means “while God and all the people were watching.” In the case of God, it means that God gave Jesus the power to do miracles and to teach profound things. In the case of the people, it means that the miracles and teachings of Jesus amazed the people when they saw and heard them. Alternate translation: “as God empowered him, to the amazement of all the people”
all the people
Quote: παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “great crowds of people”
Luke 24:20
our
Quote: ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
This is a reference to the Jewish leaders, and the two men likely recognize Jesus as a fellow Jew, so the word our would be inclusive here, if your language marks that form.
handed him over to a judgment of death
Quote: παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν & εἰς κρίμα θανάτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The men are using the judgment of death, that is, the death sentence that the Romans passed on Jesus, to represent the Romans themselves. Alternate translation: “turned him over to the Romans, who sentenced him to death”
and crucified him
Quote: καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
The men speak as if their chief priests and rulers crucified Jesus themselves. They are speaking, describing all of the people who were responsible for the crucifixion of Jesus, including the crowds, Pilate, and the Roman soldiers by reference to the Jewish leaders, who set the process in motion by stirring up the crowds and persuading Pilate. Alternate translation: “so that he was crucified”
Luke 24:21
we were hoping
Quote: ἡμεῖς & ἠλπίζομεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The men are speaking of themselves and likely their fellow disciples as well, but not of Jesus, so we would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form.
the one going to redeem Israel
Quote: ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
See how you translated the similar expression in 2:38. The word redeem means literally to “buy back,” for example, to buy someone’s freedom from slavery, but the men are using it in a figurative sense here. Alternate translation: “the person who was going to bring God’s blessings and favor back to the people of Israel”
Israel
Quote: τὸν Ἰσραήλ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification
The men are speaking of all the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
But indeed also with all these things
Quote: ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
The men are speaking in an idiomatic way for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And besides all this”
he is spending this third day since these things happened
Quote: τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
By saying he is spending this third day, the men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive. However, they are actually saying how long he has been dead. They are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would have gotten up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression the third day in 9:22, and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday”
he is spending this third day since these things happened
Quote: τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him”
Luke 24:22
some women among us
Quote: γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν (1)Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
us … us
Quote: ἡμῶν & ἡμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so us would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form.
having been at the tomb early
Quote: γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον (1)The men are using this expression to refer to the women, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
Luke 24:23
and not finding his body, they came
Quote: καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν (1)If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you could continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
Luke 24:24
some of the ones with us
Quote: τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν (1)Alternate translation: “some of the men in our group”
us
Quote: ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so us would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form.
they found thus, just as the women had indeed said
Quote: εὗρον οὕτως, καθὼς καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες εἶπον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the implications of this statement explicitly. Alternate translation: “they found that the body of Jesus was not in the tomb, just as the women had said”
but they did not see him
Quote: αὐτὸν δὲ οὐκ εἶδον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they did not see Jesus himself”
Luke 24:25
foolish ones
Quote: ἀνόητοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective foolish as a noun. ULT adds the term ones to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you foolish people”
foolish ones
Quote: ἀνόητοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual
Jesus is speaking to two men, so the word “you” would be in the dual form if your language marks that form, if you choose to use that word in your translation.
and slow in heart to believe
Quote: καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The term heart represents the mind. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds”
and slow in heart to believe
Quote: καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The word slow represents difficulty, since someone who has difficulty doing something will do it slowly. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds”
all that the prophets have spoken
Quote: πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
The term all is a generalization that refers specifically to what the prophets said about the Messiah. Alternate translation: “what the prophets said about the Messiah”
Luke 24:26
Was it not necessary for the Christ to suffer these things, and to enter into his glory
Quote: οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to remind the disciples about what the prophets said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The Messiah had to suffer these things in order to enter into his glory!”
and to enter into his glory
Quote: καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
This is not a second thing that it was necessary for the Messiah to do. Rather, this is the result for which it was necessary for the Messiah to do the first thing. Alternate translation: “in order to enter into his glory”
to enter into his glory
Quote: εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun glory with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “to receive a glorious position”
Luke 24:27
Moses … the prophets
Quote: Μωϋσέως & τῶν προφητῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the name Moses to refer to the part of Scripture that Moses wrote, and the term the prophets to refer to the part of Scripture that they wrote. Alternate translation: “the writings of Moses … the writings of the prophets”
and from all the prophets
Quote: καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν (1)The term beginning applies just to the writings of Moses. Jesus began with that part of Scripture, and he then continued teaching from the writings of the prophets. Alternate translation: “and then from all the writings of the prophets” or “and continuing with all the writings of the prophets”
Luke 24:28
they drew near to the village where they were going
Quote: ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
The first they refers to Jesus and the two disciples, while the second they refers only to the two disciples, so they were going would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form.
he acted as if he would travel further
Quote: αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This means that the two disciples understood from Jesus’ actions that he was continuing on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter Emmaus. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words. Alternate translation: “Jesus seemed to be heading farther down the road”
Luke 24:29
And
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast
Luke uses the word And to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But”
they urged … us, … them
Quote: παρεβιάσαντο & ἡμῶν & αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples.
they urged him
Quote: παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Luke is telling this story in a concise way, and he does not say what the two disciples urged Jesus to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “they urged him to stay overnight in the house with them”
us
Quote: ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The men are speaking of themselves but not of Jesus, so us would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form.
it is toward evening and the day has already declined
Quote: πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism
These two phrases mean the same thing. The two disciples are likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark”
it is toward evening and the day has already declined
Quote: πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implications are that the disciples are saying this out of concern for Jesus’ safety. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark, and soon it will not be safe to travel”
the day has already declined
Quote: κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The disciples are referring to the sun as the day, since day is when the sun shines. Alternate translation: “the sun is going down”
And
Quote: καὶ (3)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the two disciples urged Jesus to stay with them, he agreed. Alternate translation: “So”
Luke 24:30
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
when he had reclined to eat with them
Quote: ἐν τῷ κατακλιθῆναι αὐτὸν μετ’ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown
See how you translated this phrase in 5:29. It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “when they had all sat down together to eat”
he blessed {it
Quote: εὐλόγησεν (1)Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for it” or “he thanked God for it”
to them
Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun them would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since it refers to the two disciples.
Luke 24:31
Then their eyes were opened
Quote: αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here, eyes represents understanding of what one is seeing. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing”
Then their eyes were opened
Quote: αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing”
he became invisible from them
Quote: αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο ἀπ’ αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Here Luke uses an unusual expression, saying that Jesus became invisible. It does not mean that Jesus remained in the room but could not be seen. Rather, it means that he left suddenly and so the two disciples did not see him any more. Alternate translation: “suddenly they did not see him any more”
Luke 24:32
they said … our … to us … to us
Quote: εἶπαν & ἡμῶν & ἡμῖν & ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples.
Was not our heart burning as he spoke to us on the way, as he opened to us the Scriptures
Quote: οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
The two men are not asking each other for information about what happened. Rather, they are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “As he was talking to us as we traveled along and explaining the Scriptures, it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside!”
Was not our heart burning
Quote: οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The men are using the metaphor of a heart burning to describe their excitement at hearing Jesus explain the Scriptures. You could indicate this meaning in your translation and represent the metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “It was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside”
Was not our heart burning
Quote: οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate why the men found it so exciting when Jesus explained the Scriptures to them, as UST does.
Was not our heart burning
Quote: οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession
If it would be unusual in your language for two people to speak as if they had one heart, if you decide to use this metaphor in your translation, you could make it plural, or dual if your language uses that form. Alternate translation: “Were not our hearts burning”
our heart
Quote: ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
The men are using the term heart to mean the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “inside”
our … to us … to us
Quote: ἡμῶν & ἡμῖν & ἡμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive
The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form.
as he opened to us the Scriptures
Quote: ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus did not open a book or a scroll. The term opened means “explained.” Alternate translation: “while he explained the Scriptures to us”
Luke 24:33
having risen up … they returned … they found
Quote: ἀναστάντες & ὑπέστρεψαν & εὗρον (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs
These verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men.
having risen up
Quote: ἀναστάντες (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As in 24:12, this expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that the men had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “starting out”
that same hour
Quote: αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
Luke is using the term hour to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at once”
they found the Eleven having been gathered, and the ones with them
Quote: εὗρον ἠθροισμένους τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the 11 apostles had gathered together with some other disciples”
the Eleven
Quote: τοὺς ἕνδεκα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
See how you translated this term in 24:9.
Luke 24:34
saying
Quote: λέγοντας (1)The word saying applies to the apostles and disciples in Jerusalem, not to the two men who had just traveled back from Emmaus. Alternate translation: “and they told the two men”
the Lord
Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)Here the apostles and disciples are referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
the Lord has been raised
Quote: ἠγέρθη ὁ Κύριος (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has raised the Lord Jesus from the dead”
and
Quote: καὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
The apostles and disciples use the word and to introduce the reason why they know that Jesus has been raised from the dead. It is because Simon Peter has seen him. Alternate translation: “for”
he has been seen by Simon
Quote: ὤφθη Σίμωνι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Simon has seen him”
by Simon
Quote: Σίμωνι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
This means the same man whom Luke often calls Peter in this book. So that your readers will know that this is the same man, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter”
Luke 24:35
they … to them
Quote: αὐτοὶ & αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form.
the things on the way
Quote: τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Luke is telling this story in a concise way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “what had happened on their journey” or “how Jesus had joined them as they traveled and what they had talked about with him”
how he was made known to them
Quote: ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “how they recognized Jesus”
in the breaking of the bread
Quote: ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Luke is using the breaking of the bread to represent something associated with it. Alternate translation: “at the time when he broke the bread” or “by the way that he broke the bread”
Luke 24:36
they
Quote: αὐτῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns
The pronoun they refers to the two men who returned from Emmaus, so it would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. You could also use a noun phrase instead. Alternate translation: “the two men”
he himself stood
Quote: αὐτὸς ἔστη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns
Luke uses the word himself to emphasize the surprise of Jesus actually appearing to this group. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus himself stood”
in the midst of them
Quote: ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν (1)Alternate translation: “among them” or “in their group”
Peace to you
Quote: εἰρήνη ὑμῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
As the note to the similar phrase in 10:5 explains, this was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you”
Luke 24:37
having been frightened and becoming terrified, they thought they were seeing a spirit
Quote: πτοηθέντες & καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “they thought they were seeing a spirit, and so they were frightened and became terrified”
having been frightened and becoming terrified, they thought
Quote: πτοηθέντες & καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form being frightened with an active form. Alternate translation: “they were afraid and became terrified, because they thought”
having been frightened and becoming terrified
Quote: πτοηθέντες & καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
These expressions mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “becoming very frightened”
they thought they were seeing a spirit
Quote: ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why they thought this. Alternate translation: “they thought that they were seeing a ghost, because they did not yet understand truly that Jesus was alive again”
a spirit
Quote: πνεῦμα (1)In this context, the term spirit refers to the spirit of a dead person. Alternate translation: “a ghost”
Luke 24:38
Why have you been troubled, and why are doubts arising in your heart
Quote: τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ, καὶ διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν? (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion
Jesus is using the question form to challenge and reassure his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be upset, and you do not need to have doubts in your minds!”
Why have you been troubled
Quote: τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “Why does my appearing here upset you” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “My appearing here should not upset you”
why are doubts arising in your heart
Quote: διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus is using the term arising to mean coming into consciousness. Alternate translation: “why are you starting to have doubts” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “you should not be starting to have doubts”
doubts
Quote: διαλογισμοὶ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate what the disciples were doubting. Alternate translation: “doubts that I have truly risen from the dead”
in your heart
Quote: ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν (1)If it would be unusual in your language for someone speak as if a group of people had one heart, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “in your hearts”
in your heart
Quote: ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
As in 24:35, the heart represents the mind here. Alternate translation: “in your minds”
Luke 24:39
See my hands and my feet
Quote: ἴδετε τὰς χεῖράς μου καὶ τοὺς πόδας μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is telling the disciples to look at the nail marks from crucifixion by reference to where those marks are, in his hands and feet. Alternate translation: “Look at the nail marks in my hands and feet”
that I myself am
Quote: ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι αὐτός (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns
Jesus uses the word myself to emphasize that he genuinely is who he appears to be. Alternate translation: “and you will recognize that it is really me”
Touch me and see, for a spirit does not have flesh and bones as you see me having
Quote: ψηλαφήσατέ με καὶ ἴδετε, ὅτι πνεῦμα σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα οὐκ ἔχει, καθὼς ἐμὲ θεωρεῖτε ἔχοντα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result
If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since a ghost does not have a physical body, as you see that I have, touch me to determine that my body is real”
and see
Quote: καὶ ἴδετε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Here, see does not literally mean to look at something. Rather, it means to determine something. Alternate translation: “to determine”
flesh and bones
Quote: σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Jesus is describing the human body by referring to two of its major components. Alternate translation: “a physical body”
Luke 24:40
his hands and his feet
Quote: τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
As in 24:39, this means the nail marks from crucifixion in Jesus’ hands and feet. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in his hands and feet”
Luke 24:41
And as they were still disbelieving and wondering
Quote: ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν & καὶ θαυμαζόντων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet
These two terms mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe”
And as they were still disbelieving and wondering
Quote: ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν & καὶ θαυμαζόντων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the disciples were disbelieving and wondering about. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe”
from the joy
Quote: ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun joy with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “because they were so happy”
something eatable
Quote: τι βρώσιμον (1)Alternate translation: “anything to eat”
Luke 24:43
he ate {it} before them
Quote: ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
Jesus did this to prove that he had a physical body, because a spirit or ghost would not be able to eat food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this was the reason. Alternate translation: “he had them watch him eat it, to prove that he had a physical body”
he ate {it} before them
Quote: ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
This expression means “in front of them,” that is, “where they could see him.”
Luke 24:44
These {are} my words that I spoke to you
Quote: οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι μου, οὓς ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus is using the term words to refer to what he said using words. Alternate translation: “It is just as I told you”
when} I was still with you
Quote: ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν (1)Alternate translation: “when I was with you before”
all the things having been written about me in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms
Quote: πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ψαλμοῖς, περὶ ἐμοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism
Jesus is referring to all of the Hebrew Scriptures by naming their main components. Alternate translation: “everything that the Scriptures say about me”
all the things having been written about me
Quote: πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα & περὶ ἐμοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Scripture says about me”
in the law of Moses, and in the prophets
Quote: ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names
Jesus is describing the first and second parts of the Hebrew Scriptures by reference to the people who wrote them. You could also use the proper names for these parts. Alternate translation: “in the Law and the Prophets”
and in the Psalms
Quote: καὶ ψαλμοῖς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus is using the name of the largest book in the third part of the Hebrew Scriptures, Psalms, to represent that entire part, which was known as “the Writings.” Alternate translation: “and the Writings”
must be fulfilled
Quote: δεῖ πληρωθῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. If you do that, it would be appropriate to put this phrase before all the things. Alternate translation: “God would make happen”
Luke 24:45
he opened their mind
Quote: διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom
This is an idiom that means to enable people to realize and recognize things they could not before. Alternate translation: “he equipped their minds” or “he empowered their minds”
their mind
Quote: αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν (1)If it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a group of people had one mind, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “their minds”
Luke 24:46
Thus it has been written
Quote: οὕτως γέγραπται (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the Scriptures say”
The Christ would suffer
Quote: παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Jesus uses the word suffer to represent all of the things that the Scriptures said the Messiah would experience, including also betrayal and death. Alternate translation: “Someone would betray the Messiah, and he would suffer and die”
rise up
Quote: ἀναστῆναι (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus speaks in this way of coming back to life, since it involves coming up out of the grave. Alternate translation: “come back to life”
from the dead
Quote: ἐκ νεκρῶν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj
Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died”
on the third day
Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
See how you translated this phrase in 9:22. Express this in the way that your language and culture reckon time.
on the third day
Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal
If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two”
Luke 24:47
repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem
Quote: κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns repentance and forgiveness with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “it would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning”
repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem
Quote: κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “people would go and preach in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning”
in his name
Quote: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Here the name of the Messiah represents his authority. Alternate translation: “on his authority”
to all the nations
Quote: εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
The term nations refers to the people who belong to various ethnic groups. Alternate translation: “to all the people in every people group”
beginning from Jerusalem
Quote: ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The word beginning is a participle that is plural. In context, it must refer to the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show the implications of this in your translation. This is really a command from Jesus. It may be good to make this a sentence of its own. Alternate translation: “You are to do this starting here in Jerusalem”
Luke 24:48
You are witnesses of these things
Quote: ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες τούτων (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
The implication is that because the disciples are witnesses of the things that happened to Jesus, they are the ones who should go and tell others about these things, from their own firsthand experience. Alternate translation: “You saw everything that happened to me, and now you must go and tell others what you saw”
Luke 24:49
the promise of my Father
Quote: τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This implicitly means the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “what my Father promised” or “the Holy Spirit, as my Father promised”
of my Father
Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Father is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father”
But you stay
Quote: ὑμεῖς δὲ καθίσατε (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative
This is an emphatic imperative. Alternate translation: “But be sure that you stay”
in the city
Quote: ἐν τῇ πόλει (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit
This implicitly means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem”
until you put on power
Quote: ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησθε & δύναμιν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor
Jesus speaks of this power as if it were clothing that the disciples would put on. Alternate translation: “until you receive power”
from heaven
Quote: ἐξ ὕψους (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy
Jesus uses the term heaven to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God”
Luke 24:50
lifting up his hands
Quote: ἐπάρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction
This was something that Jewish priests did when they blessed people. Alternate translation: “lifting up his hands in spiritual authority”
Luke 24:51
And it happened that
Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent
Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
was carried up into heaven
Quote: ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive
Since Luke does not specify who carried Jesus up to heaven, we do not know whether God himself did this or one or more angels did it. If your language would have to specify who did the carrying, it may be better to say “went” instead, as UST does.
Luke 24:52
having worshiped him
Quote: προσκυνήσαντες αὐτὸν (1)Alternate translation: “after worshiping him there”
with great joy
Quote: μετὰ χαρᾶς μεγάλης (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns
If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun joy with an adverb such as “happily.” Alternate translation: “very happily”
Luke 24:53
through all
Quote: διὰ παντὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis
Luke is leaving out a word that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “through all hours”
through all
Quote: διὰ παντὸς (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole
Luke means that the disciples were in the temple through all the hours that the temple was open. Even so, this is an overstatement to emphasize that they went to the temple every day. Alternate translation: “every day”
in the temple
Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ (1)Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche
Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
blessing God
Quote: εὐλογοῦντες τὸν Θεόν (1)Alternate translation: “worshiping God”